0001193125-11-277329.txt : 20111021
0001193125-11-277329.hdr.sgml : 20111021
20111021162143
ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001193125-11-277329
CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: S-3
PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 4
REFERENCES 429: 333-158427
FILED AS OF DATE: 20111021
DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20111021
FILER:
COMPANY DATA:
COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES LIFE ASSURANCE CORP/CT
CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000881453
STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: INSURANCE CARRIERS, NEC [6399]
IRS NUMBER: 061241288
STATE OF INCORPORATION: CT
FISCAL YEAR END: 1231
FILING VALUES:
FORM TYPE: S-3
SEC ACT: 1933 Act
SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-177451
FILM NUMBER: 111152776
BUSINESS ADDRESS:
STREET 1: ONE CORPORATE DRIVE
CITY: SHELTON
STATE: CT
ZIP: 06484
BUSINESS PHONE: 2039261888
MAIL ADDRESS:
STREET 1: ONE CORPORATE DRIVE
CITY: SHELTON
STATE: CT
ZIP: 06484
FORMER COMPANY:
FORMER CONFORMED NAME: AMERICAN SKANDIA LIFE ASSURANCE CORP/CT
DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19920929
S-3
1
d230245ds3.txt
APEX--PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES LIFE ASSURANCE CORPORATION
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 21, 2011
REGISTRATION NO. 333-
-------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM S-3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES LIFE ASSURANCE CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant)
CONNECTICUT
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
06-1241288
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
C/O PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES LIFE ASSURANCE CORPORATION
ONE CORPORATE DRIVE
SHELTON, CT 06484
(203) 926-1888
(Address and telephone number of principal executive offices)
CT CORPORATION SYSTEM
ONE CORPORATE CENTER
HARTFORD, CT 06103-3220
(860)-724-9044
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
Copies to:
LYNN K. STONE
VICE PRESIDENT
PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES LIFE ASSURANCE CORPORATION
ONE CORPORATE DRIVE
SHELTON, CT 06484
(203) 402-1382
Approximate Date of Commencement of Sales to Public: As soon as practicable
after the effective date of Registration Statement.
If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant
to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box:. [_]
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. [X]
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction I.D. or
a post-effective amendment thereto that shall become effective upon filing with
the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act, check the
following box. [_]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed
pursuant to General Instruction I.D. filed to register additional securities or
additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities
Act, check the following box. [_]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, a
non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.
Large accelerated filer [_] Accelerated filer [_]
Non-accelerated filer [X] Smaller reporting company [_]
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposed Proposed
Title of each class of Amount maximum maximum
securities to be to be offering price aggregate Amount of
registered registered per unit(1) offering price registration fee
-------------------------- ---------- -------------- -------------- -----------------
Market-value adjustment
annuity contracts (or
modified guaranteed
annuity contracts) $6,000,000,000 $1.00 $6,000,000,000 $687,600
-------------------------- ---------- -------------- -------------- -----------------
(1) Interests in the market value adjustment account are sold on a dollar
basis, not on the basis of a price per share or unit.
This filing is being made under the Securities Act of 1933 to register
$6,000,000,000 of interests in market value adjusted annuity contracts. Under
rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, the filing fee set forth above was
calculated based on the maximum aggregate offering price of $6,000,000,000. In
addition to the new securities, referenced above, that we are registering
herewith, we are carrying over to this registration statement $126,916,996 of
unsold securities from registration #333-158427 filed on April 07, 2009, for
which the filing fee of $7,081.97 previously was paid. The filing fee under
this registration statement has been reduced, to reflect the carry-over of the
filing fee referenced in the immediately preceding sentence. In accordance with
Rule 415 (a)(6), the offering of securities on the earlier registration
statement will be deemed terminated as of the effective date of this
registration statement.
Risk Factors are discussed in the sections of the prospectus included in Part 1
of this Form concerning the Market Value Adjustment option.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the
adequacy or accuracy of each prospectus included in this registration statement.
Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The principal underwriter for these securities, Prudential Annuities
Distributors, Inc. is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount
of securities, but will use its best efforts to sell the securities offered. The
offering under this registration statement will conclude three years from the
effective date of this registration statement, unless terminated earlier by the
Registrant. See each prospectus included in Part 1 hereof for the date of the
prospectus.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates
as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file
a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement
shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the
Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission may determine.
Audited financial statements for variable annuity separate accounts registered
under the Investment Company Act of 1940 are not included in this Form S-3
registration statement.
PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES LIFE ASSURANCE CORPORATION
ADVANCED SERIES ADVISOR PLAN III
ADVANCED SERIES APEX II
ADVANCED SERIES XTRA CREDIT SIX
ADVANCED SERIES LIFEVEST II
SUPPLEMENT DATED OCTOBER 31, 2011
TO
PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2011
THIS SUPPLEMENT SHOULD BE READ AND RETAINED WITH THE CURRENT PROSPECTUS FOR
YOUR ANNUITY. THIS SUPPLEMENT IS INTENDED TO UPDATE CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THE
PROSPECTUS FOR THE VARIABLE ANNUITY YOU OWN, AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A
PROSPECTUS OR OFFER FOR ANY OTHER VARIABLE ANNUITY LISTED HERE THAT YOU DO NOT
OWN. IF YOU WOULD LIKE ANOTHER COPY OF THE CURRENT PROSPECTUS, PLEASE CONTACT
US AT 1-888-PRU-2888.
A. NEW AST PORTFOLIOS. The following Portfolios will be added as
Sub-accounts within your Annuity, effective on or about October 17,
2011. Initially, each new Portfolio will not be an option to which you
may directly allocate Purchase Payments. Instead, beginning on or about
October 17, 2011, each Portfolio will be available only as an underlying
Portfolio in which the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation
Portfolio, the Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios (i.e., AST Balanced
Asset Allocation Portfolio, AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation
Portfolio and AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio), and the
Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolios (i.e., AST CLS Growth Asset
Allocation Portfolio, AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio, AST
Horizon Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio, and AST Horizon Moderate
Asset Allocation Portfolio) may invest. The new AST Portfolios are:
. AST Neuberger Berman Core Bond Portfolio; and
. AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio
Beginning on or about October 31, 2011, you may allocate Purchase Payments to
these Portfolios and make transfers into these Portfolios. Moreover, you may
invest in each Portfolio even if you participate in an optional living benefit
or optional death benefit (except for Lifetime Five Income Benefit, Spousal
Lifetime Five Income Benefit, Highest Daily Lifetime Five Income Benefit, and
the Highest Daily Value Death Benefit). To reflect this availability, we
include the name of each Portfolio in the Investment Options list on the inside
front cover, and amend the Group 1 and Group 2 tables under the Investment
Options section of the prospectus accordingly. In particular, with respect to
the Group 2 (Custom Portfolios Program) table, each bond portfolio below is
added to the list of AST bond portfolios to which the minimum specified
percentage of Account Value must be allocated. We also revise the prospectus as
follows:
In the section of the Prospectus entitled Summary of Contract Fees and Charges,
we set forth the following fees of the AST Neuberger Berman Core Bond Portfolio
and the AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio in the table of Underlying Mutual
Fund Portfolio Annual Expenses.
ESTIMATED UNDERLYING MUTUAL FUND PORTFOLIO ANNUAL EXPENSES
(as a percentage of the average net assets of the underlying Portfolios)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the year ended December 31, 2011
------------------------------------
Total
Broker Fees Acquired Annual Contractual Net Annual
Distribution Dividend and Expenses Portfolio Portfolio Fee Waiver Fund
Management Other (12b-1) Expense on Short Fees & Operating or Expense Operating
UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO Fees Expenses Fees on Short Sales Sales Expenses Expenses Reimbursement Expenses
-------------------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- ------------ --------- --------- ------------- ----------
AST NEUBERGER BERMAN
CORE BOND PORTFOLIO. 0.70% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.85%/1/ 0.01%/2/ 0.84%
AST PRUDENTIAL CORE
BOND PORTFOLIO...... 0.70% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.85%/3/ 0.01%/4/ 0.84%
/1/ The AST Neuberger Berman Core Bond Portfolio will commence operations on
or about October 17, 2011. Estimate of Other Expenses based in part on
assumed average daily net assets of $800 million for the Portfolio for the
year ending December 31, 2011.
/2/ Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. (together,
the Investment Managers) have contractually agreed to waive a portion of
their investment management fees so that the Portfolio's investment
management fee would equal 0.70% of the Portfolio's first $500 million of
average daily net assets, 0.675% of the Portfolio's average daily net assets
between $500 million and $1 billion, and 0.65% of the Portfolio's average
daily net assets in excess of $1 billion through May 1, 2014. This
contractual investment management fee waiver may not be terminated or
modified prior to May 1, 2014, but may be discontinued or modified
thereafter. The decision on whether to renew, modify or discontinue this
expense limitation after May 1, 2014 will be subject to review by the
Investment Managers and the Board of Trustees of the Trust.
/3/ The AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio will commence operations on or
about October 17, 2011. Estimate of Other Expenses based in part on
assumed average daily net assets of $800 million for the Portfolio for the
year ending December 31, 2011.
/4/ Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. (together,
the Investment Managers) have contractually agreed to waive a portion of
their investment management fees so that the Portfolio's investment
management fee would equal 0.70% of the Portfolio's first $500 million of
average daily net assets, 0.675% of the Portfolio's average daily net
assets between $500 million and $1 billion, and 0.65% of the Portfolio's
average daily net assets in excess of $1 billion through May 1, 2014. This
contractual investment management fee waiver may not be terminated or
modified prior to May 1, 2014, but may be discontinued or modified
thereafter. The decision on whether to renew, modify or discontinue this
expense limitation after May 1, 2014 will be subject to review by the
Investment Managers and the Board of Trustees of the Trust.
In the section entitled "Investment Options," we add the following summary
descriptions of the AST Neuberger Berman Core Bond Portfolio and the AST
Prudential Core Bond Portfolio to the Investment Objectives/Policies table as
follows:
PORTFOLIO
ADVISOR/SUB -
STYLE/TYPE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES ADVISOR
---------- ------------------------------------------- ----------------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
-------------------------------------------
FIXED AST NEUBERGER BERMAN CORE BOND PORTFOLIO: Neuberger Berman
INCOME The Portfolio seeks to maximize total Fixed Income, LLC
return consistent with preservation of
capital. Under normal circumstances, the
Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its
investable assets in bonds and other debt
securities. All of the debt securities in
which the Portfolio invests will be
investment grade under normal
circumstances. The Portfolio normally will
not invest more than 15% of its total
assets in non-U.S. dollar denominated
securities and, through hedging strategies,
will attempt to limit its exposure to
currencies other than the U.S. dollar to 5%
of its total assets. The Portfolio normally
will seek to maintain its target average
duration within one year, and generally
seeks to maintain its target average
duration within a maximum of two years, of
the average duration of the bonds in the
Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index.
FIXED AST PRUDENTIAL CORE BOND PORTFOLIO: The Prudential Investment
INCOME Portfolio seeks to maximize total return Management, Inc.
consistent with the long-term preservation
of capital. Under normal circumstances, the
Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its
investable assets in intermediate and
long-term debt obligations and high quality
money market instruments. In addition, the
Portfolio will invest, under normal
circumstances, at least 80% of its net
assets in intermediate and long-term debt
obligations that are rated investment grade
by the major rating services, or, if
unrated, considered to be of comparable
quality by the subadviser, and high quality
money market instruments. Likewise, the
Portfolio may invest up to 20% of its net
assets in high-yield/high-risk debt
securities (commonly known as "junk
bonds"). The Portfolio also may invest up
to 20% of its total assets in debt
securities issued outside the U.S. by U.S.
or foreign issuers, whether or not such
securities are denominated in the U.S.
dollar.
B. CHANGES TO SUB-ADVISERS AND/OR SUMMARY DESCRIPTIONS FOR THE FOLLOWING
FUNDS/PORTFOLIOS:
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO: SUB-ADVISOR CHANGE. J.P.
Morgan Investment Management, Inc. will be added as a sub-adviser to this
Portfolio on or about October 17, 2011 (rather than August 24, 2011). In
addition, Prudential Bache Asset Management Incorporated, which has served as a
sub-adviser to this Portfolio, recently was acquired by Jefferies Group, Inc.
and was re-named Bache Asset Management, Inc. It is expected that Bache Asset
Management, Inc. ("Bache") will continue to serve as a sub-adviser to this
Portfolio until October 17, 2011, at which point Jefferies Asset Management,
LLC will replace Bache as a sub-adviser to this Portfolio. The Investment
Objectives/Policies table in the Prospectus is amended accordingly.
NVIT DEVELOPING MARKETS FUND: SUB-ADVISOR CHANGE.
As is expected to occur by October 9, 2011, Baring International Investment
Limited will be replaced as sub-adviser to the NVIT Developing Markets Fund by
the Boston Company Asset Management, LLC. Along with that change, the summary
description of that fund is revised to read as follows:
2
PORTFOLIO
STYLE/ ADVISOR/SUB-
TYPE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES ADVISOR
------ --------------------------------------------- ----------------
NATIONWIDE VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
---------------------------------------------
INTERNATIONAL NVIT DEVELOPING MARKETS FUND: seeks long-term Nationwide Fund
EQUITY capital appreciation, under normal conditions Advisors/The
by investing at least 80% of its net assets Boston Company
in equity securities of companies that are Asset
tied economically to emerging market Management, LLC
countries. The fund typically maintains
investments in at least six countries at all
times with no more than 35% of the value of
its net assets invested in securities of any
one country.
AST FI PYRAMIS(R) ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO, AST FIRST TRUST BALANCED TARGET
PORTFOLIO, AND AST FIRST TRUST CAPITAL APPRECIATION TARGET PORTFOLIO, - REVISED
SUMMARY DESCRIPTIONS.
The summary description of each Portfolio, appearing in the Investment
Objectives/Policies column below of the prospectus, is revised to read as
follows:
PORTFOLIO
ADVISOR/SUB-
STYLE/TYPE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES ADVISOR
---------- ---------------------------------------------- ----------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
----------------------------------------------
ASSET AST FI PYRAMIS(R) ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO: Pyramis Global
ALLOCATION seeks to maximize potential total return. In Advisors, LLC a
seeking to achieve the Portfolio's investment Fidelity
objective, the Portfolio's assets are Investments
allocated across eight uniquely specialized company
investment strategies. The Portfolio has five
strategies that invest primarily in equity
securities, two fixed-income strategies (i.e.,
the Broad Market Duration Strategy and the
High Yield Bond Strategy), and one strategy
designed to provide liquidity (i.e., the
Liquidity Strategy). Pyramis is a registered
service mark of FMR LLC. Used under license.
ASSET AST FIRST TRUST BALANCED TARGET PORTFOLIO: First Trust
ALLOCATION seeks long-term capital growth balanced by Advisors L.P.
current income. The Portfolio seeks to achieve
its objective by investing approximately 65%
of its net assets in equity securities and
approximately 35% of its net assets in
fixed-income securities as of the annual
security selection date. Depending on market
conditions, the equity portion may range
between 60-70% of the Portfolio's net assets
and the fixed-income portion may range between
30-40% of the Portfolio's net assets. The
revised allocations do not take into account
the potential investment of up to 5% of the
Portfolio's assets in the "liquidity"
investment sleeve. In seeking to achieve its
investment objective, the Portfolio allocates
its assets across multiple uniquely
specialized investment strategies. On or about
the annual selection date (currently March 1
under normal circumstances), the Portfolio
establishes both the percentage allocations
among the various investment strategies under
normal circumstances and the percentage
allocation of each security's position within
each of the investment strategies that invest
primarily in equity securities.
ASSET AST FIRST TRUST CAPITAL APPRECIATION TARGET First Trust
ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term capital growth. The Advisors L.P.
Portfolio seeks to achieve its objective by
investing approximately 80% of its net assets
in equity securities and approximately 20% of
its net assets in fixed-income securities as
of the annual security selection date.
Depending on market conditions, the equity
portion may range between 75-85% of the
Portfolio's net assets and the fixed-income
portion may range between 15-25% of the
Portfolio's net assets. The revised
allocations do not take into account the
potential investment of up to 5% of the
Portfolio's assets in the "liquidity"
investment sleeve. In seeking to achieve its
investment objective, the Portfolio allocates
its assets across multiple uniquely
specialized investment strategies. On or about
the annual selection date (currently March 1
under normal circumstances), the Portfolio
establishes both the percentage allocations
among the various investment strategies under
normal circumstances and the percentage
allocation of each security's position within
each of the investment strategies that invest
primarily in equity securities.
3
AST ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN CORE VALUE PORTFOLIO. The Board of Trustees of Advanced
Series Trust (the Trust) recently approved replacing AllianceBernstein L.P.
(AllianceBernstein) as the sole sub adviser for the AST AllianceBernstein Core
Value Portfolio with T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (T. Rowe Price) and
changing the name of the Portfolio from the AST AllianceBernstein Core Value
Portfolio to the AST T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio. Implementation of
the revised sub advisory arrangements and name change is expected to occur on
or about October 31, 2011. Depending upon market, economic, and financial
conditions as of October 31, 2011 and the Trust's ability to implement certain
legal agreements and custody arrangements, it may take several weeks for T.
Rowe Price to dispose of securities and other financial instruments held by the
Portfolio that were purchased by AllianceBernstein and to begin to implement
its own investment strategy. To reflect those changes, we revise the Investment
Objectives/Policies summary description appearing in the prospectus to read as
follows:
PORTFOLIO
ADVISOR/SUB-
STYLE/TYPE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES ADVISOR
---------- ----------------------------------------------- -----------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
-----------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP AST T. ROWE PRICE EQUITY INCOME PORTFOLIO T. Rowe Price
VALUE (formerly AST AllianceBernstein Core Value Associates, Inc.
Portfolio): The Portfolio's investment
objective is to seek to provide substantial
dividend income as well as long-term growth of
capital through investments in the common
stocks of established companies. The Portfolio
will normally invest at least 80% of its net
assets (including any borrowings for investment
purposes) in common stocks, with 65% of net
assets (including any borrowings for investment
purposes) in dividend-paying common stocks of
well-established companies. The Portfolio will
typically employ a "value" approach in
selecting investments. T. Rowe Price's research
team will seek companies that appear to be
undervalued by various measures and may be
temporarily out of favor but have good
prospects for capital appreciation and dividend
growth. In selecting investments, T. Rowe Price
generally will look for companies in the
aggregate with one or more of the following:
. an established operating history;
. above-average dividend yield relative to
the S&P 500 Index;
. low price/earnings ratio relative to the
S&P 500 Index;
. a sound balance sheet and other positive
financial characteristics; and
. low stock price relative to a company's
underlying value as measured by assets,
cash flow, or business franchises.
C. INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES REPLACEMENTS
In the Investment Objectives/Policies table, we replace the italicized
investment objectives of the following Portfolios with the new italicized
language indicated below:
(i) AST ADVANCED STRATEGIES PORTFOLIO: seeks a high level of absolute return
by using traditional and non-traditional investment strategies and by
investing in domestic and foreign equity and fixed-income securities,
derivative instruments and other investment companies.
(ii) AST BOND PORTFOLIOS 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, AND 2022:
each AST Bond Portfolio seeks the highest total return for a specific
period of time, consistent with the preservation of capital and
liquidity needs. Total return is comprised of current income and capital
appreciation.
(iii) AST JPMORGAN INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO: seeks capital growth.
(iv) AST J.P. MORGAN STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO: seeks to maximize
return compared to the benchmark through security selection and tactical
asset allocation.
(v) AST WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT HEDGED EQUITY PORTFOLIO: seeks to outperform a
mix of 50% Russell 3000 Index, 20% MSCI EAFE Index, and 30% Treasury
Bill Index over a full market cycle by preserving capital in adverse
markets utilizing an options strategy while maintaining equity exposure
to benefit from up markets through investments in Wellington
Management's equity investment strategies.
4
D. DISCONTINUATION OF THE 6 OR 12 MONTH DCA PROGRAM
Effective as of the date of this supplement, the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program will
no longer be available for election. If you are participating in the 6 or 12
Month DCA Program on that date, monthly transfers will continue until the end
of the Program (i.e., the end of the 6 or 12 month period). Thereafter, you
will not be permitted to elect a new 6 or 12 month DCA Program. We amend the
prospectus sub-section entitled 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program
accordingly.
5
E.
In the section of the prospectus entitled Highest Daily Lifetime Five Income
Benefit, we replace the sub-section called "Mathematical Formula Component of
Highest Daily Lifetime Five" with the following:
MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE
As indicated above, we limit the sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you have elected Highest Daily Lifetime Five. For purposes of this
benefit, we refer to those permitted sub-accounts as the "Permitted
Sub-accounts". As a requirement of participating in Highest Daily Lifetime
Five, we require that you participate in our mathematical formula under which
we may transfer Account Value between the Permitted Sub-accounts and a fixed
interest rate account that is part of our general account (the "Benefit Fixed
Rate Account"). This required formula helps us manage our financial exposure
under the benefit, by moving assets to a more stable option (i.e., the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account). We determine whether to make a transfer, and the amount of
any transfer, under a non-discretionary formula, discussed below. The Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is available only with this benefit, and thus you may not
allocate purchase payments to or transfer Account Value to or from the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account. The interest rate that we pay with respect to the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is reduced by an amount that corresponds generally to the
charge that we assess against your variable Sub-accounts for Highest Daily
Lifetime Five. The Benefit Fixed Rate Account is not subject to the Investment
Company Act of 1940 or the Securities Act of 1933.
Under the formula component of Highest Daily Lifetime Five, we monitor your
Account Value daily and, if necessary, systematically transfer amounts between
the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
Any transfer would be made in accordance with the formula, which is set forth
in the schedule supplement to the endorsement for this benefit (and also
appears in Appendix G to this prospectus). Speaking generally, the formula,
which we apply each Valuation Day, operates as follows. The formula starts by
identifying your Protected Withdrawal Value for that day and then multiplies
that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical) Highest Daily
Annual Income Amount. Then, using our actuarial tables, we produce an estimate
of the total amount we would target in our allocation model, based on the
projected Highest Daily Annual Income Amount each year for the rest of your
life. In the formula, we refer to that value as the "Target Value" or "L". If
you have already made a withdrawal, your projected Annual Income Amount (and
thus your Target Value) would take into account any automatic step-up that was
scheduled to occur according to the step-up formula described above. Next, the
formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held within the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held
within the Permitted Sub-accounts. That ratio, which essentially isolates the
amount of your Target Value that is not offset by amounts held within the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, is called the "Target Ratio" or "r". If the Target
Ratio exceeds a certain percentage (currently 83%) it means essentially that
too much Target Value is not offset by assets within the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account, and therefore we will transfer an amount from your Permitted
Sub-accounts to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Conversely, if the Target Ratio
falls below a certain percentage (currently 77%), then a transfer from the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account to the Permitted Sub-accounts would occur. Note that
the formula is calculated with reference to the Highest Daily Annual Income
Amount, rather than with reference to the Annual Income Amount. If you select
the new mathematical formula, see the discussion regarding the 90% cap.
As you can glean from the formula, poor investment performance of your Account
Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your variable Account Value to
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, because such poor investment performance will
tend to increase the Target Ratio. Moreover, "flat" investment returns of your
Account Value over a period of time also could result in the transfer of your
Account Value to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Because the amount allocated
to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and the amount allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment performance of
each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. In deciding how much
to transfer, we use another formula, which essentially seeks to re-balance
amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal to 80%. Once
elected, the ratios we use will be fixed.
While you are not notified when the formula dictates a transfer, you will
receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion of your
Account Value either to or from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The formula is
designed primarily to mitigate the financial risks that we incur in providing
the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime Five.
Depending on the results of the formula calculation we may, on any day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account; or
6
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, transfer all or a portion of those amounts
to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options). Amounts taken out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
will be withdrawn for this purpose on a last-in, first-out basis (an
amount renewed into a new guarantee period under the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account will be deemed a new investment for purposes of this last-in,
first-out rule); or
. Transfer all or a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted
Sub-accounts pro-rata to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The interest
that you earn on such transferred amount will be equal to the annual
rate that we have set for that day, and we will credit the daily
equivalent of that annual interest until the earlier of one year from
the date of the transfer or the date that such amount in the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is transferred back to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or all of your Account Value may be
allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. If your entire Account Value is
transferred to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, then based on the way the
formula operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account to the Permitted Sub-accounts and the entire Account Value
would remain in the Benefit Rate Fixed Account. If you make additional purchase
payments to your Annuity, they will be allocated to the Sub-accounts according
to your allocation instructions. Such additional purchase payments may or may
not cause the formula to transfer money in or out of the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account. Once the purchase payments are allocated to your Annuity, they will
also be subject to the formula, which may result in immediate transfers to or
from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, if dictated by the formula. The amounts of
any such transfer will vary, as dictated by the formula, and will depend on the
factors listed below.
Prior to the first withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is the difference between your Account Value and your Total
Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, then over time the formula permits an increasing
difference between the Account Value and the Total Protected Withdrawal Value
before a transfer to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account occurs. Therefore, as time
goes on, while none of your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed
Rate Account, the smaller the difference between the Total Protected Withdrawal
Value and the Account Value, the more the Account Value can decrease prior to a
transfer to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts and
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, and their impact on your Account Value, will
differ from market cycle to market cycle producing different transfer activity
under the formula. The amount and timing of transfers to and from the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account pursuant to the formula depend on various factors unique to
your Annuity and are not necessarily directly correlated with the securities
markets, bond markets, interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the
factors that determine the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to
your Annuity), include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Total Protected
Withdrawal Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime Five has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
Because the amount allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and the amount
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the
investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your
Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater the impact performance of
those investments have on your Account Value and thus the greater the impact on
whether (and how much) your Account Value is transferred to or from the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account. It is possible, under the formula, that if a significant
portion of your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
and it has positive performance, the formula might transfer a portion of your
Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of your
Permitted Sub-accounts is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion of
your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and it has
negative performance, the formula may transfer additional amounts from your
Permitted Sub-accounts to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account even if the
performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is positive.
Any Account Value in the Benefit Fixed Rate Account will not participate in the
positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted Sub-accounts until
it is transferred out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN" WITH THE FOLLOWING. LIKEWISE, FOR SPOUSAL HIGHEST
7
DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN, WE REPLACE THE COUNTERPART LANGUAGE IN THAT SUB-SECTION
WITH THE FOLLOWING (EXCEPT THAT REFERENCES BELOW TO HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME
SEVEN ARE REPLACED WITH REFERENCES TO SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN).
MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you have elected Highest Daily Lifetime Seven. For purposes of the
benefit, we refer to those permitted Sub-accounts as the "Permitted
Sub-accounts". As a requirement of participating in Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven, we require that you participate in our specialized program, under which
we may transfer Account Value between the Permitted Sub-accounts and a
specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the "AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account"). We determine whether to make a transfer, and the amount of
any transfer, under a non-discretionary formula, discussed below. The AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is available only with this benefit, and thus
you may not allocate purchase payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. Under the formula component of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, we
monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Any transfer would be
made in accordance with a formula, which is set forth in Appendix J to this
prospectus.
Speaking generally, the formula, which we apply each Valuation Day, operates as
follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. Note that we use 5% in the formula, irrespective of the
Annuitant's attained age. Then we produce an estimate of the total amount we
would target in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and
factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as the
"Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your projected
income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account any
automatic step-up, any subsequent purchase payments, and any excess
withdrawals. Next, the formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held
within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account on that day, and divides that
difference by the amount held within the Permitted Sub-accounts. That ratio,
which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value that is not offset
by amounts held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, is called the
"Target Ratio" or "r". If the Target Ratio exceeds a certain percentage
(currently 83%), it means essentially that too much Target Value is not offset
by assets within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and therefore we
will transfer an amount from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account. Conversely, if the Target Ratio falls below a certain
percentage (currently 77%), then a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts would occur.
If you elect the new formula (90% Cap Feature), see discussion regarding that
feature.
As you can glean from the formula, poor investment performance of your Account
Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your variable Account Value to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account because such poor investment
performance will tend to increase the Target Ratio. Moreover, "flat" investment
returns of your Account Value over a period of time also could result in the
transfer of your Account Value from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Because the amount allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the amount allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment performance of
each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. In deciding how much
to transfer, we use another formula, which essentially seeks to re-balance
amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal
to 80%. Once you elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, the ratios we use will be
fixed. For newly-issued Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven and
existing Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, however, we reserve
the right, subject to any required regulatory approval, to change the ratios.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a reallocation trigger,
you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion
of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The formula by which the reallocation triggers operate is designed
primarily to mitigate the financial risks that we incur in providing the
guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime Seven.
Depending on the results of the calculation relative to the reallocation
triggers, we may, on any day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those
amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options); or
. Transfer all or a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted
Sub-accounts pro rata to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
8
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or all of your Account Value may be
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If your entire Account
Value is transferred to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then based
on the way the formula operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts and the
entire Account Value would remain in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated to the Sub-accounts according to your allocation instructions. Such
additional purchase payments may or may not cause the formula to transfer money
in or out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once the purchase
payments are allocated to your Annuity, they will also be subject to the
formula, which may result in immediate transfers to or from the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-accounts, if dictated by the formula. The amounts of any such
transfers will vary as dictated by the formula, and will depend on the factors
listed below.
Prior to the first withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is difference between your Account Value and
your Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula permits
an increasing difference between the Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal
Value before a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account occurs.
Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, the smaller the difference between
the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the more the Account
Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
pursuant to the formula depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and
are not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond
markets, interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the factors that
determine the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity),
include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime Seven has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater
the impact performance of those investments have on your Account Value and thus
the greater the impact on whether (and how much) your Account Value is
transferred to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. It is
possible, under the formula, that if a significant portion of your Account
Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that
Sub-account has positive performance, the formula might transfer a portion of
your Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of
your Permitted Sub-accounts is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion
of your Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
and that Sub-account has negative performance, the formula may transfer
additional amounts from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is
positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula.
Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not
participate in the positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted
Sub-accounts until it is transferred out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
9
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS
TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST
INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT" WITH THE FOLLOWING:
HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR
PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. For purposes of this benefit,
we refer to those permitted investment options as the "Permitted Sub-accounts".
If your annuity was issued on or after May 1, 2009 (subject to regulatory
approval), you may also choose to allocate purchase payments while this program
is in effect to DCA Fixed Rate Options utilized with our 6 or 12 Month Dollar
Cost Averaging Program ("6 or 12 Month DCA Program"). If you are participating
in Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus and also are participating in the 6 or 12
Month DCA Program, and the formula under the benefit dictates a transfer from
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then
the amount to be transferred will be taken entirely from the Sub-accounts,
provided there is sufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts to meet the
required transfer amount. Only if there is insufficient Account Value in those
Sub-accounts will an amount be withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
Amounts withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate Options under the formula will be
taken on a last-in, first-out basis. For purposes of the discussion below
concerning transfers from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account, amounts held within the DCA Fixed Rate Options are
included within the term "Permitted Sub-Accounts". Thus, amounts may be
transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options in the circumstances described
above and in the section of this prospectus entitled 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost
Averaging Program. Any transfer dictated by the formula out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be transferred to the Permitted
Sub-accounts, not including the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
An integral part of Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus is the pre-determined
mathematical formula used to transfer Account Value between the Permitted
Sub-Accounts and a specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the
"AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-Account"). The AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account is available only with this benefit, and thus you may not allocate
purchase payments to or make transfers to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The formula monitors your Account Value daily and, if dictated by
the formula, systematically transfers amounts between the Permitted
Sub-accounts you have chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. The
formula is set forth in Appendix K.
Speaking generally, the formula, which is applied each Valuation Day, operates
as follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. Note that 5% is used in the formula, irrespective of the
Annuitant's attained age. Then it produces an estimate of the total amount
targeted in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and
factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as the
"Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your projected
income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account any
automatic step-up, any subsequent purchase payments (and associated purchase
credits), and any excess withdrawals. Next, the formula subtracts from the
Target Value the amount held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held within the
Permitted Sub-accounts including any amounts allocated to DCA Fixed Rate
Options. That ratio, which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value
that is not offset by amounts held within the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account, is called the "Target Ratio" or "r". If, on each of three
consecutive Valuation Days, the Target Ratio is greater than 83% but less than
or equal to 84.5%, the formula will, on such third Valuation Day, make a
transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts in which you are invested (subject to
the 90% cap feature) to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. As discussed
above, if all or a portion of your Account Value is allocated to one or more
DCA Fixed Rate Options at the time a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account is required under the formula, we will first look to process the
transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts. If the amount allocated to the
Permitted Sub-accounts is insufficient to satisfy the transfer, then any
remaining amounts will be transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options on a
"last-in, first-out" basis. Once a transfer is made, the three consecutive
Valuation Days begin again. If, however, on any Valuation Day, the Target Ratio
is above 84.5%, it will make a transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts
(subject to the 90% cap) to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (as
described above). If the Target Ratio falls below 78% on any Valuation Day,
then a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts will occur.
The formula will not execute a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account that results in more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account ("90% cap"). Thus, on any
Valuation Day, if the formula would require a transfer to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account that would result in more than 90% of the Account Value
being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, only the amount
that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future
transfers into the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not be made
(regardless of the performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a transfer out of the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject
to the 90% cap). At no time will the formula
10
make a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in
greater than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account. However, it is possible that, due to the investment
performance of your allocations in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
and your allocations in the permitted sub-accounts you have selected, your
Account Value could be more than 90% invested in the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is
in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional purchase
payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account at least until there is
first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, regardless
of how much of your Account Value is in the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means
that there could be scenarios under which, because of the additional purchase
payments you make, less than 90% of your entire Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and the formula will still not
transfer any of your Account Value to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
(at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account). For example,
. March 19, 2009 - a transfer is made to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account that results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and $10,000 is
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
. March 20, 2009 - you make an additional purchase payment of $10,000. No
transfers have been made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
to the Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on
March 19, 2009.
. On March 20, 2009 (and at least until first a transfer is made out of
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account under the formula) - the
$10,000 payment is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this
date you have 82% in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and 18%
in the Permitted Sub-accounts (such that $20,000 is allocated to the
Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account).
. Once there is a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account (of any amount), the formula will operate as described
above, meaning that the formula could transfer amounts to or from the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula
(subject to the 90% cap).
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into existence and be
removed multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue
to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account as dictated by the formula.
As you can glean from the formula, poor or flat investment performance of your
Account Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your Account Value in
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account because
such poor investment performance will tend to increase the Target Ratio.
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. In deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula,
which essentially seeks to re-balance amounts held in the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account so that the Target
Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal to 80%. Once you elect Highest
Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, the values we use to compare to the Target Ratio will be
fixed.
Additionally, on each monthly Annuity Anniversary (if the monthly Annuity
Anniversary does not fall on a Valuation Day, the next Valuation Day will be
used), following all of the above described daily calculations, a transfer may
be made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts. Any such transfer will be based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata (i.e.
in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable investment
options). This transfer will automatically occur provided that the Target
Ratio, as described above, would be less than 83% after the transfer. The
formula will not execute a transfer if the Target Ratio after this transfer
would occur would be greater than or equal to 83%.
The amount of the transfer will be equal to the lesser of:
a) The total value of all your Account Value in the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account, or
b) An amount equal to 5% of your total Account Value.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a transfer trigger under
the formula, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer
of a portion of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account. The formula by which the transfer operates is designed
primarily to mitigate some of the financial risks that we incur in providing
the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. Depending on the results of
the calculations of the formula, we may, on any Valuation Day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those
amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the
11
absence of such existing instructions) pro rata (i.e., in the same
proportion as the current balances in your variable investment options);
or
. Transfer a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts
pro rata to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value will be allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, as dictated by the formula
Prior to the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is difference between your Account Value
and your Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula
permits an increasing difference between the Account Value and the Protected
Withdrawal Value before a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
occurs. Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your Account Value is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, the smaller the
difference between the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the
more the Account Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
pursuant to the formula depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and
are not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond
markets, interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the factors that
determine the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity),
include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and;
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater
the impact performance of those investments have on your Account Value and thus
the greater the impact on whether (and how much) your Account Value is
transferred to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. It is
possible, under the formula, that if a significant portion of your Account
Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that
Sub-account has positive performance, the formula might transfer a portion of
your Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of
your Permitted Sub-accounts is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion
of your Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
and that Sub-account has negative performance, the formula may transfer
additional amounts from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is
positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula and subject
to the 90% cap feature.
Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not
participate in the positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted
Sub-accounts until it is transferred out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
12
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS
TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST
INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT" WITH THE FOLLOWING.
HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR
PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT.
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. For purposes of this benefit,
we refer to those permitted investment options as the "Permitted Sub-accounts".
Because these restrictions and the use of the predetermined mathematical
formula lessen the risk that your Account Value will be reduced to zero while
you are still alive, they also reduce the likelihood that we will make any
lifetime income payments under this benefit. They may also limit your upside
potential for growth. If your Annuity was issued on or after May 1, 2009
(subject to regulatory
13
approval), you may also choose to allocate purchase payments while this program
is in effect to DCA Fixed Rate Options utilized with our 6 or 12 Month Dollar
Cost Averaging Program ("6 or 12 Month DCA Program"). If you are participating
in Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and also are participating in the 6 or 12
Month DCA Program, and the formula under the benefit dictates a transfer from
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (the
"Bond Sub-account"), then the amount to be transferred will be taken entirely
from the Sub-accounts, provided there is sufficient Account Value in those
Sub-accounts to meet the required transfer amount. Only if there is
insufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts will an amount be withdrawn
from the DCA Fixed Rate Options. Amounts withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate
Options under the formula will be taken on a last-in, first-out basis. For
purposes of the discussion below concerning transfers from the Permitted
Sub-accounts to the Bond Sub-account, amounts held within the DCA Fixed Rate
Options are included within the term "Permitted Sub-Accounts". Thus, amounts
may be transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options in the circumstances
described above and in the section of the prospectus entitled 6 or 12 Month
Dollar Cost Averaging Program. Any transfer dictated by the formula out of the
Bond Sub-account will only be transferred to the Permitted Sub-accounts, not
the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
An integral part of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus (including Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus with LIA and Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus) is the
predetermined mathematical formula used to transfer Account Value between the
Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account. This predetermined
mathematical formula ("formula") runs each Valuation Day that the benefit is in
effect on your Annuity and, as a result, transfers of Account Value between the
Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account can occur on any Valuation Day
subject to the conditions described below. Only the predetermined mathematical
formula can transfer Account Value to and from the Bond Sub-account, and thus
you may not allocate Purchase Payments to or make transfers to or from the Bond
Sub-account. We are not providing you with investment advice through the use of
the formula. The formula by which the transfer operates is designed primarily
to mitigate some of the financial risks that we incur in providing the
guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. The formula is not forward
looking and contains no predictive or projective component with respect to the
markets, the Account Value or the Protected Withdrawal Value. The formula is
described below.
Generally, the formula, which is applied each Valuation Day, operates as
follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. This amount may be different than the actual Annual Income
Amount currently guaranteed under your benefit. Then it produces an estimate of
the total amount targeted in the formula, based on the projected income amount
and factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as
the "Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a Lifetime Withdrawal, your
projected income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account
any automatic step-up, any subsequent Purchase Payments (including any
associated Purchase Credits), and any withdrawals of Excess Income. Next, the
formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held within the Bond
Sub-account on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held within
the Permitted Sub-accounts including any amounts allocated to DCA Fixed Rate
Options. That ratio, which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value
that is not offset by amounts held within the Bond Sub-account, is called the
"Target Ratio" or "r". If, on each of three consecutive Valuation Days, the
Target Ratio is greater than 83% but less than or equal to 84.5%, the formula
will, on such third Valuation Day, make a transfer from the Permitted
Sub-accounts in which you are invested (subject to the 90% cap discussed below)
to the Bond Sub-account. As discussed above, if all or a portion of your
Account Value is allocated to one or more DCA Fixed Rate Options at the time a
transfer to the Bond Sub-account is required under the formula, we will first
look to process the transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts, other than the
DCA Fixed Rate Options. If the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts
is insufficient to satisfy the transfer, then any remaining amounts will be
transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options on a "last-in, first-out" basis.
Once a transfer is made, the Target Ratio must again be greater than 83% but
less than or equal to 84.5% for three consecutive Valuation Days before a
subsequent transfer to the Bond Sub-account will occur. If, however, on any
Valuation Day, the Target Ratio is above 84.5%, the formula will make a
transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts (subject to the 90% cap) to the Bond
Sub-account (as described above). If the Target Ratio falls below 78% on any
Valuation Day, then a transfer from the Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts (excluding the DCA Fixed Rate Options) will occur.
The formula will not execute a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that results in
more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account
("90% cap") on that Valuation Day. Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the formula
would require a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that would result in more than
90% of the Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account, only the
amount that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the
Bond Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the
Bond Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the Bond
Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a
transfer out of the Bond Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the Bond
Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from the Bond Sub-account
if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap). At no time will the
formula make a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that results in greater than
90% of your Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account. However, it
is possible that, due to the investment performance of your allocations in the
Bond Sub-account and your allocations in the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
selected, your Account Value could be more than 90% invested in the Bond
Sub-account.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is
in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional Purchase
Payments to the Bond Sub-account at least until there is first a transfer out
of the Bond Sub-account, regardless
14
of how much of your Account Value is in the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means
that there could be scenarios under which, because of the additional Purchase
Payments you make, less than 90% of your entire Account Value is allocated to
the Bond Sub-account, and the formula will still not transfer any of your
Account Value to the Bond Sub-account (at least until there is first a transfer
out of the Bond Sub-account). For example,
. September 4, 2012 - a transfer is made to the Bond Sub-account that
results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is allocated to the
Bond Sub-account and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
. September 5, 2012 - you make an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000.
No transfers have been made from the Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on September 4, 2012.
. On September 5, 2012 - (and at least until first a transfer is made out
of the Bond Sub-account under the formula) - the $10,000 payment is
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this date you have 82% in
the Bond Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted Sub-accounts (such that
$20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the
Bond Sub-account).
. Once there is a transfer out of the Bond Sub-account (of any amount),
the formula will operate as described above, meaning that the formula
could transfer amounts to or from the Bond Sub-account if dictated by
the formula (subject to the 90% cap).
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into and out of effect
multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue to
monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the Bond Sub-account as dictated by the formula.
Under the formula, investment performance of your Account Value that is
negative, flat, or even moderately positive may result in a transfer of a
portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts to the Bond
Sub-account because such investment performance will tend to increase the
Target Ratio. In deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula, which
essentially seeks to reallocate amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and
the Bond Sub-account so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently
is equal to 80%. The further the Target Ratio is from 80% when a transfer is
occurring under the formula, the greater the transfer amount will be. Once you
elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, the values we use to compare to the Target
Ratio will be fixed. For newly-issued Annuities that elect Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus and existing Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus
in the future, however, we reserve the right to change such values.
Additionally, on each monthly Annuity Anniversary (if the monthly Annuity
Anniversary does not fall on a Valuation Day, the next Valuation Day will be
used), following all of the above described daily calculations, if there is
money allocated to the Bond Sub-account, we will perform an additional monthly
calculation to determine whether or not a transfer will be made from the Bond
Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts. This transfer will automatically
occur provided that the Target Ratio, as described above, would be less than
83% after the transfer. The formula will not execute a transfer if the Target
Ratio after this transfer would occur would be greater than or equal to 83%.
The amount of the transfer will be equal to the lesser of:
a) The total value of all your Account Value in the Bond Sub-account, or
b) An amount equal to 5% of your total Account Value.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a transfer trigger under
the formula, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer
of a portion of your Account Value either to or from the Bond Sub-account.
Depending on the results of the calculations of the formula, we may, on any
Valuation Day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond
Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the Bond
Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those amounts to the Permitted
Sub-accounts (as described above); or
. Transfer a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts
and the DCA Fixed Rate Options to the Bond Sub-account.
Prior to the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the
Bond Sub-account is the difference between your Account Value and your
Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to the
Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula permits an increasing difference
between the Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal Value before a transfer
to the Bond Sub-account occurs. Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your
Account Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account, the smaller the difference
between the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the more the
Account Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the Bond Sub-account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to
15
and from the Bond Sub-account pursuant to the formula depend on various factors
unique to your Annuity and are not necessarily directly correlated with the
securities markets, bond markets, interest rates or any other market or index.
Some of the factors that determine the amount and timing of transfers (as
applicable to your Annuity), include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value will be allocated
to the Bond Sub-account, as dictated by the formula.
Because the amount allocated to the Bond Sub-account and the amount allocated
to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment
performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. The
greater the amounts allocated to either the Bond Sub-account or to the
Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater the impact performance of that Sub-account
has on your Account Value and thus the greater the impact on whether (and how
much) your Account Value is transferred to or from the Bond Sub-account. It is
possible, under the formula, that if a significant portion of your Account
Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account has positive
performance, the formula might transfer a portion of your Account Value to the
Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts
is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion of your Account Value is
allocated to the Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account has negative
performance, the formula may transfer additional amounts from your Permitted
Sub-accounts to the Bond Sub-account even if the performance of your Permitted
Sub-accounts is positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula and subject to the 90% cap feature
described above.
Any Account Value in the Bond Sub-account will not participate in the positive
or negative investment experience of the Permitted Sub-accounts until it is
transferred out of the Bond Sub-account.
F. In the section of the prospectus entitled "How Does The Market Value
Adjustment Work?", we add the following immediately prior to the
sub-section entitled "MVA Examples":
The denominator of the MVA formula includes a factor, currently equal to 0.0010
or 10 basis points. The factor is an adjustment that is applied when an MVA is
assessed (regardless of whether the MVA is positive or negative), and will
reduce the amount being surrendered or transferred.
G. In the Tax Considerations section of the prospectus, we replace the
first paragraph of the sub-section entitled "Special Rules in Relation
to Tax-Free Exchanges Under Section 1035" with the following:
SPECIAL RULES IN RELATION TO TAX-FREE EXCHANGES UNDER SECTION 1035
Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), permits
certain tax-free exchanges of a life insurance, annuity or endowment contract
for an annuity, including tax-free exchanges of annuity death benefits for a
Beneficiary Annuity. Partial surrenders may be treated in the same way as
tax-free 1035 exchanges of entire contracts, therefore avoiding current
taxation of the partially exchanged amount as well as the 10% tax penalty on
pre-age 59 1/2 withdrawals. In Revenue Procedure 2011-38, the IRS has indicated
that, for exchanges on or after October 24, 2011, where there is a surrender or
distribution from either the initial annuity contract or receiving annuity
contract within 180 days of the date on which the partial exchange was
completed, the IRS will apply general tax rules to determine the substance and
treatment of the original transfer. For partial exchanges that occurred prior
to October 24, 2011, the provisions of Revenue Procedure 2008-24 will continue
to apply if there is a surrender or distribution within 12 months of the date
on which the partial exchange was completed. Under Revenue Procedure 2008-24,
the transfer will retroactively be treated as a taxable distribution from the
initial annuity contract and a contribution to the receiving annuity contract.
Tax free exchange treatment will be retained under certain circumstances if you
are eligible for an exception to the 10% federal income tax penalty, other than
the exceptions for substantially equal periodic payments or distributions under
an immediate annuity. We strongly urge you to discuss any transaction of this
type with your tax advisor before proceeding with the transaction.
16
PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES LIFE ASSURANCE CORPORATION
OPTIMUM/SM/
OPTIMUM FOUR/SM/
OPTIMUM PLUS/SM/
SUPPLEMENT DATED OCTOBER 31, 2011
TO
PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2011
THIS SUPPLEMENT SHOULD BE READ AND RETAINED WITH THE CURRENT PROSPECTUS FOR
YOUR ANNUITY. THIS SUPPLEMENT IS INTENDED TO UPDATE CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THE
PROSPECTUS FOR THE VARIABLE ANNUITY YOU OWN, AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A
PROSPECTUS OR OFFER FOR ANY OTHER VARIABLE ANNUITY LISTED HERE THAT YOU DO NOT
OWN. IF YOU WOULD LIKE ANOTHER COPY OF THE CURRENT PROSPECTUS, PLEASE CONTACT
US AT 1-888-PRU-2888.
A. CHANGES TO SUB-ADVISORS FOR THE FOLLOWING PORTFOLIOS:
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO: SUB-ADVISOR CHANGE. J.P.
Morgan Investment Management, Inc. will be added as a sub-adviser to this
Portfolio on or about October 17, 2011 (rather than August 24, 2011). In
addition, Prudential Bache Asset Management Incorporated, which has served as a
sub-adviser to this Portfolio, recently was acquired by Jefferies Group, Inc.
and was re-named Bache Asset Management, Inc. It is expected that Bache Asset
Management, Inc. ("Bache") will continue to serve as a sub-adviser to this
Portfolio until October 17, 2011, at which point Jefferies Asset Management,
LLC will replace Bache as a sub-adviser to this Portfolio. The Investment
Objectives/Policies table in the Prospectus is amended accordingly.
AST ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN CORE VALUE PORTFOLIO. The Board of Trustees of Advanced
Series Trust (the Trust) recently approved replacing AllianceBernstein L.P.
(AllianceBernstein) as the sole sub adviser for the AST AllianceBernstein Core
Value Portfolio with T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (T. Rowe Price) and
changing the name of the Portfolio from the AST AllianceBernstein Core Value
Portfolio to the AST T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio. Implementation of
the revised sub advisory arrangements and name change is expected to occur on
or about October 31, 2011. Depending upon market, economic, and financial
conditions as of October 31, 2011 and the Trust's ability to implement certain
legal agreements and custody arrangements, it may take several weeks for T.
Rowe Price to dispose of securities and other financial instruments held by the
Portfolio that were purchased by AllianceBernstein and to begin to implement
its own investment strategy. To reflect those changes, we revise the Investment
Objectives/Policies summary description appearing in the prospectus to read as
follows:
PORTFOLIO
ADVISOR/SUB-
STYLE/TYPE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES ADVISOR
---------- ---------------------------------------------- -----------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
LARGE CAP AST T. ROWE PRICE EQUITY INCOME PORTFOLIO T. Rowe Price
VALUE (formerly AST AllianceBernstein Core Value Associates, Inc.
Portfolio): The Portfolio's investment
objective is to seek to provide substantial
dividend income as well as long-term growth of
capital through investments in the common
stocks of established companies. The Portfolio
will normally invest at least 80% of its net
assets (including any borrowings for
investment purposes) in common stocks, with
65% of net assets (including any borrowings
for investment purposes) in dividend-paying
common stocks of well-established companies.
The Portfolio will typically employ a "value"
approach in selecting investments. T. Rowe
Price's research team will seek companies that
appear to be undervalued by various measures
and may be temporarily out of favor but have
good prospects for capital appreciation and
dividend growth. In selecting investments, T.
Rowe Price generally will look for companies
in the aggregate with one or more of the
following:
. an established operating history;
. above-average dividend yield relative to
the S&P 500 Index;
. low price/earnings ratio relative to the
S&P 500 Index;
. a sound balance sheet and other positive
financial characteristics; and
. low stock price relative to a company's
underlying value as measured by assets,
cash flow, or business franchises.
1
B. INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES REPLACEMENTS
In the Investment Objectives/Policies table, we replace the italicized
investment objectives of the following Portfolios with the new italicized
language indicated below:
(i) AST BOND PORTFOLIOS 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, AND
2022: each AST Bond Portfolio seeks the highest total return for a
specific period of time, consistent with the preservation of capital
and liquidity needs. Total return is comprised of current income and
capital appreciation.
(ii) AST JPMORGAN INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO: seeks capital growth.
C.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE" WITH THE FOLLOWING:
MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE
As indicated above, we limit the sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you have elected Highest Daily Lifetime Five. For purposes of this
benefit, we refer to those permitted sub-accounts as the "Permitted
Sub-accounts". As a requirement of participating in Highest Daily Lifetime
Five, we require that you participate in our mathematical formula under which
we may transfer Account Value between the Permitted Sub-accounts and a fixed
interest rate account that is part of our general account (the "Benefit Fixed
Rate Account"). This required formula helps us manage our financial exposure
under the benefit, by moving assets to a more stable option (i.e., the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account). We determine whether to make a transfer, and the amount of
any transfer, under a non-discretionary formula, discussed below. The Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is available only with this benefit, and thus you may not
allocate purchase payments to or transfer Account Value to or from the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account. The interest rate that we pay with respect to the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is reduced by an amount that corresponds generally to the
charge that we assess against your variable Sub-accounts for Highest Daily
Lifetime Five. The Benefit Fixed Rate Account is not subject to the Investment
Company Act of 1940 or the Securities Act of 1933.
Under the formula component of Highest Daily Lifetime Five, we monitor your
Account Value daily and, if necessary, systematically transfer amounts between
the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
Any transfer would be made in accordance with the formula, which is set forth
in the schedule supplement to the endorsement for this benefit (and also
appears in Appendix E to this prospectus). Speaking generally, the formula,
which we apply each Valuation Day, operates as follows. The formula starts by
identifying your Protected Withdrawal Value for that day and then multiplies
that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical) Highest Daily
Annual Income Amount. Then, using our actuarial tables, we produce an estimate
of the total amount we would target in our allocation model, based on the
projected Highest Daily Annual Income Amount each year for the rest of your
life. In the formula, we refer to that value as the "Target Value" or "L". If
you have already made a withdrawal, your projected Annual Income Amount (and
thus your Target Value) would take into account any automatic step-up that was
scheduled to occur according to the step-up formula described above. Next, the
formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held within the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held
within the Permitted Sub-accounts. That ratio, which essentially isolates the
amount of your Target Value that is not offset by amounts held within the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, is called the "Target Ratio" or "r". If the Target
Ratio exceeds a certain percentage (currently 83%) it means essentially that
too much Target Value is not offset by assets within the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account, and therefore we will transfer an amount from your Permitted
Sub-accounts to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Conversely, if the Target Ratio
falls below a certain percentage (currently 77%), then a transfer from the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account to the Permitted Sub-accounts would occur. Note that
the formula is calculated with reference to the Highest Daily Annual Income
Amount, rather than with reference to the Annual Income Amount. If you select
the new mathematical formula, see the discussion regarding the 90% cap.
As you can glean from the formula, poor investment performance of your Account
Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your variable Account Value to
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, because such poor investment performance will
tend to increase the Target Ratio. Moreover, "flat" investment returns of your
Account Value over a period of time also could result in the transfer of your
Account Value to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Because the amount allocated
to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and the amount
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the
investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your
Annuity. In deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula, which
essentially seeks to re-balance amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which
currently is equal to 80%. Once elected the ratios we use will be fixed.
While you are not notified when the formula dictates a transfer, you will
receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion of your
Account Value either to or from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The formula is
designed primarily to mitigate the financial risks that we incur in providing
the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime Five.
2
Depending on the results of the formula calculation we may, on any day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, transfer all or a portion of those amounts
to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options). Amounts taken out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
will be withdrawn for this purpose on a last-in, first-out basis (an
amount renewed into a new guarantee period under the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account will be deemed a new investment for purposed of this last-in,
first-out rule); or
. Transfer all or a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted
Sub-accounts pro-rata to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The interest
that you earn on such transferred amount will be equal to the annual
rate that we have set for that day, and we will credit the daily
equivalent of that annual interest until the earlier of one year from
the date of the transfer or the date that such amount in the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is transferred back to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or all of your Account Value may be
allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. If your entire Account Value is
transferred to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, then based on the way the
formula operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account to the Permitted Sub-accounts and the entire Account Value
would remain in the Benefit Rate Fixed Account. If you make additional purchase
payments to your Annuity, they will be allocated to the Sub-accounts according
to your allocation instructions. Such additional purchase payments may or may
not cause the formula to transfer money in or out of the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account. Once the purchase payments are allocated to your Annuity, they will
also be subject to the formula, which may result in immediate transfers to or
from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, if dictated by the formula. The amounts of
any such transfer will vary, as dictated by the formula, and will depend on the
factors listed below.
Prior to the first withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is the difference between your Account Value and your Total
Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, then over time the formula permits an increasing
difference between the Account Value and the Total Protected Withdrawal Value
before a transfer to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account occurs. Therefore, as time
goes on, while none of your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed
Rate Account, the smaller the difference between the Total Protected Withdrawal
Value and the Account Value, the more the Account Value can decrease prior to a
transfer to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account pursuant to the
formula depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and are not
necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond markets,
interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the factors that determine
the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity), include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Total Protected
Withdrawal Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime Five has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
Because the amount allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and the amount
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the
investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your
Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater the impact performance of
that Sub-account has on your Account Value and thus the greater the impact on
whether (and how much) your Account Value is transferred to or from the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account. It is possible, under the formula, that if a significant
portion of your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
and it has positive performance, the formula might transfer a portion of your
Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of your
Permitted Sub-accounts is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion of
your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and it has
negative performance, the formula may transfer additional amounts from your
Permitted Sub-accounts to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account even if the
performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is positive.
Any Account Value in the Benefit Fixed Rate Account will not participate in the
positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted Sub-accounts until
it is transferred out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN" WITH THE FOLLOWING. LIKEWISE, FOR SPOUSAL HIGHEST
DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN, WE REPLACE THE COUNTERPART LANGUAGE IN THAT SUB-SECTION
WITH THE FOLLOWING (EXCEPT THAT REFERENCES BELOW TO HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME
SEVEN ARE REPLACED WITH REFERENCES TO SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN).
3
MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you have elected Highest Daily Lifetime Seven. For purposes of the
benefit, we refer to those permitted Sub-accounts as the "Permitted
Sub-accounts". As a requirement of participating in Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven, we require that you participate in our specialized program, under which
we may transfer Account Value between the Permitted Sub-accounts and a
specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the "AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account"). We determine whether to make a transfer, and the amount of
any transfer, under a non-discretionary formula, discussed below. The AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is available only with this benefit, and thus
you may not allocate purchase payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. Under the formula component of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, we
monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Any transfer would be
made in accordance with a formula, which is set forth in Appendix H to this
prospectus.
Speaking generally, the formula, which we apply each Valuation Day, operates as
follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. Note that we use 5% in the formula, irrespective of the
Annuitant's attained age. Then we produce an estimate of the total amount we
would target in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and
factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as the
"Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your projected
income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account any
automatic step-up, any subsequent purchase payments, and any excess
withdrawals. Next, the formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held
within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account on that day, and divides that
difference by the amount held within the Permitted Sub-accounts. That ratio,
which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value that is not offset
by amounts held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, is called the
"Target Ratio" or "r". If the Target Ratio exceeds a certain percentage
(currently 83%), it means essentially that too much Target Value is not offset
by assets within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and therefore we
will transfer an amount from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account. Conversely, if the Target Ratio falls below a certain
percentage (currently 77%), then a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts would occur.
If you elect the new formula (90% Cap Feature), see discussion regarding that
feature.
As you can glean from the formula, poor investment performance of your Account
Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your variable Account Value to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account because such poor investment
performance will tend to increase the Target Ratio. Moreover, "flat" investment
returns of your Account Value over a period of time also could result in the
transfer of your Account Value from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Because the amount allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the amount allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment performance of
each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. In deciding how much
to transfer, we use another formula, which essentially seeks to re-balance
amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal
to 80%. Once you elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, the ratios we use will be
fixed. For newly-issued Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven and
existing Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, however, we reserve
the right, subject to any required regulatory approval, to change the ratios.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a reallocation trigger,
you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion
of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The formula by which the reallocation triggers operate is designed
primarily to mitigate the financial risks that we incur in providing the
guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime Seven.
Depending on the results of the calculation relative to the reallocation
triggers, we may, on any day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those
amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options); or
. Transfer all or a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted
Sub-accounts pro rata to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or all of your Account Value may be
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If your entire Account
Value is transferred to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then based
on the way the formula operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-
4
accounts and the entire Account Value would remain in the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account. If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity,
they will be allocated to the Sub-accounts according to your allocation
instructions. Such additional purchase payments may or may not cause the
formula to transfer money in or out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. Once the purchase payments are allocated to your Annuity, they
will also be subject to the formula, which may result in immediate transfers to
or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-accounts, if dictated by the formula.
The amounts of any such transfers will vary as dictated by the formula, and
will depend on the factors listed below.
Prior to the first withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is difference between your Account Value and
your Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula permits
an increasing difference between the Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal
Value before a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account occurs.
Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, the smaller the difference between
the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the more the Account
Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
pursuant to the formula depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and
are not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond
markets, interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the factors that
determine the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity),
include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime Seven has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater
the impact performance of that Sub-account has on your Account Value and thus
the greater the impact on whether (and how much) your Account Value is
transferred to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. It is
possible, under the formula, that if a significant portion of your Account
Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that
Sub-account has positive performance, the formula might transfer a portion of
your Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of
your Permitted Sub-accounts is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion
of your Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
and that Sub-account has negative performance, the formula may transfer
additional amounts from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is
positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula.
Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not
participate in the positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted
Sub-accounts until it is transferred out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS
TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST
INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT" WITH THE FOLLOWING:
HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR
PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you elected Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. For purposes of this
benefit, we refer to those permitted investment options as the "Permitted
Sub-accounts".
An integral part of Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus is the pre-determined
mathematical formula used to transfer Account Value between the Permitted
Sub-Accounts and a specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the
"AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-Account"). The AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account is available only with this benefit, and thus you may not allocate
purchase
5
payments to or make transfers to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The formula monitors your Account Value daily and, if dictated by
the formula, systematically transfers amounts between the Permitted
Sub-accounts you have chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. The
formula is set forth in Appendix I.
Speaking generally, the formula, which is applied each Valuation Day, operates
as follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. Note that 5% is used in the formula, irrespective of the
Annuitant's attained age. Then it produces an estimate of the total amount
targeted in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and
factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as the
"Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your projected
income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account any
automatic step-up, any subsequent purchase payments (and associated Purchase
Credits), and any excess withdrawals. Next, the formula subtracts from the
Target Value the amount held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held within the
Permitted Sub-accounts. That ratio, which essentially isolates the amount of
your Target Value that is not offset by amounts held within the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account, is called the "Target Ratio" or "r". If, on each of
three consecutive Valuation Days, the Target Ratio is greater than 83% but less
than or equal to 84.5%, the formula will, on such third Valuation Day, make a
transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts in which you are invested (subject to
the 90% cap feature) to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once a
transfer is made, the three consecutive Valuation Days begin again. If,
however, on any Valuation Day, the Target Ratio is above 84.5%, it will make a
transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts (subject to the 90% cap) to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (as described above). If the Target Ratio
falls below 78% on any Valuation Day, then a transfer from the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts will occur.
The formula will not execute a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account that results in more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account ("90% cap"). Thus, on any
Valuation Day, if the formula would require a transfer to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account that would result in more than 90% of the Account Value
being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, only the amount
that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future
transfers into the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not be made
(regardless of the performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a transfer out of the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject
to the 90% cap). At no time will the formula make a transfer to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in greater than 90% of your
Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
However, it is possible that, due to the investment performance of your
allocations in the AST investment grade bond sub-account and your allocations
in the permitted sub-accounts you have selected, your Account Value could be
more than 90% invested in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is
in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional purchase
payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account at least until there is
first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, regardless
of how much of your Account Value is in the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means
that there could be scenarios under which, because of the additional purchase
payments you make, less than 90% of your entire Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and the formula will still not
transfer any of your Account Value to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
(at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account). For example,
. March 19, 2009 - a transfer is made to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account that results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and $10,000 is
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
. March 20, 2009 - you make an additional purchase payment of $10,000. No
transfers have been made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
to the Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on
March 19, 2009.
. On March 20, 2009 (and at least until first a transfer is made out of
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account under the formula) - the
$10,000 payment is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this
date you have 82% in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and 18%
in the Permitted Sub-accounts (such that $20,000 is allocated to the
Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account).
. Once there is a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account (of any amount), the formula will operate as described
above, meaning that the formula could transfer amounts to or from the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula
(subject to the 90% cap).
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into existence and be
removed multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue
to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account as dictated by the formula.
6
As you can glean from the formula, poor or flat investment performance of your
Account Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your Account Value in
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account because
such poor investment performance will tend to increase the Target Ratio.
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. In deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula,
which essentially seeks to re-balance amounts held in the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account so that the Target
Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal to 80%. Once you elect Highest
Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, the values we use to compare to the Target Ratio will be
fixed.
Additionally, on each monthly Annuity Anniversary (if the monthly Annuity
Anniversary does not fall on a Valuation Day, the next Valuation Day will be
used), following all of the above described daily calculations, a transfer may
be made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts. Any such transfer will be based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata (i.e.
in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable investment
options). This transfer will automatically occur provided that the Target
Ratio, as described above, would be less than 83% after the transfer. The
formula will not execute a transfer if the Target Ratio after this transfer
would occur would be greater than or equal to 83%.
The amount of the transfer will be equal to the lesser of:
a) The total value of all your Account Value in the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account, or
b) An amount equal to 5% of your total Account Value.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a transfer trigger under
the formula, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer
of a portion of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account. The formula by which the transfer operates is designed
primarily to mitigate some of the financial risks that we incur in providing
the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. Depending on the results of
the calculations of the formula, we may, on any Valuation Day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those
amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options); or
. Transfer a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts
pro rata to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value will be allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, as dictated by the formula.
Prior to the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is difference between your Account Value
and your Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula
permits an increasing difference between the Account Value and the Protected
Withdrawal Value before a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
occurs. Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your Account Value is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, the smaller the
difference between the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the
more the Account Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
pursuant to the formula depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and
are not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond
markets, interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the factors that
determine the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity),
include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater
the
7
impact performance of those investments have on your Account Value and thus the
greater the impact on whether (and how much) your Account Value is transferred
to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. It is possible, under the
formula, that if a significant portion of your Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account has positive
performance, the formula might transfer a portion of your Account Value to the
Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts
is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion of your Account Value is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account has
negative performance, the formula may transfer additional amounts from your
Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account even if the
performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula and subject
to the 90% cap feature.
Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not
participate in the positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted
Sub-accounts until it is transferred out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS
TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST
INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT" WITH THE FOLLOWING.
HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR
PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT.
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. For purposes of this benefit,
we refer to those permitted investment options as the "Permitted Sub-accounts".
Because these restrictions and the use of the predetermined mathematical
formula lessen the risk that your Account Value will be reduced to zero while
you are still alive, they also reduce the likelihood that we will make any
lifetime income payments under this benefit. They may also limit your upside
potential for growth. If your Annuity was issued on or after May 1, 2009
(subject to regulatory approval), you may also choose to allocate purchase
payments while this program is in effect to DCA Fixed Rate Options utilized
with our 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program ("6 or 12 Month DCA
Program"). If you are participating in Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and also
are participating in the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program, and the formula under the
benefit dictates a transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (the "Bond Sub-account"), then the amount to
be transferred will be taken entirely from the Sub-accounts, provided there is
sufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts to meet the required transfer
amount. Only if there is insufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts will
an amount be withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate Options. Amounts withdrawn from
the DCA Fixed Rate Options under the formula will be taken on a last-in,
first-out basis. For purposes of the discussion below concerning transfers from
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the Bond Sub-account, amounts held within the DCA
Fixed Rate Options are included within the term "Permitted Sub-Accounts". Thus,
amounts may be transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options in the circumstances
described above and in the section of the prospectus entitled 6 or 12 Month
Dollar Cost Averaging Program. Any transfer dictated by the formula out of the
Bond Sub-account will only be transferred to the Permitted Sub-accounts, not
the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
An integral part of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus (including Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus with LIA and Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus) is the
predetermined mathematical formula used to transfer Account Value between the
Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account. This predetermined
mathematical formula ("formula") runs each Valuation Day that the benefit is in
effect on your Annuity and, as a result, transfers of Account Value between the
Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account can occur on any Valuation Day
subject to the conditions described below. Only the predetermined mathematical
formula can transfer Account Value to and from the Bond Sub-account, and thus
you may not allocate Purchase Payments to or make transfers to or from the Bond
Sub-account. We are not providing you with investment advice through the use of
the formula. The formula by which the transfer operates is designed primarily
to mitigate some of the financial risks that we incur in providing the
guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. The formula is not forward
looking and contains no predictive or projective component with respect to the
markets, the Account Value or the Protected Withdrawal Value. The formula is
described below.
Generally, the formula, which is applied each Valuation Day, operates as
follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. This amount may be different than the actual Annual Income
Amount currently guaranteed under your benefit. Then it produces an estimate of
the total amount targeted in the formula, based on the projected income amount
and factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as
the "Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a Lifetime Withdrawal, your
projected income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account
any automatic step-up, any subsequent Purchase Payments (including any
associated Purchase Credits), and any withdrawals of Excess Income. Next, the
formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held within the Bond
Sub-account on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held within
the Permitted Sub-accounts including any amounts allocated to DCA Fixed Rate
Options. That ratio, which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value
that is not offset
8
by amounts held within the Bond Sub-account, is called the "Target Ratio" or
"r". If, on each of three consecutive Valuation Days, the Target Ratio is
greater than 83% but less than or equal to 84.5%, the formula will, on such
third Valuation Day, make a transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts in which
you are invested (subject to the 90% cap discussed below) to the Bond
Sub-account. As discussed above, if all or a portion of your Account Value is
allocated to one or more DCA Fixed Rate Options at the time a transfer to the
Bond Sub-account is required under the formula, we will first look to process
the transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts, other than the DCA Fixed Rate
Options. If the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts is insufficient
to satisfy the transfer, then any remaining amounts will be transferred from
the DCA Fixed Rate Options on a "last-in, first-out" basis. Once a transfer is
made, the Target Ratio must again be greater than 83% but less than or equal to
84.5% for three consecutive Valuation Days before a subsequent transfer to the
Bond Sub-account will occur. If, however, on any Valuation Day, the Target
Ratio is above 84.5%, the formula will make a transfer from the Permitted
Sub-accounts (subject to the 90% cap) to the Bond Sub-account (as described
above). If the Target Ratio falls below 78% on any Valuation Day, then a
transfer from the Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts (excluding the
DCA Fixed Rate Options) will occur.
The formula will not execute a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that results in
more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account
("90% cap") on that Valuation Day. Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the formula
would require a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that would result in more than
90% of the Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account, only the
amount that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the
Bond Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the
Bond Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the Bond
Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a
transfer out of the Bond Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the Bond
Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from the Bond Sub-account
if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap). At no time will the
formula make a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that results in greater than
90% of your Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account. However, it
is possible that, due to the investment performance of your allocations in the
Bond Sub-account and your allocations in the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
selected, your Account Value could be more than 90% invested in the Bond
Sub-account.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is
in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional Purchase
Payments to the Bond Sub-account at least until there is first a transfer out
of the Bond Sub-account, regardless of how much of your Account Value is in the
Permitted Sub-accounts. This means that there could be scenarios under which,
because of the additional Purchase Payments you make, less than 90% of your
entire Account Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account, and the formula will
still not transfer any of your Account Value to the Bond Sub-account (at least
until there is first a transfer out of the Bond Sub-account). For example,
. September 4, 2012 - a transfer is made to the Bond Sub-account that
results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is allocated to the
Bond Sub-account and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
. September 5, 2012 - you make an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000.
No transfers have been made from the Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on September 4, 2012.
. On September 5, 2012 - (and at least until first a transfer is made out
of the Bond Sub-account under the formula) - the $10,000 payment is
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this date you have 82% in
the Bond Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted Sub-accounts (such that
$20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the
Bond Sub-account).
. Once there is a transfer out of the Bond Sub-account (of any amount),
the formula will operate as described above, meaning that the formula
could transfer amounts to or from the Bond Sub-account if dictated by
the formula (subject to the 90% cap).
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into and out of effect
multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue to
monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the Bond Sub-account as dictated by the formula.
Under the formula, investment performance of your Account Value that is
negative, flat, or even moderately positive may result in a transfer of a
portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts to the Bond
Sub-account because such investment performance will tend to increase the
Target Ratio. In deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula, which
essentially seeks to reallocate amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and
the Bond Sub-account so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently
is equal to 80%. The further the Target Ratio is from 80% when a transfer is
occurring under the formula, the greater the transfer amount will be. Once you
elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, the values we use to compare to the Target
Ratio will be fixed. For newly-issued Annuities that elect Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus and existing Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus
in the future, however, we reserve the right to change such values.
Additionally, on each monthly Annuity Anniversary (if the monthly Annuity
Anniversary does not fall on a Valuation Day, the next Valuation Day will be
used), following all of the above described daily calculations, if there is
money allocated to the Bond Sub-account, we will perform an additional monthly
calculation to determine whether or not a transfer will be made from the Bond
Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts. This transfer will automatically
occur provided that the Target Ratio, as described above, would be less than
83% after the transfer. The formula will not execute a transfer if the Target
Ratio after this transfer would occur would be greater than or equal to 83%.
9
The amount of the transfer will be equal to the lesser of:
a) The total value of all your Account Value in the Bond Sub-account, or
b) An amount equal to 5% of your total Account Value.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a transfer trigger under
the formula, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer
of a portion of your Account Value either to or from the Bond Sub-account.
Depending on the results of the calculations of the formula, we may, on any
Valuation Day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond
Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the Bond
Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those amounts to the Permitted
Sub-accounts (as described above); or
. Transfer a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts
and the DCA Fixed Rate Options to the Bond Sub-account.
Prior to the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the
Bond Sub-account is the difference between your Account Value and your
Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to the
Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula permits an increasing difference
between the Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal Value before a transfer
to the Bond Sub-account occurs. Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your
Account Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account, the smaller the difference
between the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the more the
Account Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the Bond Sub-account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the Bond Sub-account pursuant to the formula
depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and are not necessarily
directly correlated with the securities markets, bond markets, interest rates
or any other market or index. Some of the factors that determine the amount and
timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity), include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value will be allocated
to the Bond Sub-account, as dictated by the formula.
Because the amount allocated to the Bond Sub-account and the amount allocated
to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment
performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. The
greater the amounts allocated to either the Bond Sub-account or to the
Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater the impact performance of that Sub-account
has on your Account Value and thus the greater the impact on whether (and how
much) your Account Value is transferred to or from the Bond Sub-account. It is
possible, under the formula, that if a significant portion of your Account
Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account has positive
performance, the formula might transfer a portion of your Account Value to the
Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts
is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion of your Account Value is
allocated to the Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account has negative
performance, the formula may transfer additional amounts from your Permitted
Sub-accounts to the Bond Sub-account even if the performance of your Permitted
Sub-accounts is positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula and subject to the 90% cap feature
described above.
Any Account Value in the Bond Sub-account will not participate in the positive
or negative investment experience of the Permitted Sub-accounts until it is
transferred out of the Bond Sub-account.
D. In the section of the prospectus entitled "How Does The Market Value
Adjustment Work?", we add the following immediately prior to the
sub-section entitled "MVA Examples":
The denominator of the MVA formula includes a factor, currently equal to 0.0010
or 10 basis points. The factor is an adjustment that is applied when an MVA is
assessed (regardless of whether the MVA is positive or negative), and will
reduce the amount being surrendered or transferred.
10
E. In the Tax Considerations section of the prospectus, we replace the
first paragraph of the sub-section entitled "Special Rules in Relation
to Tax-Free Exchanges Under Section 1035" with the following:
SPECIAL RULES IN RELATION TO TAX-FREE EXCHANGES UNDER SECTION 1035
Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), permits
certain tax-free exchanges of a life insurance, annuity or endowment contract
for an annuity, including tax-free exchanges of annuity death benefits for a
Beneficiary Annuity. Partial surrenders may be treated in the same way as
tax-free 1035 exchanges of entire contracts, therefore avoiding current
taxation of the partially exchanged amount as well as the 10% tax penalty on
pre-age 59 1/2 withdrawals. In Revenue Procedure 2011-38, the IRS has indicated
that, for exchanges on or after October 24, 2011, where there is a surrender or
distribution from either the initial annuity contract or receiving annuity
contract within 180 days of the date on which the partial exchange was
completed, the IRS will apply general tax rules to determine the substance and
treatment of the original transfer. For partial exchanges that occurred prior
to October 24, 2011, the provisions of Revenue Procedure 2008-24 will continue
to apply if there is a surrender or distribution within 12 months of the date
on which the partial exchange was completed. Under Revenue Procedure 2008-24,
the transfer will retroactively be treated as a taxable distribution from the
initial annuity contract and a contribution to the receiving annuity contract.
Tax free exchange treatment will be retained under certain circumstances if you
are eligible for an exception to the 10% federal income tax penalty, other than
the exceptions for substantially equal periodic payments or distributions under
an immediate annuity. We strongly urge you to discuss any transaction of this
type with your tax advisor before proceeding with the transaction.
11
PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES LIFE ASSURANCE CORPORATION
ADVANCED SERIES XTRA CREDIT EIGHT/SM/ (XT8)
SUPPLEMENT DATED OCTOBER 31, 2011
TO
PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2011
THIS SUPPLEMENT SHOULD BE READ AND RETAINED WITH THE CURRENT PROSPECTUS FOR
YOUR ANNUITY. THIS SUPPLEMENT IS INTENDED TO UPDATE CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THE
PROSPECTUS FOR THE VARIABLE ANNUITY YOU OWN, AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A
PROSPECTUS OR OFFER FOR ANY OTHER VARIABLE ANNUITY LISTED HERE THAT YOU DO NOT
OWN. IF YOU WOULD LIKE ANOTHER COPY OF THE CURRENT PROSPECTUS, PLEASE CONTACT
US AT 1-888-PRU-2888.
A. NEW AST PORTFOLIOS. The following Portfolios will be added as
Sub-accounts within your Annuity, effective on or about October 17,
2011. Initially, each new Portfolio will not be an option to which you
may directly allocate Purchase Payments. Instead, beginning on or about
October 17, 2011, each Portfolio will be available only as an underlying
Portfolio in which the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation
Portfolio, the Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios (i.e., AST Balanced
Asset Allocation Portfolio, AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation
Portfolio and AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio), and the
Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolios (i.e., AST CLS Growth Asset
Allocation Portfolio, AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio, AST
Horizon Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio, and AST Horizon Moderate
Asset Allocation Portfolio) may invest. The new AST Portfolios are:
. AST Neuberger Berman Core Bond Portfolio; and
. AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio
Beginning on or about October 17, 2011, you may allocate Purchase Payments to
these Portfolios and make transfers into these Portfolios. Moreover, you may
invest in each Portfolio even if you participate in an optional living benefit
or optional death benefit (except for Lifetime Five Income Benefit, Spousal
Lifetime Five Income Benefit, Highest Daily Lifetime Five Income Benefit, and
the Highest Daily Value Death Benefit). To reflect this availability, we
include the name of each Portfolio in the Investment Options list on the inside
front cover, and amend the Group 1 and Group 2 tables under the Investment
Options section of the prospectus accordingly. In particular, with respect to
the Group 2 (Custom Portfolios Program) table, each bond portfolio below is
added to the list of AST bond portfolios to which the minimum specified
percentage of Account Value must be allocated. We also revise the prospectus as
follows:
In the section of the Prospectus entitled Summary of Contract Fees and Charges,
we set forth the following fees of the AST Neuberger Berman Core Bond Portfolio
and the AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio in the table of Underlying Mutual
Fund Portfolio Annual Expenses.
ESTIMATED UNDERLYING MUTUAL FUND PORTFOLIO ANNUAL EXPENSES
(as a percentage of the average net assets of the underlying Portfolios)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL
BROKER FEES ACQUIRED ANNUAL CONTRACTUAL NET ANNUAL
DIVIDEND AND EXPENSES PORTFOLIO PORTFOLIO FEE WAIVER OR FUND
UNDERLYING MANAGEMENT OTHER DISTRIBUTION EXPENSE ON SHORT FEES & OPERATING EXPENSE OPERATING
PORTFOLIO FEES EXPENSES (12B-1) FEES ON SHORT SALES SALES EXPENSES EXPENSES REIMBURSEMENT EXPENSES
---------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- ------------ --------- --------- ------------- ----------
AST NEUBERGER
BERMAN CORE
BOND
PORTFOLIO.... 0.70% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.85%/1/ 0.01%/2/ 0.84%
AST PRUDENTIAL
CORE BOND
PORTFOLIO.... 0.70% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.85%/3/ 0.01%/4/ 0.84%
/1/ The AST Neuberger Berman Core Bond Portfolio will commence operations on
or about October 17, 2011. Estimate of Other Expenses based in part on
assumed average daily net assets of $800 million for the Portfolio for the
year ending December 31, 2011.
/2/ Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. (together,
the Investment Managers) have contractually agreed to waive a portion of
their investment management fees so that the Portfolio's investment
management fee would equal 0.70% of the Portfolio's first $500 million of
average daily net assets, 0.675% of the Portfolio's average daily net
assets between $500 million and $1 billion, and 0.65% of the Portfolio's
average daily net assets in excess of $1 billion through May 1, 2014. This
contractual investment management fee waiver may not be terminated
1
or modified prior to May 1, 2014, but may be discontinued or modified
thereafter. The decision on whether to renew, modify or discontinue this
expense limitation after May 1, 2014 will be subject to review by the
Investment Managers and the Board of Trustees of the Trust.
/3/ The AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio will commence operations on or
about October 17, 2011. Estimate of Other Expenses based in part on
assumed average daily net assets of $800 million for the Portfolio for the
year ending December 31, 2011.
/4/ Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. (together,
the Investment Managers) have contractually agreed to waive a portion of
their investment management fees so that the Portfolio's investment
management fee would equal 0.70% of the Portfolio's first $500 million of
average daily net assets, 0.675% of the Portfolio's average daily net
assets between $500 million and $1 billion, and 0.65% of the Portfolio's
average daily net assets in excess of $1 billion through May 1, 2014. This
contractual investment management fee waiver may not be terminated or
modified prior to May 1, 2014, but may be discontinued or modified
thereafter. The decision on whether to renew, modify or discontinue this
expense limitation after May 1, 2014 will be subject to review by the
Investment Managers and the Board of Trustees of the Trust.
In the section entitled "Investment Options," we add the following summary
descriptions of the AST Neuberger Berman Core Bond Portfolio and the AST
Prudential Core Bond Portfolio to the Investment Objectives/Policies table as
follows:
PORTFOLIO
ADVISOR/SUB-
STYLE/TYPE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES ADVISOR
---------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
FIXED AST NEUBERGER BERMAN CORE BOND PORTFOLIO: The Neuberger Berman
INCOME Portfolio seeks to maximize total return Fixed Income,
consistent with preservation of capital. Under LLC
normal circumstances, the Portfolio will invest
at least 80% of its investable assets in bonds
and other debt securities. All of the debt
securities in which the Portfolio invests will
be investment grade under normal circumstances.
The Portfolio normally will not invest more than
15% of its total assets in non-U.S. dollar
denominated securities and, through hedging
strategies, will attempt to limit its exposure
to currencies other than the U.S. dollar to 5%
of its total assets. The Portfolio normally will
seek to maintain its target average duration
within one year, and generally seeks to maintain
its target average duration within a maximum of
two years, of the average duration of the bonds
in the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond
Index.
FIXED AST PRUDENTIAL CORE BOND PORTFOLIO: The Prudential
INCOME Portfolio seeks to maximize total return Investment
consistent with the long-term preservation of Management, Inc.
capital. Under normal circumstances, the
Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its
investable assets in intermediate and long-term
debt obligations and high quality money market
instruments. In addition, the Portfolio will
invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80%
of its net assets in intermediate and long-term
debt obligations that are rated investment grade
by the major rating services, or, if unrated,
considered to be of comparable quality by the
subadviser, and high quality money market
instruments. Likewise, the Portfolio may invest
up to 20% of its net assets in
high-yield/high-risk debt securities (commonly
known as "junk bonds"). The Portfolio also may
invest up to 20% of its total assets in debt
securities issued outside the U.S. by U.S. or
foreign issuers, whether or not such securities
are denominated in the U.S. dollar.
B. CHANGES TO SUB-ADVISERS AND/OR SUMMARY DESCRIPTIONS FOR THE FOLLOWING
FUNDS/PORTFOLIOS:
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO - SUB-ADVISER CHANGE. J.P.
Morgan Investment Management, Inc. will be added as a sub-adviser to this
Portfolio on or about October 17, 2011 (rather than August 24, 2011). In
addition, Prudential Bache Asset Management Incorporated, which has served as a
sub-adviser to this Portfolio, recently was acquired by Jefferies Group, Inc.
and was re-named Bache Asset Management, Inc. It is expected that Bache Asset
Management, Inc. ("Bache") will continue to serve as a sub-adviser to this
Portfolio until October 17, 2011, at which point Jefferies Asset Management,
LLC will replace Bache as a sub-adviser to this Portfolio. The Investment
Objectives/Policies table in the Prospectus is amended accordingly.
NVIT DEVELOPING MARKETS FUND - SUB-ADVISER CHANGE. As is expected to occur by
October 9, 2011, Baring International Investment Limited will be replaced as
sub-adviser to the NVIT Developing Markets Fund by the Boston Company Asset
Management, LLC. Along with that change, the summary description of that fund
is revised to read as follows:
PORTFOLIO
ADVISOR/SUB-
STYLE/TYPE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES ADVISOR
---------- -------------------------------------------------- ------------
NATIONWIDE VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
INTERNATIONAL NVIT Developing Markets Fund: seeks long-term Nationwide
EQUITY capital appreciation, under normal conditions by Fund
investing at least 80% of its net assets in equity Advisors/The
securities of companies that are tied economically Boston
to emerging market countries. The fund typically Company
maintains investments in at least six countries at Asset
all times with no more than 35% of the value of Management,
its net assets invested in securities of any one LLC
country.
2
AST FI PYRAMIS(R) ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO, AST FIRST TRUST BALANCED TARGET
PORTFOLIO, AND AST FIRST TRUST CAPITAL APPRECIATION TARGET PORTFOLIO,- REVISED
SUMMARY DESCRIPTIONS.
The summary description of each Portfolio, appearing in the Investment
Objectives/Policies column below of the prospectus, is revised to read as
follows:
PORTFOLIO
ADVISOR/SUB-
STYLE/TYPE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES ADVISOR
---------- --------------------------------------------------- --------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
ASSET AST FI PYRAMIS(R) ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO: seeks Pyramis
ALLOCATION to maximize potential total return. In seeking to Global
achieve the Portfolio's investment objective, the Advisors,
Portfolio's assets are allocated across eight LLC a
uniquely specialized investment strategies. The Fidelity
Portfolio has five strategies that invest primarily Investments
in equity securities, two fixed-income strategies company
(i.e., the Broad Market Duration Strategy and the
High Yield Bond Strategy), and one strategy
designed to provide liquidity (i.e., the Liquidity
Strategy). Pyramis is a registered service mark of
FMR LLC. Used under license.
ASSET AST FIRST TRUST BALANCED TARGET PORTFOLIO: seeks First Trust
ALLOCATION long-term capital growth balanced by current Advisors L.P.
income. The Portfolio seeks to achieve its
objective by investing approximately 65% of its net
assets in equity securities and approximately 35%
of its net assets in fixed-income securities as of
the annual security selection date. Depending on
market conditions, the equity portion may range
between 60-70% of the Portfolio's net assets and
the fixed-income portion may range between 30-40%
of the Portfolio's net assets. The revised
allocations do not take into account the potential
investment of up to 5% of the Portfolio's assets in
the "liquidity" investment sleeve. In seeking to
achieve its investment objective, the Portfolio
allocates its assets across multiple uniquely
specialized investment strategies. On or about the
annual selection date (currently March 1 under
normal circumstances), the Portfolio establishes
both the percentage allocations among the various
investment strategies under normal circumstances
and the percentage allocation of each security's
position within each of the investment strategies
that invest primarily in equity securities.
ASSET AST FIRST TRUST CAPITAL APPRECIATION TARGET First Trust
ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term capital growth. The Advisors L.P.
Portfolio seeks to achieve its objective by
investing approximately 80% of its net assets in
equity securities and approximately 20% of its net
assets in fixed-income securities as of the annual
security selection date. Depending on market
conditions, the equity portion may range between
75-85% of the Portfolio's net assets and the
fixed-income portion may range between 15-25% of
the Portfolio's net assets. The revised allocations
do not take into account the potential investment
of up to 5% of the Portfolio's assets in the
"liquidity" investment sleeve. In seeking to
achieve its investment objective, the Portfolio
allocates its assets across multiple uniquely
specialized investment strategies. On or about the
annual selection date (currently March 1 under
normal circumstances), the Portfolio establishes
both the percentage allocations among the various
investment strategies under normal circumstances
and the percentage allocation of each security's
position within each of the investment strategies
that invest primarily in equity securities.
AST ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN CORE VALUE PORTFOLIO. The Board of Trustees of Advanced
Series Trust (the Trust) recently approved replacing AllianceBernstein L.P.
(AllianceBernstein) as the sole sub adviser for the AST AllianceBernstein Core
Value Portfolio with T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (T. Rowe Price) and
changing the name of the Portfolio from the AST AllianceBernstein Core Value
Portfolio to the AST T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio. Implementation of
the revised sub advisory arrangements and name change is expected to occur on
or about October 31, 2011. Depending upon market, economic, and financial
conditions as of October 31, 2011 and the Trust's ability to implement certain
legal agreements and custody arrangements, it may take several weeks for T.
Rowe Price to dispose of securities and other financial instruments held by the
Portfolio that were purchased by AllianceBernstein and to begin to implement
its own investment strategy. To reflect those changes, we revise the Investment
Objectives/Policies summary description appearing in the prospectus to read as
follows:
3
PORTFOLIO
ADVISOR/SUB-
STYLE/TYPE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES ADVISOR
---------- ---------------------------------------------------- ------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
LARGE AST T. ROWE PRICE EQUITY INCOME PORTFOLIO (formerly T. Rowe
CAP AST AllianceBernstein Core Value Portfolio): The Price
VALUE Portfolio's investment objective is to seek to Associates,
provide substantial dividend income as well as Inc.
long-term growth of capital through investments in
the common stocks of established companies. The
Portfolio will normally invest at least 80% of its
net assets (including any borrowings for investment
purposes) in common stocks, with 65% of net assets
(including any borrowings for investment purposes)
in dividend-paying common stocks of well-established
companies. The Portfolio will typically employ a
"value" approach in selecting investments. T. Rowe
Price's research team will seek companies that
appear to be undervalued by various measures and may
be temporarily out of favor but have good prospects
for capital appreciation and dividend growth. In
selecting investments, T. Rowe Price generally will
look for companies in the aggregate with one or more
of the following:
. an established operating history;
. above-average dividend yield relative to the S&P
500 Index;
. low price/earnings ratio relative to the S&P 500
Index;
. a sound balance sheet and other positive
financial characteristics; and
. low stock price relative to a company's
underlying value as measured by assets, cash
flow, or business franchises.
C. INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES REPLACEMENTS
In the Investment Objectives/Policies table, we replace the italicized
investment objectives of the following Portfolios with the new italicized
language indicated below:
(i) AST ADVANCED STRATEGIES PORTFOLIO: seeks a high level of absolute
return by using traditional and non-traditional investment strategies
and by investing in domestic and foreign equity and fixed-income
securities, derivative instruments and other investment companies.
(ii) AST BOND PORTFOLIOS 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, AND
2022: each AST Bond Portfolio seeks the highest total return for a
specific period of time, consistent with the preservation of capital
and liquidity needs. Total return is comprised of current income and
capital appreciation
(iii) AST JPMORGAN INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO: seeks capital growth.
(iv) AST J.P. MORGAN STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO: seeks to maximize
return compared to the benchmark through security selection and
tactical asset allocation.
(v) AST WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT HEDGED EQUITY PORTFOLIO: seeks to
outperform a mix of 50% Russell 3000 Index, 20% MSCI EAFE Index, and
30% Treasury Bill Index over a full market cycle by preserving
capital in adverse markets utilizing an options strategy while
maintaining equity exposure to benefit from up markets through
investments in Wellington Management's equity investment strategies.
D. DISCONTINUATION OF THE 6 OR 12 MONTH DCA PROGRAM
Effective as of the date of this supplement, the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program will
no longer be available for election. If you are participating in the 6 or 12
Month DCA Program on that date, monthly transfers will continue until the end
of the Program (i.e., the end of the 6 or 12 month period). Thereafter, you
will not be permitted to elect a new 6 or 12 month DCA Program. We amend the
prospectus sub-section entitled 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program
accordingly.
E.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE" WITH THE FOLLOWING:
MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE
As indicated above, we limit the sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you have elected Highest Daily Lifetime Five. For purposes of this
benefit, we refer to those permitted sub-accounts as the "Permitted
Sub-accounts". As a requirement of
4
participating in Highest Daily Lifetime Five, we require that you participate
in our mathematical formula under which we may transfer Account Value between
the Permitted Sub-accounts and a fixed interest rate account that is part of
our general account (the "Benefit Fixed Rate Account"). This required formula
helps us manage our financial exposure under the benefit, by moving assets to a
more stable option (i.e., the Benefit Fixed Rate Account). We determine whether
to make a transfer, and the amount of any transfer, under a non-discretionary
formula, discussed below. The Benefit Fixed Rate Account is available only with
this benefit, and thus you may not allocate purchase payments to or transfer
Account Value to or from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The interest rate that
we pay with respect to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account is reduced by an amount
that corresponds generally to the charge that we assess against your variable
Sub-accounts for Highest Daily Lifetime Five. The Benefit Fixed Rate Account is
not subject to the Investment Company Act of 1940 or the Securities Act of 1933.
Under the formula component of Highest Daily Lifetime Five, we monitor your
Account Value daily and, if necessary, systematically transfer amounts between
the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
Any transfer would be made in accordance with the formula, which is set forth
in the schedule supplement to the endorsement for this benefit (and also
appears in Appendix F to this prospectus). Speaking generally, the formula,
which we apply each Valuation Day, operates as follows. The formula starts by
identifying your Protected Withdrawal Value for that day and then multiplies
that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical) Highest Daily
Annual Income Amount. Then, using our actuarial tables, we produce an estimate
of the total amount we would target in our allocation model, based on the
projected Highest Daily Annual Income Amount each year for the rest of your
life. In the formula, we refer to that value as the "Target Value" or "L". If
you have already made a withdrawal, your projected Annual Income Amount (and
thus your Target Value) would take into account any automatic step-up that was
scheduled to occur according to the step-up formula described above. Next, the
formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held within the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held
within the Permitted Sub-accounts. That ratio, which essentially isolates the
amount of your Target Value that is not offset by amounts held within the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, is called the "Target Ratio" or "r". If the Target
Ratio exceeds a certain percentage (currently 83%) it means essentially that
too much Target Value is not offset by assets within the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account, and therefore we will transfer an amount from your Permitted
Sub-accounts to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Conversely, if the Target Ratio
falls below a certain percentage (currently 77%), then a transfer from the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account to the Permitted Sub-accounts would occur. Note that
the formula is calculated with reference to the Highest Daily Annual Income
Amount, rather than with reference to the Annual Income Amount. If you select
the new mathematical formula, see the discussion regarding the 90% cap.
As you can glean from the formula, poor investment performance of your Account
Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your variable Account Value to
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, because such poor investment performance will
tend to increase the Target Ratio. Moreover, "flat" investment returns of your
Account Value over a period of time also could result in the transfer of your
Account Value to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Because the amount allocated
to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and the amount allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment performance of
each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. In deciding how much
to transfer, we use another formula, which essentially seeks to re-balance
amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal to 80%. Once
elected, the ratios we use will be fixed.
While you are not notified when the formula dictates a transfer, you will
receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion of your
Account Value either to or from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The formula is
designed primarily to mitigate the financial risks that we incur in providing
the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime Five.
Depending on the results of the formula calculation we may, on any day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, transfer all or a portion of those amounts
to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options). Amounts taken out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
will be withdrawn for this purpose on a last-in, first-out basis (an
amount renewed into a new guarantee period under the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account will be deemed a new investment for purposes of this last-in,
first-out rule); or
. Transfer all or a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted
Sub-accounts pro-rata to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The interest
that you earn on such transferred amount will be equal to the annual
rate that we have set for that day, and we will credit the daily
equivalent of that annual interest until the earlier of one year from
the date of the transfer or the date that such amount in the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is transferred back to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or all of your Account Value may be
allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. If your entire Account Value is
transferred to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, then based on the way the
formula operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account to the Permitted Sub-accounts and the entire Account Value
would
5
remain in the Benefit Rate Fixed Account. If you make additional purchase
payments to your Annuity, they will be allocated to the Sub-accounts according
to your allocation instructions. Such additional purchase payments may or may
not cause the formula to transfer money in or out of the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account. Once the purchase payments are allocated to your Annuity, they will
also be subject to the formula, which may result in immediate transfers to or
from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, if dictated by the formula. The amounts of
any such transfer will vary, as dictated by the formula, and will depend on the
factors listed below.
Prior to the first withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is the difference between your Account Value and your Total
Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, then over time the formula permits an increasing
difference between the Account Value and the Total Protected Withdrawal Value
before a transfer to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account occurs. Therefore, as time
goes on, while none of your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed
Rate Account, the smaller the difference between the Total Protected Withdrawal
Value and the Account Value, the more the Account Value can decrease prior to a
transfer to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts and
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, and their impact on your Account Value, will
differ from market cycle to market cycle producing different transfer activity
under the formula. The amount and timing of transfers to and from the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account pursuant to the formula depend on various factors unique to
your Annuity and are not necessarily directly correlated with the securities
markets, bond markets, interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the
factors that determine the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to
your Annuity), include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Total Protected
Withdrawal Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime Five has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
Because the amount allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and the amount
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the
investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your
Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater the impact performance of
those investments have on your Account Value and thus the greater the impact on
whether (and how much) your Account Value is transferred to or from the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account. It is possible, under the formula, that if a significant
portion of your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
and it has positive performance, the formula might transfer a portion of your
Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of your
Permitted Sub-accounts is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion of
your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and it has
negative performance, the formula may transfer additional amounts from your
Permitted Sub-accounts to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account even if the
performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is positive.
Any Account Value in the Benefit Fixed Rate Account will not participate in the
positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted Sub-accounts until
it is transferred out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN" WITH THE FOLLOWING. LIKEWISE, FOR SPOUSAL HIGHEST
DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN, WE REPLACE THE COUNTERPART LANGUAGE IN THAT SUB-SECTION
WITH THE FOLLOWING (EXCEPT THAT REFERENCES BELOW TO HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME
SEVEN ARE REPLACED WITH REFERENCES TO SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN).
MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you have elected Highest Daily Lifetime Seven. For purposes of the
benefit, we refer to those permitted Sub-accounts as the "Permitted
Sub-accounts". As a requirement of participating in Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven, we require that you participate in our specialized program, under which
we may transfer Account Value between the Permitted Sub-accounts and a
specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the "AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account"). We determine whether to make a transfer, and the amount of
any transfer, under a non-discretionary formula, discussed below. The AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is available only with this benefit, and thus
you may not allocate purchase payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. Under the formula component of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, we
monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Any transfer would be
made in accordance with a formula, which is set forth in Appendix I to this
prospectus.
Speaking generally, the formula, which we apply each Valuation Day, operates as
follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. Note that we use 5% in the formula, irrespective of the
Annuitant's attained age. Then we produce an estimate of the total amount we
would
6
target in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and
factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as the
"Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your projected
income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account any
automatic step-up, any subsequent purchase payments, and any excess
withdrawals. Next, the formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held
within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account on that day, and divides that
difference by the amount held within the Permitted Sub-accounts. That ratio,
which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value that is not offset
by amounts held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, is called the
"Target Ratio" or "r". If the Target Ratio exceeds a certain percentage
(currently 83%), it means essentially that too much Target Value is not offset
by assets within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and therefore we
will transfer an amount from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account. Conversely, if the Target Ratio falls below a certain
percentage (currently 77%), then a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts would occur.
If you elect the new formula (90% Cap Feature), see discussion regarding that
feature.
As you can glean from the formula, poor investment performance of your Account
Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your variable Account Value to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account because such poor investment
performance will tend to increase the Target Ratio. Moreover, "flat" investment
returns of your Account Value over a period of time also could result in the
transfer of your Account Value from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Because the amount allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the amount allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment performance of
each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. In deciding how much
to transfer, we use another formula, which essentially seeks to re-balance
amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal
to 80%. Once you elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, the ratios we use will be
fixed. For newly-issued Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven and
existing Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, however, we reserve
the right, subject to any required regulatory approval, to change the ratios.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a reallocation trigger,
you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion
of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The formula by which the reallocation triggers operate is designed
primarily to mitigate the financial risks that we incur in providing the
guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime Seven.
Depending on the results of the calculation relative to the reallocation
triggers, we may, on any day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those
amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options); or
. Transfer all or a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted
Sub-accounts pro rata to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or all of your Account Value may be
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If your entire Account
Value is transferred to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then based
on the way the formula operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts and the
entire Account Value would remain in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated to the Sub-accounts according to your allocation instructions. Such
additional purchase payments may or may not cause the formula to transfer money
in or out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once the purchase
payments are allocated to your Annuity, they will also be subject to the
formula, which may result in immediate transfers to or from the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-accounts, if dictated by the formula. The amounts of any such
transfers will vary as dictated by the formula, and will depend on the factors
listed below.
Prior to the first withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is difference between your Account Value and
your Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula permits
an increasing difference between the Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal
Value before a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account occurs.
Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, the smaller the difference between
the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the more the Account
Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
7
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
pursuant to the formula depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and
are not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond
markets, interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the factors that
determine the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity),
include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime Seven has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater
the impact performance of those investments have on your Account Value and thus
the greater the impact on whether (and how much) your Account Value is
transferred to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. It is
possible, under the formula, that if a significant portion of your Account
Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that
Sub-account has positive performance, the formula might transfer a portion of
your Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of
your Permitted Sub-accounts is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion
of your Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
and that Sub-account has negative performance, the formula may transfer
additional amounts from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is
positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula.
Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not
participate in the positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted
Sub-accounts until it is transferred out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS
TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST
INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT" WITH THE FOLLOWING:
HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR
PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. For purposes of this benefit,
we refer to those permitted investment options as the "Permitted Sub-accounts".
If your annuity was issued on or after May 1, 2009 (subject to regulatory
approval), you may also choose to allocate purchase payments while this program
is in effect to DCA Fixed Rate Options utilized with our 6 or 12 Month Dollar
Cost Averaging Program ("6 or 12 Month DCA Program"). If you are participating
in Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus and also are participating in the 6 or 12
Month DCA Program, and the formula under the benefit dictates a transfer from
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then
the amount to be transferred will be taken entirely from the Sub-accounts,
provided there is sufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts to meet the
required transfer amount. Only if there is insufficient Account Value in those
Sub-accounts will an amount be withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
Amounts withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate Options under the formula will be
taken on a last-in, first-out basis. For purposes of the discussion below
concerning transfers from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account, amounts held within the DCA Fixed Rate Options are
included within the term "Permitted Sub-Accounts". Thus, amounts may be
transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options in the circumstances described
above and in the section of this prospectus entitled 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost
Averaging Program. Any transfer dictated by the formula out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be transferred to the Permitted
Sub-accounts, not including the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
An integral part of Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus is the pre-determined
mathematical formula used to transfer Account Value between the Permitted
Sub-Accounts and a specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the
"AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-Account"). The AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account is available only with this benefit, and thus you may not allocate
purchase payments to or make transfers to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The formula monitors
8
your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula, systematically
transfers amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. The formula is set forth in Appendix J.
Speaking generally, the formula, which is applied each Valuation Day, operates
as follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. Note that 5% is used in the formula, irrespective of the
Annuitant's attained age. Then it produces an estimate of the total amount
targeted in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and
factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as the
"Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your projected
income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account any
automatic step-up, any subsequent purchase payments (and associated purchase
credits), and any excess withdrawals. Next, the formula subtracts from the
Target Value the amount held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held within the
Permitted Sub-accounts including any amounts allocated to DCA Fixed Rate
Options. That ratio, which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value
that is not offset by amounts held within the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account, is called the "Target Ratio" or "r". If, on each of three
consecutive Valuation Days, the Target Ratio is greater than 83% but less than
or equal to 84.5%, the formula will, on such third Valuation Day, make a
transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts in which you are invested (subject to
the 90% cap feature) to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. As discussed
above, if all or a portion of your Account Value is allocated to one or more
DCA Fixed Rate Options at the time a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account is required under the formula, we will first look to process the
transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts. If the amount allocated to the
Permitted Sub-accounts is insufficient to satisfy the transfer, then any
remaining amounts will be transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options on a
"last-in, first-out" basis. Once a transfer is made, the three consecutive
Valuation Days begin again. If, however, on any Valuation Day, the Target Ratio
is above 84.5%, it will make a transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts
(subject to the 90% cap) to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (as
described above). If the Target Ratio falls below 78% on any Valuation Day,
then a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts will occur.
The formula will not execute a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account that results in more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account ("90% cap"). Thus, on any
Valuation Day, if the formula would require a transfer to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account that would result in more than 90% of the Account Value
being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, only the amount
that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future
transfers into the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not be made
(regardless of the performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a transfer out of the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or
from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula
(subject to the 90% cap). At no time will the formula make a transfer to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in greater than 90% of your
Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
However, it is possible that, due to the investment performance of your
allocations in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and your allocations
in the permitted sub-accounts you have selected, your Account Value could be
more than 90% invested in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is
in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional purchase
payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account at least until there is
first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, regardless
of how much of your Account Value is in the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means
that there could be scenarios under which, because of the additional purchase
payments you make, less than 90% of your entire Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and the formula will still not
transfer any of your Account Value to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
(at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account). For example,
. March 19, 2009 - a transfer is made to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account that results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and $10,000 is
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
. March 20, 2009 - you make an additional purchase payment of $10,000. No
transfers have been made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
to the Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on
March 19, 2009.
. On March 20, 2009 (and at least until first a transfer is made out of
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account under the formula) - the
$10,000 payment is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this
date you have 82% in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and 18%
in the Permitted Sub-accounts (such that $20,000 is allocated to the
Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account).
. Once there is a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account (of any amount), the formula will operate as described
above, meaning that the formula could transfer amounts to or from the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula
(subject to the 90% cap).
9
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into existence and be
removed multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue
to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account as dictated by the formula.
As you can glean from the formula, poor or flat investment performance of your
Account Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your Account Value in
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account because
such poor investment performance will tend to increase the Target Ratio.
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. In deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula,
which essentially seeks to re-balance amounts held in the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account so that the Target
Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal to 80%. Once you elect Highest
Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, the values we use to compare to the Target Ratio will be
fixed.
Additionally, on each monthly Annuity Anniversary (if the monthly Annuity
Anniversary does not fall on a Valuation Day, the next Valuation Day will be
used), following all of the above described daily calculations, a transfer may
be made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts. Any such transfer will be based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata (i.e.
in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable investment
options). This transfer will automatically occur provided that the Target
Ratio, as described above, would be less than 83% after the transfer. The
formula will not execute a transfer if the Target Ratio after this transfer
would occur would be greater than or equal to 83%.
The amount of the transfer will be equal to the lesser of:
a) The total value of all your Account Value in the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account, or
b) An amount equal to 5% of your total Account Value.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a transfer trigger under
the formula, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer
of a portion of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account. The formula by which the transfer operates is designed
primarily to mitigate some of the financial risks that we incur in providing
the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. Depending on the results of
the calculations of the formula, we may, on any Valuation Day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those
amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options); or
. Transfer a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts
pro rata to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value will be allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, as dictated by the formula.
Prior to the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is difference between your Account Value
and your Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula
permits an increasing difference between the Account Value and the Protected
Withdrawal Value before a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
occurs. Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your Account Value is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, the smaller the
difference between the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the
more the Account Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
pursuant to the formula depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and
are not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond
markets, interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the factors that
determine the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity),
include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus has been in effect on
your Annuity;
10
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect) and;
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater
the impact performance of those investments have on your Account Value and thus
the greater the impact on whether (and how much) your Account Value is
transferred to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. It is
possible, under the formula, that if a significant portion of your Account
Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that
Sub-account has positive performance, the formula might transfer a portion of
your Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of
your Permitted Sub-accounts is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion
of your Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
and that Sub-account has negative performance, the formula may transfer
additional amounts from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is
positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula and subject
to the 90% cap feature.
Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not
participate in the positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted
Sub-accounts until it is transferred out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS
TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST
INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT" WITH THE FOLLOWING.
HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR
PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT.
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. For purposes of this benefit,
we refer to those permitted investment options as the "Permitted Sub-accounts".
Because these restrictions and the use of the predetermined mathematical
formula lessen the risk that your Account Value will be reduced to zero while
you are still alive, they also reduce the likelihood that we will make any
lifetime income payments under this benefit. They may also limit your upside
potential for growth. If your Annuity was issued on or after May 1, 2009
(subject to regulatory approval), you may also choose to allocate purchase
payments while this program is in effect to DCA Fixed Rate Options utilized
with our 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program ("6 or 12 Month DCA
Program"). If you are participating in Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and also
are participating in the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program, and the formula under the
benefit dictates a transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (the "Bond Sub-account"), then the amount to
be transferred will be taken entirely from the Sub-accounts, provided there is
sufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts to meet the required transfer
amount. Only if there is insufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts will
an amount be withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate Options. Amounts withdrawn from
the DCA Fixed Rate Options under the formula will be taken on a last-in,
first-out basis. For purposes of the discussion below concerning transfers from
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the Bond Sub-account, amounts held within the DCA
Fixed Rate Options are included within the term "Permitted Sub-Accounts". Thus,
amounts may be transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options in the circumstances
described above and in the section of the prospectus entitled 6 or 12 Month
Dollar Cost Averaging Program. Any transfer dictated by the formula out of the
Bond Sub-account will only be transferred to the Permitted Sub-accounts, not
the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
An integral part of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus (including Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus with LIA and Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus) is the
predetermined mathematical formula used to transfer Account Value between the
Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account. This predetermined
mathematical formula ("formula") runs each Valuation Day that the benefit is in
effect on your Annuity and, as a result, transfers of Account Value between the
Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account can occur on any Valuation Day
subject to the conditions described below. Only the predetermined mathematical
formula can transfer Account Value to and from the Bond Sub-account, and thus
you may not allocate Purchase Payments to or make transfers to or from the Bond
Sub-account. We are not providing you with investment advice through the use of
the formula. The formula by which the transfer operates is designed primarily
to mitigate some of the financial risks that we incur in providing the
guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. The formula is not forward
looking and contains no predictive or projective component with respect to the
markets, the Account Value or the Protected Withdrawal Value. The formula is
described below.
11
Generally, the formula, which is applied each Valuation Day, operates as
follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. This amount may be different than the actual Annual Income
Amount currently guaranteed under your benefit. Then it produces an estimate of
the total amount targeted in the formula, based on the projected income amount
and factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as
the "Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a Lifetime Withdrawal, your
projected income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account
any automatic step-up, any subsequent Purchase Payments (including any
associated Purchase Credits), and any withdrawals of Excess Income. Next, the
formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held within the Bond
Sub-account on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held within
the Permitted Sub-accounts including any amounts allocated to DCA Fixed Rate
Options. That ratio, which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value
that is not offset by amounts held within the Bond Sub-account, is called the
"Target Ratio" or "r". If, on each of three consecutive Valuation Days, the
Target Ratio is greater than 83% but less than or equal to 84.5%, the formula
will, on such third Valuation Day, make a transfer from the Permitted
Sub-accounts in which you are invested (subject to the 90% cap discussed below)
to the Bond Sub-account. As discussed above, if all or a portion of your
Account Value is allocated to one or more DCA Fixed Rate Options at the time a
transfer to the Bond Sub-account is required under the formula, we will first
look to process the transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts, other than the
DCA Fixed Rate Options. If the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts
is insufficient to satisfy the transfer, then any remaining amounts will be
transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options on a "last-in, first-out" basis.
Once a transfer is made, the Target Ratio must again be greater than 83% but
less than or equal to 84.5% for three consecutive Valuation Days before a
subsequent transfer to the Bond Sub-account will occur. If, however, on any
Valuation Day, the Target Ratio is above 84.5%, the formula will make a
transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts (subject to the 90% cap) to the Bond
Sub-account (as described above). If the Target Ratio falls below 78% on any
Valuation Day, then a transfer from the Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts (excluding the DCA Fixed Rate Options) will occur.
The formula will not execute a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that results in
more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account
("90% cap") on that Valuation Day. Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the formula
would require a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that would result in more than
90% of the Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account, only the
amount that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the
Bond Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the
Bond Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the Bond
Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a
transfer out of the Bond Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the Bond
Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from the Bond Sub-account
if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap). At no time will the
formula make a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that results in greater than
90% of your Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account. However, it
is possible that, due to the investment performance of your allocations in the
Bond Sub-account and your allocations in the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
selected, your Account Value could be more than 90% invested in the Bond
Sub-account.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is
in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional Purchase
Payments to the Bond Sub-account at least until there is first a transfer out
of the Bond Sub-account, regardless of how much of your Account Value is in the
Permitted Sub-accounts. This means that there could be scenarios under which,
because of the additional Purchase Payments you make, less than 90% of your
entire Account Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account, and the formula will
still not transfer any of your Account Value to the Bond Sub-account (at least
until there is first a transfer out of the Bond Sub-account). For example,
. September 4, 2012 - a transfer is made to the Bond Sub-account that
results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is allocated to the
Bond Sub-account and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
. September 5, 2012 - you make an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000.
No transfers have been made from the Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on September 4, 2012.
. On September 5, 2012 - (and at least until first a transfer is made out
of the Bond Sub-account under the formula) - the $10,000 payment is
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this date you have 82% in
the Bond Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted Sub-accounts (such that
$20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the
Bond Sub-account).
. Once there is a transfer out of the Bond Sub-account (of any amount),
the formula will operate as described above, meaning that the formula
could transfer amounts to or from the Bond Sub-account if dictated by
the formula (subject to the 90% cap).
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into and out of effect
multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue to
monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the Bond Sub-account as dictated by the formula.
12
Under the formula, investment performance of your Account Value that is
negative, flat, or even moderately positive may result in a transfer of a
portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts to the Bond
Sub-account because such investment performance will tend to increase the
Target Ratio. In deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula, which
essentially seeks to reallocate amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and
the Bond Sub-account so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently
is equal to 80%. The further the Target Ratio is from 80% when a transfer is
occurring under the formula, the greater the transfer amount will be. Once you
elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, the values we use to compare to the Target
Ratio will be fixed. For newly-issued Annuities that elect Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus and existing Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus
in the future, however, we reserve the right to change such values.
Additionally, on each monthly Annuity Anniversary (if the monthly Annuity
Anniversary does not fall on a Valuation Day, the next Valuation Day will be
used), following all of the above described daily calculations, if there is
money allocated to the Bond Sub-account, we will perform an additional monthly
calculation to determine whether or not a transfer will be made from the Bond
Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts. This transfer will automatically
occur provided that the Target Ratio, as described above, would be less than
83% after the transfer. The formula will not execute a transfer if the Target
Ratio after this transfer would occur would be greater than or equal to 83%.
The amount of the transfer will be equal to the lesser of:
a) The total value of all your Account Value in the Bond Sub-account, or
b) An amount equal to 5% of your total Account Value.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a transfer trigger under
the formula, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer
of a portion of your Account Value either to or from the Bond Sub-account.
Depending on the results of the calculations of the formula, we may, on any
Valuation Day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond
Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the Bond
Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those amounts to the Permitted
Sub-accounts (as described above); or
. Transfer a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts
and the DCA Fixed Rate Options to the Bond Sub-account.
Prior to the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the
Bond Sub-account is the difference between your Account Value and your
Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to the
Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula permits an increasing difference
between the Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal Value before a transfer
to the Bond Sub-account occurs. Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your
Account Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account, the smaller the difference
between the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the more the
Account Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the Bond Sub-account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the Bond Sub-account pursuant to the formula
depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and are not necessarily
directly correlated with the securities markets, bond markets, interest rates
or any other market or index. Some of the factors that determine the amount and
timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity), include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value will be allocated
to the Bond Sub-account, as dictated by the formula.
Because the amount allocated to the Bond Sub-account and the amount allocated
to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment
performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. The
greater the amounts allocated to either the Bond Sub-account or to the
Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater the impact performance of that Sub-account
has on your Account Value and thus the greater the impact on whether (and how
much) your Account Value is transferred to or from the Bond Sub-account. It is
possible, under the formula, that if a significant portion of your Account
Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account has positive
performance, the formula might transfer a portion of your Account Value to the
Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts
is negative. Conversely, if a significant
13
portion of your Account Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account and that
Sub-account has negative performance, the formula may transfer additional
amounts from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the Bond Sub-account even if the
performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula and subject to the 90% cap feature
described above.
Any Account Value in the Bond Sub-account will not participate in the positive
or negative investment experience of the Permitted Sub-accounts until it is
transferred out of the Bond Sub-account.
F. In the section of the prospectus entitled "How Does The Market Value
Adjustment Work?", we add the following immediately prior to the
sub-section entitled "MVA Examples":
The denominator of the MVA formula includes a factor, currently equal to 0.0010
or 10 basis points. The factor is an adjustment that is applied when an MVA is
assessed (regardless of whether the MVA is positive or negative), and will
reduce the amount being surrendered or transferred.
G. In the Tax Considerations section of the prospectus, we replace the
first paragraph of the sub-section entitled "Special Rules in Relation
to Tax-Free Exchanges Under Section 1035" with the following:
SPECIAL RULES IN RELATION TO TAX-FREE EXCHANGES UNDER SECTION 1035
Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), permits
certain tax-free exchanges of a life insurance, annuity or endowment contract
for an annuity, including tax-free exchanges of annuity death benefits for a
Beneficiary Annuity. Partial surrenders may be treated in the same way as
tax-free 1035 exchanges of entire contracts, therefore avoiding current
taxation of the partially exchanged amount as well as the 10% tax penalty on
pre-age 59 1/2 withdrawals. In Revenue Procedure 2011-38, the IRS has indicated
that, for exchanges on or after October 24, 2011, where there is a surrender or
distribution from either the initial annuity contract or receiving annuity
contract within 180 days of the date on which the partial exchange was
completed, the IRS will apply general tax rules to determine the substance and
treatment of the original transfer. For partial exchanges that occurred prior
to October 24, 2011, the provisions of Revenue Procedure 2008-24 will continue
to apply if there is a surrender or distribution within 12 months of the date
on which the partial exchange was completed. Under Revenue Procedure 2008-24,
the transfer will retroactively be treated as a taxable distribution from the
initial annuity contract and a contribution to the receiving annuity contract.
Tax free exchange treatment will be retained under certain circumstances if you
are eligible for an exception to the 10% federal income tax penalty, other than
the exceptions for substantially equal periodic payments or distributions under
an immediate annuity. We strongly urge you to discuss any transaction of this
type with your tax advisor before proceeding with the transaction.
14
PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES LIFE ASSURANCE CORPORATION
OPTIMUM XTRA/SM/
SUPPLEMENT DATED OCTOBER 31, 2011
TO
PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2011
THIS SUPPLEMENT SHOULD BE READ AND RETAINED WITH THE CURRENT PROSPECTUS FOR
YOUR ANNUITY. THIS SUPPLEMENT IS INTENDED TO UPDATE CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THE
PROSPECTUS FOR THE VARIABLE ANNUITY YOU OWN, AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A
PROSPECTUS OR OFFER FOR ANY OTHER VARIABLE ANNUITY LISTED HERE THAT YOU DO NOT
OWN. IF YOU WOULD LIKE ANOTHER COPY OF THE CURRENT PROSPECTUS, PLEASE CONTACT
US AT 1-888-PRU-2888.
A. CHANGES TO SUB-ADVISORS FOR THE FOLLOWING PORTFOLIOS:
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO: SUB-ADVISOR CHANGE. J.P.
Morgan Investment Management, Inc. will be added as a sub-adviser to this
Portfolio on or about October 17, 2011 (rather than August 24, 2011). In
addition, Prudential Bache Asset Management Incorporated, which has served as a
sub-adviser to this Portfolio, recently was acquired by Jefferies Group, Inc.
and was re-named Bache Asset Management, Inc. It is expected that Bache Asset
Management, Inc. ("Bache") will continue to serve as a sub-adviser to this
Portfolio until October 17, 2011, at which point Jefferies Asset Management,
LLC will replace Bache as a sub-adviser to this Portfolio. The Investment
Objectives/Policies table in the Prospectus is amended accordingly.
AST ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN CORE VALUE PORTFOLIO. The Board of Trustees of Advanced
Series Trust (the Trust) recently approved replacing AllianceBernstein L.P.
(AllianceBernstein) as the sole sub adviser for the AST AllianceBernstein Core
Value Portfolio with T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (T. Rowe Price) and
changing the name of the Portfolio from the AST AllianceBernstein Core Value
Portfolio to the AST T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio. Implementation of
the revised sub advisory arrangements and name change is expected to occur on
or about October 31, 2011. Depending upon market, economic, and financial
conditions as of October 31, 2011 and the Trust's ability to implement certain
legal agreements and custody arrangements, it may take several weeks for T.
Rowe Price to dispose of securities and other financial instruments held by the
Portfolio that were purchased by AllianceBernstein and to begin to implement
its own investment strategy. To reflect those changes, we revise the Investment
Objectives/Policies summary description appearing in the prospectus to read as
follows:
PORTFOLIO
ADVISOR/SUB-
STYLE/TYPE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES ADVISOR
---------- ---------------------------------------------- -----------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
LARGE CAP AST T. ROWE PRICE EQUITY INCOME PORTFOLIO T. Rowe Price
VALUE (formerly AST AllianceBernstein Core Value Associates, Inc.
Portfolio): The Portfolio's investment
objective is to seek to provide substantial
dividend income as well as long-term growth of
capital through investments in the common
stocks of established companies. The Portfolio
will normally invest at least 80% of its net
assets (including any borrowings for
investment purposes) in common stocks, with
65% of net assets (including any borrowings
for investment purposes) in dividend-paying
common stocks of well-established companies.
The Portfolio will typically employ a "value"
approach in selecting investments. T. Rowe
Price's research team will seek companies that
appear to be undervalued by various measures
and may be temporarily out of favor but have
good prospects for capital appreciation and
dividend growth. In selecting investments, T.
Rowe Price generally will look for companies
in the aggregate with one or more of the
following:
. an established operating history;
. above-average dividend yield relative to
the S&P 500 Index;
. low price/earnings ratio relative to the
S&P 500 Index;
. a sound balance sheet and other positive
financial characteristics; and
. low stock price relative to a company's
underlying value as measured by assets,
cash flow, or business franchises.
1
B. INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES REPLACEMENTS
In the Investment Objectives/Policies table, we replace the
italicized investment objectives of the following Portfolios with
the new italicized language indicated below:
(i) AST BOND PORTFOLIOS 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, AND
2022: each AST Bond Portfolio seeks the highest total return for a
specific period of time, consistent with the preservation of capital
and liquidity needs. Total return is comprised of current income and
capital appreciation.
(ii) AST JPMORGAN INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO: seeks capital growth.
C.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE" WITH THE FOLLOWING.
MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE
As indicated above, we limit the sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you have elected Highest Daily Lifetime Five. For purposes of this
benefit, we refer to those permitted sub-accounts as the "Permitted
Sub-accounts". As a requirement of participating in Highest Daily Lifetime
Five, we require that you participate in our mathematical formula under which
we may transfer Account Value between the Permitted Sub-accounts and a fixed
interest rate account that is part of our general account (the "Benefit Fixed
Rate Account"). This required formula helps us manage our financial exposure
under the benefit, by moving assets to a more stable option (i.e., the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account). We determine whether to make a transfer, and the amount of
any transfer, under a non-discretionary formula, discussed below. The Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is available only with this benefit, and thus you may not
allocate purchase payments to or transfer Account Value to or from the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account. The interest rate that we pay with respect to the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is reduced by an amount that corresponds generally to the
charge that we assess against your variable Sub-accounts for Highest Daily
Lifetime Five. The Benefit Fixed Rate Account is not subject to the Investment
Company Act of 1940 or the Securities Act of 1933.
Under the formula component of Highest Daily Lifetime Five, we monitor your
Account Value daily and, if necessary, systematically transfer amounts between
the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
Any transfer would be made in accordance with the formula, which is set forth
in the schedule supplement to the endorsement for this benefit (and also
appears in Appendix D to this prospectus). Speaking generally, the formula,
which we apply each Valuation Day, operates as follows. The formula starts by
identifying your Protected Withdrawal Value for that day and then multiplies
that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical) Highest Daily
Annual Income Amount. Then, using our actuarial tables, we produce an estimate
of the total amount we would target in our allocation model, based on the
projected Highest Daily Annual Income Amount each year for the rest of your
life. In the formula, we refer to that value as the "Target Value" or "L". If
you have already made a withdrawal, your projected Annual Income Amount (and
thus your Target Value) would take into account any automatic step-up that was
scheduled to occur according to the step-up formula described above. Next, the
formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held within the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held
within the Permitted Sub-accounts. That ratio, which essentially isolates the
amount of your Target Value that is not offset by amounts held within the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, is called the "Target Ratio" or "r". If the Target
Ratio exceeds a certain percentage (currently 83%) it means essentially that
too much Target Value is not offset by assets within the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account, and therefore we will transfer an amount from your Permitted
Sub-accounts to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Conversely, if the Target Ratio
falls below a certain percentage (currently 77%), then a transfer from the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account to the Permitted Sub-accounts would occur. Note that
the formula is calculated with reference to the Highest Daily Annual Income
Amount, rather than with reference to the Annual Income Amount. If you select
the new mathematical formula, see the discussion regarding the 90% cap.
As you can glean from the formula, poor investment performance of your Account
Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your variable Account Value to
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, because such poor investment performance will
tend to increase the Target Ratio. Moreover, "flat" investment returns of your
Account Value over a period of time also could result in the transfer of your
Account Value to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Because the amount allocated
to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and the amount allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment performance of
each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. In deciding how much
to transfer, we use another formula, which essentially seeks to re-balance
amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal to 80%. Once
elected the ratios we use will be fixed.
While you are not notified when the formula dictates a transfer, you will
receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion of your
Account Value either to or from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The formula is
designed primarily to mitigate the financial risks that we incur in providing
the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime Five.
2
Depending on the results of the formula calculation we may, on any day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, transfer all or a portion of those amounts
to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options). Amounts taken out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
will be withdrawn for this purpose on a last-in, first-out basis (an
amount renewed into a new guarantee period under the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account will be deemed a new investment for purposes of this last-in,
first-out rule); or
. Transfer all or a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted
Sub-accounts pro-rata to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The interest
that you earn on such transferred amount will be equal to the annual
rate that we have set for that day, and we will credit the daily
equivalent of that annual interest until the earlier of one year from
the date of the transfer or the date that such amount in the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is transferred back to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or all of your Account Value may be
allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. If your entire Account Value is
transferred to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, then based on the way the
formula operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account to the Permitted Sub-accounts and the entire Account Value
would remain in the Benefit Rate Fixed Account. If you make additional purchase
payments to your Annuity, they will be allocated to the Sub-accounts according
to your allocation instructions. Such additional purchase payments may or may
not cause the formula to transfer money in or out of the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account. Once the purchase payments are allocated to your Annuity, they will
also be subject to the formula, which may result in immediate transfers to or
from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, if dictated by the formula. The amounts of
any such transfer will vary, as dictated by the formula, and will depend on the
factors listed below.
Prior to the first withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is the difference between your Account Value and your Total
Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, then over time the formula permits an increasing
difference between the Account Value and the Total Protected Withdrawal Value
before a transfer to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account occurs. Therefore, as time
goes on, while none of your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed
Rate Account, the smaller the difference between the Total Protected Withdrawal
Value and the Account Value, the more the Account Value can decrease prior to a
transfer to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account pursuant to the
formula depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and are not
necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond markets,
interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the factors that determine
the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity), include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Total Protected
Withdrawal Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime Five has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
Because the amount allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and the amount
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the
investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your
Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater the impact performance of
that Sub-account has on your Account Value and thus the greater the impact on
whether (and how much) your Account Value is transferred to or from the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account. It is possible, under the formula, that if a significant
portion of your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
and it has positive performance, the formula might transfer a portion of your
Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of your
Permitted Sub-accounts is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion of
your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and it has
negative performance, the formula may transfer additional amounts from your
Permitted Sub-accounts to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account even if the
performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is positive.
Any Account Value in the Benefit Fixed Rate Account will not participate in the
positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted Sub-accounts until
it is transferred out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN" WITH THE FOLLOWING. LIKEWISE, FOR SPOUSAL HIGHEST
DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN, WE REPLACE THE COUNTERPART LANGUAGE IN THAT SUB-SECTION
WITH THE FOLLOWING (EXCEPT THAT REFERENCES BELOW TO HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME
SEVEN ARE REPLACED WITH REFERENCES TO SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN).
3
MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you have elected Highest Daily Lifetime Seven. For purposes of the
benefit, we refer to those permitted Sub-accounts as the "Permitted
Sub-accounts". As a requirement of participating in Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven, we require that you participate in our specialized program, under which
we may transfer Account Value between the Permitted Sub-accounts and a
specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the "AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account"). We determine whether to make a transfer, and the amount of
any transfer, under a non-discretionary formula, discussed below. The AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is available only with this benefit, and thus
you may not allocate purchase payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. Under the formula component of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, we
monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Any transfer would be
made in accordance with a formula, which is set forth in Appendix G to this
prospectus.
Speaking generally, the formula, which we apply each Valuation Day, operates as
follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. Note that we use 5% in the formula, irrespective of the
Annuitant's attained age. Then we produce an estimate of the total amount we
would target in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and
factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as the
"Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your projected
income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account any
automatic step-up, any subsequent purchase payments, and any excess
withdrawals. Next, the formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held
within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account on that day, and divides that
difference by the amount held within the Permitted Sub-accounts. That ratio,
which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value that is not offset
by amounts held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, is called the
"Target Ratio" or "r". If the Target Ratio exceeds a certain percentage
(currently 83%), it means essentially that too much Target Value is not offset
by assets within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and therefore we
will transfer an amount from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account. Conversely, if the Target Ratio falls below a certain
percentage (currently 77%), then a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts would occur.
If you elect the new formula (90% Cap Feature), see discussion regarding that
feature.
As you can glean from the formula, poor investment performance of your Account
Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your variable Account Value to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account because such poor investment
performance will tend to increase the Target Ratio. Moreover, "flat" investment
returns of your Account Value over a period of time also could result in the
transfer of your Account Value from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Because the amount allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the amount allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment performance of
each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. In deciding how much
to transfer, we use another formula, which essentially seeks to re-balance
amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal
to 80%. Once you elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, the ratios we use will be
fixed. For newly-issued Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven and
existing Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, however, we reserve
the right, subject to any required regulatory approval, to change the ratios.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a reallocation trigger,
you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion
of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The formula by which the reallocation triggers operate is designed
primarily to mitigate the financial risks that we incur in providing the
guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime Seven.
Depending on the results of the calculation relative to the reallocation
triggers, we may, on any day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those
amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options); or
. Transfer all or a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted
Sub-accounts pro rata to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or all of your Account Value may be
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If your entire Account
Value is transferred to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then based
on the way the formula operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-
4
accounts and the entire Account Value would remain in the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account. If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity,
they will be allocated to the Sub-accounts according to your allocation
instructions. Such additional purchase payments may or may not cause the
formula to transfer money in or out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. Once the purchase payments are allocated to your Annuity, they
will also be subject to the formula, which may result in immediate transfers to
or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-accounts, if dictated by the formula.
The amounts of any such transfers will vary as dictated by the formula, and
will depend on the factors listed below.
Prior to the first withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is difference between your Account Value and
your Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula permits
an increasing difference between the Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal
Value before a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account occurs.
Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, the smaller the difference between
the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the more the Account
Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
pursuant to the formula depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and
are not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond
markets, interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the factors that
determine the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity),
include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime Seven has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater
the impact performance of that Sub-account has on your Account Value and thus
the greater the impact on whether (and how much) your Account Value is
transferred to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. It is
possible, under the formula, that if a significant portion of your Account
Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that
Sub-account has positive performance, the formula might transfer a portion of
your Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of
your Permitted Sub-accounts is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion
of your Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
and that Sub-account has negative performance, the formula may transfer
additional amounts from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is
positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula.
Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not
participate in the positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted
Sub-accounts until it is transferred out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS
TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST
INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT" WITH THE FOLLOWING:
HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR
PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. For purposes of this benefit,
we refer to those permitted investment options as the "Permitted Sub-accounts".
If your annuity was issued on or after May 1, 2009 (subject to regulatory
approval), you may also choose to allocate purchase payments while this program
is in effect to DCA Fixed Rate Options utilized with our 6 or 12 Month Dollar
Cost Averaging Program ("6 or 12 Month DCA Program"). If you are participating
in Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus and also are participating in the 6 or 12
Month DCA Program, and the formula under the benefit dictates a transfer from
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then
the amount to be transferred will be taken entirely from the Sub-accounts,
provided there is sufficient Account
5
Value in those Sub-accounts to meet the required transfer amount. Only if there
is insufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts will an amount be withdrawn
from the DCA Fixed Rate Options. Amounts withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate
Options under the formula will be taken on a last-in, first-out basis. For
purposes of the discussion below concerning transfers from the Permitted
Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, amounts held within
the DCA Fixed Rate Options are included within the term "Permitted
Sub-Accounts". Thus, amounts may be transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options
in the circumstances described above and in the section of this prospectus
entitled 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program. Any transfer dictated by
the formula out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be
transferred to the Permitted Sub-accounts, not including the DCA Fixed Rate
Options.
An integral part of Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus is the pre-determined
mathematical formula used to transfer Account Value between the Permitted
Sub-Accounts and a specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the
"AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-Account"). The AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account is available only with this benefit, and thus you may not allocate
purchase payments to or make transfers to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The formula monitors your Account Value daily and, if dictated by
the formula, systematically transfers amounts between the Permitted
Sub-accounts you have chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. The
formula is set forth in Appendix H.
Speaking generally, the formula, which is applied each Valuation Day, operates
as follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. Note that 5% is used in the formula, irrespective of the
Annuitant's attained age. Then it produces an estimate of the total amount
targeted in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and
factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as the
"Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your projected
income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account any
automatic step-up, any subsequent purchase payments (and associated purchase
credits), and any excess withdrawals. Next, the formula subtracts from the
Target Value the amount held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held within the
Permitted Sub-accounts including any amounts allocated to DCA Fixed Rate
Options. That ratio, which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value
that is not offset by amounts held within the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account, is called the "Target Ratio" or "r". If, on each of three
consecutive Valuation
Days, the Target Ratio is greater than 83% but less than or equal to 84.5%, the
formula will, on such third Valuation Day, make a transfer from the Permitted
Sub-accounts in which you are invested (subject to the 90% cap feature) to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. As discussed above, if all or a portion
of your Account Value is allocated to one or more DCA Fixed Rate Options at the
time a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is required under
the formula, we will first look to process the transfer from the Permitted
Sub-accounts. If the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts is
insufficient to satisfy the transfer, then any remaining amounts will be
transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options on a "last-in, first-out" basis.
Once a transfer is made, the three consecutive Valuation Days begin again. If,
however, on any Valuation Day, the Target Ratio is above 84.5%, it will make a
transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts (subject to the 90% cap) to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (as described above). If the Target Ratio
falls below 78% on any Valuation Day, then a transfer from the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts will occur.
The formula will not execute a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account that results in more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account ("90% cap"). Thus, on any
Valuation Day, if the formula would require a transfer to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account that would result in more than 90% of the Account Value
being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, only the amount
that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future
transfers into the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not be made
(regardless of the performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a transfer out of the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject
to the 90% cap). At no time will the formula make a transfer to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in greater than 90% of your
Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
However, it is possible that, due to the investment performance of your
allocations in the AST investment grade bond sub-account and your allocations
in the permitted sub-accounts you have selected, your Account Value could be
more than 90% invested in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is
in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional purchase
payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account at least until there is
first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, regardless
of how much of your Account Value is in the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means
that there could be scenarios under which, because of the additional purchase
payments you make, less than 90% of your entire Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and the formula will still not
transfer any of your Account Value to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
(at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account). For example,
6
. March 19, 2009 - a transfer is made to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account that results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and $10,000 is
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
. March 20, 2009 - you make an additional purchase payment of $10,000. No
transfers have been made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
to the Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on
March 19, 2009.
. On March 20, 2009 (and at least until first a transfer is made out of
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account under the formula)-the $10,000
payment is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this date you
have 82% in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and 18% in the
Permitted Sub-accounts (such that $20,000 is allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account).
. Once there is a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account (of any amount), the formula will operate as described
above, meaning that the formula could transfer amounts to or from the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula
(subject to the 90% cap).
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into existence and be
removed multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue
to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account as dictated by the formula.
As you can glean from the formula, poor or flat investment performance of your
Account Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your Account Value in
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account because
such poor investment performance will tend to increase the Target Ratio.
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. In deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula,
which essentially seeks to re-balance amounts held in the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account so that the Target
Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal to 80%. Once you elect Highest
Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, the values we use to compare to the Target Ratio will be
fixed.
Additionally, on each monthly Annuity Anniversary (if the monthly Annuity
Anniversary does not fall on a Valuation Day, the next Valuation Day will be
used), following all of the above described daily calculations, a transfer may
be made from the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts. Any such transfer will be
based on your existing allocation instructions or (in the absence of such
existing instructions) pro rata (i.e. in the same proportion as the current
balances in your variable investment options). This transfer will automatically
occur provided that the Target Ratio, as described above, would be less than
83% after the transfer. The formula will not execute a transfer if the Target
Ratio after this transfer would occur would be greater than or equal to 83%.
The amount of the transfer will be equal to the lesser of:
a) The total value of all your Account Value in the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account, or
b) An amount equal to 5% of your total Account Value.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a transfer trigger under
the formula, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer
of a portion of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account. The formula by which the transfer operates is designed
primarily to mitigate some of the financial risks that we incur in providing
the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. Depending on the results of
the calculations of the formula, we may, on any Valuation Day:
.. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or
.. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those
amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options); or
.. Transfer a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts pro
rata to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value will be allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, as dictated by the formula.
Prior to the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is difference between your Account Value
and your Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula
permits an increasing difference between the Account Value and the Protected
Withdrawal Value before a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
occurs. Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your Account Value is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, the smaller the
difference between the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the
more the Account Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account.
7
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
pursuant to the formula depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and
are not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond
markets, interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the factors that
determine the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity),
include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater
the impact performance of those investments have on your Account Value and thus
the greater the impact on whether (and how much) your Account Value is
transferred to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. It is
possible, under the formula, that if a significant portion of your Account
Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that
Sub-account has positive performance, the formula might transfer a portion of
your Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of
your Permitted Sub-accounts is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion
of your Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
and that Sub-account has negative performance, the formula may transfer
additional amounts from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is
positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula and subject
to the 90% cap feature.
Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not
participate in the positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted
Sub-accounts until it is transferred out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS
TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST
INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT" WITH THE FOLLOWING.
HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR
PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT.
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. For purposes of this benefit,
we refer to those permitted investment options as the "Permitted Sub-accounts".
Because these restrictions and the use of the predetermined mathematical
formula lessen the risk that your Account Value will be reduced to zero while
you are still alive, they also reduce the likelihood that we will make any
lifetime income payments under this benefit. They may also limit your upside
potential for growth. If your Annuity was issued on or after May 1, 2009
(subject to regulatory approval), you may also choose to allocate purchase
payments while this program is in effect to DCA Fixed Rate Options utilized
with our 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program ("6 or 12 Month DCA
Program"). If you are participating in Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and also
are participating in the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program, and the formula under the
benefit dictates a transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (the "Bond Sub-account"), then the amount to
be transferred will be taken entirely from the Sub-accounts, provided there is
sufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts to meet the required transfer
amount. Only if there is insufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts will
an amount be withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate Options. Amounts withdrawn from
the DCA Fixed Rate Options under the formula will be taken on a last-in,
first-out basis. For purposes of the discussion below concerning transfers from
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the Bond Sub-account, amounts held within the DCA
Fixed Rate Options are included within the term "Permitted Sub-Accounts". Thus,
amounts may be transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options in the circumstances
described above and in the section of the prospectus entitled 6 or 12 Month
Dollar Cost Averaging Program. Any transfer dictated by the formula out of the
Bond Sub-account will only be transferred to the Permitted Sub-accounts, not
the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
8
An integral part of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus (including Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus with LIA and Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus) is the
predetermined mathematical formula used to transfer Account Value between the
Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account. This predetermined
mathematical formula ("formula") runs each Valuation Day that the benefit is in
effect on your Annuity and, as a result, transfers of Account Value between the
Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account can occur on any Valuation Day
subject to the conditions described below. Only the predetermined mathematical
formula can transfer Account Value to and from the Bond Sub-account, and thus
you may not allocate Purchase Payments to or make transfers to or from the Bond
Sub-account. We are not providing you with investment advice through the use of
the formula. The formula by which the transfer operates is designed primarily
to mitigate some of the financial risks that we incur in providing the
guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. The formula is not forward
looking and contains no predictive or projective component with respect to the
markets, the Account Value or the Protected Withdrawal Value. The formula is
described below.
Generally, the formula, which is applied each Valuation Day, operates as
follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. This amount may be different than the actual Annual Income
Amount currently guaranteed under your benefit. Then it produces an estimate of
the total amount targeted in the formula, based on the projected income amount
and factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as
the "Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a Lifetime Withdrawal, your
projected income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account
any automatic step-up, any subsequent Purchase Payments (including any
associated Purchase Credits), and any withdrawals of Excess Income. Next, the
formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held within the Bond
Sub-account on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held within
the Permitted Sub-accounts including any amounts allocated to DCA Fixed Rate
Options. That ratio, which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value
that is not offset by amounts held within the Bond Sub-account, is called the
"Target Ratio" or "r". If, on each of three consecutive Valuation Days, the
Target Ratio is greater than 83% but less than or equal to 84.5%, the formula
will, on such third Valuation Day, make a transfer from the Permitted
Sub-accounts in which you are invested (subject to the 90% cap discussed below)
to the Bond Sub-account. As discussed above, if all or a portion of your
Account Value is allocated to one or more DCA Fixed Rate Options at the time a
transfer to the Bond Sub-account is required under the formula, we will first
look to process the transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts, other than the
DCA Fixed Rate Options. If the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts
is insufficient to satisfy the transfer, then any remaining amounts will be
transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options on a "last-in, first-out" basis.
Once a transfer is made, the Target Ratio must again be greater than 83% but
less than or equal to 84.5% for three consecutive Valuation Days before a
subsequent transfer to the Bond Sub-account will occur. If, however, on any
Valuation Day, the Target Ratio is above 84.5%, the formula will make a
transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts (subject to the 90% cap) to the Bond
Sub-account (as described above). If the Target Ratio falls below 78% on any
Valuation Day, then a transfer from the Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts (excluding the DCA Fixed Rate Options) will occur.
The formula will not execute a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that results in
more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account
("90% cap") on that Valuation Day. Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the formula
would require a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that would result in more than
90% of the Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account, only the
amount that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the
Bond Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the
Bond Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the Bond
Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a
transfer out of the Bond Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the Bond
Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from the Bond Sub-account
if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap). At no time will the
formula make a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that results in greater than
90% of your Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account. However, it
is possible that, due to the investment performance of your allocations in the
Bond Sub-account and your allocations in the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
selected, your Account Value could be more than 90% invested in the Bond
Sub-account.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is
in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional Purchase
Payments to the Bond Sub-account at least until there is first a transfer out
of the Bond Sub-account, regardless of how much of your Account Value is in the
Permitted Sub-accounts. This means that there could be scenarios under which,
because of the additional Purchase Payments you make, less than 90% of your
entire Account Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account, and the formula will
still not transfer any of your Account Value to the Bond Sub-account (at least
until there is first a transfer out of the Bond Sub-account). For example,
. September 4, 2012 - a transfer is made to the Bond Sub-account that
results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is allocated to the
Bond Sub-account and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
. September 5, 2012 - you make an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000.
No transfers have been made from the Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on September 4, 2012.
. On September 5, 2012 - (and at least until first a transfer is made out
of the Bond Sub-account under the formula) - the $10,000 payment is
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this date you have 82% in
the Bond Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted Sub-accounts (such that
$20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the
Bond Sub-account).
. Once there is a transfer out of the Bond Sub-account (of any amount),
the formula will operate as described above, meaning that the formula
could transfer amounts to or from the Bond Sub-account if dictated by
the formula (subject to the 90% cap).
9
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into and out of effect
multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue to
monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the Bond Sub-account as dictated by the formula.
Under the formula, investment performance of your Account Value that is
negative, flat, or even moderately positive may result in a transfer of a
portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts to the Bond
Sub-account because such investment performance will tend to increase the
Target Ratio. In deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula, which
essentially seeks to reallocate amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and
the Bond Sub-account so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently
is equal to 80%. The further the Target Ratio is from 80% when a transfer is
occurring under the formula, the greater the transfer amount will be. Once you
elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, the values we use to compare to the Target
Ratio will be fixed. For newly-issued Annuities that elect Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus and existing Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus
in the future, however, we reserve the right to change such values.
Additionally, on each monthly Annuity Anniversary (if the monthly Annuity
Anniversary does not fall on a Valuation Day, the next Valuation Day will be
used), following all of the above described daily calculations, if there is
money allocated to the Bond Sub-account, we will perform an additional monthly
calculation to determine whether or not a transfer will be made from the Bond
Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts. This transfer will automatically
occur provided that the Target Ratio, as described above, would be less than
83% after the transfer. The formula will not execute a transfer if the Target
Ratio after this transfer would occur would be greater than or equal to 83%.
The amount of the transfer will be equal to the lesser of:
a) The total value of all your Account Value in the Bond Sub-account, or
b) An amount equal to 5% of your total Account Value.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a transfer trigger under
the formula, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer
of a portion of your Account Value either to or from the Bond Sub-account.
Depending on the results of the calculations of the formula, we may, on any
Valuation Day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond
Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the Bond
Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those amounts to the Permitted
Sub-accounts (as described above); or
. Transfer a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts
and the DCA Fixed Rate Options to the Bond Sub-account.
Prior to the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the
Bond Sub-account is the difference between your Account Value and your
Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to the
Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula permits an increasing difference
between the Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal Value before a transfer
to the Bond Sub-account occurs. Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your
Account Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account, the smaller the difference
between the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the more the
Account Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the Bond Sub-account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the Bond Sub-account pursuant to the formula
depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and are not necessarily
directly correlated with the securities markets, bond markets, interest rates
or any other market or index. Some of the factors that determine the amount and
timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity), include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value will be allocated
to the Bond Sub-account, as dictated by the formula. Because the amount
allocated to the Bond Sub-account and the amount allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment performance of
each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. The greater the
amounts allocated to either the Bond Sub-account or to the Permitted
Sub-accounts, the greater the impact performance of that Sub-account has on
your Account Value and thus the greater the impact on whether (and how much)
your Account Value is transferred to or from the Bond Sub-account. It is
possible, under the formula, that if a significant portion of your Account
Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account has positive
performance, the formula might transfer a portion of your Account Value to the
Permitted
10
Sub-accounts, even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is
negative. Conversely, if a significant portion of your Account Value is
allocated to the Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account has negative
performance, the formula may transfer additional amounts from your Permitted
Sub-accounts to the Bond Sub-account even if the performance of your Permitted
Sub-accounts is positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula and subject to the 90% cap feature
described above.
Any Account Value in the Bond Sub-account will not participate in the positive
or negative investment experience of the Permitted Sub-accounts until it is
transferred out of the Bond Sub-account.
D. IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED "HOW DOES THE MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT WORK?", WE ADD THE FOLLOWING IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE
SUB-SECTION ENTITLED "MVA EXAMPLES":
The denominator of the MVA formula includes a factor, currently equal to 0.0010
or 10 basis points. The factor is an adjustment that is applied when an MVA is
assessed (regardless of whether the MVA is positive or negative), and will
reduce the amount being surrendered or transferred.
E. IN THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS, WE REPLACE THE
FIRST PARAGRAPH OF THE SUB-SECTION ENTITLED "SPECIAL RULES IN RELATION
TO TAX-FREE EXCHANGES UNDER SECTION 1035" WITH THE FOLLOWING:
SPECIAL RULES IN RELATION TO TAX-FREE EXCHANGES UNDER SECTION 1035
Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), permits
certain tax-free exchanges of a life insurance, annuity or endowment contract
for an annuity, including tax-free exchanges of annuity death benefits for a
Beneficiary Annuity. Partial surrenders may be treated in the same way as
tax-free 1035 exchanges of entire contracts, therefore avoiding current
taxation of the partially exchanged amount as well as the 10% tax penalty on
pre-age 59 1/2 withdrawals. In Revenue Procedure 2011-38, the IRS has indicated
that, for exchanges on or after October 24, 2011, where there is a surrender or
distribution from either the initial annuity contract or receiving annuity
contract within 180 days of the date on which the partial exchange was
completed, the IRS will apply general tax rules to determine the substance and
treatment of the original transfer. For partial exchanges that occurred prior
to October 24, 2011, the provisions of Revenue Procedure 2008-24 will continue
to apply if there is a surrender or distribution within 12 months of the date
on which the partial exchange was completed. Under Revenue Procedure 2008-24,
the transfer will retroactively be treated as a taxable distribution from the
initial annuity contract and a contribution to the receiving annuity contract.
Tax free exchange treatment will be retained under certain circumstances if you
are eligible for an exception to the 10% federal income tax penalty, other than
the exceptions for substantially equal periodic payments or distributions under
an immediate annuity. We strongly urge you to discuss any transaction of this
type with your tax advisor before proceeding with the transaction.
11
PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES LIFE ASSURANCE CORPORATION
ADVANCED SERIES CORNERSTONE/SM/ (AS CORNERSTONE)
ADVANCED SERIES XTRA CREDIT SIX/SM/ (XT6)
ADVANCED SERIES LIFEVEST/SM/ II (ASL II)
SUPPLEMENT DATED OCTOBER 31, 2011
TO
PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2011
THIS SUPPLEMENT SHOULD BE READ AND RETAINED WITH THE CURRENT PROSPECTUS FOR
YOUR ANNUITY. THIS SUPPLEMENT IS INTENDED TO UPDATE CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THE
PROSPECTUS FOR THE VARIABLE ANNUITY YOU OWN, AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A
PROSPECTUS OR OFFER FOR ANY OTHER VARIABLE ANNUITY LISTED HERE THAT YOU DO NOT
OWN. IF YOU WOULD LIKE ANOTHER COPY OF THE CURRENT PROSPECTUS, PLEASE CONTACT
US AT 1-888-PRU-2888.
A. NEW AST PORTFOLIOS. The following Portfolios will be added as
Sub-accounts within your Annuity, effective on or about October 17,
2011. Initially, each new Portfolio will not be an option to which you
may directly allocate Purchase Payments. Instead, beginning on or about
October 17, 2011, each Portfolio will be available only as an underlying
Portfolio in which the AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation
Portfolio, the Dynamic Asset Allocation Portfolios (i.e., AST Balanced
Asset Allocation Portfolio, AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation
Portfolio and AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio), and the
Tactical Asset Allocation Portfolios (i.e., AST CLS Growth Asset
Allocation Portfolio, AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio, AST
Horizon Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio, and AST Horizon Moderate
Asset Allocation Portfolio) may invest. The new AST Portfolios are:
. AST Neuberger Berman Core Bond Portfolio; and
. AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio
Beginning on or about October 17, 2011, you may allocate Purchase Payments to
these Portfolios and make transfers into these Portfolios. Moreover, you may
invest in each Portfolio even if you participate in an optional living benefit
or optional death benefit (except for Lifetime Five Income Benefit, Spousal
Lifetime Five Income Benefit, Highest Daily Lifetime Five Income Benefit, and
the Highest Daily Value Death Benefit). To reflect this availability, we
include the name of each Portfolio in the Investment Options list on the inside
front cover, and amend the Group 1 and Group 2 tables under the Investment
Options section of the prospectus accordingly. In particular, with respect to
the Group 2 (Custom Portfolios Program) table, each bond portfolio below is
added to the list of AST bond portfolios to which the minimum specified
percentage of Account Value must be allocated. We also revise the prospectus as
follows:
In the section of the Prospectus entitled Summary of Contract Fees and Charges,
we set forth the following fees of the AST Neuberger Berman Core Bond Portfolio
and the AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio in the table of Underlying Mutual
Fund Portfolio Annual Expenses.
ESTIMATED UNDERLYING MUTUAL FUND PORTFOLIO ANNUAL EXPENSES
(as a percentage of the average net assets of the underlying Portfolios)
For the year ended December 31, 2011
Total
Broker Fees Acquired Annual Contractual Net Annual
Dividend and Expenses Portfolio Portfolio Fee Waiver Fund
UNDERLYING Management Other Distribution Expense on Short Fees & Operating or Expense Operating
PORTFOLIO Fees Expenses (12b-1) Fees on Short Sales Sales Expenses Expenses Reimbursement Expenses
---------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- ------------ --------- --------- ------------- ----------
AST NEUBERGER
BERMAN CORE BOND
PORTFOLIO 0.70% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.85%/1/ 0.01%/2/ 0.84%
AST PRUDENTIAL CORE
BOND PORTFOLIO 0.70% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.85%/3/ 0.01%/4/ 0.84%
/1/ The AST Neuberger Berman Core Bond Portfolio will commence operations on
or about October 17, 2011. Estimate of Other Expenses based in part on
assumed average daily net assets of $800 million for the Portfolio for the
year ending December 31, 2011.
/2/ Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. (together,
the Investment Managers) have contractually agreed to waive a portion of
their investment management fees so that the Portfolio's investment
management fee would equal 0.70% of the Portfolio's first $500 million of
average daily net assets, 0.675% of the Portfolio's average daily net
assets between $500 million and $1 billion, and 0.65% of the Portfolio's
average daily net assets in excess of $1 billion through May 1, 2014. This
contractual investment management fee waiver may not be terminated
or modified prior to May 1, 2014, but may be discontinued or modified
thereafter. The decision on whether to renew, modify or discontinue this
expense limitation after May 1, 2014 will be subject to review by the
Investment Managers and the Board of Trustees of the Trust.
/3/ The AST Prudential Core Bond Portfolio will commence operations on or
about October 17, 2011. Estimate of Other Expenses based in part on
assumed average daily net assets of $800 million for the Portfolio for the
year ending December 31, 2011.
/4/ Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. (together,
the Investment Managers) have contractually agreed to waive a portion of
their investment management fees so that the Portfolio's investment
management fee would equal 0.70% of the Portfolio's first $500 million of
average daily net assets, 0.675% of the Portfolio's average daily net
assets between $500 million and $1 billion, and 0.65% of the Portfolio's
average daily net assets in excess of $1 billion through May 1, 2014. This
contractual investment management fee waiver may not be terminated or
modified prior to May 1, 2014, but may be discontinued or modified
thereafter. The decision on whether to renew, modify or discontinue this
expense limitation after May 1, 2014 will be subject to review by the
Investment Managers and the Board of Trustees of the Trust.
In the section entitled "Investment Options," we add the following summary
descriptions of the AST Neuberger Berman Core Bond Portfolio and the AST
Prudential Core Bond Portfolio to the Investment Objectives/Policies table as
follows:
PORTFOLIO
ADVISOR/SUB-
STYLE/TYPE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES ADVISOR
---------- ----------------------------------------- ------------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
FIXED AST NEUBERGER BERMAN CORE BOND PORTFOLIO: Neuberger Berman
INCOME The Portfolio seeks to maximize total Fixed Income, LLC
return consistent with preservation of
capital. Under normal circumstances, the
Portfolio will invest at least 80% of its
investable assets in bonds and other debt
securities. All of the debt securities in
which the Portfolio invests will be
investment grade under normal
circumstances. The Portfolio normally
will not invest more than 15% of its
total assets in non-U.S. dollar
denominated securities and, through
hedging strategies, will attempt to limit
its exposure to currencies other than the
U.S. dollar to 5% of its total assets.
The Portfolio normally will seek to
maintain its target average duration
within one year, and generally seeks to
maintain its target average duration
within a maximum of two years, of the
average duration of the bonds in the
Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond
Index.
FIXED AST PRUDENTIAL CORE BOND PORTFOLIO: The Prudential
INCOME Portfolio seeks to maximize total return Investment
consistent with the long-term Management, Inc.
preservation of capital. Under normal
circumstances, the Portfolio will invest
at least 80% of its investable assets in
intermediate and long-term debt
obligations and high quality money market
instruments. In addition, the Portfolio
will invest, under normal circumstances,
at least 80% of its net assets in
intermediate and long-term debt
obligations that are rated investment
grade by the major rating services, or,
if unrated, considered to be of
comparable quality by the subadviser, and
high quality money market instruments.
Likewise, the Portfolio may invest up to
20% of its net assets in
high-yield/high-risk debt securities
(commonly known as "junk bonds"). The
Portfolio also may invest up to 20% of
its total assets in debt securities
issued outside the U.S. by U.S. or
foreign issuers, whether or not such
securities are denominated in the U.S.
dollar.
B. CHANGES TO SUB-ADVISERS AND/OR SUMMARY DESCRIPTIONS FOR THE FOLLOWING
FUNDS/PORTFOLIOS:
AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO - SUB-ADVISER CHANGE. J.P.
Morgan Investment Management, Inc. will be added as a sub-adviser to this
Portfolio on or about October 17, 2011 (rather than August 24, 2011). In
addition, Prudential Bache Asset Management Incorporated, which has served as a
sub-adviser to this Portfolio, recently was acquired by Jefferies Group, Inc.
and was re-named Bache Asset Management, Inc. It is expected that Bache Asset
Management, Inc. ("Bache") will continue to serve as a sub-adviser to this
Portfolio until October 17, 2011, at which point Jefferies Asset Management,
LLC will replace Bache as a sub-adviser to this Portfolio. The Investment
Objectives/Policies table in the Prospectus is amended accordingly.
NVIT DEVELOPING MARKETS FUND - SUB-ADVISER CHANGE. As is expected to occur by
October 9, 2011, Baring International Investment Limited will be replaced as
sub-adviser to the NVIT Developing Markets Fund by the Boston Company Asset
Management, LLC. Along with that change, the summary description of that fund
is revised to read as follows:
PORTFOLIO
STYLE/ ADVISOR/SUB -
TYPE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES ADVISOR
------ ------------------------------- ----------------
NATIONWIDE VARIABLE INSURANCE
TRUST
INTERNATIONAL NVIT DEVELOPING MARKETS FUND: Nationwide Fund
EQUITY seeks long-term capital Advisors/The
appreciation, under normal Boston Company
conditions by investing at Asset
least 80% of its net assets in Management, LLC
equity securities of companies
that are tied economically to
emerging market countries. The
fund typically maintains
investments in at least six
countries at all times with no
more than 35% of the value of
its net assets invested in
securities of any one country.
2
AST FI PYRAMIS(R) ASSET ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO, AST FIRST TRUST BALANCED TARGET
PORTFOLIO, AND AST FIRST TRUST CAPITAL APPRECIATION TARGET PORTFOLIO,- REVISED
SUMMARY DESCRIPTIONS.
The summary description of each Portfolio, appearing in the Investment
Objectives/Policies column below of the prospectus, is revised to read as
follows:
PORTFOLIO
ADVISOR/SUB-
STYLE/TYPE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES ADVISOR
---------- --------------------------------------- ----------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
ASSET AST FI PYRAMIS(R) ASSET ALLOCATION Pyramis Global
ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO: seeks to maximize potential Advisors, LLC a
total return. In seeking to achieve the Fidelity
Portfolio's investment objective, the Investments
Portfolio's assets are allocated across company
eight uniquely specialized investment
strategies. The Portfolio has five
strategies that invest primarily in
equity securities, two fixed-income
strategies (i.e., the Broad Market
Duration Strategy and the High Yield
Bond Strategy), and one strategy
designed to provide liquidity (i.e.,
the Liquidity Strategy). Pyramis is a
registered service mark of FMR LLC.
Used under license.
ASSET AST FIRST TRUST BALANCED TARGET First Trust
ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term capital Advisors L.P.
growth balanced by current income. The
Portfolio seeks to achieve its
objective by investing approximately
65% of its net assets in equity
securities and approximately 35% of its
net assets in fixed-income securities
as of the annual security selection
date. Depending on market conditions,
the equity portion may range between
60-70% of the Portfolio's net assets
and the fixed-income portion may range
between 30-40% of the Portfolio's net
assets. The revised allocations do not
take into account the potential
investment of up to 5% of the
Portfolio's assets in the "liquidity"
investment sleeve. In seeking to
achieve its investment objective, the
Portfolio allocates its assets across
multiple uniquely specialized
investment strategies. On or about the
annual selection date (currently
March 1 under normal circumstances),
the Portfolio establishes both the
percentage allocations among the
various investment strategies under
normal circumstances and the percentage
allocation of each security's position
within each of the investment
strategies that invest primarily in
equity securities.
ASSET AST FIRST TRUST CAPITAL APPRECIATION First Trust
ALLOCATION TARGET PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term Advisors L.P.
capital growth. The Portfolio seeks to
achieve its objective by investing
approximately 80% of its net assets in
equity securities and approximately 20%
of its net assets in fixed-income
securities as of the annual security
selection date. Depending on market
conditions, the equity portion may
range between 75-85% of the Portfolio's
net assets and the fixed-income portion
may range between 15-25% of the
Portfolio's net assets. The revised
allocations do not take into account
the potential investment of up to 5% of
the Portfolio's assets in the
"liquidity" investment sleeve. In
seeking to achieve its investment
objective, the Portfolio allocates its
assets across multiple uniquely
specialized investment strategies. On
or about the annual selection date
(currently March 1 under normal
circumstances), the Portfolio
establishes both the percentage
allocations among the various
investment strategies under normal
circumstances and the percentage
allocation of each security's position
within each of the investment
strategies that invest primarily in
equity securities.
C. INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES REPLACEMENTS
In the Investment Objectives/Policies table, we replace the italicized
investment objectives of the following Portfolios with the new italicized
language indicated below:
(i)AST ADVANCED STRATEGIES PORTFOLIO: seeks a high level of absolute return
by using traditional and non-traditional investment strategies and by
investing in domestic and foreign equity and fixed-income securities,
derivative instruments and other investment companies.
(ii)AST BOND PORTFOLIOS 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, AND 2022:
each AST Bond Portfolio seeks the highest total return for a specific
period of time, consistent with the preservation of capital and
liquidity needs. Total return is comprised of current income and capital
appreciation
3
(iii)AST JPMORGAN INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO: seeks capital growth.
(iv) AST J.P. MORGAN STRATEGIC OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO: seeks to maximize
return compared to the benchmark through security selection and tactical
asset allocation.
(v) AST WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT HEDGED EQUITY PORTFOLIO: seeks to outperform a
mix of 50% Russell 3000 Index, 20% MSCI EAFE Index, and 30% Treasury
Bill Index over a full market cycle by preserving capital in adverse
markets utilizing an options strategy while maintaining equity exposure
to benefit from up markets through investments in Wellington
Management's equity investment strategies.
AST ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN CORE VALUE PORTFOLIO. The Board of Trustees of Advanced
Series Trust (the Trust) recently approved replacing AllianceBernstein L.P.
(AllianceBernstein) as the sole sub adviser for the AST AllianceBernstein Core
Value Portfolio with T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (T. Rowe Price) and
changing the name of the Portfolio from the AST AllianceBernstein Core Value
Portfolio to the AST T. Rowe Price Equity Income Portfolio. Implementation of
the revised sub advisory arrangements and name change is expected to occur on
or about October 31, 2011. Depending upon market, economic, and financial
conditions as of October 31, 2011 and the Trust's ability to implement certain
legal agreements and custody arrangements, it may take several weeks for T.
Rowe Price to dispose of securities and other financial instruments held by the
Portfolio that were purchased by AllianceBernstein and to begin to implement
its own investment strategy. To reflect those changes, we revise the Investment
Objectives/Policies summary description appearing in the prospectus to read as
follows:
PORTFOLIO
ADVISOR/SUB-
STYLE/TYPE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES ADVISOR
---------- ------------------------------------------------ -----------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
LARGE CAP AST T. ROWE PRICE EQUITY INCOME PORTFOLIO T. Rowe Price
VALUE (formerly AST AllianceBernstein Core Value Associates, Inc.
Portfolio): The Portfolio's investment objective
is to seek to provide substantial dividend
income as well as long-term growth of capital
through investments in the common stocks of
established companies. The Portfolio will
normally invest at least 80% of its net assets
(including any borrowings for investment
purposes) in common stocks, with 65% of net
assets (including any borrowings for investment
purposes) in dividend-paying common stocks of
well-established companies. The Portfolio will
typically employ a "value" approach in selecting
investments. T. Rowe Price's research team will
seek companies that appear to be undervalued by
various measures and may be temporarily out of
favor but have good prospects for capital
appreciation and dividend growth. In selecting
investments, T. Rowe Price generally will look
for companies in the aggregate with one or more
of the following:
. an established operating history;
. above-average dividend yield relative to the
S&P 500 Index;
. low price/earnings ratio relative to the S&P
500 Index;
. a sound balance sheet and other positive
financial characteristics; and
. low stock price relative to a company's
underlying value as measured by assets, cash
flow, or business franchises.
D. DISCONTINUATION OF THE 6 OR 12 MONTH DCA PROGRAM
Effective as of the date of this supplement, the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program will
no longer be available for election. If you are participating in the 6 or 12
Month DCA Program on that date, monthly transfers will continue until the end
of the Program (i.e., the end of the 6 or 12 month period). Thereafter, you
will not be permitted to elect a new 6 or 12 month DCA Program. We amend the
prospectus sub-section entitled 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program
accordingly.
E.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE" WITH THE FOLLOWING:
MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE
As indicated above, we limit the sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you have elected Highest Daily Lifetime Five. For purposes of this
benefit, we refer to those permitted sub-accounts as the "Permitted
Sub-accounts". As a requirement of participating in Highest Daily Lifetime
Five, we require that you participate in our mathematical formula under which
we may transfer Account Value between the Permitted Sub-accounts and a fixed
interest rate account that is part of our general account (the "Benefit Fixed
Rate Account"). This required formula helps us manage our financial exposure
under the benefit, by moving assets to a more stable option (i.e., the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account). We determine whether to make a transfer, and the amount of
any transfer, under a non-discretionary formula, discussed below. The Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is available only with this benefit, and thus you may not
allocate purchase payments to or transfer Account Value to or from the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account. The interest rate that we pay with respect to the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is reduced by an amount that corresponds generally to the
charge that we assess against your variable Sub-accounts for Highest Daily
Lifetime Five. The Benefit Fixed Rate Account is not subject to the Investment
Company Act of 1940 or the Securities Act of 1933.
4
Under the formula component of Highest Daily Lifetime Five, we monitor your
Account Value daily and, if necessary, systematically transfer amounts between
the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
Any transfer would be made in accordance with the formula, which is set forth
in the schedule supplement to the endorsement for this benefit (and also
appears in Appendix F to this prospectus). Speaking generally, the formula,
which we apply each Valuation Day, operates as follows. The formula starts by
identifying your Protected Withdrawal Value for that day and then multiplies
that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical) Highest Daily
Annual Income Amount. Then, using our actuarial tables, we produce an estimate
of the total amount we would target in our allocation model, based on the
projected Highest Daily Annual Income Amount each year for the rest of your
life. In the formula, we refer to that value as the "Target Value" or "L". If
you have already made a withdrawal, your projected Annual Income Amount (and
thus your Target Value) would take into account any automatic step-up that was
scheduled to occur according to the step-up formula described above. Next, the
formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held within the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held
within the Permitted Sub-accounts. That ratio, which essentially isolates the
amount of your Target Value that is not offset by amounts held within the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, is called the "Target Ratio" or "r". If the Target
Ratio exceeds a certain percentage (currently 83%) it means essentially that
too much Target Value is not offset by assets within the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account, and therefore we will transfer an amount from your Permitted
Sub-accounts to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Conversely, if the Target Ratio
falls below a certain percentage (currently 77%), then a transfer from the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account to the Permitted Sub-accounts would occur. Note that
the formula is calculated with reference to the Highest Daily Annual Income
Amount, rather than with reference to the Annual Income Amount. If you select
the new mathematical formula, see the discussion regarding the 90% cap.
As you can glean from the formula, poor investment performance of your Account
Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your variable Account Value to
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, because such poor investment performance will
tend to increase the Target Ratio. Moreover, "flat" investment returns of your
Account Value over a period of time also could result in the transfer of your
Account Value to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Because the amount allocated
to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and the amount allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment performance of
each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. In deciding how much
to transfer, we use another formula, which essentially seeks to re-balance
amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal to 80%. Once
elected, the ratios we use will be fixed.
While you are not notified when the formula dictates a transfer, you will
receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion of your
Account Value either to or from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The formula is
designed primarily to mitigate the financial risks that we incur in providing
the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime Five.
Depending on the results of the formula calculation we may, on any day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, transfer all or a portion of those amounts
to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options). Amounts taken out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
will be withdrawn for this purpose on a last-in, first-out basis (an
amount renewed into a new guarantee period under the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account will be deemed a new investment for purposes of this last-in,
first-out rule); or
. Transfer all or a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted
Sub-accounts pro-rata to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The interest
that you earn on such transferred amount will be equal to the annual
rate that we have set for that day, and we will credit the daily
equivalent of that annual interest until the earlier of one year from
the date of the transfer or the date that such amount in the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is transferred back to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or all of your Account Value may be
allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. If your entire Account Value is
transferred to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, then based on the way the
formula operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account to the Permitted Sub-accounts and the entire Account Value
would remain in the Benefit Rate Fixed Account. If you make additional purchase
payments to your Annuity, they will be allocated to the Sub-accounts according
to your allocation instructions. Such additional purchase payments may or may
not cause the formula to transfer money in or out of the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account. Once the purchase payments are allocated to your Annuity, they will
also be subject to the formula, which may result in immediate transfers to or
from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, if dictated by the formula. The amounts of
any such transfer will vary, as dictated by the formula, and will depend on the
factors listed below.
5
Prior to the first withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account is the difference between your Account Value and your Total
Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, then over time the formula permits an increasing
difference between the Account Value and the Total Protected Withdrawal Value
before a transfer to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account occurs. Therefore, as time
goes on, while none of your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed
Rate Account, the smaller the difference between the Total Protected Withdrawal
Value and the Account Value, the more the Account Value can decrease prior to a
transfer to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts and
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, and their impact on your Account Value, will
differ from market cycle to market cycle producing different transfer activity
under the formula. The amount and timing of transfers to and from the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account pursuant to the formula depend on various factors unique to
your Annuity and are not necessarily directly correlated with the securities
markets, bond markets, interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the
factors that determine the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to
your Annuity), include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Total Protected
Withdrawal Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime Five has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
Because the amount allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and the amount
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the
investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your
Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater the impact performance of
those investments have on your Account Value and thus the greater the impact on
whether (and how much) your Account Value is transferred to or from the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account. It is possible, under the formula, that if a significant
portion of your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
and it has positive performance, the formula might transfer a portion of your
Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of your
Permitted Sub-accounts is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion of
your Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and it has
negative performance, the formula may transfer additional amounts from your
Permitted Sub-accounts to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account even if the
performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is positive.
Any Account Value in the Benefit Fixed Rate Account will not participate in the
positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted Sub-accounts until
it is transferred out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN" WITH THE FOLLOWING. LIKEWISE, FOR SPOUSAL HIGHEST
DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN, WE REPLACE THE COUNTERPART LANGUAGE IN THAT SUB-SECTION
WITH THE FOLLOWING (EXCEPT THAT REFERENCES BELOW TO HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME
SEVEN ARE REPLACED WITH REFERENCES TO SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN).
MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you have elected Highest Daily Lifetime Seven. For purposes of the
benefit, we refer to those permitted Sub-accounts as the "Permitted
Sub-accounts". As a requirement of participating in Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven, we require that you participate in our specialized program, under which
we may transfer Account Value between the Permitted Sub-accounts and a
specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the "AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account"). We determine whether to make a transfer, and the amount of
any transfer, under a non-discretionary formula, discussed below. The AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is available only with this benefit, and thus
you may not allocate purchase payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. Under the formula component of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, we
monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Any transfer would be
made in accordance with a formula, which is set forth in Appendix I to this
prospectus.
6
Speaking generally, the formula, which we apply each Valuation Day, operates as
follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. Note that we use 5% in the formula, irrespective of the
Annuitant's attained age. Then we produce an estimate of the total amount we
would target in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and
factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as the
"Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your projected
income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account any
automatic step-up, any subsequent purchase payments, and any excess withdrawals.
Next, the formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held within the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account on that day, and divides that difference
by the amount held within the Permitted Sub-accounts. That ratio, which
essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value that is not offset by
amounts held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, is called the
"Target Ratio" or "r". If the Target Ratio exceeds a certain percentage
(currently 83%), it means essentially that too much Target Value is not offset
by assets within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and therefore we
will transfer an amount from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account. Conversely, if the Target Ratio falls below a certain
percentage (currently 77%), then a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts would occur.
If you elect the new formula (90% Cap Feature), see discussion regarding that
feature.
As you can glean from the formula, poor investment performance of your Account
Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your variable Account Value to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account because such poor investment
performance will tend to increase the Target Ratio. Moreover, "flat" investment
returns of your Account Value over a period of time also could result in the
transfer of your Account Value from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Because the amount allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the amount allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment performance of
each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. In deciding how much
to transfer, we use another formula, which essentially seeks to re-balance
amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal
to 80%. Once you elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, the ratios we use will be
fixed. For newly-issued Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven and
existing Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, however, we reserve
the right, subject to any required regulatory approval, to change the ratios.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a reallocation trigger,
you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion
of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The formula by which the reallocation triggers operate is designed
primarily to mitigate the financial risks that we incur in providing the
guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime Seven.
Depending on the results of the calculation relative to the reallocation
triggers, we may, on any day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those
amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options); or
. Transfer all or a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted
Sub-accounts pro rata to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or all of your Account Value may be
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If your entire Account
Value is transferred to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then based
on the way the formula operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts and the
entire Account Value would remain in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated to the Sub-accounts according to your allocation instructions. Such
additional purchase payments may or may not cause the formula to transfer money
in or out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once the purchase
payments are allocated to your Annuity, they will also be subject to the
formula, which may result in immediate transfers to or from the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-accounts, if dictated by the formula. The amounts of any such
transfers will vary as dictated by the formula, and will depend on the factors
listed below.
Prior to the first withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is difference between your Account Value and
your Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula permits
an increasing difference between the Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal
Value before a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account occurs.
Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, the smaller the difference between
the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the more the Account
Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
7
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
pursuant to the formula depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and
are not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond
markets, interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the factors that
determine the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity),
include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime Seven has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater
the impact performance of those investments have on your Account Value and thus
the greater the impact on whether (and how much) your Account Value is
transferred to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. It is
possible, under the formula, that if a significant portion of your Account
Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that
Sub-account has positive performance, the formula might transfer a portion of
your Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of
your Permitted Sub-accounts is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion
of your Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
and that Sub-account has negative performance, the formula may transfer
additional amounts from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is
positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula.
Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not
participate in the positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted
Sub-accounts until it is transferred out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS
TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST
INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT" WITH THE FOLLOWING:
HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR
PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. For purposes of this benefit,
we refer to those permitted investment options as the "Permitted Sub-accounts".
If your annuity was issued on or after May 1, 2009 (subject to regulatory
approval), you may also choose to allocate purchase payments while this program
is in effect to DCA Fixed Rate Options utilized with our 6 or 12 Month Dollar
Cost Averaging Program ("6 or 12 Month DCA Program"). If you are participating
in Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus and also are participating in the 6 or 12
Month DCA Program, and the formula under the benefit dictates a transfer from
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then
the amount to be transferred will be taken entirely from the Sub-accounts,
provided there is sufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts to meet the
required transfer amount. Only if there is insufficient Account Value in those
Sub-accounts will an amount be withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
Amounts withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate Options under the formula will be
taken on a last-in, first-out basis. For purposes of the discussion below
concerning transfers from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account, amounts held within the DCA Fixed Rate Options are
included within the term "Permitted Sub-Accounts". Thus, amounts may be
transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options in the circumstances described
above and in the section of this prospectus entitled 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost
Averaging Program. Any transfer dictated by the formula out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be transferred to the Permitted
Sub-accounts, not including the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
An integral part of Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus is the pre-determined
mathematical formula used to transfer Account Value between the Permitted
Sub-Accounts and a specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the
"AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-Account"). The AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account is available only with this benefit, and thus you may not allocate
purchase payments to or make transfers to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The formula monitors your Account Value daily and, if dictated by
the formula, systematically transfers amounts between the Permitted
Sub-accounts you have chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. The
formula is set forth in Appendix J.
8
Speaking generally, the formula, which is applied each Valuation Day, operates
as follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. Note that 5% is used in the formula, irrespective of the
Annuitant's attained age. Then it produces an estimate of the total amount
targeted in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and
factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as the
"Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your projected
income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account any
automatic step-up, any subsequent purchase payments (and associated purchase
credits), and any excess withdrawals. Next, the formula subtracts from the
Target Value the amount held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held within the
Permitted Sub-accounts including any amounts allocated to DCA Fixed Rate
Options. That ratio, which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value
that is not offset by amounts held within the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account, is called the "Target Ratio" or "r". If, on each of three
consecutive Valuation Days, the Target Ratio is greater than 83% but less than
or equal to 84.5%, the formula will, on such third Valuation Day, make a
transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts in which you are invested (subject to
the 90% cap feature) to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. As discussed
above, if all or a portion of your Account Value is allocated to one or more
DCA Fixed Rate Options at the time a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account is required under the formula, we will first look to process the
transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts. If the amount allocated to the
Permitted Sub-accounts is insufficient to satisfy the transfer, then any
remaining amounts will be transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options on a
"last-in, first-out" basis. Once a transfer is made, the three consecutive
Valuation Days begin again. If, however, on any Valuation Day, the Target Ratio
is above 84.5%, it will make a transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts
(subject to the 90% cap) to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (as
described above). If the Target Ratio falls below 78% on any Valuation Day,
then a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts will occur.
The formula will not execute a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account that results in more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account ("90% cap"). Thus, on any
Valuation Day, if the formula would require a transfer to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account that would result in more than 90% of the Account Value
being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, only the amount
that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future
transfers into the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not be made
(regardless of the performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a transfer out of the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject
to the 90% cap). At no time will the formula make a transfer to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in greater than 90% of your
Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
However, it is possible that, due to the investment performance of your
allocations in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and your allocations
in the permitted sub-accounts you have selected, your Account Value could be
more than 90% invested in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is
in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional purchase
payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account at least until there is
first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, regardless
of how much of your Account Value is in the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means
that there could be scenarios under which, because of the additional purchase
payments you make, less than 90% of your entire Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and the formula will still not
transfer any of your Account Value to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
(at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account). For example,
. March 19, 2009 - a transfer is made to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account that results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and $10,000 is
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
. March 20, 2009 - you make an additional purchase payment of $10,000. No
transfers have been made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
to the Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on
March 19, 2009.
. On March 20, 2009 (and at least until first a transfer is made out of
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account under the formula) - the
$10,000 payment is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this
date you have 82% in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and 18%
in the Permitted Sub-accounts (such that $20,000 is allocated to the
Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account).
. Once there is a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account (of any amount), the formula will operate as described
above, meaning that the formula could transfer amounts to or from the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula
(subject to the 90% cap).
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into existence and be
removed multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue
to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account as dictated by the formula.
9
As you can glean from the formula, poor or flat investment performance of your
Account Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your Account Value in
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account because
such poor investment performance will tend to increase the Target Ratio.
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. In deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula,
which essentially seeks to re-balance amounts held in the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account so that the Target
Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal to 80%. Once you elect Highest
Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, the values we use to compare to the Target Ratio will be
fixed.
Additionally, on each monthly Annuity Anniversary (if the monthly Annuity
Anniversary does not fall on a Valuation Day, the next Valuation Day will be
used), following all of the above described daily calculations, a transfer may
be made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts. Any such transfer will be based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata (i.e.
in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable investment
options). This transfer will automatically occur provided that the Target
Ratio, as described above, would be less than 83% after the transfer. The
formula will not execute a transfer if the Target Ratio after this transfer
would occur would be greater than or equal to 83%.
The amount of the transfer will be equal to the lesser of:
a) The total value of all your Account Value in the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account, or
b) An amount equal to 5% of your total Account Value.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a transfer trigger under
the formula, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer
of a portion of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account. The formula by which the transfer operates is designed
primarily to mitigate some of the financial risks that we incur in providing
the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. Depending on the results of
the calculations of the formula, we may, on any Valuation Day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those
amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options); or
. Transfer a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts
pro rata to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value will be allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, as dictated by the formula.
Prior to the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is difference between your Account Value
and your Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula
permits an increasing difference between the Account Value and the Protected
Withdrawal Value before a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
occurs. Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your Account Value is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, the smaller the
difference between the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the
more the Account Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
pursuant to the formula depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and
are not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond
markets, interest rates or any other market or index. Some of the factors that
determine the amount and timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity),
include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect) and;
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
10
Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and
the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the
formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs
for your Annuity. The greater the amounts allocated to either the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account or to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater
the impact performance of those investments have on your Account Value and thus
the greater the impact on whether (and how much) your Account Value is
transferred to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. It is
possible, under the formula, that if a significant portion of your Account
Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that
Sub-account has positive performance, the formula might transfer a portion of
your Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of
your Permitted Sub-accounts is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion
of your Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
and that Sub-account has negative performance, the formula may transfer
additional amounts from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is
positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula and subject
to the 90% cap feature.
Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not
participate in the positive or negative investment experience of the Permitted
Sub-accounts until it is transferred out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
IN THE SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS ENTITLED HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME
BENEFIT, WE REPLACE THE SUB-SECTION CALLED "HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS
TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST
INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT" WITH THE FOLLOWING.
HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR
PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT.
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account
Value if you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. For purposes of this benefit,
we refer to those permitted investment options as the "Permitted Sub-accounts".
Because these restrictions and the use of the predetermined mathematical
formula lessen the risk that your Account Value will be reduced to zero while
you are still alive, they also reduce the likelihood that we will make any
lifetime income payments under this benefit. They may also limit your upside
potential for growth. If your Annuity was issued on or after May 1, 2009
(subject to regulatory approval), you may also choose to allocate purchase
payments while this program is in effect to DCA Fixed Rate Options utilized
with our 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program ("6 or 12 Month DCA
Program"). If you are participating in Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and also
are participating in the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program, and the formula under the
benefit dictates a transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (the "Bond Sub-account"), then the amount to
be transferred will be taken entirely from the Sub-accounts, provided there is
sufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts to meet the required transfer
amount. Only if there is insufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts will
an amount be withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate Options. Amounts withdrawn from
the DCA Fixed Rate Options under the formula will be taken on a last-in,
first-out basis. For purposes of the discussion below concerning transfers from
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the Bond Sub-account, amounts held within the DCA
Fixed Rate Options are included within the term "Permitted Sub-Accounts". Thus,
amounts may be transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options in the circumstances
described above and in the section of the prospectus entitled 6 or 12 Month
Dollar Cost Averaging Program. Any transfer dictated by the formula out of the
Bond Sub-account will only be transferred to the Permitted Sub-accounts, not
the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
An integral part of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus (including Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus with LIA and Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus) is the
predetermined mathematical formula used to transfer Account Value between the
Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account. This predetermined
mathematical formula ("formula") runs each Valuation Day that the benefit is in
effect on your Annuity and, as a result, transfers of Account Value between the
Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account can occur on any Valuation Day
subject to the conditions described below. Only the predetermined mathematical
formula can transfer Account Value to and from the Bond Sub-account, and thus
you may not allocate Purchase Payments to or make transfers to or from the Bond
Sub-account. We are not providing you with investment advice through the use of
the formula. The formula by which the transfer operates is designed primarily
to mitigate some of the financial risks that we incur in providing the
guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. The formula is not forward
looking and contains no predictive or projective component with respect to the
markets, the Account Value or the Protected Withdrawal Value. The formula is
described below.
11
Generally, the formula, which is applied each Valuation Day, operates as
follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. This amount may be different than the actual Annual Income
Amount currently guaranteed under your benefit. Then it produces an estimate of
the total amount targeted in the formula, based on the projected income amount
and factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as
the "Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a Lifetime Withdrawal, your
projected income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account
any automatic step-up, any subsequent Purchase Payments (including any
associated Purchase Credits), and any withdrawals of Excess Income. Next, the
formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held within the Bond
Sub-account on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held within
the Permitted Sub-accounts including any amounts allocated to DCA Fixed Rate
Options. That ratio, which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value
that is not offset by amounts held within the Bond Sub-account, is called the
"Target Ratio" or "r". If, on each of three consecutive Valuation Days, the
Target Ratio is greater than 83% but less than or equal to 84.5%, the formula
will, on such third Valuation Day, make a transfer from the Permitted
Sub-accounts in which you are invested (subject to the 90% cap discussed below)
to the Bond Sub-account. As discussed above, if all or a portion of your
Account Value is allocated to one or more DCA Fixed Rate Options at the time a
transfer to the Bond Sub-account is required under the formula, we will first
look to process the transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts, other than the
DCA Fixed Rate Options. If the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts
is insufficient to satisfy the transfer, then any remaining amounts will be
transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options on a "last-in, first-out" basis.
Once a transfer is made, the Target Ratio must again be greater than 83% but
less than or equal to 84.5% for three consecutive Valuation Days before a
subsequent transfer to the Bond Sub-account will occur. If, however, on any
Valuation Day, the Target Ratio is above 84.5%, the formula will make a
transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts (subject to the 90% cap) to the Bond
Sub-account (as described above). If the Target Ratio falls below 78% on any
Valuation Day, then a transfer from the Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts (excluding the DCA Fixed Rate Options) will occur.
The formula will not execute a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that results in
more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account
("90% cap") on that Valuation Day. Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the formula
would require a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that would result in more than
90% of the Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account, only the
amount that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the
Bond Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the
Bond Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the Bond
Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a
transfer out of the Bond Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the Bond
Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from the Bond Sub-account
if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap). At no time will the
formula make a transfer to the Bond Sub-account that results in greater than
90% of your Account Value being allocated to the Bond Sub-account. However, it
is possible that, due to the investment performance of your allocations in the
Bond Sub-account and your allocations in the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
selected, your Account Value could be more than 90% invested in the Bond
Sub-account.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is
in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional Purchase
Payments to the Bond Sub-account at least until there is first a transfer out
of the Bond Sub-account, regardless of how much of your Account Value is in the
Permitted Sub-accounts. This means that there could be scenarios under which,
because of the additional Purchase Payments you make, less than 90% of your
entire Account Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account, and the formula will
still not transfer any of your Account Value to the Bond Sub-account (at least
until there is first a transfer out of the Bond Sub-account). For example,
. September 4, 2012 - a transfer is made to the Bond Sub-account that
results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is allocated to the
Bond Sub-account and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
. September 5, 2012 - you make an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000.
No transfers have been made from the Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on September 4, 2012.
. On September 5, 2012 - (and at least until first a transfer is made out
of the Bond Sub-account under the formula) - the $10,000 payment is
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this date you have 82% in
the Bond Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted Sub-accounts (such that
$20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the
Bond Sub-account).
. Once there is a transfer out of the Bond Sub-account (of any amount),
the formula will operate as described above, meaning that the formula
could transfer amounts to or from the Bond Sub-account if dictated by
the formula (subject to the 90% cap).
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into and out of effect
multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue to
monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the Bond Sub-account as dictated by the formula.
Under the formula, investment performance of your Account Value that is
negative, flat, or even moderately positive may result in a transfer of a
portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts to the Bond
Sub-account because such investment performance will tend to increase the
Target Ratio. In deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula, which
essentially seeks to reallocate amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and
the Bond Sub-account so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently
is equal to 80%. The further the Target Ratio is from 80% when a transfer is
occurring under the formula, the greater the transfer amount will be. Once you
elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, the values we use to compare to the Target
Ratio will be fixed. For newly-issued Annuities that elect Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus and existing Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus
in the future, however, we reserve the right to change such values.
12
Additionally, on each monthly Annuity Anniversary (if the monthly Annuity
Anniversary does not fall on a Valuation Day, the next Valuation Day will be
used), following all of the above described daily calculations, if there is
money allocated to the Bond Sub-account, we will perform an additional monthly
calculation to determine whether or not a transfer will be made from the Bond
Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts. This transfer will automatically
occur provided that the Target Ratio, as described above, would be less than
83% after the transfer. The formula will not execute a transfer if the Target
Ratio after this transfer would occur would be greater than or equal to 83%.
The amount of the transfer will be equal to the lesser of:
a) The total value of all your Account Value in the Bond Sub-account, or
b) An amount equal to 5% of your total Account Value.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a transfer trigger under
the formula, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer
of a portion of your Account Value either to or from the Bond Sub-account.
Depending on the results of the calculations of the formula, we may, on any
Valuation Day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Bond
Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the Bond
Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those amounts to the Permitted
Sub-accounts (as described above); or
. Transfer a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts
and the DCA Fixed Rate Options to the Bond Sub-account.
Prior to the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the primary driver of transfers to the
Bond Sub-account is the difference between your Account Value and your
Protected Withdrawal Value. If none of your Account Value is allocated to the
Bond Sub-account, then over time the formula permits an increasing difference
between the Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal Value before a transfer
to the Bond Sub-account occurs. Therefore, as time goes on, while none of your
Account Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account, the smaller the difference
between the Protected Withdrawal Value and the Account Value, the more the
Account Value can decrease prior to a transfer to the Bond Sub-account.
Each market cycle is unique, therefore the performance of your Sub-accounts,
and its impact on your Account Value, will differ from market cycle to market
cycle producing different transfer activity under the formula. The amount and
timing of transfers to and from the Bond Sub-account pursuant to the formula
depend on various factors unique to your Annuity and are not necessarily
directly correlated with the securities markets, bond markets, interest rates
or any other market or index. Some of the factors that determine the amount and
timing of transfers (as applicable to your Annuity), include:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. The amount of time Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus has been in effect on
your Annuity;
. The amount allocated to and the performance of the Permitted
Sub-accounts and the Bond Sub-account;
. Any additional Purchase Payments you make to your Annuity (while the
benefit is in effect); and
. Any withdrawals you take from your Annuity (while the benefit is in
effect).
At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value will be allocated
to the Bond Sub-account, as dictated by the formula.
Because the amount allocated to the Bond Sub-account and the amount allocated
to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment
performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. The
greater the amounts allocated to either the Bond Sub-account or to the
Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater the impact performance of that Sub-account
has on your Account Value and thus the greater the impact on whether (and how
much) your Account Value is transferred to or from the Bond Sub-account. It is
possible, under the formula, that if a significant portion of your Account
Value is allocated to the Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account has positive
performance, the formula might transfer a portion of your Account Value to the
Permitted Sub-accounts, even if the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts
is negative. Conversely, if a significant portion of your Account Value is
allocated to the Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account has negative
performance, the formula may transfer additional amounts from your Permitted
Sub-accounts to the Bond Sub-account even if the performance of your Permitted
Sub-accounts is positive.
If you make additional Purchase Payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated in accordance with your Annuity. Once allocated, they will also be
subject to the formula described above and therefore may be transferred to the
Bond Sub-account, if dictated by the formula and subject to the 90% cap feature
described above.
Any Account Value in the Bond Sub-account will not participate in the positive
or negative investment experience of the Permitted Sub-accounts until it is
transferred out of the Bond Sub-account.
13
F. In the section of the prospectus entitled "How Does The Market Value
Adjustment Work?", we add the following immediately prior to the
sub-section entitled "MVA Examples":
The denominator of the MVA formula includes a factor, currently equal to 0.0010
or 10 basis points. The factor is an adjustment that is applied when an MVA is
assessed (regardless of whether the MVA is positive or negative), and will
reduce the amount being surrendered or transferred.
G. In the Tax Considerations section of the prospectus, we replace the
first paragraph of the sub-section entitled "Special Rules in Relation
to Tax-Free Exchanges Under Section 1035" with the following:
SPECIAL RULES IN RELATION TO TAX-FREE EXCHANGES UNDER SECTION 1035
Section 1035 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (Code), permits
certain tax-free exchanges of a life insurance, annuity or endowment contract
for an annuity, including tax-free exchanges of annuity death benefits for a
Beneficiary Annuity. Partial surrenders may be treated in the same way as
tax-free 1035 exchanges of entire contracts, therefore avoiding current
taxation of the partially exchanged amount as well as the 10% tax penalty on
pre-age 59 1/2 withdrawals. In Revenue Procedure 2011-38, the IRS has indicated
that, for exchanges on or after October 24, 2011, where there is a surrender or
distribution from either the initial annuity contract or receiving annuity
contract within 180 days of the date on which the partial exchange was
completed, the IRS will apply general tax rules to determine the substance and
treatment of the original transfer. For partial exchanges that occurred prior
to October 24, 2011, the provisions of Revenue Procedure 2008-24 will continue
to apply if there is a surrender or distribution within 12 months of the date
on which the partial exchange was completed. Under Revenue Procedure 2008-24,
the transfer will retroactively be treated as a taxable distribution from the
initial annuity contract and a contribution to the receiving annuity contract.
Tax free exchange treatment will be retained under certain circumstances if you
are eligible for an exception to the 10% federal income tax penalty, other than
the exceptions for substantially equal periodic payments or distributions under
an immediate annuity. We strongly urge you to discuss any transaction of this
type with your tax advisor before proceeding with the transaction.
14
APEX
PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES LIFE ASSURANCE CORPORATION
A Prudential Financial Company
One Corporate Drive, Shelton, Connecticut 06484
ADVANCED SERIES ADVISOR PLAN/SM/ III ("ASAP III/SM/")
ADVANCED SERIES APEX II/SM/ ("APEX II/SM/")
ADVANCED SERIES XTRA CREDIT SIX/SM/ ("ASXT6/SM/") OR ("XT6")
ADVANCED SERIES LIFEVEST II/SM/ ("ASL II/SM/")
FLEXIBLE PREMIUM DEFERRED ANNUITIES
PROSPECTUS: MAY 1, 2011
This prospectus describes four different flexible premium deferred annuities
(the "Annuities" or the "Annuity") issued by Prudential Annuities Life
Assurance Corporation ("Prudential Annuities(R)", "we", "our", or "us"). These
Annuities are no longer offered for new sales. These Annuities were offered as
an individual annuity contract or as an interest in a group annuity. Each
Annuity has different features and benefits that may be appropriate for you
based on your financial situation, your age and how you intend to use the
Annuity. This Prospectus describes the important features of the Annuities. The
Prospectus also describes differences among the Annuities which include
differences in the fees and charges you pay and variations in some product
features such as the availability of certain bonus amounts and basic death
benefit protection. These differences among the products are discussed more
fully in the Prospectus and summarized in Appendix F entitled "Selecting the
Variable Annuity That's Right for You". There may also be differences in the
compensation paid to your Financial Professional for each Annuity. Differences
in compensation among different annuity products could influence a Financial
Professional's decision as to which annuity to recommend to you. In addition,
selling broker-dealer firms through which each Annuity is sold may not make
available or may not recommend to their customers certain of the optional
features and investment options offered generally under the Annuity.
Alternatively, such firms may restrict the optional benefits that they do make
available to their customers (e.g., by imposing a lower maximum issue age for
certain optional benefits than what is prescribed generally under the Annuity).
Selling broker-dealer firms may not offer all the Annuities described in this
prospectus and/or may impose restrictions on the availability of the Annuity
based on certain criteria. Please speak to your Financial Professional for
further details. EACH ANNUITY OR CERTAIN OF ITS INVESTMENT OPTIONS AND/OR
FEATURES MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES. For some of the variations
specific to Annuities approved for sale by the New York State Insurance
Department, see Appendix H. Certain terms are capitalized in this Prospectus.
Those terms are either defined in the Glossary of Terms or in the context of
the particular section. BECAUSE THE XT6 ANNUITY GRANTS CREDITS WITH RESPECT TO
YOUR PURCHASE PAYMENTS, THE EXPENSES OF THE XT6 ANNUITY MAY BE HIGHER THAN
EXPENSES FOR AN ANNUITY WITHOUT A CREDIT. IN ADDITION, THE AMOUNT OF THE
CREDITS THAT YOU RECEIVE UNDER THE XT6 ANNUITY MAY BE MORE THAN OFFSET BY THE
ADDITIONAL FEES AND CHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH THE CREDIT.
THE SUB-ACCOUNTS
Each Sub-account of Prudential Annuities Life Assurance Corporation Variable
Account B invests in an underlying mutual fund portfolio. Prudential Annuities
Life Assurance Corporation Variable Account B is a separate account of
Prudential Annuities, and is the investment vehicle in which your Purchase
Payments are held. Currently, portfolios of the following underlying mutual
funds are being offered: AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Invesco Variable
Insurance Funds), Advanced Series Trust, First Defined Portfolio Fund, LLC,
Nationwide Variable Insurance Trust, ProFunds VP, The Prudential Series Fund,
Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance Products Trust and Wells Fargo Variable
Trust. See the following page for the complete list of Sub-accounts.
PLEASE READ THIS PROSPECTUS
PLEASE READ THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE CURRENT PROSPECTUS FOR THE UNDERLYING
MUTUAL FUNDS. KEEP THEM FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
We have also filed a Statement of Additional Information that is available from
us, without charge, upon your request. The contents of the Statement of
Additional Information are described below--see Table of Contents. The
Statement of Additional Information is incorporated by reference into this
prospectus. This Prospectus is part of the registration statement we filed with
the SEC regarding this offering. Additional information on us and this offering
is available in the registration statement and the exhibits thereto. You may
review and obtain copies of these materials at no cost to you by contacting us.
These documents, as well as documents incorporated by reference, may also be
obtained through the SEC's Internet Website (http://www.sec.gov) for this
registration statement as well as for other registrants that file
electronically with the SEC. Please see the section of this Prospectus entitled
"How To Contact Us" for our Service Office address.
THESE ANNUITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR ISSUED, GUARANTEED OR
ENDORSED BY, ANY BANK, ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE U.S. GOVERNMENT,
THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION (FDIC), THE FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD OR
ANY OTHER AGENCY. AN INVESTMENT IN AN ANNUITY INVOLVES INVESTMENT RISKS,
INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF VALUE, EVEN WITH RESPECT TO AMOUNTS ALLOCATED TO THE
AST MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION
OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
ADVANCED SERIES ADVISOR PLAN/SM/ III, APEX II/SM/, XTRA CREDIT/(R)/ AND
LIFEVEST II/SM/ ARE SERVICE MARKS OR REGISTERED TRADEMARKS OF THE PRUDENTIAL
INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA AND ARE USED UNDER
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CALL: 1-888-PRU-2888
Prospectus Dated: Statement of Additional
May 1, 2011 Information Dated:
COREPROS May 1, 2011
ASAP3SAI, APEX2SAI,
XT6SAI, ASL2SAI
PLEASE SEE OUR IRA, ROTH IRA AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE STATEMENTS ATTACHED TO
THE BACK COVER OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
INVESTMENT OPTIONS
Please note that you may not allocate Purchase Payments to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Portfolio or the target date bond portfolios (e.g., AST Bond
Portfolio 2022)
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation
AST Advanced Strategies
AST AllianceBernstein Core Value
AST American Century Income & Growth
AST Balanced Asset Allocation
AST BlackRock Global Strategies
AST BlackRock Value
AST Bond Portfolio 2015
AST Bond Portfolio 2016
AST Bond Portfolio 2017
AST Bond Portfolio 2018
AST Bond Portfolio 2019
AST Bond Portfolio 2020
AST Bond Portfolio 2021
AST Bond Portfolio 2022
AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation
AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation
AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation
AST Cohen & Steers Realty
AST Federated Aggressive Growth
AST FI Pyramis(R) Asset Allocation
AST First Trust Balanced Target
AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target
AST Global Real Estate
AST Goldman Sachs Concentrated Growth
AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value
AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth
AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value
AST High Yield
AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation
AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation
AST International Growth
AST International Value
AST Investment Grade Bond
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth
AST Jennison Large-Cap Value
AST JPMorgan International Equity
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities
AST Large-Cap Value
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income
AST Marsico Capital Growth
AST MFS Global Equity
AST MFS Growth
AST Mid-Cap Value
AST Money Market
AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity
AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond
AST PIMCO Total Return Bond
AST Preservation Asset Allocation
AST QMA US Equity Alpha
AST Quantitative Modeling
AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies
AST Small-Cap Growth
AST Small-Cap Value
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation
AST T. Rowe Price Global Bond
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond
AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS
(INVESCO VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS)
Invesco V.I. Capital Development Fund -- Series I shares
Invesco V.I. Dividend Growth Fund -- Series I shares
Invesco V.I. Global Health Care Fund -- Series I shares
Invesco V.I. Technology Fund -- Series I shares
FIRST DEFINED PORTFOLIO FUND, LLC
First Trust(R) Target Focus Four
Global Dividend Target 15
NASDAQ(R) Target 15
S&P(R) Target 24
Target Managed VIP
The Dow(R) DART 10
The Dow(R) Target Dividend
Value Line(R) Target 25
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS TRUST
Franklin Templeton VIP Founding Funds Allocation Fund
NATIONWIDE VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
NVIT Developing Markets Fund
PROFUNDS VP
Access VP High Yield
Asia 30
Banks
Basic Materials
Bear
Biotechnology
Bull
Consumer Goods
Consumer Services
Europe 30
Financials
Health Care
Industrials
Internet
Japan
Large-Cap Growth
Large-Cap Value
Mid-Cap Growth
Mid-Cap Value
NASDAQ-100
Oil & Gas
Pharmaceuticals
Precious Metals
Real Estate
Rising Rates Opportunity
Semiconductor
Short Mid-Cap
Short NASDAQ-100
Short Small-Cap
Small-Cap Growth
Small-Cap Value
Technology
Telecommunications
U.S. Government Plus
UltraBull
UltraMid-Cap
UltraNASDAQ-100
UltraSmall-Cap
Utilities
THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND
*SP International Growth
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST
Wells Fargo Advantage VT International Equity
Wells Fargo Advantage VT Intrinsic Value
Wells Fargo Advantage VT Omega Growth
Wells Fargo Advantage VT Small-Cap Growth
* no longer offered.
CONTENTS
GLOSSARY OF TERMS..................................................................... 1
SUMMARY OF CONTRACT FEES AND CHARGES.................................................. 5
EXPENSE EXAMPLES...................................................................... 19
SUMMARY............................................................................... 21
INVESTMENT OPTIONS.................................................................... 26
WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS?................... 26
WHAT ARE THE FIXED ALLOCATIONS?...................................................... 48
FEES AND CHARGES...................................................................... 50
WHAT ARE THE CONTRACT FEES AND CHARGES?.............................................. 50
WHAT CHARGES APPLY TO THE FIXED ALLOCATIONS?......................................... 52
WHAT CHARGES APPLY IF I CHOOSE AN ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTION?............................ 52
EXCEPTIONS/REDUCTIONS TO FEES AND CHARGES............................................ 52
PURCHASING YOUR ANNUITY............................................................... 53
WHAT ARE OUR REQUIREMENTS FOR PURCHASING ONE OF THE ANNUITIES?....................... 53
MANAGING YOUR ANNUITY................................................................. 56
MAY I CHANGE THE OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY DESIGNATIONS?...................... 56
MAY I RETURN MY ANNUITY IF I CHANGE MY MIND?......................................... 57
MAY I MAKE ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS?............................................. 57
MAY I MAKE SCHEDULED PAYMENTS DIRECTLY FROM MY BANK ACCOUNT?......................... 57
MAY I MAKE PURCHASE PAYMENTS THROUGH A SALARY REDUCTION PROGRAM?..................... 57
MANAGING YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE........................................................... 58
HOW AND WHEN ARE PURCHASE PAYMENTS INVESTED?......................................... 58
HOW DO I RECEIVE A LOYALTY CREDIT UNDER THE ASAP III AND APEX II ANNUITIES?.......... 58
HOW ARE LOYALTY CREDITS APPLIED TO MY ACCOUNT VALUE UNDER THE ASAP III AND APEX II
ANNUITIES?......................................................................... 58
HOW DO I RECEIVE CREDITS UNDER THE XT6 ANNUITY?...................................... 59
HOW ARE CREDITS APPLIED TO ACCOUNT VALUE UNDER THE XT6 ANNUITY?...................... 59
ARE THERE RESTRICTIONS OR CHARGES ON TRANSFERS BETWEEN INVESTMENT OPTIONS?........... 60
DO YOU OFFER DOLLAR COST AVERAGING?.................................................. 62
DO YOU OFFER ANY AUTOMATIC REBALANCING PROGRAMS?..................................... 64
ARE ANY ASSET ALLOCATION PROGRAMS AVAILABLE?......................................... 64
WHAT IS THE BALANCED INVESTMENT PROGRAM?............................................. 65
MAY I GIVE MY FINANCIAL PROFESSIONAL PERMISSION TO FORWARD TRANSACTION INSTRUCTIONS?. 65
MAY I AUTHORIZE MY THIRD PARTY INVESTMENT ADVISOR TO MANAGE MY ACCOUNT?.............. 65
HOW DO THE FIXED ALLOCATIONS WORK?................................................... 66
HOW DO YOU DETERMINE RATES FOR FIXED ALLOCATIONS?.................................... 66
HOW DOES THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT WORK?........................................... 67
WHAT HAPPENS WHEN MY GUARANTEE PERIOD MATURES?....................................... 68
ACCESS TO ACCOUNT VALUE............................................................... 69
WHAT TYPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS ARE AVAILABLE TO ME?..................................... 69
ARE THERE TAX IMPLICATIONS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS?........................................ 69
CAN I WITHDRAW A PORTION OF MY ANNUITY?.............................................. 69
HOW MUCH CAN I WITHDRAW AS A FREE WITHDRAWAL?........................................ 70
CAN I MAKE PERIODIC WITHDRAWALS FROM MY ANNUITY DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD?...... 70
DO YOU OFFER A PROGRAM FOR WITHDRAWALS UNDER SECTION 72 (t) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE
CODE?.............................................................................. 70
WHAT ARE REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS AND WHEN WOULD I NEED TO MAKE THEM?.......... 70
CAN I SURRENDER MY ANNUITY FOR ITS VALUE?............................................ 71
WHAT IS A MEDICALLY-RELATED SURRENDER AND HOW DO I QUALIFY?.......................... 71
WHAT TYPES OF ANNUITY OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE?......................................... 71
HOW AND WHEN DO I CHOOSE THE ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTION?................................. 72
HOW ARE ANNUITY PAYMENTS CALCULATED?................................................. 73
(i)
LIVING BENEFITS............................................................................. 74
DO YOU OFFER BENEFITS DESIGNED TO PROVIDE INVESTMENT PROTECTION FOR OWNERS WHILE THEY
ARE ALIVE?............................................................................... 74
GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS/SM /(GRO PLUS/SM/)........................................... 75
GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION (GRO)(R).......................................................... 80
GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS 2008/SM/ (GRO PLUS 2008)..................................... 83
GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS/SM/ II (GRO Plus/SM/ II)..................................... 88
HIGHEST DAILY/SM/ GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION/SM/ (HD GRO)/SM/................................ 93
HIGHEST DAILY/SM/ GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION/SM/ II (HD GRO/SM/ II).......................... 98
GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT (GMWB)............................................... 103
GUARANTEED MINIMUM INCOME BENEFIT (GMIB)................................................... 106
LIFETIME FIVE/SM/ INCOME BENEFIT (LIFETIME FIVE)/SM/....................................... 109
SPOUSAL LIFETIME FIVE INCOME BENEFIT/SM/ (SPOUSAL LIFETIME FIVE)/SM/....................... 115
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE INCOME BENEFIT/SM/ (HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE)/SM/........... 118
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN INCOME BENEFIT/SM/ (HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN)/SM/......... 126
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN INCOME BENEFIT/SM/ (SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME
SEVEN)/SM/............................................................................... 137
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS/SM/ INCOME BENEFIT (HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS)/SM/....... 147
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS/SM/ INCOME BENEFIT (SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7
PLUS)/SM/................................................................................ 160
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME/SM/ 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT (HD LIFETIME 6 PLUS)...................... 169
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME/SM/ 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT (SHD LIFETIME 6 PLUS)............. 182
DEATH BENEFIT............................................................................... 192
WHAT TRIGGERS THE PAYMENT OF A DEATH BENEFIT?.............................................. 192
BASIC DEATH BENEFIT........................................................................ 192
OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFITS.................................................................... 192
PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES' ANNUITY REWARDS...................................................... 197
PAYMENT OF DEATH BENEFITS.................................................................. 197
VALUING YOUR INVESTMENT..................................................................... 201
HOW IS MY ACCOUNT VALUE DETERMINED?........................................................ 201
WHAT IS THE SURRENDER VALUE OF MY ANNUITY?................................................. 201
HOW AND WHEN DO YOU VALUE THE SUB-ACCOUNTS?................................................ 201
HOW DO YOU VALUE FIXED ALLOCATIONS?........................................................ 201
WHEN DO YOU PROCESS AND VALUE TRANSACTIONS?................................................ 201
WHAT HAPPENS TO MY UNITS WHEN THERE IS A CHANGE IN DAILY ASSET-BASED CHARGES?.............. 203
TAX CONSIDERATIONS.......................................................................... 204
GENERAL INFORMATION......................................................................... 213
HOW WILL I RECEIVE STATEMENTS AND REPORTS?................................................. 213
WHO IS PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES?............................................................... 213
WHAT ARE SEPARATE ACCOUNTS?................................................................ 214
WHAT IS THE LEGAL STRUCTURE OF THE UNDERLYING FUNDS?....................................... 215
WHO DISTRIBUTES ANNUITIES OFFERED BY PRUDENTIAL ANNUITIES?................................. 216
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE............................................ 219
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS....................................................................... 220
HOW TO CONTACT US.......................................................................... 220
INDEMNIFICATION............................................................................ 220
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.......................................................................... 220
CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION........................................ 221
APPENDIX A - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT SEPARATE ACCOUNT B....................... A-1
APPENDIX B - CALCULATION OF OPTIONAL DEATH BENEFITS......................................... B-1
APPENDIX C - PLUS40 OPTIONAL LIFE INSURANCE RIDER........................................... C-1
APPENDIX D - ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON ASSET ALLOCATION PROGRAM............................. D-1
APPENDIX E - DESCRIPTION AND CALCULATION OF PREVIOUSLY OFFERED OPTIONAL DEATH
BENEFITS.................................................................................. E-1
APPENDIX F - SELECTING THE VARIABLE ANNUITY THAT'S RIGHT FOR YOU............................ F-1
(ii)
APPENDIX G - FORMULA UNDER HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE INCOME BENEFIT............... G-1
APPENDIX H - ANNUITIES APPROVED FOR SALE BY THE NEW YORK STATE INSURANCE DEPARTMENT. H-1
APPENDIX I - FORMULA UNDER GRO PLUS 2008............................................ I-1
APPENDIX J - FORMULA UNDER HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN INCOME BENEFIT AND SPOUSAL
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN INCOME BENEFIT....................................... J-1
APPENDIX K - FORMULA FOR HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT AND SPOUSAL
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT...................................... K-1
APPENDIX L - SPECIAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS FOR ANNUITIES ISSUED IN CERTAIN STATES..... L-1
APPENDIX M - FORMULA UNDER GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS BENEFIT.................... M-1
APPENDIX N - FORMULA UNDER GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION BENEFIT......................... N-1
APPENDIX O - FORMULA FOR HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT AND SPOUSAL
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT...................................... O-1
APPENDIX P - FORMULA FOR GRO PLUS II................................................ P-1
APPENDIX Q - FORMULA UNDER HIGHEST DAILY GRO........................................ Q-1
APPENDIX R - FORMULA UNDER HIGHEST DAILY GRO II..................................... R-1
(iii)
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
Many terms used within this Prospectus are described within the text where they
appear. The description of those terms are not repeated in this Glossary of
Terms.
ACCOUNT VALUE: The value of each allocation to a Sub-account (also referred to
as a "variable investment option") plus any Fixed Allocation prior to the
Annuity Date, increased by any earnings, and/or less any losses, distributions
and charges. The Account Value is calculated before we assess any applicable
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge ("CDSC" or "surrender charge") and/or, other
than on an annuity anniversary, any fee that is deducted from the Annuity
annually in arrears. The Account Value is determined separately for each
Sub-account and for each Fixed Allocation, and then totaled to determine the
Account Value for your entire Annuity. The Account Value of each MVA Fixed
Allocation on any day other than its Maturity Date may be calculated using a
market value adjustment. With respect to XT6, the Account Value includes any
Credits we applied to your purchase payments that we are entitled to take back
under certain circumstances. With respect to ASAP III and APEX II, the Account
Value includes any Loyalty Credit we apply. With respect to Annuities with a
Highest Daily Lifetime Five Income Benefit election, Account Value includes the
value of any allocation to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
ADJUSTED PURCHASE PAYMENTS: As used in the discussion of certain optional
benefits in this prospectus and elsewhere, Adjusted purchase payments are
purchase payments, increased by any Credits applied to your Account Value in
relation to such purchase payments, and decreased by any charges deducted from
such purchase payments.
ANNUITIZATION: The application of Account Value to one of the available
annuity options for the Owner to begin receiving periodic payments for life
(or joint lives), for a guaranteed minimum number of payments or for life with
a guaranteed minimum number of payments.
ANNUITY DATE: The date you choose for annuity payments to commence. Unless we
agree otherwise, for Annuities issued on or after November 20, 2006, the
Annuity Date must be no later than the first day of the calendar month
coinciding with or next following the later of: (a) the oldest Owner's or
Annuitant's 95/th/ birthday, whichever occurs first, and (b) the fifth
anniversary of the Issue Date. With respect to Annuities issued prior to
November 20, 2006, please see the section of this Prospectus entitled "How and
When Do I Choose the Annuity Payment Option?".
ANNUITY YEAR: A 12-month period commencing on the Issue Date of the Annuity
and each successive 12-month period thereafter.
BENEFICIARY ANNUITY: If you are a beneficiary of an annuity that was owned by
a decedent, subject to the requirements discussed in this Prospectus, you may
transfer the proceeds of the decedent's annuity into one of the Annuities
described in this prospectus and continue receiving the distributions that are
required by the tax laws. This transfer option is only available for purchase
of an IRA, Roth IRA, or a non-qualified annuity.
BENEFIT FIXED RATE ACCOUNT: A fixed investment option that is used only if you
have elected the optional Highest Daily Lifetime Five Income Benefit. Amounts
allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account earn a fixed rate of interest, and
are held within our general account. You may not allocate purchase payments to
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Rather, Account Value is transferred to and
from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account only under the pre-determined mathematical
formula of the Highest Daily Lifetime Five Income Benefit.
CODE: The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
COMBINATION 5% ROLL-UP AND HAV DEATH BENEFIT: We offer an optional Death
Benefit that, for an additional cost, provides an enhanced level of protection
for your beneficiary(ies) by providing the greater of the Highest Anniversary
Value Death Benefit and a 5% annual increase on purchase payments adjusted for
withdrawals.
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE (CDSC): This is a sales charge that may be
deducted when you make a full or partial withdrawal under your Annuity. We
refer to this as a "contingent" charge because it is imposed only if you make
a withdrawal. The charge is a percentage of each applicable Purchase Payment
that is being withdrawn. The period during which a particular percentage
applies is measured from the Issue Date of the Annuity. The amount and
duration of the CDSC varies among ASAP III, APEX II and XT6. There is no CDSC
for ASL II. See "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges" for details on the CDSC
for each Annuity.
DCA FIXED RATE OPTION: An investment option that offers a fixed rate of
interest for a specified period during the accumulation period. The DCA Fixed
Rate Option is used only with our 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program
("6 or 12 month DCA Program"), under which the Purchase Payments that you have
allocated to that DCA Fixed Rate Option are transferred to the designated
Sub-accounts over a 6 month or 12 month period. Withdrawals or transfers from
the DCA Fixed Rate Option are not subject to any Market Value Adjustment.
1
ENHANCED BENEFICIARY PROTECTION DEATH BENEFIT: An Optional Death Benefit that,
for an additional cost, provides an enhanced level of protection for your
beneficiary(ies) by providing amounts in addition to the basic Death Benefit
that can be used to offset federal and state taxes payable on any taxable
gains in your Annuity at the time of your death. We no longer offer the
Enhanced Beneficiary Protection Death Benefit.
FIXED ALLOCATION: An investment option that offers a fixed rate of interest
for a specified Guarantee Period during the accumulation period. Certain Fixed
Allocations are subject to a market value adjustment if you withdraw Account
Value prior to the Fixed Allocation's maturity (MVA Fixed Allocation). We also
offer DCA Fixed Rate Options that are used with our 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost
Averaging Program ("6 or 12 Month DCA Program"), and are not subject to any
market value adjustment. You may participate in a dollar cost averaging
program outside of the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program, where the source of the
funds to be transferred is a Fixed Allocation.
FREE LOOK: Under state insurance laws, you have the right, during a limited
period of time, to examine your Annuity and decide if you want to keep it or
cancel it. This right is referred to as your "free look" right. The length of
this time period depends on the law of your state, and may vary depending on
whether your purchase is a replacement or not.
GOOD ORDER: an instruction received by us, utilizing such forms, signatures,
and dating as we require, which is sufficiently complete and clear that we do
not need to exercise any discretion to follow such instructions. In your
Annuity contract, we use the term "In Writing" to refer to this general
requirement.
GUARANTEED MINIMUM INCOME BENEFIT (GMIB): An optional benefit that, for an
additional cost, after a seven-year waiting period, guarantees your ability to
begin receiving income from your Annuity in the form of annuity payments based
on your total purchase payments and an annual increase of 5% on such purchase
payments adjusted for withdrawals (called the "Protected Income Value"),
regardless of the impact of market performance on your Account Value. We no
longer offer GMIB.
GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT (GMWB): An optional benefit that, for an
additional cost, guarantees your ability to withdraw amounts over time equal
to an initial principal value, regardless of the impact of market performance
on your Account Value. We no longer offer GMWB.
GUARANTEE PERIOD: A period of time during the accumulation period where we
credit a fixed rate of interest on a Fixed Allocation.
GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS/SM/ (GRO PLUS/SM/)/GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS
2008/SM/ (GRO PLUS 2008)/GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION (GRO)(R)/HIGHEST DAILY
GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION (HIGHEST DAILY GRO)/SM//GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION/SM/
PLUS II (GRO PLUS II)/SM//HIGHEST DAILY/SM/ GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION/SM/ II
(HD GRO II). Each of GRO Plus, GRO Plus 2008, GRO, Highest Daily GRO, GRO Plus
II, and HD GRO II is a separate optional benefit that, for an additional cost,
guarantees a minimum Account Value at one or more future dates and that
requires your participation in a program that may transfer your Account Value
according to a predetermined mathematical formula. Each benefit has different
features, so please consult the pertinent benefit description in the section
of the prospectus entitled "Living Benefits". Certain of these benefits are no
longer available for election.
HIGHEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT ("HAV"): An optional Death Benefit
that, for an additional cost, provides an enhanced level of protection for
your beneficiary(ies) by providing a death benefit equal to the greater of the
basic Death Benefit and the Highest Anniversary Value, less proportional
withdrawals.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE INCOME BENEFIT: An optional benefit that, for an
additional cost, guarantees your ability to withdraw an annual amount equal to
a percentage of a guaranteed benefit base called the Total Protected
Withdrawal Value. Subject to our rules regarding the timing and amount of
withdrawals, we guarantee these withdrawal amounts, regardless of the impact
of market performance on your Account Value. We no longer offer Highest Daily
Lifetime Five.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN INCOME BENEFIT: An optional benefit for an
additional charge that guarantees your ability to withdraw amounts equal to a
percentage of a guaranteed benefit base called the Protected Withdrawal Value.
Subject to our rules regarding the timing and amount of withdrawals, we
guarantee these withdrawal amounts, regardless of the impact of market
performance on your Account Value. Highest Daily Lifetime Seven is the same
class of optional benefit as our Highest Daily Lifetime Five Income Benefit,
but differs (among other things) with respect to how the Protected Withdrawal
Value is calculated and how the lifetime withdrawals are calculated. We no
longer offer Highest Daily Lifetime Seven.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT: An optional benefit that is
available for an additional charge. The benefit guarantees your ability to
withdraw amounts equal to a percentage of a guaranteed benefit base called the
Protected Withdrawal Value. Subject to our rules regarding the timing and
amount of withdrawals, we guarantee these withdrawal amounts, regardless of
the impact of market performance on your Account Value. Highest Daily Lifetime
7 Plus is the same class of optional benefits as our Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven Income Benefit, but differs (among other things) with respect to how the
Protected Withdrawal Value is calculated and how the lifetime withdrawals are
calculated. We no longer offer Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus.
2
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT: An optional benefit that is
available for an additional charge. The benefit guarantees your ability to
withdraw amounts equal to a percentage of a guaranteed benefit base called the
Protected Withdrawal Value. Subject to our rules regarding the timing and
amount of withdrawals, we guarantee these withdrawal amounts, regardless of
the impact of market performance on your Account Value. Highest Daily Lifetime
6 Plus is the same class of optional benefit as our Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus Income Benefit, but differs (among other things) with respect to how the
Protected Withdrawal Value is calculated and how the lifetime withdrawals are
calculated.
HIGHEST DAILY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT ("HDV"): An optional Death Benefit that, for
an additional cost, provides an enhanced level of protection for your
beneficiary(ies) by providing a death benefit equal to the greater of the
basic Death Benefit and the Highest Daily Value, less proportional
withdrawals. We no longer offer HDV.
INTERIM VALUE: The value of the MVA Fixed Allocations on any date other than
the Maturity Date. The Interim Value is equal to the initial value allocated
to the MVA Fixed Allocation plus all interest credited to the MVA Fixed
Allocation as of the date calculated, less any transfers or withdrawals from
the MVA Fixed Allocation. The Interim Value does not include the effect of
any MVA.
ISSUE DATE: The effective date of your Annuity.
KEY LIFE: Under the Beneficiary Continuation Option, or the Beneficiary
Annuity, the person whose life expectancy is used to determine payments.
LIFETIME FIVE INCOME BENEFIT: An optional benefit that, for an additional
cost, guarantees your ability to withdraw an annual amount equal to a
percentage of an initial principal value called the Protected Withdrawal
Value. Subject to our rules regarding the timing and amount of withdrawals, we
guarantee these withdrawal amounts, regardless of the impact of market
performance on your Account Value. We no longer offer Lifetime Five.
MVA: A market value adjustment used in the determination of Account Value of a
MVA Fixed Allocation on any day more than 30 days prior to the Maturity Date
of such MVA Fixed Allocation.
OWNER: With an Annuity issued as an individual annuity contract, the Owner is
either an eligible entity or person named as having ownership rights in
relation to the Annuity. With an Annuity issued as a certificate under a group
annuity contract, the "Owner" refers to the person or entity who has the
rights and benefits designated as to the "Participant" in the certificate.
SERVICE OFFICE: The place to which all requests and payments regarding an
Annuity are to be sent. We may change the address of the Service Office at any
time. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled "How to Contact Us"
for the Service Office address.
SPOUSAL LIFETIME FIVE INCOME BENEFIT: An optional benefit that, for an
additional cost, guarantees until the later death of two Designated Lives (as
defined in this Prospectus) the ability to withdraw an annual amount equal to
a percentage of an initial principal value called the Protected Withdrawal
Value. Subject to our rules regarding the timing and amount of withdrawals, we
guarantee these withdrawal amounts, regardless of the impact of market
performance on your Account Value. We no longer offer Spousal Lifetime Five.
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN INCOME BENEFIT: An optional benefit that,
for an additional charge, guarantees your ability to withdraw amounts equal to
a percentage of a guaranteed benefit base called the Protected Withdrawal
Value. Subject to our rules regarding the timing and amount of withdrawals, we
guarantee these withdrawal amounts, regardless of the impact of market
performance on your Account Value. The benefit is the spousal version of the
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Income Benefit and is the same class of optional
benefit as our Highest Daily Lifetime Five Income Benefit, but differs (among
other things) with respect to how the Protected Withdrawal Value is calculated
and to how the lifetime withdrawals are calculated. We no longer offer Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven.
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT: An optional benefit
that, for an additional charge, guarantees your ability to withdraw amounts
equal to a percentage of a guaranteed benefit base called the Protected
Withdrawal Value. Subject to our rules regarding the timing and amount of
withdrawals, we guarantee these withdrawal amounts, regardless of the impact
of market performance on your Account Value. The benefit is the spousal
version of the Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus Income Benefit and is the same
class of optional benefit as our Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Income
Benefit, but differs (among other things) with respect to how the Protected
Withdrawal Value is calculated and to how the lifetime withdrawals are
calculated. We no longer offer Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus.
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT: An optional benefit
that, for an additional charge, guarantees your ability to withdraw amounts
equal to a percentage of a guaranteed benefit base called the Protected
Withdrawal Value. Subject to our rules regarding the timing and amount of
withdrawals, we guarantee these withdrawal amounts, regardless of the impact
of market performance on your Account Value. The benefit is the spousal
version of the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Income Benefit and is the same
class of optional benefit as our Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus Income
Benefit, but differs (among other things) with respect to how the Protected
Withdrawal Value is calculated and to how the lifetime withdrawals are
calculated.
3
SUB-ACCOUNT: We issue your Annuity through our separate account. See "What is
the Separate Account?" under the General Information section. The separate
account invests in underlying mutual fund portfolios. From an accounting
perspective, we divide the separate account into a number of sections, each of
which corresponds to a particular underlying mutual fund portfolio. We refer
to each such section of our separate account as a "Sub-account".
SURRENDER VALUE: The value of your Annuity available upon surrender prior to
the Annuity Date. It equals the Account Value as of the date we price the
surrender minus any applicable CDSC, Annual Maintenance Fee, Tax Charge and
the charge for any optional benefits and any additional amounts we applied to
your purchase payments that we may be entitled to recover under certain
circumstances. The surrender value may be calculated using a MVA with respect
to amounts in any MVA Fixed Allocation. No CDSC applies to the ASL II Annuity.
UNIT: A measure used to calculate your Account Value in a Sub-account during
the accumulation period.
VALUATION DAY: Every day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading or
any other day the Securities and Exchange Commission requires mutual funds or
unit investment trusts to be valued.
4
SUMMARY OF CONTRACT FEES AND CHARGES
Below is a summary of the fees and charges for the Annuities. Some fees and
charges are assessed against each Annuity while others are assessed against
assets allocated to the Sub-accounts. The fees and charges that are assessed
against an Annuity include any applicable Contingent Deferred Sales Charge,
Transfer Fee, Tax Charge and Annual Maintenance Fee. The charges that are
assessed against the Sub-accounts are the Mortality and Expense Risk charge,
the charge for Administration of the Annuity, any applicable Distribution
Charge and the charge for certain optional benefits you elect. Certain
optional benefits deduct a charge from each Annuity based on a percentage of a
"protected value." Each underlying mutual fund portfolio assesses a fee for
investment management, other expenses and, with some mutual funds, a 12b-1
fee. The prospectus for each underlying mutual fund provides more detailed
information about the expenses for the underlying mutual funds.
The following tables provide a summary of the fees and charges you will pay if
you surrender your Annuity or transfer Account Value among investment options.
These fees and charges are described in more detail within this Prospectus.
-------------------------------
TRANSACTION FEES AND CHARGES
-------------------------------
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGES FOR EACH ANNUITY /1/
ASAP III
Yr. 1 Yr. 2 Yr. 3 Yr. 4 Yr. 5 Yr. 6 Yr. 7 Yr. 8 Yr. 9
--------------------------------------------------------------
7.5% 7.0% 6.5% 6.0% 5.0% 4.0% 3.0% 2.0% 0.0%
--------------------------------------------------------------
APEX II
Yr. 1 Yr. 2 Yr. 3 Yr. 4 Yr. 5
----------------------------------
8.5% 8.0% 7.0% 6.0% 0.0%
----------------------------------
XT6
For Annuities issued prior to November 20, 2006, the following schedule
applies:
Yr. 1 Yr. 2 Yr. 3 Yr. 4 Yr. 5 Yr. 6 Yr. 7 Yr. 8 Yr. 9 Yr. 10 Yr. 11+
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.0% 9.0% 8.5% 8.0% 7.0% 6.0% 5.0% 4.0% 3.0% 2.0% 0.0%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For Annuities issued on or after November 20, 2006, the following schedule
applies
Yr. 1 Yr. 2 Yr. 3 Yr. 4 Yr. 5 Yr. 6 Yr. 7 Yr. 8 Yr. 9 Yr. 10 Yr. 11+
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.0% 9.0% 8.0% 7.0% 6.0% 5.0% 4.0% 3.0% 2.0% 1.0% 0.0%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASL II
There is no CDSC for this Annuity
1 The Contingent Deferred Sales Charges are assessed upon surrender or
withdrawal. The charge is a percentage of each applicable Purchase Payment
deducted upon surrender or withdrawal. The period during which a particular
percentage applies is measured from the Issue Date of the Annuity. Purchase
Payments are withdrawn on a "first-in, first-out" basis.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER TRANSACTION FEES AND CHARGES
(assessed against each Annuity)
-----------------------------------------------------------------
FEE/CHARGE ASAP III APEX II ASL II XT6
-----------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSFER FEE /1/
MAXIMUM $15.00 $15.00 $15.00 $15.00
CURRENT $10.00 $10.00 $10.00 $10.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------
TAX CHARGE 0% to 3.5% 0% to 3.5% 0% to 3.5% 0% to 3.5%
(CURRENT) /2/
-----------------------------------------------------------------
1 Currently, we deduct the fee after the 20/th/ transfer each Annuity Year.
We guarantee that the number of charge free transfers per Annuity Year will
never be less than 8.
2 In some states a tax is payable, either when purchase payments are
received, upon surrender or when the Account Value is applied under an
annuity option. The tax charge is assessed as a percentage of purchase
payments, Surrender Value, or Account Value, as applicable. We reserve the
right to deduct the charge either at the time the tax is imposed, upon a
full surrender of the Annuity, or upon annuitization. See the subsection
"Tax Charge" under "Fees and Charges" in this Prospectus.
5
The following table provides a summary of the periodic fees and charges you
will pay while you own your Annuity, excluding the underlying mutual fund
Portfolio annual expenses. These fees and charges are described in more detail
within this Prospectus.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PERIODIC FEES AND CHARGES
(assessed against each Annuity)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEE/CHARGE ASAP III APEX II ASL II XT6
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE Lesser of $35 or 2% of Lesser of $35 or 2% of Lesser of $35 or 2% of Lesser of $35 or 2% of
FEE/ 1/ Account Value/2/ Account Value/2/ Account Value/2/ Account Value/2/
----------------------- ----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
BENEFICIARY
CONTINUATION Lesser of $30 or 2% of Lesser of $30 or 2% of Lesser of $30 or 2% of Lesser of $30 or 2% of
OPTION ONLY Account Value Account Value Account Value Account Value
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANNUAL FEES/CHARGES OF THE SUB-ACCOUNTS /3/
(assessed as a percentage of the daily net assets of the Sub-accounts)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEE/CHARGE
MORTALITY & EXPENSE 0.50% 1.50% 1.50% 0.50%
RISK CHARGE /4/
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADMINISTRATION 0.15% 0.15% 0.15% 0.15%
CHARGE /4/
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTION CHARGE/ 5/ 0.60% in Annuity N/A N/A 1.00% in Annuity
Years 1-8 Years 1-10
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL ANNUAL CHARGES 1.25% in Annuity 1.65% 1.65% 1.65% in Annuity
OF THE SUB-ACCOUNTS Years 1-8; Years 1-10;
(EXCLUDING SETTLEMENT 0.65% in Annuity 0.65% in Annuity
SERVICE CHARGE) Years 9 and later Years 11 and later
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SETTLEMENT SERVICE 1.40% (qualified); 1.40% (qualified); 1.40% (qualified); 1.40% (qualified);
CHARGE/ 6/ 1.00% (non-qualified) 1.00% (non-qualified) 1.00% (non-qualified) 1.00% (non-qualified)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Assessed annually on the Annuity's anniversary date or upon surrender. For
beneficiaries who elect the non-qualified Beneficiary Continuation Option,
the fee is only applicable if Account Value is less than $25,000 at the
time the fee is assessed.
2. Only applicable if Account Value is less than $100,000. Fee may differ in
certain States.
3. These charges are deducted daily and apply to the Sub-accounts only.
4. The combination of the Mortality and Expense Risk Charge and Administration
Charge is referred to as the "Insurance Charge" elsewhere in this Prospectus
5. The Distribution Charge is 0.00% in Annuity Years 9+ for ASAP III and in
Annuity Years 11+ for XT6
6. The Mortality & Expense Risk Charge, the Administration Charge and the
Distribution Charge (if applicable) do not apply if you are a beneficiary
under the Beneficiary Continuation Option. The Settlement Service Charge
applies only if your beneficiary elects the Beneficiary Continuation Option.
6
The following table sets forth the charge for each optional benefit under the
Annuity. These fees would be in addition to the periodic fees and transaction
fees set forth in the tables above. The first column shows the charge for each
optional benefit on a maximum and current basis. Then, we show the total
expenses you would pay for an Annuity if you purchased the relevant optional
benefit. More specifically, we show the total charge for the optional benefit
plus the Total Annualized Insurance Fees/Charges applicable to the Annuity.
Where the charges cannot actually be totaled (because they are assessed
against different base values), we show both individual charges.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YOUR OPTIONAL BENEFIT FEES AND CHARGES /1/
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPTIONAL BENEFIT OPTIONAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL
BENEFIT/FEE ANNUAL ANNUAL ANNUAL ANNUAL
CHARGE CHARGE /2/ CHARGE /2/ CHARGE /2/ CHARGE /2/
FOR ASAP III FOR APEX II FOR ASL II FOR XT6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GRO PLUS II
CURRENT AND MAXIMUM CHARGE /4/ 0.60% 1.85% 2.25% 2.25% 2.25%
(ASSESSED AGAINST SUB-ACCOUNT
NET ASSETS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHEST DAILY GRO II
CURRENT AND MAXIMUM CHARGE /4/ 0.60% 1.85% 2.25% 2.25% 2.25%
(ASSESSED AGAINST SUB-ACCOUNT
NET ASSETS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS (HD 6
PLUS)
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (ASSESSED AGAINST 1.50% 1.25% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50%
GREATER OF ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
CURRENT CHARGE 0.85% 1.25% + 0.85% 1.65% + 0.85% 1.65% + 0.85% 1.65% + 0.85%
(ASSESSED AGAINST GREATER OF ACCOUNT
VALUE AND PWV)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS WITH
LIFETIME INCOME ACCELERATOR (LIA)
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (ASSESSED AGAINST 2.00% 1.25% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00%
GREATER OF ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
CURRENT CHARGE (ASSESSED AGAINST 1.20% 1.25% + 1.20% 1.65% + 1.20% 1.65% + 1.20% 1.65% + 1.20%
GREATER OF ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (ASSESSED AGAINST 1.50% 1.25% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50% 1.65% +1.50%
GREATER OF ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
CURRENT CHARGE (ASSESSED AGAINST 0.95% 1.25% + 0.95% 1.65% + 0.95% 1.65% + 0.95% 1.65% + 0.95%
GREATER OF ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION (GRO)/GRO
PLUS
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (ASSESSED AGAINST 0.75% 2.00% 2.40% 2.40% 2.40%
SUB-ACCOUNT NET ASSETS)
CURRENT CHARGE (ASSESSED AGAINST 0.25% 1.50% 1.90% 1.90% 1.90%
SUB-ACCOUNT NET ASSETS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YOUR OPTIONAL BENEFIT FEES AND CHARGES/ 1/
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPTIONAL BENEFIT OPTIONAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL
BENEFIT/FEE ANNUAL ANNUAL ANNUAL ANNUAL
CHARGE CHARGE/ 2/ CHARGE/ 2 CHARGE/ 2/ CHARGE/ 2/
FOR ASAP III /FOR APEX II FOR ASL II FOR XT6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS 2008
(GRO PLUS 2008)
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (ASSESSED AGAINST 0.75% 2.00% 2.40% 2.40% 2.40%
SUB-ACCOUNT NET ASSETS)
CURRENT CHARGE (ASSESSED AGAINST 0.60% 1.85% 2.25% 2.25% 2.25%
SUB-ACCOUNT NET ASSETS) (IF ELECTED
ON OR AFTER MAY 1, 2009)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHEST DAILY GUARANTEED RETURN
OPTION (HD GRO)
CURRENT AND MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (IF 0.60% 1.85% 2.25% 2.25% 2.25%
ELECTED ON OR AFTER MAY 1,
2009) (ASSESSED AGAINST SUB-ACCOUNT
NET ASSETS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT
(GMWB)
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (ASSESSED AGAINST 1.00% 2.25% 2.65% 2.65% 2.65%
SUB-ACCOUNT NET ASSETS)
CURRENT CHARGE (ASSESSED AGAINST 0.35% 1.60% 2.00% 2.00% 2.00%
SUB-ACCOUNT NET ASSETS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GUARANTEED MINIMUM INCOME BENEFIT
(GMIB)
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (ASSESSED AGAINST 1.00% 1.25% + 1.00% 1.65% + 1.00% 1.65% + 1.00% 1.65% + 1.00%
PIV)
CURRENT CHARGE (ASSESSED AGAINST PIV) 0.50% 1.25% + 0.50% 1.65% + 0.50% 1.65% + 0.50% 1.65 + 0.50%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIFETIME FIVE INCOME BENEFIT
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (ASSESSED AGAINST 1.50% 2.75% 3.15% 3.15% 3.15%
SUB-ACCOUNT NET ASSETS)
CURRENT CHARGE (ASSESSED AGAINST 0.60% 1.85% 2.25% 2.25% 2.25%
SUB-ACCOUNT NET ASSETS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPOUSAL LIFETIME FIVE INCOME BENEFIT
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (ASSESSED AGAINST 1.50% 2.75% 3.15% 3.15% 3.15%
SUB-ACCOUNT NET ASSETS)
CURRENT CHARGE (ASSESSED AGAINST 0.75% 2.00% 2.40% 2.40% 2.40%
SUB-ACCOUNT NET ASSETS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YOUR OPTIONAL BENEFIT FEES AND CHARGES/ 1/
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPTIONAL BENEFIT OPTIONAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL
BENEFIT/FEE ANNUAL ANNUAL ANNUAL ANNUAL
CHARGE CHARGE/ 2/ CHARGE/ 2/ CHARGE/ 2/ CHARGE/ 2/
FOR ASAP III FOR APEX II FOR ASL II FOR XT6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE INCOME
BENEFIT
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (ASSESSED AGAINST 1.50% 2.75% 3.15% 3.15% 3.15%
SUB-ACCOUNT NET ASSETS)
CURRENT CHARGE (ASSESSED AGAINST 0.60% 1.85% 2.25% 2.25% 2.25%
SUB-ACCOUNT NET ASSETS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN INCOME
BENEFIT
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (ASSESSED AGAINST 1.50% 1.25% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50%
THE PWV)
CURRENT CHARGE (ASSESSED AGAINST THE 0.60% 1.25% + 0.60% 1.65% + 0.60% 1.65% + 0.60% 1.65% + 0.60%
PWV)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN WITH
BENEFICIARY INCOME OPTION (BIO)
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (ASSESSED AGAINST 2.00% 1.25% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00%
THE PWV)
CURRENT CHARGE (ASSESSED AGAINST THE 0.95% 1.25% + 0.95% 1.65% + 0.95% 1.65% + 0.95% 1.65% + 0.95%
PWV)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN WITH
LIFETIME INCOME ACCELERATOR (LIA)
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ 2.00% 1.25% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00%
(ASSESSED AGAINST THE PWV)
CURRENT CHARGE 0.95% 1.25% + 0.95% 1.65% + 0.95% 1.65% + 0.95% 1.65% + 0.95%
(ASSESSED AGAINST THE PWV)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN
INCOME BENEFIT
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ 1.50% 1.25% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50%
(ASSESSED AGAINST THE PWV)
CURRENT CHARGE 0.75% 1.25% + 0.75% 1.65% + 0.75% 1.65% + 0.75% 1.65% + 0.75%
(ASSESSED AGAINST THE PWV)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN
WITH BENFEFICIARY INCOME BENEFIT (BIO)
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ 2.00% 1.25% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00%
(ASSESSED AGAINST THE PWV)
CURRENT CHARGE 0.95% 1.25% + 0.95% 1.65% + 0.95% 1.65% + 0.95% 1.65% + 0.95%
(ASSESSED AGAINST THE PWV)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YOUR OPTIONAL BENEFIT FEES AND CHARGES/ 1/
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPTIONAL BENEFIT OPTIONAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL
BENEFIT/FEE ANNUAL ANNUAL ANNUAL ANNUAL
CHARGE CHARGE/ 2/ CHARGE/ 2/ CHARGE/ 2/ CHARGE/ 2/
FOR ASAP III FOR APEX II FOR ASL II FOR XT6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ 1.50% 1.25% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50%
(ASSESSED AGAINST THE GREATER OF
ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
CURRENT CHARGE 0.75% 1.25% + 0.75% 1.65% + 0.75% 1.65% + 0.75% 1.65% + 0.75%
(ASSESSED AGAINST THE GREATER OF
ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS WITH
BENEFICIARY INCOME OPTION (BIO)
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ 2.00% 1.25% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00%
(ASSESSED AGAINST THE GREATER OF
ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
CURRENT CHARGE 1.10% 1.25% + 1.10% 1.65% + 1.10% 1.65% + 1.10% 1.65% + 1.10%
(ASSESSED AGAINST THE GREATER OF
ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS WITH
LIFETIME INCOME ACCELERATOR (LIA)
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ 2.00% 1.25% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00%
(ASSESSED AGAINST THE GREATER OF
ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
CURRENT CHARGE 1.10% 1.25% + 1.10% 1.65% + 1.10% 1.65% + 1.10% 1.65% + 1.10%
(ASSESSED AGAINST THE GREATER OF
ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (ASSESSED AGAINST 1.50% 1.25% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50% 1.65% + 1.50%
THE GREATER OF ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
CURRENT CHARGE (ASSESSED AGAINST THE 0.90% 1.25% + 0.90% 1.65% + 0.90% 1.65% + 0.90% 1.65% + 0.90%
GREATER OF ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS
WITH BENEFICIARY INCOME OPTION (BIO)
MAXIMUM CHARGE /3/ (ASSESSED AGAINST 2.00% 1.25% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00% 1.65% + 2.00%
THE GREATER OF ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
CURRENT CHARGE (ASSESSED AGAINST THE 1.10% 1.25% + 1.10% 1.65% + 1.10% 1.65% + 1.10% 1.65% + 1.10%
GREATER OF ACCOUNT VALUE AND PWV)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENHANCED BENEFICIARY PROTECTION DEATH
BENEFIT
CURRENT AND MAXIMUM CHARGE 0.25% 1.50% 1.90% 1.90% 1.90%
/4/ (ASSESSED AGAINST SUB-ACCOUNT
NET ASSETS)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YOUR OPTIONAL BENEFIT FEES AND CHARGES/ 1/
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPTIONAL BENEFIT OPTIONAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL
BENEFIT/FEE ANNUAL ANNUAL ANNUAL ANNUAL
CHARGE CHARGE/ 2/ CHARGE/ 2/ CHARGE/ 2/ CHARGE/ 2/
FOR ASAP III FOR APEX II FOR ASL II FOR XT6
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE DEATH
BENEFIT ("HAV")
CURRENT AND MAXIMUM CHARGE /4/ (IF 0.40% 1.65% 2.05% 2.05% 2.05%
ELECTED ON OR AFTER MAY 1,
2009) (ASSESSED AGAINST SUB-ACCOUNT
NET ASSETS)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMBINATION 5% ROLL-UP AND HAV DEATH
BENEFIT
CURRENT AND MAXIMUM CHARGE /4/ (IF 0.80% 2.05% 2.45% 2.45% 2.45%
ELECTED ON OR AFTER MAY 1,
2009) (ASSESSED AGAINST SUB-ACCOUNT
NET ASSETS)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HIGHEST DAILY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT
("HDV")
CURRENT AND MAXIMUM CHARGE 0.50% 1.75% 2.15% 2.15% 2.15%
/4/ (ASSESSED AGAINST SUB-ACCOUNT NET
ASSETS)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLEASE REFER TO THE SECTION OF THIS PROSPECTUS THAT DESCRIBES EACH OPTIONAL BENEFIT FOR A COMPLETE
DESCRIPTION OF THE BENEFIT, INCLUDING ANY RESTRICTIONS OR LIMITATIONS THAT MAY APPLY.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
HOW CHARGE IS DETERMINED
1 GRO PLUS II: Charge for this benefit is assessed against the average daily
net assets of the Sub-accounts. For ASAP III, the 1.85% total annual charge
applies in Annuity Years 1-8 and is 1.25% thereafter. For APEX II and ASL
II, the 2.25% total annual charge applies in all Annuity Years, and for
XT6, the 2.25% total annual charge applies in Annuity Years 1-10 and is
1.25% thereafter.
HIGHEST DAILY GRO II: Charge for this benefit is assessed against the
average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts. For ASAP III, the 1.85% total
annual charge applies in Annuity Years 1-8 and is 1.25% thereafter. For
APEX II and ASL II, the 2.25% total annual charge applies in all Annuity
Years, and for XT6, the 2.25% total annual charge applies in Annuity Years
1-10 and is 1.25% thereafter.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS: Charge for this benefit is assessed against
the greater of Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. As discussed
in the description of the benefit, the charge is taken out of the
Sub-accounts and the DCA Fixed Rate Options, if applicable. Under certain
circumstances, we may not deduct the charge or may only deduct a portion of
the charge (see the description of the benefit for details). For ASAP III,
0.85% is in addition to 1.25% annual charge of amounts invested in the
Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-8) and 0.65% annual charge of amounts
invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity Years. For APEX II and
ASL II, 0.85% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of amounts invested in
the Sub-accounts. For XT6, 0.85% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of
amounts invested in the Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-10) and 0.65%
annual charge of the amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent
Annuity Years.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS WITH LIA: Charge for this benefit is assessed
against the greater of Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. As
discussed in the description of the benefit, the charge is taken out of the
Sub-accounts and the DCA Fixed Rate Options, if applicable. Under certain
circumstances, we may not deduct the charge or may only deduct a portion of
the charge (see the description of the benefit for details). For ASAP III,
1.20% is in addition to 1.25% annual charge of amounts invested in the
Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-8) and 0.65% annual charge of amounts
invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity Years. For APEX II and
ASL II, 1.20% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of amounts invested in
the Sub-accounts. For XT6, 1.20% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of
amounts invested in the Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-10) and 0.65%
annual charge of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity
Years.
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS: Charge for this benefit is assessed
against the greater of Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. As
discussed in the description of the benefit, the charge is taken out of the
Sub-accounts and the DCA Fixed Rate Options, if applicable. Under certain
circumstances, we may not deduct the charge or may only deduct a portion of
the charge (see the description of the benefit for details). For ASAP III,
0.95% is in addition to 1.25% annual charge of amounts invested in the
Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-8) and 0.65% annual charge of amounts
invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity Years. For APEX II and
ASL II, 0.95% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of amounts invested in
the Sub-accounts. For XT6, 0.95% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of
amounts invested in the Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-10) and 0.65%
annual charge of the amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent
Annuity Years.
GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION/GRO PLUS: Charge for each benefit is assessed
against the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts. For ASAP III,
1.50% total annual charge applies in Annuity years 1-8 and is 0.90%
thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 1.90% total annual charge applies in
all Annuity Years, and for XT6, 1.90% total annual charge applies in
Annuity Years 1-10 and is 0.90% thereafter. This benefit is no longer
available for new elections.
GRO PLUS 2008: Charge for the benefit is assessed against the average daily
net assets of the Sub-accounts. IF YOU ELECTED THE BENEFIT PRIOR TO MAY 1,
2009, THE FEES ARE AS FOLLOWS: The charge is 0.35% of Sub-account assets.
For ASAP III, 1.60% total annual charge applies in Annuity Years 1-8 and is
1.00% thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 2.00% total annual charge applies
in all Annuity Years, and for XT6, 2.00% total annual charge applies in
Annuity Years 1-10 and is 1.00% thereafter. IF YOU ELECTED THE BENEFIT ON
OR AFTER MAY 1, 2009, THE FEES ARE AS FOLLOWS: For ASAP III, 1.85% total
annual charge applies in Annuity Years 1-8 and is 1.25% thereafter. For
APEX II and ASL II, 2.25% total annual charge applies in all Annuity Years,
and for XT6, 2.25% total annual charge applies in Annuity Years 1-10 and is
1.25% thereafter. This benefit is no longer available for new elections.
HIGHEST DAILY GRO: Charge for this benefit is assessed against the average
daily net assets of the Sub-accounts. IF YOU ELECTED THE BENEFIT PRIOR TO
MAY 1, 2009, THE FEES ARE AS FOLLOWS: The current charge is .35% of
Sub-account assets. For ASAP III, 1.60% total annual charge applies in
Annuity years 1-8 and is 1.00% thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 2.00%
total annual charge applies in all Annuity years, and for XT6, 2.00% total
annual charge applies in Annuity Years 1-10 and is 1.00% thereafter. IF YOU
ELECTED THE BENEFIT ON OR AFTER MAY 1, 2009, THE FEES ARE AS FOLLOWS: For
ASAP III, 1.85% total annual charge applies in Annuity years 1-8 and is
1.25% thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 2.25% total annual charge applies
in all Annuity years, and for XT6, 2.25% total annual charge applies in
Annuity Years 1-10 and is 1.25% thereafter. This benefit is no longer
available for new elections.
11
GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT: Charge for this benefit is assessed
against the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts. For ASAP III,
1.60% total annual charge applies in Annuity Years 1-8 and is 1.00%
thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 2.00% total annual charge applies in
all Annuity Years, and for XT6, 2.00% total annual charge applies in
Annuity Years 1-10 and is 1.00% thereafter. This benefit is no longer
available for new elections.
GUARANTEED MINIMUM INCOME BENEFIT: Charge for this benefit is assessed
against the GMIB Protected Income Value ("PIV"). As discussed in the
description of the benefit, the charge is taken out of the Sub-accounts and
the Fixed Allocations. For ASAP III, 0.50% of PIV for GMIB is in addition
to 1.25% annual charge in years 1-8 and 0.65% thereafter. For APEX II and
ASL II, 0.50% of PIV for GMIB is in addition to 1.65% annual charge. For
XT6, 0.50% of PIV for GMIB is in addition to 1.65% in years 1-10 and 0.65%
thereafter. This benefit is no longer available for new elections.
LIFETIME FIVE INCOME BENEFIT: Charge for this benefit is assessed against
the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts. For ASAP III, 1.85% total
annual charge applies in Annuity years 1-8 and is 1.25% thereafter. For
APEX II and ASL II, 2.25% total annual charge applies in all Annuity years,
and for XT6, 2.25% total annual charge applies in Annuity Years 1-10 and is
1.25% thereafter. This benefit is no longer available for new elections.
SPOUSAL LIFETIME FIVE INCOME BENEFIT: Charge for this benefit is assessed
against the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts. For ASAP III,
2.00% total annual charge applies in Annuity years 1-8 and is 1.40%
thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 2.40% total annual charge applies in
all Annuity years, and for XT6, 2.40% total annual charge applies in
Annuity Years 1-10 and is 1.40% thereafter. This benefit is no longer
available for new elections. HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE INCOME BENEFIT:
Charge for this benefit is assessed against the average daily net assets of
the Sub-accounts. For ASAP III, 1.85% total annual charge applies in
Annuity years 1-8 and is 1.25% thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 2.25%
total annual charge applies in all Annuity years, and for XT6, 2.25% total
annual charge applies in Annuity Years 1-10 and is 1.25% thereafter. This
benefit is no longer available for new elections.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN: Charge for this benefit is assessed against
the Protected Withdrawal Value ("PWV"). PWV is described in the Living
Benefits section of this Prospectus. As discussed in the description of the
benefit, the charge is taken out of the Sub-accounts. For ASAP III, 0.60%
for Highest Daily Lifetime Seven is in addition to 1.25% annual charge in
years 1-8 and 0.65% thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 0.60% for Highest
Daily Lifetime Seven is in addition to 1.65% annual charge. For XT6, 0.60%
for Highest Daily Lifetime Seven is in addition to 1.65% in years 1-10 and
0.65% thereafter. This benefit is no longer available for new elections.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN WITH BIO: Charge for this benefit is assessed
against the Protected Withdrawal Value ("PWV"). As discussed in the
description of the benefit, the charge is taken out of the Sub-accounts.
For ASAP III, 0.95% is in addition to 1.25% annual charge of amounts
invested in the Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-8) and 0.65% annual charge
of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity Years. For
APEX II and ASL II, 0.95% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of amounts
invested in the Sub-accounts. For XT6, 0.95% is in addition to 1.65% annual
charge of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in Annuity Years 1-10 and
0.65% annual charge of the amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in
subsequent Annuity Years. This benefit is no longer available for new
elections.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN WITH LIA: Charge for this benefit is assessed
against the Protected Withdrawal Value ("PWV"). As discussed in the
description of the benefit, the charge is taken out of the Sub-accounts.
For ASAP III, 0.95% is in addition to 1.25% annual charge of amounts
invested in the Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-8) and 0.65% annual charge
of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity Years. For
APEX II and ASL II, 0.95% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of amounts
invested in the Sub-accounts. For XT6, 0.95% is in addition to 1.65% annual
charge of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in Annuity Years 1-10 and
0.65% annual charge of the amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in
subsequent Annuity Years. This benefit is no longer available for new
elections.
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN: Charge for this benefit is assessed
against the Protected Withdrawal Value ("PWV"). For ASAP III, 0.75% for
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven is in addition to 1.25% annual charge
in years 1-8 and 0.65% thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 0.75% for
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven is in addition to 1.65% annual charge.
For XT6, 0.75% for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven is in addition to
1.65% in years 1-10 and 0.65% thereafter. This benefit is no longer
available for new elections.
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN WITH BIO: Charge for this benefit is
assessed against the Protected Withdrawal Value ("PWV"). As discussed in
the description of the benefit, the charge is taken out of the
Sub-accounts. For ASAP III, 0.95% is in addition to 1.25% annual charge of
amounts invested in the Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-8) and 0.65%
annual charge of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity
Years. For APEX II and ASL II, 0.95% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge
of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts. For XT6, 0.95% is in addition to
1.65% annual charge of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in Annuity
Years 1-10 and 0.65% annual charge of the amounts invested in the
Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity Years. This benefit is no longer
available for new elections.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS: Charge for this benefit is assessed against
the greater of Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. As discussed
in the description of the benefit, the charge is taken out of the
Sub-accounts and the DCA Fixed Rate Options, if applicable. For ASAP III,
0.75% is in addition to 1.25% annual charge of amounts invested in the
Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-8) and 0.65% annual charge of amounts
invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity Years. For APEX II and
ASL II, 0.75% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of amounts invested in
the Sub-accounts. For XT6, 0.75% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of
amounts invested in the Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-10) and .65%
annual charge of the amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent
Annuity Years. This benefit is no longer available for new elections.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS WITH BIO: Charge for this benefit is assessed
against the greater of Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. As
discussed in the description of the benefit, the charge is taken out of the
Sub-accounts and the DCA Fixed Rate Options, if applicable. For ASAP III,
1.10% is in addition to 1.25% annual charge of amounts invested in the
Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-8) and 0.65% annual charge of amounts
invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity Years. For APEX II and
ASL II, 1.10% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of amounts invested in
the Sub-accounts. For XT6, 1.10% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of
amounts invested in the Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-10) and 0.65%
annual charge of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity
Years. This benefit is no longer available for new elections.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS WITH LIA: Charge for this benefit is assessed
against the greater of Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. As
discussed in the description of the benefit, the charge is taken out of the
Sub-accounts and the DCA Fixed Rate Options, if applicable. For ASAP III,
1.10% is in addition to 1.25% annual charge of amounts invested in the
Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-8) and 0.65% annual charge of amounts
invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity Years. For APEX II and
ASL II, 1.10% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of amounts invested in
the Sub-accounts. For XT6, 1.10% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of
amounts invested in the Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-10) and 0.65%
annual charge of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity
Years. This benefit is no longer available for new elections.
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS: Charge for this benefit is assessed
against the greater of Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value. As
discussed in the description of the benefit, the charge is taken out of the
Sub-accounts and the DCA Fixed Rate Options, if applicable. For ASAP III,
0.90% is in addition to 1.25% annual charge of amounts invested in the
Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-8) and 0.65% annual charge of amounts
invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity Years. For APEX II and
ASL II, 0.90% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of amounts invested in
the Sub-accounts. For XT6, 0.90% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of
amounts invested in the Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-10) and 0.65%
annual charge of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity
Years. This benefit is no longer available for new elections.
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS WITH BIO: Charge for this benefit is
assessed against the greater of Account Value and Protected Withdrawal
Value. As discussed in the description of the benefit, the charge is taken
out of the Sub-accounts and the DCA Fixed Rate Options, if applicable. For
ASAP III, 1.10% is in addition to 1.25% annual charge of amounts invested
in the Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-8) and 0.65% annual charge of
amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent Annuity Years. For APEX
II and ASL II, 1.10% is in addition to 1.65% annual charge of amounts
invested in the Sub-accounts. For XT6, 1.10% is in addition to 1.65% annual
charge of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts (in Annuity Years 1-10) and
0.65% annual charge of amounts invested in the Sub-accounts in subsequent
Annuity Years. This benefit is no longer available for new elections.
ENHANCED BENEFICIARY PROTECTION DEATH BENEFIT: Charge for this benefit is
assessed against the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts. For ASAP
III, 1.50% total annual charge applies in Annuity years 1-8 and is 0.90%
thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 1.90% total annual charge applies in
all Annuity years, and for XT6, 1.90% total annual charge applies in
Annuity Years 1-10 and is 0.90% thereafter. This benefit is no longer
available for new elections.
12
HIGHEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT: Charge for this benefit is
assessed against the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts. IF YOU
ELECTED THE BENEFIT PRIOR TO MAY 1, 2009, THE FEES ARE AS FOLLOWS: The
charge is 0.25% of Sub-account assets if you elected the benefit prior to
May 1, 2009. For ASAP III, 1.50% total annual charge applies in Annuity
Years 1-8 and is 0.90% thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 1.90% total
annual charge applies in all Annuity Years, and for XT6, 1.90% total annual
charge applies in Annuity Years 1-10 and is 0.90% thereafter. IF YOU
ELECTED THE BENEFIT ON OR AFTER MAY 1, 2009, THE FEES ARE AS FOLLOWS: For
ASAP III, 1.65% total annual charge applies in Annuity Years 1-8 and is
1.05% thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 2.05% total annual charge applies
in all Annuity Years, and for XT6, 2.05% total annual charge applies in
Annuity Years 1-10 and is 1.05% thereafter.
COMBINATION 5% ROLL-UP AND HAV DEATH BENEFIT: Charge for this benefit is
assessed against the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts. IF YOU
ELECTED THE BENEFIT PRIOR TO MAY 1, 2009, THE FEES ARE AS FOLLOWS: The
charge is 0.50% of Sub-account assets if you elected the benefit prior to
May 1, 2009. For ASAP III, 1.75% total annual charge applies in Annuity
Years 1-8 and is 1.15% thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 2.15% total
annual charge applies in all Annuity Years, and for XT6, 2.15% total annual
charge applies in Annuity Years 1-10 and is 1.15% thereafter. IF YOU
ELECTED THE BENEFIT ON OR AFTER MAY 1, 2009, THE FEES ARE AS FOLLOWS: For
ASAP III, 2.05% total annual charge applies in Annuity Years 1-8 and is
1.45% thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 2.45% total annual charge applies
in all Annuity Years, and for XT6, 2.45% total annual charge applies in
Annuity Years 1-10 and is 1.45% thereafter.
HIGHEST DAILY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT: Charge for this benefit is assessed
against the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts. For ASAP III,
1.75% total annual charge applies in Annuity years 1-8 and is 1.15%
thereafter. For APEX II and ASL II, 2.15% total annual charge applies in
all Annuity years, and for XT6, 2.15% total annual charge applies in
Annuity Years 1-10 and is 1.15% thereafter. This benefit is no longer
available for new elections.
2 The Total Annual Charge includes the Insurance Charge and Distribution
Charge (if applicable) assessed against the average daily net assets
allocated to the Sub-accounts. If you elect more than one optional benefit,
the Total Annual Charge would be increased to include the charge for each
optional benefit. With respect to GMIB, the 0.50% charge is assessed
against the GMIB Protected Income Value. With respect to Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven, Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus, Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus, and Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus the charge is
assessed against the Protected Withdrawal Value (greater of PWV and Account
Value, for the "Plus" benefits). With respect to each of Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven, Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus, Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus, and Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus one-fourth of
the annual charge is deducted quarterly. These optional benefits are not
available under the Beneficiary Continuation Option.
3 We reserve the right to increase the charge up to the maximum charge
indicated, upon any step-up or reset under the benefit, or new election of
the benefit.
4 Our reference in the fee table to "current and maximum" charge does not
connote that we have the authority to increase the charge for Annuities
that already have been issued. Rather, the reference indicates that there
is no maximum charge to which the current charge could be increased for
existing Annuities. However, our State filings may have included a
provision allowing us to impose an increased charge for newly-issued
Annuities.
The following table provides the range (minimum and maximum) of the total
annual expenses for the underlying mutual funds ("Portfolios") as of
December 31, 2010 before any contractual waivers and expense reimbursements.
Each figure is stated as a percentage of the underlying Portfolio's average
daily net assets.
----------------------------------------------------
TOTAL ANNUAL PORTFOLIO OPERATING EXPENSES
----------------------------------------------------
MINIMUM MAXIMUM
----------------------------------------------------
TOTAL PORTFOLIO OPERATING EXPENSE 0.62% 2.49%
----------------------------------------------------
The following are the total annual expenses for each underlying mutual fund
("Portfolio") as of December 31, 2010, except as noted and except if the
underlying portfolio's inception date is subsequent to December 31, 2010. The
"Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses" reflect the combination of the
underlying Portfolio's investment management fee, other expenses, any 12b-1
fees, and certain other expenses. Each figure is stated as a percentage of the
underlying Portfolio's average daily net assets. There is no guarantee that
actual expenses will be the same as those shown in the table. For certain of
the Portfolios, a portion of the management fee has been contractually waived
and/or other expenses have been contractually partially reimbursed, which is
shown in the table. The following expenses are deducted by the underlying
Portfolio before it provides Prudential Annuities with the daily net asset
value. The underlying Portfolio information was provided by the underlying
mutual funds and has not been independently verified by us. See the
prospectuses or statements of additional information of the underlying
Portfolios for further details. The current prospectus and statement of
additional information for the underlying Portfolios can be obtained by
calling 1-888-PRU-2888.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNDERLYING MUTUAL FUND PORTFOLIO ANNUAL EXPENSES
(as a percentage of the average net assets of the underlying Portfolios)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the year ended December 31, 2010
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNDERLYING Total
PORTFOLIO Broker Fees Acquired Annual Contractual
Dividend and Expenses Portfolio Portfolio Fee Waiver
Management Other Distribution Expense on on Short Fees & Operating or Expense
Fees Expenses (12b-1) Fees Short Sales Sales Expenses Expenses Reimbursement
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST Academic Strategies
Asset Allocation 0.72% 0.06% 0.00% 0.04% 0.00% 0.73% 1.55% 0.00%
AST Advanced Strategies 0.85% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.03% 1.02% 0.00%
AST AllianceBernstein Core
Value 0.75% 0.17% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.92% 0.00%
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNDERLYING MUTUAL FUND PORTFOLIO ANNUAL EXPENSES
(as a percentage of the average net assets of the underlying Portfolios)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------
UNDERLYING
PORTFOLIO Net Annual
Fund
Operating
Expenses
---------------------------------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
AST Academic Strategies
Asset Allocation 1.55%
AST Advanced Strategies 1.02%
AST AllianceBernstein Core
Value 0.92%
13
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNDERLYING MUTUAL FUND PORTFOLIO ANNUAL EXPENSES
(as a percentage of the average net assets of the underlying Portfolios)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the year ended December 31, 2010
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNDERLYING Total
PORTFOLIO Broker Fees Acquired Annual Contractual Net Annual
Dividend and Expenses Portfolio Portfolio Fee Waiver Fund
Management Other Distribution Expense on on Short Fees & Operating or Expense Operating
Fees Expenses (12b-1) Fees Short Sales Sales Expenses Expenses Reimbursement Expenses
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
CONTINUED
AST American Century
Income & Growth 0.75% 0.17% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.92% 0.00% 0.92%
AST Balanced Asset
Allocation 0.15% 0.01% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.87% 1.03% 0.00% 1.03%
AST BlackRock Value 0.85% 0.12% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.97% 0.00% 0.97%
AST BlackRock Global
Strategies /1/ 1.00% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.03% 1.18% 0.07% 1.11%
AST Bond Portfolio
2015 /2/ 0.64% 0.19% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.83% 0.00% 0.83%
AST Bond Portfolio
2016 /2/ 0.64% 0.29% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.93% 0.00% 0.93%
AST Bond Portfolio
2017 /2/ 0.64% 0.24% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.88% 0.00% 0.88%
AST Bond Portfolio
2018 /2/ 0.64% 0.23% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.87% 0.00% 0.87%
AST Bond Portfolio
2019 /2/ 0.64% 0.24% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.88% 0.00% 0.88%
AST Bond Portfolio
2020 /2/ 0.64% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.89% 0.00% 0.89%
AST Bond Portfolio
2021 /2/ 0.64% 0.39% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.03% 0.03% 1.00%
AST Bond Portfolio
2022 /2/ 0.64% 0.33% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.97% 0.00% 0.97%
AST Capital Growth
Asset Allocation 0.15% 0.01% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.91% 1.07% 0.00% 1.07%
AST CLS Growth Asset
Allocation 0.30% 0.02% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.85% 1.17% 0.00% 1.17%
AST CLS Moderate Asset
Allocation 0.30% 0.02% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.76% 1.08% 0.00% 1.08%
AST Cohen & Steers
Realty 1.00% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.14% 0.00% 1.14%
AST Federated
Aggressive Growth 0.95% 0.17% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.12% 0.00% 1.12%
AST FI Pyramis(R)
Asset Allocation /3/ 0.85% 0.38% 0.00% 0.18% 0.05% 0.00% 1.46% 0.00% 1.46%
AST First Trust
Balanced Target 0.85% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.98% 0.00% 0.98%
AST First Trust
Capital Appreciation
Target 0.85% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.98% 0.00% 0.98%
AST Global Real Estate 1.00% 0.19% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.19% 0.00% 1.19%
AST Goldman Sachs
Concentrated Growth 0.90% 0.12% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.02% 0.00% 1.02%
AST Goldman Sachs
Large-Cap Value 0.75% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.88% 0.00% 0.88%
AST Goldman Sachs
Mid-Cap Growth 1.00% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.14% 0.00% 1.14%
AST Goldman
Sachs Small-Cap Value 0.95% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.04% 1.17% 0.00% 1.17%
AST High Yield 0.75% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.88% 0.00% 0.88%
AST Horizon Growth
Asset Allocation 0.30% 0.03% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.86% 1.19% 0.00% 1.19%
AST Horizon Moderate
Asset Allocation 0.30% 0.02% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.81% 1.13% 0.00% 1.13%
AST International
Growth 1.00% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.14% 0.00% 1.14%
AST International Value 1.00% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.14% 0.00% 1.14%
AST Investment Grade
Bond /2/ 0.64% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.79% 0.00% 0.79%
AST Jennison Large-Cap
Growth 0.90% 0.12% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.02% 0.00% 1.02%
AST Jennison Large-Cap
Value 0.75% 0.12% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.87% 0.00% 0.87%
AST JP Morgan
International Equity 0.89% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.04% 0.00% 1.04%
14
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNDERLYING MUTUAL FUND PORTFOLIO ANNUAL EXPENSES
(as a percentage of the average net assets of the underlying Portfolios)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the year ended December 31, 2010
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNDERLYING Total
PORTFOLIO Broker Fees Acquired Annual Contractual Net Annual
Dividend and Expenses Portfolio Portfolio Fee Waiver Fund
Management Other Distribution Expense on on Short Fees & Operating or Expense Operating
Fees Expenses (12b-1) Fees Short Sales Sales Expenses Expenses Reimbursement Expenses
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADVANCED SERIES
TRUST CONTINUED
AST J.P. Morgan
Strategic
Opportunities 1.00% 0.15% 0.00% 0.10% 0.01% 0.00% 1.26% 0.00% 1.26%
AST Large-Cap Value 0.75% 0.12% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.87% 0.00% 0.87%
AST Lord Abbett
Core Fixed Income
/4/ 0.80% 0.16% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.96% 0.10% 0.86%
AST Marsico
Capital Growth 0.90% 0.12% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.02% 0.00% 1.02%
AST MFS Global
Equity 1.00% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.25% 0.00% 1.25%
AST MFS Growth 0.90% 0.12% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.02% 0.00% 1.02%
AST Mid-Cap Value 0.95% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.10% 0.00% 1.10%
AST Money Market 0.50% 0.12% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.62% 0.00% 0.62%
AST Neuberger
Berman Mid-Cap
Growth 0.90% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.04% 0.00% 1.04%
AST Neuberger
Berman/LSV
Mid-Cap Value 0.90% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.04% 0.00% 1.04%
AST Parametric
Emerging Markets
Equity 1.10% 0.31% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.41% 0.00% 1.41%
AST PIMCO Limited
Maturity Bond 0.65% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.80% 0.00% 0.80%
AST PIMCO Total
Return Bond 0.65% 0.12% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.77% 0.00% 0.77%
AST Preservation
Asset Allocation 0.15% 0.02% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.82% 0.99% 0.00% 0.99%
AST Quantitative
Modeling /5/ 0.25% 0.11% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.95% 1.31% 0.06% 1.25%
AST QMA US Equity
Alpha 1.00% 0.17% 0.00% 0.25% 0.24% 0.00% 1.66% 0.00% 1.66%
AST Schroders
Multi-Asset World
Strategies 1.10% 0.15% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.16% 1.41% 0.00% 1.41%
AST Small-Cap
Growth 0.90% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.04% 0.00% 1.04%
AST Small-Cap Value 0.90% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.03% 0.00% 1.03%
AST T. Rowe Price
Asset Allocation 0.85% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.98% 0.00% 0.98%
AST T. Rowe Price
Global Bond 0.80% 0.18% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.98% 0.00% 0.98%
AST T. Rowe Price
Large-Cap Growth 0.89% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.02% 0.00% 1.02%
AST T. Rowe Price
Natural Resources 0.90% 0.14% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.04% 0.00% 1.04%
AST Wellington
Management Hedged
Equity 1.00% 0.17% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.17% 0.00% 1.17%
AST Western Asset
Core Plus Bond 0.70% 0.13% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.83% 0.00% 0.83%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIRST DEFINED
PORTFOLIO FUND, LLC
First Trust(R)
Target Focus Four 0.60% 1.16% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 2.01% 0.64% 1.37%
Global Dividend
Target 15 0.60% 0.68% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.53% 0.06% 1.47%
NASDAQ(R) Target 15 0.60% 1.64% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 2.49% 1.02% 1.47%
S&P(R) Target 24 0.60% 1.10% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.95% 0.48% 1.47%
Target Managed VIP 0.60% 0.85% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.70% 0.23% 1.47%
The Dow(R) DART 10 0.60% 1.24% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 2.09% 0.62% 1.47%
The Dow(R) Target
Dividend 0.60% 0.75% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.60% 0.13% 1.47%
Value Line(R)
Target 25 0.60% 0.98% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.83% 0.36% 1.47%
15
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNDERLYING MUTUAL FUND PORTFOLIO ANNUAL EXPENSES
(as a percentage of the average net assets of the underlying Portfolios)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the year ended December 31, 2010
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNDERLYING Total
PORTFOLIO Broker Fees Acquired Annual Contractual Net Annual
Dividend and Expenses Portfolio Portfolio Fee Waiver Fund
Management Other Distribution Expense on on Short Fees & Operating or Expense Operating
Fees Expenses (12b-1) Fees Short Sales Sales Expenses Expenses Reimbursement Expenses
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON
VARIABLE INSURANCE
PRODUCTS TRUST /6/
Franklin Templeton
VIP Founding
Funds Allocation
Fund - Class 4 0.00% 0.11% 0.35% 0.00% 0.00% 0.67% 1.13% 0.01% 1.12%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM VARIABLE
INSURANCE FUNDS
(INVESCO VARIABLE
INSURANCE FUNDS)
Invesco V.I.
Capital
Development Fund
- Series I
shares /7/ 0.75% 0.34% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.09% 0.00% 1.09%
Invesco V.I.
Dividend Growth
Fund - Series I
shares /8/ 0.50% 0.32% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.82% 0.15% 0.67%
Invesco V.I.
Global Health
Care Fund -
Series I
shares /9/ 0.75% 0.37% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.12% 0.00% 1.12%
Invesco V.I.
Technology Fund -
Series I shares 0.75% 0.39% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.14% 0.00% 1.14%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NATIONWIDE VARIABLE
INSURANCE TRUST
NVIT Developing
Markets 0.95% 0.37% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.57% 0.00% 1.57%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFUND VP
Access VP High
Yield 0.75% 0.88% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.88% 0.20% 1.68%
Asia 30 0.75% 0.74% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.74% 0.06% 1.68%
Banks 0.75% 0.89% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.89% 0.21% 1.68%
Basic Materials 0.75% 0.76% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.76% 0.08% 1.68%
Bear 0.75% 0.75% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.75% 0.07% 1.68%
Biotechnology 0.75% 0.79% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.79% 0.11% 1.68%
Bull 0.75% 0.74% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.74% 0.06% 1.68%
Consumer Goods 0.75% 0.83% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.83% 0.15% 1.68%
Consumer Services 0.75% 0.95% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.95% 0.27% 1.68%
Europe 30 0.75% 0.71% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.71% 0.03% 1.68%
Financials 0.75% 0.80% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.80% 0.12% 1.68%
Health Care 0.75% 0.75% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.75% 0.07% 1.68%
Industrials 0.75% 0.89% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.89% 0.21% 1.68%
Internet 0.75% 0.81% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.81% 0.13% 1.68%
Japan 0.75% 0.77% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.77% 0.09% 1.68%
Large-Cap Growth 0.75% 0.83% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.83% 0.15% 1.68%
Large-Cap Value 0.75% 0.88% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.88% 0.20% 1.68%
Mid-Cap Growth 0.75% 0.83% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.83% 0.15% 1.68%
Mid-Cap Value 0.75% 0.87% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.87% 0.19% 1.68%
NASDAQ-100 0.75% 0.78% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.78% 0.10% 1.68%
Oil & Gas 0.75% 0.77% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.77% 0.09% 1.68%
Pharmaceuticals 0.75% 0.78% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.78% 0.10% 1.68%
Precious Metals 0.75% 0.76% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.76% 0.08% 1.68%
Real Estate 0.75% 0.83% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.83% 0.15% 1.68%
Rising Rates
Opportunity 0.75% 0.71% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.71% 0.03% 1.68%
Semiconductor 0.75% 0.96% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.96% 0.28% 1.68%
Short Mid-Cap 0.75% 0.72% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.72% 0.04% 1.68%
Short NASDAQ-100 0.75% 0.81% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.81% 0.13% 1.68%
16
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNDERLYING MUTUAL FUND PORTFOLIO ANNUAL EXPENSES
(as a percentage of the average net assets of the underlying Portfolios)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the year ended December 31, 2010
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNDERLYING Total
PORTFOLIO Broker Fees Acquired Annual Contractual
Dividend and Expenses Portfolio Portfolio Fee Waiver
Management Other Distribution Expense on on Short Fees & Operating or Expense
Fees Expenses (12b-1) Fees Short Sales Sales Expenses Expenses Reimbursement
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFUND VP CONTINUED
Short Small-Cap 0.75% 0.80% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.80% 0.12%
Small-Cap Growth 0.75% 0.87% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.87% 0.19%
Small-Cap Value 0.75% 0.96% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.96% 0.28%
Technology 0.75% 0.74% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.74% 0.06%
Telecommunications 0.75% 0.78% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.78% 0.10%
U.S. Government Plus 0.50% 0.72% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.47% 0.09%
UltraBull 0.75% 0.78% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.78% 0.10%
UltraMid-Cap 0.75% 0.78% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.78% 0.10%
UltraNASDAQ-100 0.75% 0.80% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.80% 0.12%
UltraSmall-Cap 0.75% 0.82% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.82% 0.14%
Utilities 0.75% 0.77% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.77% 0.09%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND
SP International Growth 0.85% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1.10% 0.00%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST
Wells Fargo Advantage VT
Intrinsic Value - class 2 0.55% 0.29% 0.25% 0.00% 0.00% 0.01% 1.10% 0.09%
Wells Fargo Advantage VT
Omega Growth - class 1 0.55% 0.23% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.78% 0.03%
Wells Fargo Avantage VT
Small-Cap Growth - class 1 0.75% 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.95% 0.00%
Wells Fargo Advantage VT
International Equity -
class 1 0.75% 0.26% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.01% 1.02% 0.32%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNDERLYING MUTUAL FUND PORTFOLIO ANNUAL EXPENSES
(as a percentage of the average net assets of the underlying Portfolios)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------
UNDERLYING
PORTFOLIO Net Annual
Fund
Operating
Expenses
----------------------------------------
PROFUND VP CONTINUED
Short Small-Cap 1.68%
Small-Cap Growth 1.68%
Small-Cap Value 1.68%
Technology 1.68%
Telecommunications 1.68%
U.S. Government Plus 1.38%
UltraBull 1.68%
UltraMid-Cap 1.68%
UltraNASDAQ-100 1.68%
UltraSmall-Cap 1.68%
Utilities 1.68%
----------------------------------------
----------------------------------------
THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND
SP International Growth 1.10%
----------------------------------------
----------------------------------------
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST
Wells Fargo Advantage VT
Intrinsic Value - class 2 1.01%
Wells Fargo Advantage VT
Omega Growth - class 1 0.75%
Wells Fargo Avantage VT
Small-Cap Growth - class 1 0.95%
Wells Fargo Advantage VT
International Equity -
class 1 0.70%
/1/ Assuming completion of a pending reorganization transaction, Prudential
Investments LLC and AST Investment Services, Inc. (together, the
Investment Managers) have contractually agreed to waive a portion of their
investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses so that the
investment management fees plus other expenses (exclusive in all cases of
taxes, interest on borrowings, short sale interest and dividend expenses,
brokerage commissions, distribution fees, acquired fund and
exchange-traded fund fees and expenses, and extraordinary expenses) for
the AST BlackRock Global Strategies Portfolio do not exceed 1.08% of its
average daily net assets through May 1, 2012. This expense limitation may
not be terminated or modified prior to May 1, 2012, but may be
discontinued or modified thereafter. The decision on whether to renew,
modify, or discontinue this expense limitation after May 1, 2012 will be
subject to review by the Investment Managers and the Board of Trustees of
the Trust.
/2/ The Investment Managers (Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment
Services, Inc.) have contractually agreed to waive a portion of their
investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the
Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other
expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage
commissions, distribution fees, acquired fund fees and expenses and
extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 1.00% of the Portfolio's average
daily net assets through April 30, 2012. This arrangement may not be
terminated or modified prior to April 30, 2012, and may be discontinued or
modified thereafter. The decision on whether to renew, modify or
discontinue the arrangement after April 30, 2012 will be subject to review
by the Investment Managers and the Fund's Board of Trustees.
/3/ Pyramis is a registered service mark of FMR LLC. Used under license.
/4/ The Investment Managers (Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment
Services, Inc.) have contractually agreed to waive a portion of
their investment management fee, so that the effective management fee rate
paid by the Portfolio is as follows: 0.70% to $500 million of average
daily net assets; 0.675% over $500 million in average daily net assets up
to and including $1 billion in average daily net assets; and 0.65% over $1
billion in average daily net assets. This arrangement may not be
terminated or modified prior to June 30, 2014, and may be discontinued or
modified thereafter. The decision on whether to renew, modify or
discontinue the arrangement after June 30, 2014 will be subject to review
by the Investment Managers and the Fund's Board of Trustees.
/5/ The Investment Managers (Prudential Investments LLC and AST Investment
Services, Inc.) have contractually agreed to waive a portion of their
investment management fees and/or reimburse certain expenses for the
Portfolio so that the Portfolio's investment management fees plus other
expenses (exclusive in all cases of taxes, interest, brokerage
commissions, distribution fees, acquired fund fees and expenses and
extraordinary expenses) do not exceed 0.30% of the Portfolio's average
daily net assets through May 1, 2012. This arrangement may not be
terminated or modified prior to May 1, 2012, and may be discontinued or
modified thereafter. The decision on whether to renew, modify or
discontinue the arrangement after May 1, 2012 will be subject to review by
the Investment Managers and the Fund's Board of Trustees.
/6/ The Fund's administrator has contractually agreed to waive or limit its
fee and to assume as its own expense certain expenses of the Fund so that
common annual Fund operating expenses (i.e., a combination of fund
administration fees and other expenses, but excluding Rule 12b-1 fees and
acquired fund fees and expenses) do not exceed 0.10% (other than certain
non-routine expenses or costs, including those relating to litigation,
indemnification, reorganizations, and liquidations) until April 30, 2012.
The Fund does not pay management fees but will directly bear its
proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by the
underlying funds (or "acquired funds") in which it invests. Acquired
funds' estimated fees and expenses are based on the acquired funds'
annualized expenses.
17
/7/ The Adviser has contractually agreed, through at least April 30, 2012, to
waive a portion of its advisory fees to the extent necessary so that the
advisory fees payable by the Fund do not exceed a specified maximum annual
advisory fee rate, wherein the fee rate includes breakpoints and is based
upon net asset levels. The Fund's maximum annual advisory fee rate ranges
from 0.745% (for average net assets up to $250 million) to 0.64% (for
average net assets over $10 billion). The Adviser has contractually agreed,
through at least June 30, 2012, to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse
expenses of Series I shares to the extent necessary to limit Total Annual
Portfolio Operating Expenses (subject to the certain exclusions) of Series
I shares to 1.30% of average daily net assets.
/8/ Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses have been restated and reflect
the reorganization of one or more affiliated investment companies into the
Fund. The Adviser has contractually agreed, through at least June 30, 2012,
to waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses of Series I shares to the
extent necessary to limit Net Annual Fund Operating Expenses (subject to
certain exclusions)of Series I shares to 0.67% of average daily net assets.
/9./ The Adviser has contractually agreed, through at least April 30, 2012, to
waive advisory fees and/or reimburse expenses of Series I shares to the
extent necessary to limit Net Annual Fund Operating Expenses (excluding
certain items) of Series I shares to 1.30% of average daily net assets. In
determining the Adviser's obligation to waive advisory fees and/or
reimburse expenses, the following expenses are not taken into account, and
could cause the Net Annual Fund Operating Expenses to exceed the numbers
reflected above: (i) interest; (ii) taxes; (iii) dividend expense on short
sales; (iv) extraordinary or non-routine items; (v) expenses that the Fund
has incurred but did not actually pay because of an expense offset
arrangement. Unless the Board of Trustees and Invesco Advisers, Inc.
mutually agree to amend or continue the fee waiver agreement, it will
terminate on April 30, 2012.
18
EXPENSE EXAMPLES
These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in one
Prudential Annuities Annuity with the cost of investing in other Prudential
Annuities and/or other variable annuities.
Below are examples for each Annuity showing what you would pay in expenses at
the end of the stated time periods had you invested $10,000 in the Annuity and
your investment has a 5% return each year.
The examples reflect the following fees and charges for each Annuity as
described in "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges":
. Insurance Charge
. Distribution Charge (if applicable)
. Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (when and if applicable)
. Annual Maintenance Fee
. The maximum combination of optional benefit charges
The examples also assume the following for the period shown:
. You allocate all of your Account Value to the Sub-account with the
maximum gross total annual operating expenses for 2010, and those
expenses remain the same each year*
. For each charge, we deduct the maximum charge rather than the current
charge
. You make no withdrawals of Account Value
. You make no transfers, or other transactions for which we charge a fee
. No tax charge applies
. You elect the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus with Combination 5% Roll-up
and HAV Death Benefit (which are the maximum combination of optional
benefit charges)
. For the XT6 example, no Purchase Payment Credit is granted under the
Annuity
. For the APEX II example, no Loyalty Credit applies
. For the ASAP III example, no Loyalty Credit applies
Amounts shown in the examples are rounded to the nearest dollar.
* Note: Not all portfolios offered as Sub-accounts may be available depending
on optional benefit selection, the applicable jurisdiction and selling firm.
THE EXAMPLES ARE ILLUSTRATIVE ONLY - THEY SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A
REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES OF THE UNDERLYING MUTUAL FUNDS OR
THEIR PORTFOLIOS - ACTUAL EXPENSES WILL BE LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN DEPENDING
UPON WHICH OPTIONAL BENEFIT YOU ELECT OTHER THAN INDICATED IN THE EXAMPLES OR
IF YOU ALLOCATE ACCOUNT VALUE TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS.
EXPENSE EXAMPLES ARE PROVIDED AS FOLLOWS:
To be filed by amendment
If you surrender your annuity at the end of the applicable time period: /1/
1 YR 3 YRS 5 YRS 10 YRS
--------------------------------------
ASAP III $1,354 $2,473 $3,561 $6,237
--------------------------------------
APEX II $1,490 $2,626 $3,220 $6,496
--------------------------------------
ASL II $640 $1,926 $3,219 $6,496
--------------------------------------
XT6/ 3/ $1,541 $2,729 $3,824 $6,605
--------------------------------------
If you annuitize your annuity at the end of the applicable time period: /2/
1 YR 3 YRS 5 YRS 10 YRS
-----------------------------------
ASAP III N/A $1,823 $3,061 $6,237
-----------------------------------
APEX II N/A $1,926 $3,220 $6,496
-----------------------------------
ASL II $640 $1,926 $3,219 $6,496
-----------------------------------
XT6/ 3/ N/A N/A $3,224 $6,505
-----------------------------------
19
If you do not surrender your annuity:
1 YR 3 YRS 5 YRS 10 YRS
-----------------------------------
ASAP III $604 $1,823 $3,061 $6,237
-----------------------------------
APEX II $640 $1,926 $3,220 $6,496
-----------------------------------
ASL II $640 $1,926 $3,219 $6,496
-----------------------------------
XT6/ 3/ $641 $1,929 $3,224 $6,505
-----------------------------------
1 There is no CDSC for ASL II. See "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges" for
the CDSC schedule for each Annuity.
2 If you own XT6, you may not annuitize in the first Three (3) Annuity Years.
If you own ASAP III or APEX II, you may not annuitize in the first
Annuity Year.
3 XT6 Annuities purchased prior to November 20, 2006 are subject to a
different CDSC schedule. Expense examples calculations for XT6 Annuities
are not adjusted to reflect the Purchase Credit. If the Purchase Credit
were reflected in the calculations, expenses would be higher.
For information relating to accumulation unit values pertaining to the
Sub-accounts, please see Appendix A - Condensed Financial Information About
Separate Account B.
20
SUMMARY
Advanced Series Advisor Plan III ("ASAP III")
Advanced Series APEX II ("APEX II")
XTra Credit Six ("XT6")
Advanced Series LifeVest II ("ASL II")
This Summary describes key features of the variable annuities described in
this Prospectus. It is intended to help give you an overview, and to point you
to sections of the prospectus that provide greater detail. This Summary is
intended to supplement the prospectus, so you should not rely on the Summary
alone for all the information you need to know before purchase. You should
read the entire Prospectus for a complete description of the variable
annuities. Your financial professional can also help you if you have questions.
WHAT IS A VARIABLE ANNUITY? A variable annuity is a contract between you and
an insurance company. It is designed to help you save money for retirement,
and provide income during your retirement. With the help of your financial
professional, you choose how to invest your money within your annuity. Any
allocation that is recommended to you by your financial professional may be
different than automatic asset transfers that may be made under the Annuity,
such as under a pre-determined mathematical formula used with an optional
living benefit. The value of your annuity will rise or fall depending on
whether the investment options you choose perform well or perform poorly.
Investing in a variable annuity involves risk and you can lose your money. By
the same token, investing in a variable annuity can provide you with the
opportunity to grow your money through participation in mutual fund-type
investments. Your financial professional will help you choose your investment
options based on your tolerance for risk and your needs.
Variable annuities also offer a variety of optional guarantees to receive an
income for life through withdrawal or provide minimum death benefits for your
beneficiaries, or minimum account value guarantees. These benefits provide a
degree of insurance in the event your annuity performs poorly. These optional
benefits are available for an extra cost, and are subject to limitations and
conditions more fully described later in this Prospectus. The guarantees are
based on the long-term financial strength of the insurance company.
WHAT DOES IT MEAN THAT MY VARIABLE ANNUITY IS "TAX-DEFERRED"? Because variable
annuities are issued by an insurance company, you pay no taxes on any earnings
from your annuity until you withdraw the money. You may also transfer among
your investment options without paying a tax at the time of the transfer.
Until you withdraw the money, tax deferral allows you to keep money invested
that would otherwise go to pay taxes. When you take your money out of the
variable annuity, however, you will be taxed on the earnings at ordinary
income tax rates rather than lower capital gains rates. If you withdraw
earnings before you reach age 59 1/2, you also may be subject to a 10% federal
tax penalty.
You could also purchase one of our variable annuities as a tax-qualified
retirement investment such as an IRA, SEP-IRA, Roth IRA, 401(a) plan, or
403(b) plan. Although there is no additional tax advantage to a variable
annuity held through one of these plans, you may desire the variable
annuities' other features such as guaranteed lifetime income payments or death
benefits for use within these plans.
WHAT VARIABLE ANNUITIES ARE OFFERED IN THIS PROSPECTUS? This Prospectus
describes the variable annuities listed below. The annuities differ primarily
in the fees deducted, and whether the annuity provides credits in certain
circumstances. The annuities described in this prospectus are:
.. Advanced Series Advisor Plan III ("ASAP III")
.. Advanced Series APEX II ("APEX II")
.. Advanced Series XTra Credit Six ("XT6")
.. Advanced Series LifeVest II ("ASL II")
See Appendix F "Selecting the Variable Annuity That's Right for You," for a
side-by-side comparison of the key features of each of these Annuities.
HOW DO I PURCHASE ONE OF THE VARIABLE ANNUITIES? These Annuities are no longer
available for new purchases. Our eligibility criteria for purchasing the
Annuities are as follows:
PRODUCT MAXIMUM AGE FOR MINIMUM INITIAL
INITIAL PURCHASE PURCHASE PAYMENT
-------------------------------------------
ASAP III 80 $1,000
-------------------------------------------
APEX II 85 $10,000
-------------------------------------------
XT6 75 $10,000
-------------------------------------------
ASL II 85 $15,000
-------------------------------------------
21
The "Maximum Age for Initial Purchase" applies to the oldest owner as of the
day we would issue the Annuity. If the Annuity is to be owned by an entity,
the maximum age applies to the annuitant as of the day we would issue the
Annuity. For annuities purchased as a Beneficiary Annuity, the maximum issue
age is 70 and applies to the Key Life. The availability and level of
protection of certain optional benefits may also vary based on the age of the
owner or annuitant on the issue date of the annuity, the date the benefit is
elected, or the date of the owner's death. Please see the section entitled
"Living Benefits" and "Death Benefit" for additional information on these
benefits.
You may make additional payments of at least $100 into your Annuity at any
time, subject to maximums allowed by us and as provided by law.
After you purchase your Annuity you will have usually ten days to examine it
and cancel it if you change your mind for any reason (referred to as the "free
look period"). The period of time and the amount returned to you is dictated
by State law, and is stated on the front cover of your contract. You must
cancel your Annuity in writing.
See "What Are the Requirements for Purchasing One of the Annuities" for more
detail.
WHERE SHOULD I INVEST MY MONEY? With the help of your financial professional,
you choose where to invest your money within the Annuity. Certain optional
benefits may limit your ability to invest in the investment options otherwise
available to you under the Annuity. You may choose from a variety of
investment options ranging from conservative to aggressive. These investment
options participate in mutual fund investments that are kept in a separate
account from our other general assets. Although you may recognize some of the
names of the money managers, these investment options are designed for
variable annuities and are not the same mutual funds available to the general
public. You can decide on a mix of investment options that suit your goals.
Or, you can choose one of our investment options that participates in several
mutual funds according to a specified goal such as balanced asset allocation,
or capital growth asset allocation. If you select certain optional benefits,
we may limit the investment options that you may elect. Each of the underlying
mutual funds is described by its own prospectus, which you should read before
investing. There is no assurance that any investment option will meet its
investment objective.
We also offer programs to help discipline your investing, such as dollar cost
averaging or automatic rebalancing.
See "Investment Options," and "Managing Your Account Value."
HOW CAN I RECEIVE INCOME FROM MY ANNUITY? You can receive income by taking
withdrawals or electing annuity payments. If you take withdrawals, you should
plan them carefully, because withdrawals may be subject to tax, and may be
subject to a contingent deferred sales charge (discussed below). See the "Tax
Considerations" section of this Prospectus. You may withdraw up to 10% of your
investment each year without being subject to a contingent deferred sales
charge.
You may elect to receive income through annuity payments over your lifetime,
also called "annuitization". This option may appeal to those who worry about
outliving their Account Value through withdrawals. If you elect to receive
annuity payments, you convert your Account Value into a stream of future
payments. This means in most cases you no longer have an Account Value and
therefore cannot make withdrawals. We offer different types of annuity options
to meet your needs, and you can choose the benefits and costs that make sense
for you. For example, some of our annuity options allow for withdrawals, and
some provide a death benefit, while others guarantee payments for life without
a death benefit or the ability to make withdrawals.
See "Access to Account Value."
OPTIONS FOR GUARANTEED LIFETIME WITHDRAWALS. We offer optional benefits for an
additional fee that guarantee your ability to take withdrawals for life as a
percentage of an initial guaranteed benefit base, even after your Account
Value falls to zero.
These benefits may appeal to you if you wish to maintain flexibility and
control over your Account Value invested (instead of converting it to an
annuity stream) and want the assurance of predictable income. If you withdraw
more than the allowable amount during any year, your future level of
guaranteed withdrawals decreases.
As part of these benefits you are required to invest only in certain permitted
investment options. Some of the benefits utilize a predetermined mathematical
formula to help manage your guarantee through all market cycles. Please see
the applicable optional benefits section for more information. In the Living
Benefits section, we describe these guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits,
which allow you to withdraw a specified amount each year for life (or joint
lives, for the spousal version of the benefit). Please be aware that if you
withdraw more than that amount in a given year (i.e., excess income), that may
permanently reduce the guaranteed amount you can withdraw in future years.
Thus, you should think carefully before taking such excess income.
These benefits contain detailed provisions, so please see the following
sections of the Prospectus for complete details:
.. Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus
.. Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus with Lifetime Income Accelerator
.. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus
.. Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus*
.. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus*
22
.. Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Lifetime Income Accelerator*
.. Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary Income Option*
.. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary Income Option*
.. Highest Daily Lifetime Seven*
.. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven*
.. Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Lifetime Income Accelerator*
.. Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Beneficiary Income Option*
.. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Beneficiary Income Option*
* No longer available for new elections.
OPTIONS FOR GUARANTEED ACCUMULATION. We offer optional benefits for an
additional fee that guarantee your Account Value to a certain level after a
period of years. As part of these benefits you are required to invest only in
certain permitted investment options. Please see applicable optional benefits
sections for more information.
These benefits contain detailed provisions, so please see the following
sections of the Prospectus for complete details:
.. Guaranteed Return Option Plus II
.. Highest Daily Guaranteed Return Option II
.. Guaranteed Return Option Plus (GRO Plus)*
.. Guaranteed Return Option (GRO)*
.. Guaranteed Return Option Plus 2008*
.. Highest Daily Guaranteed Return Option*
* No longer available for new elections.
WHAT HAPPENS TO MY ANNUITY UPON DEATH? You may name a beneficiary to receive
the proceeds of your annuity upon your death. Your annuity must be distributed
within the time periods required by the tax laws. Each of our annuities offers
a basic death benefit. The basic death benefit provides your beneficiaries
with the greater of your purchase payments less all proportional withdrawals
or your value in the annuity at the time of death (the amount of the basic
death benefit may depend on the decedent's age).
We also have optional death benefits for an additional charge:
.. HIGHEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT: Offers the greater of the basic
death benefit and a highest anniversary value of the annuity.
.. COMBINATION 5% ROLL-UP AND HIGHEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT: Offers
the greatest of the basic death benefit, the highest anniversary value
death benefit described above, and a value assuming 5% growth of your
investment adjusted for withdrawals.
Each death benefit has certain age restrictions. Please see the "Death
Benefit" section of the Prospectus for more information.
HOW DO I RECEIVE CREDITS?
With XT6, we apply a credit to your Annuity each time you make a purchase
payment during the first six (6) years. Because of the credits, the expenses
of this Annuity may be higher than other annuities that do not offer credits.
The amount of the credit depends on the year during which the purchase payment
is made:
For annuities issued on or after February 13, 2006:
ANNUITY YEAR CREDIT
---------------------
1 6.50%
2 5.00%
3 4.00%
4 3.00%
5 2.00%
6 1.00%
7+ 0.00%
---------------------
* For annuities issued before February 13, 2006, the Credit during Annuity
Year 1 is 6.00%.
Please note that during the first 10 years, the total asset-based charges on
the XT6 annuity are higher than many of our other annuities. In addition, the
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC) on the XT6 annuity is higher and is
deducted for a longer period of time as compared to our other annuities.
Unless prohibited by applicable State law, we may take back credits applied
within 12 months of death or a medically-related surrender. We may also take
back credits if you return your Annuity under the "free-look" provision.
23
For ASAP III annuities issued on or after February 13, 2006, and APEX II
annuities issued on or after June 20, 2005, we apply a "loyalty credit" at the
end of your fifth anniversary for money invested with us during the first four
years of your Annuity (less adjustments for any withdrawals). For ASAP III,
the credit is 0.50%. For APEX II, the credit is either 0%, 2.25% or 2.75%
depending on the Issue Date of your Annuity.
Please see the section entitled "Managing Your Account Value" for more
information.
WHAT ARE THE ANNUITY'S FEES AND CHARGES?
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE: If you withdraw all or part of your annuity
before the end of a period of years, we may deduct a contingent deferred sales
charge, or "CDSC". The CDSC is calculated as a percentage of your purchase
payment being withdrawn, and the applicable CDSC percentage (as indicated in
the table below) depends on the Annuity Year in which the purchase payment is
withdrawn. The CDSC is different depending on which annuity you purchase:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YR. 1 YR. 2 YR. 3 YR. 4 YR. 5 YR. 6 YR. 7 YR. 8 YR. 9 YR. 10 YR. 11+
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASAP III 7.5% 7.0% 6.5% 6.0% 5.0% 4.0% 3.0% 2.0% 0.0% -- --
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APEX II 8.5% 8.0% 7.0% 6.0% 0.0% -- -- -- -- -- --
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
XT6* 9.0% 9.0% 8.0% 7.0% 6.0% 5.0% 4.0% 3.0% 2.0% 1.0% 0.0%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASL II - There is no CDSC for this Annuity
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* For annuities issued before November 20, 2006, the schedule is as follows:
Year 1: 9.0%; Year 2: 9.0%; Year 3: 8.5%; Year 4: 8.0%; Year 5: 7.0%; Year
6: 6.0%; Year 7: 5.0%; Year 8: 4.0%; Year 9: 3.0%; Year 10: 2.0%; Year 11+:
0.0%.
Each year you may withdraw up to 10% of your purchase payments without the
imposition of a CDSC. This free withdrawal feature does not apply when fully
surrendering your Annuity. We may also waive the CDSC under certain
circumstances, such as for medically-related circumstances or taking required
minimum distributions under a qualified contracts.
TRANSFER FEE: You may make 20 transfers between investment options each year
free of charge. After the 20th transfer, we will charge $10.00 for each
transfer. We do not consider transfers made as part of any Dollar Cost
Averaging, Automatic Rebalancing or asset allocation program when we count the
twenty free transfers. All transfers made on the same day will be treated as
one (1) transfer. Any transfers made as a result of the mathematical formula
used with an optional benefit will not count towards the total transfers
allowed.
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE: Until you start annuity payments, we deduct an Annual
Maintenance Fee. The Annual Maintenance Fee is $35.00 or 2% of your Account
Value invested in the Sub-accounts, whichever is less. Except for XT6, the
Annual Maintenance Fee is only deducted if your Account Value is less than
$100,000.
TAX CHARGE: We may deduct a charge to reimburse us for taxes we may pay on
premiums received in certain jurisdictions. The tax charge currently ranges up
to 3 1/2% of your purchase payments and is designed to approximate the taxes
that we are required to pay.
INSURANCE CHARGE: We deduct an Insurance Charge. It is an annual charge
assessed on a daily basis. It is the combination of the Mortality & Expense
Risk Charge and the Administration Charge. The charge is assessed against the
daily assets allocated to the Sub-accounts and depends on which annuity you
hold:
------------------------------------------------------
FEE/CHARGE ASAP III APEX II ASL II XT6
------------------------------------------------------
MORTALITY & EXPENSE 0.50% 1.50% 1.50% 0.50%
RISK CHARGE
------------------------------------------------------
ADMINISTRATION 0.15% 0.15% 0.15% 0.15%
CHARGE
------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL INSURANCE 0.65% 1.65% 1.65% 0.65%
CHARGE
------------------------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTION CHARGE: For ASAP III and XT6, we deduct a Distribution Charge
daily. It is an annual charge assessed on a daily basis. The charge is
assessed for a certain number of years against the average assets allocated to
the Sub-accounts and is equal to the following:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FEE/CHARGE ASAP III APEX II ASL II XT6
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
DISTRIBUTION CHARGE 0.60% in Annuity N/A N/A 1.00% in Annuity
Years 1-8 Years 1-10
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
24
CHARGES FOR OPTIONAL BENEFITS: If you elect to purchase certain optional
benefits, we will deduct an additional charge. For some optional benefits, the
charge is deducted from your Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts. This
charge is included in the daily calculation of the Unit Price for each
Sub-account. For certain other optional benefits, such as Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven, the charge is assessed against the Protected Withdrawal Value
and taken out of the Sub-accounts periodically. Please refer to the section
entitled "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges" for the list of charges for
each optional benefit.
SETTLEMENT SERVICE CHARGE: If your beneficiary takes the death benefit under a
Beneficiary Continuation Option, we deduct a Settlement Service Charge,
although the Insurance Charge no longer applies. The charge is assessed daily
against the average assets allocated to the Sub-accounts and is equal to an
annual charge of 1.00% for non-qualified Annuities and 1.40% for
qualified Annuities.
FEES AND EXPENSES INCURRED BY THE PORTFOLIOS: Each Portfolio incurs total
annual operating expenses comprised of an investment management fee, other
expenses and any distribution and service (12b-1) fees that may apply. More
detailed information about fees and expenses can be found in the prospectuses
for the Portfolios. Please see the "Fees and Charges" section of the
Prospectus for more information.
COSTS TO SELL AND ADMINISTER OUR VARIABLE ANNUITY: Your financial professional
may receive a commission for selling one of our variable annuities to you. We
may pay fees to your financial professional's broker dealer firm to cover
costs of marketing or administration. These commissions and fees may incent
your financial professional to sell our variable annuity instead of one
offered by another company. We also receive fees from the mutual fund
companies that offer the investment options for administrative costs and
marketing. These fees may influence our decision to offer one family of funds
over another. If you have any questions you may speak with your financial
professional or us. See "General Information".
OTHER INFORMATION: Please see the section entitled "General Information" for
more information about our annuities, including legal information about our
company, separate account, and underlying funds.
25
INVESTMENT OPTIONS
WHAT ARE THE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES OF THE PORTFOLIOS?
Each variable investment option is a Sub-account of Prudential Annuities Life
Assurance Corporation Variable Account B (see "What are Separate Accounts" for
more detailed information). Each Sub-account invests exclusively in one
Portfolio. You should carefully read the prospectus for any Portfolio in which
you are interested. The Investment Objectives/Policies chart below classifies
each of the Portfolios based on our assessment of their investment style (as
of the date of this Prospectus). The chart also provides a description of each
Portfolio's investment objective (in italics) and a short, summary description
of their key policies to assist you in determining which Portfolios may be of
interest to you. There is no guarantee that any underlying Portfolio will meet
its investment objective. Not all portfolios offered as Sub-accounts may be
available depending on optional benefit selection, the applicable jurisdiction
and selling firm. The Portfolios that you select are your choice - we do not
provide investment advice, and we do not recommend or endorse any particular
Portfolio. You bear the investment risk for amounts allocated to the
Portfolios. Please see the General Information section of this Prospectus,
under the heading concerning "service fees" for a discussion of fees that we
may receive from underlying mutual funds and/or their affiliates.
The name of the advisor/sub-advisor for each Portfolio appears next to the
description. Those Portfolios whose name includes the prefix "AST" are
Portfolios of Advanced Series Trust. The investment managers for AST are AST
Investment Services, Inc., a Prudential Financial Company, and Prudential
Investments LLC, both of which are affiliated companies of Prudential
Annuities. However, a sub-advisor, as noted below, is engaged to conduct
day-to-day management.
The Portfolios are not publicly traded mutual funds. They are only available
as investment options in variable annuity contracts and variable life
insurance policies issued by insurance companies, or in some cases, to
participants in certain qualified retirement plans. However, some of the
Portfolios available as Sub-accounts under the Annuities are managed by the
same portfolio advisor or sub-advisor as a retail mutual fund of the same or
similar name that the Portfolio may have been modeled after at its inception.
Certain retail mutual funds may also have been modeled after a Portfolio.
While the investment objective and policies of the retail mutual funds and the
Portfolios may be substantially similar, the actual investments will differ to
varying degrees. Differences in the performance of the funds can be expected,
and in some cases could be substantial. You should not compare the performance
of a publicly traded mutual fund with the performance of any similarly named
Portfolio offered as a Sub-account. Details about the investment objectives,
policies, risks, costs and management of the Portfolios are found in the
prospectuses for the underlying mutual funds. The current prospectus and
statement of additional information for the underlying Portfolios can be
obtained by calling 1-888-PRU-2888.
Effective MAY 1, 2004, the SP INTERNATIONAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO (formerly the SP
WILLIAM BLAIR INTERNATIONAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO) is no longer offered as a
Sub-account under the Annuities, except as follows: if at any time prior to
May 1, 2004 you had any portion of your Account Value allocated to the SP
William Blair International Growth Sub-account, you may continue to allocate
Account Value and make transfers into and/or out of the SP William Blair
International Growth Sub-account, including any electronic funds transfer,
dollar cost averaging, asset allocation and rebalancing programs. If you never
had a portion of your Account Value allocated to the SP William Blair
International Growth Sub-account prior to May 1, 2004 or if you purchase your
Annuity on or after May 1, 2004, you cannot allocate Account Value to the SP
William Blair International Growth Sub-account.
STIPULATED INVESTMENT OPTIONS IF YOU ELECT CERTAIN OPTIONAL BENEFITS
As a condition to your participating in certain optional benefits, we limit
the investment options to which you may allocate your Account Value. Broadly
speaking, we offer two groups of "Permitted Sub-accounts". Under the first
group (Group I), your allowable investment options are more limited, but you
are not subject to mandatory quarterly re-balancing. Under the second group
(Group II), you may allocate your Account Value between a broader range of
investment options, but must participate in quarterly re-balancing. The set of
tables immediately below describes the first category of permitted investment
options.
While those who do not participate in any optional benefit generally may
invest in any of the investment options described in the Prospectus, only
those who participate in the optional benefits listed in Group II below may
participate in the second category (along with its attendant re-balancing
requirement). This second category is called our "Custom Portfolios Program"
(FKA - Optional Allocation and Rebalancing Program). If you participate in the
Custom Portfolios Program, you may not participate in an Automatic Rebalancing
Program. We may modify or terminate the Custom Portfolios Program at any time.
ANY SUCH MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION WILL (I) BE IMPLEMENTED ONLY AFTER WE
HAVE NOTIFIED YOU IN ADVANCE, (II) NOT AFFECT THE GUARANTEES YOU HAD ACCRUED
UNDER THE OPTIONAL BENEFIT OR YOUR ABILITY TO CONTINUE TO PARTICIPATE IN THOSE
OPTIONAL BENEFITS, AND (III) NOT REQUIRE YOU TO TRANSFER ACCOUNT VALUE OUT OF
ANY PORTFOLIO IN WHICH YOU PARTICIPATED IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE MODIFICATION
OR TERMINATION.
26
Group I: Allowable Benefit Allocations
OPTIONAL BENEFIT NAME* ALLOWABLE BENEFIT ALLOCATIONS:
Lifetime Five Income Benefit AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation Portfolio
Spousal Lifetime Five Income Benefit AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio
Highest Daily Lifetime Five Income Benefit AST Balanced Asset Allocation Portfolio
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Income Benefit AST Preservation Asset Allocation Portfolio
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Income Benefit AST FI Pyramis(R) Asset Allocation Portfolio
Highest Daily Value Death Benefit AST First Trust Balanced Target Portfolio
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Beneficiary Income AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target Portfolio
Option AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies Portfolio
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Beneficiary AST Advanced Strategies Portfolio
Income Option AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation Portfolio
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Lifetime Income AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio
Accelerator AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus Income Benefit AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation Portfolio
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary Income AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation Portfolio
Option AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities Portfolio
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Lifetime Income AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity
Accelerator Franklin Templeton VIP Founding Funds Allocation Fund
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus Income Benefit AST BlackRock Global Strategies
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary
Income Option
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus with Lifetime Income
Accelerator
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus
Highest Daily GRO II
GRO Plus II
--------------------------------------------------------
OPTIONAL BENEFIT NAME* ALL INVESTMENT OPTIONS PERMITTED, EXCEPT THESE:
Combo 5% Rollup & HAV Death Benefit Value Line(R) Target 25
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit Invesco V.I. Technology
Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit NASDAQ(R) Target 15
GRO/GRO PLUS/GRO PLUS 2008 Access VP High Yield
Highest Anniversary Value Death Benefit ProFund VP UltraNASDAQ-100
Highest Daily GRO ProFund VP UltraSmall-Cap
ProFund VP Semiconductor
ProFund VP Internet
ProFund VP UltraBull
ProFund VP Technology
ProFund VP Biotechnology
ProFund VP Short Small-Cap
ProFund VP Short Mid-Cap
Wells Fargo Advantage VT Small-Cap Growth
--------------------------------------------------------
GRO PLUS 2008 ProFund VP Ultra Mid-Cap
Highest Daily GRO ProFund VP Precious Metals
ProFund VP NASDAQ-100
ProFund VP Asia 30
ProFund VP Short NASDAQ-100
Value Line(R) Target 25
Invesco V.I. Technology
NASDAQ(R) Target 15
Access VP High Yield
ProFund VP UltraNASDAQ-100
ProFund VP UltraSmall-Cap
ProFund VP Semiconductor
ProFund VP Internet
ProFund VP UltraBull
ProFund VP Technology
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27
ALL INVESTMENT OPTIONS PERMITTED, EXCEPT THESE:
ProFund VP Biotechnology
ProFund VP Short Small-Cap
ProFund VP Short Mid-Cap
Wells Fargo Advantage VT Small-Cap Growth
* Detailed Information regarding these optional benefits can be found in the
"Living Benefits" and "Death Benefit" sections of this Prospectus.
The following set of tables describes the second category (i.e., Group II
below), under which:
(a) you must allocate at least 20% of your Account Value to certain fixed
income portfolios (currently, the AST PIMCO Total Return Bond Portfolio,
the AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond Portfolio, and the AST Lord Abbett
Core Fixed Income Portfolio).
(b) you may allocate up to 80% in equity and other portfolios listed in the
table below.
(c) on each benefit quarter (or the next Valuation Day, if the quarter-end is
not a Valuation Day), we will automatically re-balance your Account Value,
so that the percentages devoted to each Portfolio remain the same as those
in effect on the immediately preceding quarter-end, subject to the
predetermined mathematical formula inherent in any applicable optional
benefit. Note that on the first quarter-end following your participation in
the Custom Portfolios Program (FKA - Optional Allocation and Rebalancing
Program), we will re-balance your Account Value so that the percentages
devoted to each Portfolio remain the same as those in effect when you began
the Custom Portfolios Program.(d) between quarter-ends, you may re-allocate
your Account Value among the investment options permitted within this
category. If you reallocate, the next quarterly rebalancing will restore
the percentages to those of your most recent reallocation.
Group II: Custom Portfolios Program (FKA - Optional Allocation & Rebalancing
Program)
OPTIONAL BENEFIT NAME PERMITTED PORTFOLIOS
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven AST Academic Strategies Asset Allocation
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven AST Advanced Strategies
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Beneficiary Income AST Balanced Asset Allocation
Option AST CLS Growth Asset Allocation
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Beneficiary AST CLS Moderate Asset Allocation
Income Option AST AllianceBernstein Core Value
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Lifetime Income AST American Century Income & Growth
Accelerator AST Capital Growth Asset Allocation
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus Spousal AST Cohen & Steers Realty
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus AST BlackRock Value
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary Income AST BlackRock Global Strategies
Option Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with AST Federated Aggressive Growth
Beneficiary Income Option AST FI Pyramis(R) Asset Allocation
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Lifetime Income AST First Trust Balanced Target
Accelerator AST First Trust Capital Appreciation Target
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus AST Global Real Estate
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus with Lifetime Income AST Goldman Sachs Concentrated Growth
Accelerator AST Goldman Sachs Large-Cap Value
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus AST Goldman Sachs Mid-Cap Growth
GRO Plus II AST Goldman Sachs Small-Cap Value
Highest Daily GRO II AST High Yield AST High Yield
AST Horizon Growth Asset Allocation
AST Horizon Moderate Asset Allocation
AST International Growth
AST International Value
AST JPMorgan International Equity
AST J.P. Morgan Strategic Opportunities
AST Jennison Large-Cap Growth
AST Jennison Large-Cap Value
AST Large-Cap Value
AST Lord Abbett Core Fixed Income
AST Marsico Capital Growth
AST MFS Global Equity
AST MFS Growth
AST Mid-Cap Value
AST Money Market
AST Neuberger Berman Mid-Cap Growth
AST Neuberger Berman/LSV Mid-Cap Value
AST Parametric Emerging Markets Equity
28
PERMITTED PORTFOLIOS
AST PIMCO Limited Maturity Bond
AST PIMCO Total Return Bond
AST Preservation Asset Allocation
AST QMA US Equity Alpha
AST Schroders Multi-Asset World Strategies
AST Small-Cap Growth
AST Small-Cap Value
AST T. Rowe Price Asset Allocation
AST T. Rowe Price Global Bond
AST T. Rowe Price Large-Cap Growth
AST T. Rowe Price Natural Resources
AST Wellington Management Hedged Equity
AST Western Asset Core Plus Bond
Franklin Templeton VIP Founding Funds Allocation Fund
The following additional Portfolios are available with ASAP III, APEX II and
ASL II only:
PROFUND VP**
Consumer Goods
Consumer Services
Financials
Health Care
Industrials
Large-Cap Growth
Large-Cap Value
Mid-Cap Growth
Mid-Cap Value
Real Estate
Small-Cap Growth
Small-Cap Value
Telecommunications
Utilities
* Detailed Information regarding these optional benefits can be found in the
"Living Benefits" and "Death Benefit" sections of this Prospectus.
** For ASAP III, XT6, and ASL II Annuities issued beginning on May 26, 2008,
we limit the Owner's ability to invest in the ProFund VP Portfolios.
Specifically:
. We will not permit those who acquire an ASAP III, XT6, or ASL II Annuity
on or after May 26, 2008 (including beneficiaries who acquire such an
Annuity under the Beneficiary Continuation Option) to invest in any
ProFund VP Portfolio; and
. Those who acquired an ASAP III, XT6, or ASL II Annuity prior to May 26,
2008 may invest in any ProFund VP Portfolio without being subject to the
above restrictions; and
. Those who currently hold an APEX II Annuity, or who acquire an APEX II
Annuity after May 26, 2008, may invest in any ProFund VP Portfolio
(except that beneficiaries who acquire an APEX II Annuity on or after
May 26, 2008 under the Beneficiary Continuation Option may not invest in
any ProFund VP Portfolio).
Certain optional living benefits (e.g., Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus) employ
a pre-determined formula, under which money is transferred between your chosen
variable sub-accounts and a bond portfolio (e.g., the AST Investment Grade
Bond Portfolio). You should be aware that the operation of the formula could
impact the expenses and performance of the variable sub-accounts used with the
optional living benefits (the "Permitted Sub-accounts"). Specifically, because
transfers to and from the Permitted Sub-accounts can be frequent and the
amount transferred can vary, the Permitted Sub-accounts could experience the
following effects, among others: (a) they may be compelled to hold a larger
portion of assets in highly liquid securities than they otherwise would, which
could diminish performance if the highly liquid securities underperform other
securities (e.g., equities) that otherwise would have been held (b) they may
experience higher portfolio turnover, which generally will increase the
Permitted Sub-accounts' expenses and (c) if they are compelled by the formula
to sell securities that are thinly-traded, such sales could have a significant
impact on the price of such securities. Please consult the prospectus for the
applicable fund for complete information about these effects.
29
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ADVANCED SERIES TRUST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST ACADEMIC STRATEGIES ASSET AlphaSimplex
ALLOCA ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO: seeks long Group, LLC; AQR
TION term capital appreciation. The Capital
Portfolio is a multi-asset class Management, LLC;
fund that pursues both top-down CNH Partners,
asset allocation strategies and LLC; First
bottom-up selection of securities, Quadrant L.P.;
investment managers, and mutual Jennison Associates
funds. Under normal circumstances, LLC; Mellon
approximately 60% of the assets will Capital
be allocated to traditional asset Management
classes (including US and Corporation; Pacific
international equities and bonds) Investment
and approximately 40% of the assets Management
will be allocated to nontraditional Company LLC
asset classes (including real (PIMCO);
estate, commodities, and alternative Prudential Bache
strategies). Those percentages are Asset Management,
subject to change at the discretion Incorporated;
of the advisor. Prudential
Investments LLC;
Quantitative
Management
Associates LLC;
J.P. Morgan
Investment
Management, Inc.
(on or about August
24, 2011)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST ADVANCED STRATEGIES PORTFOLIO: LSV Asset
ALLOCA seeks a high level of absolute Management;
TION return. The Portfolio uses Marsico Capital
traditional and non-traditional Management, LLC;
investment strategies by investing Pacific Investment
in domestic and foreign equity and Management
fixed-income securities, derivative Company LLC
instruments and other investment (PIMCO); T. Rowe
companies. The asset allocation Price Associates,
generally provides for an allotment Inc.; William Blair
of 60% of the portfolio's assets to & Company, LLC;
a combination of domestic and Quantitative
international equity strategies and Management
the remaining 40% of assets in a Associates LLC
combination of U.S. fixed income,
hedged international bond, real
return assets and other investment
companies. The manager will allocate
the assets of the portfolio across
different investment categories and
subadvisors.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP AST ALLIANCEBERNSTEIN CORE VALUE AllianceBernstein
VALUE PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term capital L.P.
growth by investing primarily in
common stocks. The subadvisor
expects that the majority of the
Portfolio's assets will be invested
in the common stocks of large
companies that appear to be
undervalued. Among other things, the
Portfolio seeks to identify
compelling buying opportunities
created when companies are
undervalued on the basis of investor
reactions to near-term problems or
circumstances even though their
long-term prospects remain sound.
The subadvisor seeks to identify
individual companies with cash flow
potential that may not be recognized
by the market at large.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
30
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP AST AMERICAN CENTURY INCOME & GROWTH American Century
VALUE PORTFOLIO: seeks capital growth with Investment
current income as a secondary Management, Inc.
objective. The Portfolio invests
primarily in common stocks that
offer potential for capital growth,
and may, consistent with its
investment objective, invest in
stocks that offer potential for
current income. The subadvisor
utilizes a quantitative management
technique with a goal of building an
equity portfolio that provides
better returns than the S&P 500
Index without taking on significant
additional risk and while attempting
to create a dividend yield that will
be greater than the S&P 500 Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST BALANCED ASSET ALLOCATION Prudential
ALLOCA PORTFOLIO: seeks to obtain a total Investments LLC;
TION return consistent with its specified Quantitative
level of risk. The Portfolio Management
primarily invests its assets in a Associates LLC
diversified portfolio of other
mutual funds, within the Advanced
Series Trust and certain affiliated
money market funds. Under normal
market conditions, the Portfolio
will devote approximately 60% of its
net assets to underlying portfolios
investing primarily in equity
securities (with a range of 52.5% to
67.5%), and 40% of its net assets to
underlying portfolios investing
primarily in debt securities and
money market instruments (with a
range of 32.5% to 47.5%). The
Portfolio is not limited to
investing exclusively in shares of
the underlying portfolios and may
invest in securities, exchange
traded funds (ETFs), and futures
contracts, swap agreements and other
financial and derivative instruments.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST BLACKROCK GLOBAL STRATEGIES BlackRock
ALLOCA PORTFOLIO (formerly SP Growth Asset Financial
TION Allocation Portfolio): seeks a high Management, Inc.
total return consistent with a
moderate level of risk. The
Portfolio is a global, multi
asset-class portfolio that invests
directly in, among other things,
equity and equity-related
securities, investment grade debt
securities (including, without
limitation, U.S. Treasuries and U.S.
government securities),
non-investment grade bonds (also
known as "high yield bonds" or "junk
bonds"), real estate investment
trusts (REITs), exchange traded
funds (ETFs), and derivative
instruments, including
commodity-linked derivative
instruments.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP AST BLACKROCK VALUE PORTFOLIO: seeks BlackRock
VALUE maximum growth of capital by Investment
investing primarily in the value Management, LLC
stocks of larger companies. The
Portfolio pursues its objective,
under normal market conditions, by
primarily investing at least 80% of
the value of its assets in the
equity securities of large-sized
companies included in the Russell
1000(R) Value Index. The subadvisor
employs an investment strategy
designed to maintain a portfolio of
equity securities which approximates
the market risk of those stocks
included in the Russell 1000(R)
Value Index, but which attempts to
outperform the Russell 1000(R) Value
Index through active stock selection.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED AST BOND PORTFOLIOS 2015, 2016, Prudential
INCOME 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, AND Investment
2022: each AST Bond Portfolio seeks Management, Inc.
the highest potential total return
consistent with its specified level
of risk tolerance to meet the
parameters established to support
the GRO benefits and maintain
liquidity to support changes in
market conditions for the fixed
maturity year indicated in its name.
Please note that you may not make
purchase payments to each Portfolio,
and that each Portfolio is available
only with certain living benefits.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST CAPITAL GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION Prudential
ALLOCA PORTFOLIO: seeks to obtain a total Investments LLC;
TION return consistent with its specified Quantitative
level of risk. The Portfolio Management
primarily invests its assets in a Associates LLC
diversified portfolio of other
mutual funds, within the Advanced
Series Trust and certain affiliated
money market funds. Under normal
market conditions, the Portfolio
will devote approximately 75% of its
net assets to underlying portfolios
investing primarily in equity
securities (with a range of 67.5% to
80%), and 25% of its net assets to
underlying portfolios investing
primarily in debt securities and
money market instruments (with a
range of 20.0% to 32.5%). The
Portfolio is not limited to
investing exclusively in shares of
the underlying portfolios and may
invest in securities, ETFs, and
futures contracts, swap agreements
and other financial and derivative
instruments.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
31
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST CLS GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION CLS Investments,
ALLOCA PORTFOLIO: seeks the highest LLC
TION potential total return consistent
with its specified level of risk
tolerance. Under normal
circumstances, at least 90% of the
Portfolio's assets will be invested
in other portfolios of Advanced
Series Trust (the underlying
portfolios) while no more than 10%
of the Portfolio's assets may be
invested in exchange traded funds
(ETFs). Under normal market
conditions, the Portfolio will
devote from 60% to 80% of its net
assets to underlying portfolios and
ETFs investing primarily in equity
securities, and from 20% to 40% of
its net assets to underlying
portfolios and ETFs investing
primarily in money market
instruments and debt securities,
which may include non-investment
grade bonds. "Non-investment grade
bonds" are commonly referred to as
"junk bonds".
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST CLS MODERATE ASSET ALLOCATION CLS Investments,
ALLOCA PORTFOLIO: seeks the highest LLC
TION potential total return consistent
with its specified level of risk
tolerance. Under normal
circumstances, at least 90% of the
Portfolio's assets will be invested
in other portfolios of Advanced
Series Trust (the underlying
portfolios) while no more than 10%
of the Portfolio's assets may be
invested in exchange traded funds
(ETFs). Under normal market
conditions, the Portfolio will
devote from 40% to 60% of its net
assets to underlying portfolios and
ETFs investing primarily in equity
securities, and from 40% to 60% of
its net assets to underlying
portfolios and ETFs investing
primarily in money market
instruments and debt securities,
which may include non-investment
grade bonds. "Non-investment grade
bonds" are commonly referred to as
"junk bonds".
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY AST COHEN & STEERS REALTY PORTFOLIO: Cohen & Steers
seeks to maximize total return Capital
through investment in real estate Management, Inc.
securities. The Portfolio pursues
its investment objective by
investing, under normal
circumstances, at least 80% of its
net assets in common stocks and
other equity securities issued by
real estate companies, such as real
estate investment trusts (REITs).
Under normal circumstances, the
Portfolio will invest substantially
all of its assets in the equity
securities of real estate companies,
i.e., a company that derives at
least 50% of its revenues from the
ownership, construction, financing,
management or sale of real estate or
that has at least 50% of its assets
in real estate. Real estate
companies may include real estate
investment trusts (REITs).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMALL CAP AST FEDERATED AGGRESSIVE GROWTH Federated Equity
GROWTH PORTFOLIO: seeks capital growth. The Management
Portfolio pursues its investment Company of
objective by investing primarily in Pennsylvania/
the stocks of small companies that Federated Global
are traded on national security Investment
exchanges, NASDAQ stock exchange and Management Corp.
the over- the-counter-market. Small
companies will be defined as
companies with market
capitalizations similar to companies
in the Russell 2000 and S&P 600
Small Cap Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST FI PYRAMIS(R) ASSET ALLOCATION Pyramis Global
ALLOCA PORTFOLIO: seeks to maximize Advisors, LLC a
TION potential total return. In seeking Fidelity
to achieve the Portfolio's Investments
investment objective, the company
Portfolio's assets will be allocated
across six uniquely specialized
investment strategies (collectively,
the Investment Strategies). The
Portfolio will have four strategies
that invest primarily in equity
securities (i.e., the Equity
Strategies), one fixed-income
strategy (i.e., the Broad Market
Duration Strategy), and one strategy
designed to provide liquidity (i.e.,
the Liquidity Strategy). Pyramis is
a registered service mark of FMR
LLC. Used under license.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST FIRST TRUST BALANCED TARGET First Trust Advisors
ALLOCA PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term capital L.P.
TION growth balanced by current income.
The Portfolio seeks to achieve its
objective by investing approximately
65% in equity securities and
approximately 35% in fixed income
securities. The Portfolio allocates
the equity portion of the portfolio
across five uniquely specialized
strategies - The Dow(R) Target
Dividend, the Value Line(R) Target
25, the Global Dividend Target 15,
the NYSE(R) International Target 25,
and the Target Small Cap. Each
strategy employs a quantitative
approach by screening common stocks
for certain attributes and/or using
a multi-factor scoring system to
select the common stocks. The fixed
income allocation is determined by
the Dow Jones Income strategy which
utilizes certain screens to select
bonds from the Dow Jones Corporate
Bond Index or like-bonds not in the
index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
32
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST FIRST TRUST CAPITAL APPRECIATION First Trust Advisors
ALLOCA TARGET PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term L.P.
TION capital growth. The Portfolio seeks
to achieve its objective by
investing approximately 80% in
equity securities and approximately
20% in fixed income securities. The
portfolio allocates the equity
portion of the portfolio across five
uniquely specialized strategies -
the Value Line(R) Target 25, the
Global Dividend Target 15, the
Target Small-Cap, the NASDAQ(R)
Target 15, and the NYSE(R)
International Target 25. Each
strategy employs a quantitative
approach by screening common stocks
for certain attributes and/or using
a multi-factor scoring system to
select the common stocks. The fixed
income allocation is determined by
the Dow Jones Income strategy which
utilizes certain screens to select
bonds from the Dow Jones Corporate
Bond Index or like-bonds not in the
index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY AST GLOBAL REAL ESTATE PORTFOLIO: Prudential Real
seeks capital appreciation and Estate Investors
income. The Portfolio will normally
invest at least 80% of its liquid
assets (net assets plus any
borrowing made for investment
purposes) in equity-related
securities of real estate companies.
The Portfolio will invest in
equity-related securities of real
estate companies on a global basis
and the Portfolio may invest up to
15% of its net assets in ownership
interests in commercial real estate
through investments in private real
estate.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP AST GOLDMAN SACHS CONCENTRATED Goldman Sachs
GROWTH GROWTH PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term Asset Management,
growth of capital. The Portfolio L.P.
will pursue its objective by
investing primarily in equity
securities of companies that the
subadvisor believes have the
potential to achieve capital
appreciation over the long-term. The
Portfolio seeks to achieve its
investment objective by investing,
under normal circumstances, in
approximately 30 - 45 companies that
are considered by the subadvisor to
be positioned for long-term growth.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP AST GOLDMAN SACHS LARGE-CAP VALUE Goldman Sachs
VALUE PORTFOLIO (formerly AST Asset Management,
AllianceBernstein Growth & Income L.P.
Portfolio): seeks long-term growth
of capital. The Portfolio seeks to
achieve its investment objective by
investing in value opportunities
that Goldman Sachs Asset Management,
L.P. ("GSAM"), the Portfolio's sole
subadvisor, defines as companies
with identifiable competitive
advantages whose intrinsic value is
not reflected in the stock price.
The Fund invests, under normal
circumstances, at least 80% of its
net assets plus any borrowings for
investment purposes (measured at
time of purchase) ("Net Assets") in
a diversified portfolio of equity
investments in large-cap U.S.
issuers with public stock market
capitalizations within the range of
the market capitalization of
companies constituting the Russell
1000 Value Index at the time of
investment.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
MID CAP AST GOLDMAN SACHS MID-CAP GROWTH Goldman Sachs
GROWTH PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term growth of Asset Management,
capital. The Portfolio pursues its L.P.
investment objective, by investing
primarily in equity securities
selected for their growth potential,
and normally invests at least 80% of
the value of its assets in
medium-sized companies. Medium-sized
companies are those whose market
capitalizations (measured at the
time of investment) fall within the
range of companies in the Russell
Mid-cap Growth Index. The subadvisor
seeks to identify individual
companies with earnings growth
potential that may not be recognized
by the market at large.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMALL CAP AST GOLDMAN SACHS SMALL-CAP VALUE Goldman Sachs
VALUE PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term capital Asset Management,
appreciation. The Portfolio will L.P.
seek its objective through
investments primarily in equity
securities that are believed to be
undervalued in the marketplace. The
Portfolio will invest, under normal
circumstances, at least 80% of the
value of its assets plus any
borrowings for investment purposes
in small capitalization companies.
The 80% investment requirement
applies at the time the Portfolio
invests its assets. The Portfolio
generally defines small
capitalization companies as
companies with market
capitalizations that are within the
range of the Russell 2000 Value
Index at the time of purchase.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED AST HIGH YIELD PORTFOLIO: seeks J.P. Morgan
INCOME maximum total return, consistent Investment
with preservation of capital and Management, Inc.;
prudent investment management. The Prudential
Portfolio will invest, under normal Investment
circumstances, at least 80% of its Management, Inc.
net assets plus any borrowings for
investment purposes (measured at
time of purchase) in non-investment
grade high yield bonds (also known
as "junk bonds"), fixed-income
investments which may be represented
by forwards or derivatives such as
options, futures contracts, or swap
agreements. Non-investment grade
investments are financial
instruments rated Ba or lower by
Moody's Investors Services, Inc. or
equivalently rated by Standard &
Poor's Corporation, or Fitch, or, if
unrated, determined by the
sub-advisor to be of comparable
quality.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
33
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST HORIZON GROWTH ASSET ALLOCATION Horizon
ALLOCA PORTFOLIO: seeks the highest Investments, LLC
TION potential total return consistent
with its specified level of risk
tolerance. Under normal
circumstances, at least 90% of the
Portfolio's assets will be invested
in other portfolios of Advanced
Series Trust (the underlying
portfolios) while no more than 10%
of the Portfolio's assets may be
invested in exchange traded funds
(ETFs). Under normal market
conditions, the Portfolio will
devote from 60% to 80% of its net
assets to underlying portfolios and
ETFs investing primarily in equity
securities, and from 20% to 40% of
its net assets to underlying
portfolios and ETFs investing
primarily in debt securities and
money market instruments.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST HORIZON MODERATE ASSET Horizon
ALLOCA ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO: seeks the Investments, LLC
TION highest potential total return
consistent with its specified level
of risk tolerance. Under normal
circumstances, at least 90% of the
Portfolio's assets will be invested
in other portfolios of Advanced
Series Trust (the underlying
portfolios) while no more than 10%
of the Portfolio's assets may be
invested in exchange traded funds
(ETFs). Under normal market
conditions, the Portfolio will
devote from 40% to 60% of its net
assets to underlying portfolios and
ETFs investing primarily in equity
securities, and from 40% to 60% of
its net assets to underlying
portfolios and ETFs investing
primarily in debt securities and
money market instruments.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTER AST INTERNATIONAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO: Marsico Capital
NATIONAL seeks long-term capital growth. Management, LLC;
EQUITY Under normal circumstances, the William Blair &
Portfolio invests at least 80% of Company, LLC
the value of its assets in
securities of issuers that are
economically tied to countries other
than the United States. Although the
Portfolio intends to invest at least
80% of its assets in the securities
of issuers located outside the
United States, it may at times
invest in U.S. issuers and it may
invest all of its assets in fewer
than five countries or even a single
country. The Portfolio looks
primarily for stocks of companies
whose earnings are growing at a
faster rate than other companies or
which offer attractive growth.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTER AST INTERNATIONAL VALUE PORTFOLIO: LSV Asset
NATIONAL seeks long-term capital Management;
EQUITY appreciation. The Portfolio normally Thornburg
invests at least 80% of the Investment
Portfolio's assets in equity Management, Inc.
securities. The Portfolio will
invest at least 65% of its net
assets in the equity securities of
companies in at least three
different countries, without limit
as to the amount of assets that may
be invested in a single country.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND PORTFOLIO: Prudential
INCOME seeks to maximize total return, Investment
consistent with the preservation of Management, Inc.
capital and liquidity needs to meet
the parameters established to
support the Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven, Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus, Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus
and Highest Daily Lifetime Income
benefits. Please note that you may
not make purchase payments to this
Portfolio, and that this Portfolio
is available only with certain
living benefits.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP AST JENNISON LARGE-CAP GROWTH Jennison Associates
GROWTH PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term growth of LLC
capital. Under normal market
conditions, the Portfolio will
invest at least 80% of its
investable assets in the equity and
equity-related securities of
large-capitalization companies
measured, at the time of purchase,
to be within the market
capitalization of the Russell
1000(R) Index. In deciding which
equity securities to buy, the
subadvisor will use a growth
investment style and will invest in
stocks it believes could experience
superior sales or earnings growth,
or high returns on equity and
assets. Stocks are selected on a
company-by-company basis using
fundamental analysis. The companies
in which the subadvisor will invest
generally tend to have a unique
market niche, a strong new product
profile or superior management.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP AST JENNISON LARGE-CAP VALUE Jennison Associates
VALUE PORTFOLIO: seeks capital LLC
appreciation. Under normal market
conditions, the Portfolio will
invest at least 80% of its
investable assets in the equity and
equity-related securities of
large-capitalization companies
measured, at the time of purchase,
to be within the market
capitalization of the Russell
1000(R) Index. In deciding which
equity securities to buy, the
subadvisor will use a value
investment style and will invest in
common stocks that it believes are
being valued at a discount to their
intrinsic value, as defined by the
value of their earnings, free cash
flow, the value of their assets,
their private market value, or some
combination of these factors. The
subadvisor will look for catalysts
that will help unlock a common
stock's true value.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
34
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTER AST JPMORGAN INTERNATIONAL EQUITY J.P. Morgan
NATIONAL PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term capital Investment
EQUITY growth by investing in a diversified Management, Inc.
portfolio of international equity
securities. The Portfolio seeks to
meet its objective by investing,
under normal market conditions, at
least 80% of its assets in a
diversified portfolio of equity
securities of companies located or
operating in developed non-U.S.
countries and emerging markets of
the world. The equity securities
will ordinarily be traded on a
recognized foreign securities
exchange or traded in a foreign
over-the-counter market in the
country where the issuer is
principally based, but may also be
traded in other countries including
the United States.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST J.P. MORGAN STRATEGIC J.P. Morgan
ALLOCA OPPORTUNITIES PORTFOLIO: seeks to Investment
TION maximize total return, consisting of Management, Inc.
capital appreciation and current
income. The Portfolio invests in
securities and financial instruments
to gain exposure to global equity,
global fixed income and cash
equivalent markets, including global
currencies. The Portfolio may invest
in equity and fixed income
securities (including non-investment
grade bonds or "junk bonds") of
issuers located within and outside
the United States or in open-end
investment companies advised by J.P.
Morgan Investment Management, Inc.,
the Portfolio's subadvisor, to gain
exposure to certain global equity
and global fixed income markets.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP AST LARGE-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO: seeks Eaton Vance
VALUE current income and long-term growth Management;
of income, as well as capital Hotchkis and Wiley
appreciation. The Portfolio invests, Capital
under normal circumstances, at least Management, LLC
80% of its net assets in common
stocks of large capitalization
companies. Large capitalization
companies are those companies with
market capitalizations within the
market capitalization range of the
Russell 1000 Value Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED AST LORD ABBETT CORE FIXED INCOME Lord, Abbett & Co.
INCOME PORTFOLIO (formerly AST Lord Abbett LLC
Bond- Debenture Portfolio): seeks
income and capital appreciation to
produce a high total return. Under
normal market conditions, the
Portfolio pursues its investment
objective by investing at least 80%
of its net assets in debt (or fixed
income) securities of various types.
The Portfolio primarily invests in
securities issued or guaranteed by
the U.S. government, its agencies or
government-sponsored enterprises;
investment grade debt securities of
U.S. issuers; investment grade debt
securities of non-U.S. issuers that
are denominated in U.S. dollars;
mortgage-backed and other
asset-backed securities; senior
loans, and loan participations and
assignments; and derivative
instruments, such as options,
futures contracts, forward contracts
or swap agreements. The Portfolio
attempts to manage interest rate
risk through its management of the
average duration of the securities
it holds in its portfolio. The
Portfolio expects to maintain its
average duration range within two
years of the bond market's duration
as measured by the Barclays Capital
U.S. Aggregate Bond Index (which was
approximately five years as of
December 31, 2010).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP AST MARSICO CAPITAL GROWTH Marsico Capital
GROWTH PORTFOLIO: seeks capital growth. Management, LLC
Income realization is not an
investment objective and any income
realized on the Portfolio's
investments, therefore, will be
incidental to the Portfolio's
objective. The Portfolio will pursue
its objective by investing primarily
in common stocks of large companies
that are selected for their growth
potential. Large capitalization
companies are companies with market
capitalizations within the market
capitalization range of the Russell
1000 Growth Index. In selecting
investments for the Portfolio, the
subadvisor uses an approach that
combines "top down" macroeconomic
analysis with "bottom up" stock
selection. The "top down" approach
identifies sectors, industries and
companies that may benefit from the
trends the subadvisor has observed.
The subadvisor then looks for
individual companies with earnings
growth potential that may not be
recognized by the market at large,
utilizing a "bottom up" stock
selection process. The Portfolio
will normally hold a core position
of between 35 and 50 common stocks.
The Portfolio may hold a limited
number of additional common stocks
at times when the Portfolio manager
is accumulating new positions,
phasing out and replacing existing
positions or responding to
exceptional market conditions.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTER AST MFS GLOBAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO: Massachusetts
NATIONAL seeks capital growth. Under normal Financial Services
EQUITY circumstances the Portfolio invests Company
at least 80% of its assets in equity
securities. The Portfolio may invest
in the securities of U.S. and
foreign issuers (including issuers
in emerging market countries). While
the portfolio may invest its assets
in companies of any size, the
Portfolio generally focuses on
companies with relatively large
market capitalizations relative to
the markets in which they are traded.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
35
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP AST MFS GROWTH PORTFOLIO: seeks Massachusetts
GROWTH long-term capital growth and future, Financial Services
rather than current income. Under Company
normal market conditions, the
Portfolio invests at least 80% of
its net assets in common stocks and
related securities, such as
preferred stocks, convertible
securities and depositary receipts.
The subadvisor focuses on investing
the Portfolio's assets in the stocks
of companies it believes to have
above-average earnings growth
potential compared to other
companies. The subadvisor uses a
"bottom up" as opposed to a "top
down" investment style in managing
the Portfolio.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
MID CAP AST MID-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO: seeks EARNEST Partners
VALUE to provide capital growth by LLC; WEDGE
investing primarily in Capital
mid-capitalization stocks that Management, LLP
appear to be undervalued. The
Portfolio generally invests, under
normal circumstances, at least 80%
of the value of its net assets in
mid- capitalization companies.
Mid-capitalization companies are
generally those that have market
capitalizations, at the time of
purchase, within the market
capitalization range of companies
included in the Russell Midcap(R)
Value Index during the previous
12-months based on month-end data.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED AST MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO: seeks Prudential
INCOME high current income while Investment
maintaining high levels of Management, Inc.
liquidity. The Portfolio invests in
high-quality, short-term, U.S.
dollar denominated corporate, bank
and government obligations. The
Portfolio will invest in securities
which have effective maturities of
not more than 397 days.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
MID CAP AST NEUBERGER BERMAN MID-CAP GROWTH Neuberger Berman
GROWTH PORTFOLIO: seeks capital growth. Management LLC
Under normal market conditions, the
Portfolio invests at least 80% of
its net assets in the common stocks
of mid-capitalization companies.
Mid-capitalization companies are
those companies whose market
capitalization is within the range
of market capitalizations of
companies in the Russell Midcap(R)
Growth Index. Using fundamental
research and quantitative analysis,
the subadvisor looks for
fast-growing companies that are in
new or rapidly evolving industries.
The Portfolio may invest in foreign
securities (including emerging
markets securities).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
MID CAP AST NEUBERGER BERMAN/LSV MID-CAP LSV Asset
VALUE VALUE PORTFOLIO: seeks capital Management;
growth. Under normal market Neuberger Berman
conditions, the Portfolio invests at Management LLC
least 80% of its net assets in the
common stocks of medium
capitalization companies. For
purposes of the Portfolio, companies
with market capitalizations that
fall within the range of the Russell
Midcap(R) Value Index at the time of
investment are considered medium
capitalization companies. Some of
the Portfolio's assets may be
invested in the securities of
large-cap companies as well as in
small-cap companies. Neuberger
Berman looks for well-managed
companies whose stock prices are
undervalued and that may rise in
price before other investors realize
their worth. LSV Asset Management
(LSV) follows an active investment
strategy utilizing a quantitative
investment model to evaluate and
recommend investment decisions for
its portion of the Portfolio in a
bottom-up, contrarian value approach.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTER AST PARAMETRIC EMERGING MARKETS Parametric Portfolio
NATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term Associates LLC
EQUITY capital appreciation. The Portfolio
normally invests at least 80% of its
net assets in equity securities of
issuers (i) located in emerging
market countries, which are
generally those not considered to be
developed market countries, or (ii)
included (or considered for
inclusion) as emerging markets
issuers in one or more broad-based
market indices. Emerging market
countries are generally countries
not considered to be developed
market countries, and therefore not
included in the Morgan Stanley
Capital International (MSCI) World
Index. A company will be considered
to be located in an emerging market
country if it is domiciled in or
derives more that 50% of its
revenues or profits from emerging
market countries. The Portfolio
seeks to employ a top-down,
disciplined and structured
investment process that emphasizes
broad exposure and diversification
among emerging market countries,
economic sectors and issuers.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
36
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED AST PIMCO LIMITED MATURITY BOND Pacific Investment
INCOME PORTFOLIO: seeks to maximize total Management
return consistent with preservation Company LLC
of capital and prudent investment (PIMCO)
management. The Portfolio will
invest, under normal circumstances,
at least 80% of the value of its net
assets in fixed- income investments,
which may be represented by forwards
or derivatives such as options,
futures contracts, or swap
agreements. The average portfolio
duration normally varies within a
one -to-three year time-frame based
on the subadvisor's forecast of
interest rates. The Portfolio may
invest up to 10% total assets in
non-investment grade bonds which are
commonly known as "junk bonds".
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED AST PIMCO TOTAL RETURN BOND Pacific Investment
INCOME PORTFOLIO: seeks to maximize total Management
return consistent with preservation Company LLC
of capital and prudent investment (PIMCO)
management. The Portfolio will
invest, under normal circumstances,
at least 80% of the value of its net
assets in fixed income investments,
which may be represented by forwards
or derivatives such as options,
futures contracts, or swap
agreements. The average portfolio
duration normally varies within two
years (+/-) of the duration of the
Barclay's Capital U.S. Aggregate
Bond Index. The Portfolio may invest
up to 10% total assets in
non-investment grade bonds which are
commonly known as "junk bonds".
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST PRESERVATION ASSET ALLOCATION Prudential
ALLOCA PORTFOLIO: seeks to obtain a total Investments LLC;
TION return consistent with its specified Quantitative
level of risk. The Portfolio Management
primarily invests its assets in a Associates LLC
diversified portfolio of other
mutual funds, within the Advanced
Series Trust and certain affiliated
money market funds. Under normal
market conditions, the Portfolio
will devote approximately 35% of its
net assets to underlying portfolios
investing primarily in equity
securities (with a range of 27.5% to
42.5%), and 65% of its net assets to
underlying portfolios investing
primarily in debt securities and
money market instruments (with a
range of 57.5% to 72.5%). The
Portfolio is not limited to
investing exclusively in shares of
the underlying portfolios and may
invest in securities, ETFs, and
futures contracts, swap agreements
and other financial and derivative
instruments.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP AST QMA US EQUITY ALPHA PORTFOLIO: Quantitative
BLEND seeks long term capital Management
appreciation. The portfolio utilizes Associates LLC
a long/short investment strategy and
will normally invest at least 80% of
its net assets plus borrowings in
equity and equity related securities
of US issuers. The benchmark index
is the Russell 1000(R) which is
comprised of stocks representing
more than 90% of the market cap of
the US market and includes the
largest 1000 securities in the
Russell 3000(R) index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST QUANTITATIVE MODELING PORTFOLIO: Quantitative
ALLOCA seeks a high potential return while Management
TION attempting to mitigate downside risk Associates LLC
during adverse market cycles. The
Portfolio is comprised of a blend of
equities and fixed income. Upon the
commencement of operations of the
Portfolio, approximately 90% of the
Portfolio's net assets will be
allocated to the capital growth
segment, with the remainder of its
net assets (i.e., approximately 10%)
being allocated to the fixed-income
segment. Asset allocation transfers
within the Portfolio between the
capital growth segment and the fixed
income segment will be governed
primarily by the application of a
quantitative model. The model,
however, will not generate: (i) a
transfer to the capital growth
segment from the fixed-income
segment that would result in more
than 90% of the Portfolio's net
assets being allocated to the
capital growth segment, (ii) a
transfer to the fixed-income segment
from the capital growth segment that
would result in more than 90% of the
Portfolio's net assets being
allocated to the fixed-income
segment, or (iii) a large-scale
transfer between the Portfolio's
segments that exceeds certain
pre-determined percentage
thresholds. An Owner's specific
investment experience will depend,
in part, on how the Portfolio's
assets were allocated between the
capital growth segment and the
fixed-income segment during the
period in which the Owner was
invested in the Portfolio.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST SCHRODERS MULTI-ASSET WORLD Schroder
ALLOCA STRATEGIES PORTFOLIO: seeks Investment
TION long-term capital appreciation Management North
through a global flexible asset America Inc.
allocation approach. This asset
allocation approach entails
investing in traditional asset
classes, such as equity and
fixed-income investments, and
alternative asset classes, such as
investments in real estate,
commodities, currencies, private
equity, non-investment grade bonds,
Emerging Market Debt and absolute
return strategies. The sub-advisor
seeks to emphasize the management of
risk and volatility. Exposure to
different asset classes and
investment strategies will vary over
time based upon the subadvisor's
assessments of changing market,
economic, financial and political
factors and events.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
37
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMALL CAP AST SMALL-CAP GROWTH PORTFOLIO: Eagle Asset
GROWTH seeks long-term capital growth. The Management, Inc.
Portfolio pursues its objective by
investing, under normal
circumstances, at least 80% of the
value of its assets in
small-capitalization companies.
Small-capitalization companies are
those companies with a market
capitalization, at the time of
purchase, no larger than the largest
capitalized company included in the
Russell 2000(R) Growth Index at the
time of the Portfolio's investment.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMALL CAP AST SMALL-CAP VALUE PORTFOLIO: seeks ClearBridge
VALUE to provide long-term capital growth Advisors, LLC; J.P.
by investing primarily in Morgan Investment
small-capitalization stocks that Management, Inc.;
appear to be undervalued. The Lee Munder Capital
Portfolio invests, under normal Group, LLC
circumstances, at least 80% of the
value of its assets in small
capitalization companies. Small
capitalization companies are
generally defined as stocks of
companies with market
capitalizations that are within the
market capitalization range of the
Russell 2000(R) Value Index.
Securities of companies whose market
capitalizations no longer meet the
definition of small capitalization
companies after purchase by the
Portfolio will still be considered
to be small capitalization companies
for purposes of the Portfolio's
policy of investing at least 80% of
its assets in small capitalization
companies.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST T. ROWE PRICE ASSET ALLOCATION T. Rowe Price
ALLOCA PORTFOLIO: seeks a high level of Associates, Inc.
TION total return by investing primarily
in a diversified portfolio of equity
and fixed income securities. The
Portfolio normally invests
approximately 60% of its total
assets in equity securities and 40%
in fixed income securities. This mix
may vary over shorter time periods
depending on the subadvisor's
outlook for the markets. The
subadvisor concentrates common stock
investments in larger, more
established companies, but the
Portfolio may include small and
medium-sized companies with good
growth prospects. The fixed income
portion of the Portfolio will be
allocated among investment grade
securities, high yield or "junk"
bonds, emerging market securities,
foreign high quality debt securities
and cash reserves.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED AST T. ROWE PRICE GLOBAL BOND T. Rowe Price
INCOME PORTFOLIO: seeks to provide high Associates, Inc.
current income and capital growth by
investing in high-quality foreign
and U.S. dollar-denominated bonds.
The Portfolio will normally invest
at least 80% of its total assets in
fixed income securities. The
Portfolio invests in all types of
bonds, including those issued or
guaranteed by U.S. or foreign
governments or their agencies and by
foreign authorities, provinces and
municipalities as well as investment
grade corporate bonds,
mortgage-related and asset- backed
securities, and high-yield bonds of
U.S. and foreign issuers. The
Portfolio generally invests in
countries where the combination of
fixed-income returns and currency
exchange rates appears attractive,
or, if the currency trend is
unfavorable, where the subadvisor
believes that the currency risk can
be minimized through hedging. The
Portfolio may also invest in
convertible securities, commercial
paper and bank debt and loan
participations. The Portfolio may
invest up to 20% of its assets in
the aggregate in below
investment-grade, high-risk bonds
("junk bonds") and emerging market
bonds. In addition, the Portfolio
may invest up to 30% of its assets
in mortgage-related (including
mortgage dollar rolls and
derivatives, such as collateralized
mortgage obligations and stripped
mortgage securities) and
asset-backed securities. The
Portfolio may invest in futures,
swaps and other derivatives in
keeping with its objective.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP AST T. ROWE PRICE LARGE-CAP GROWTH T. Rowe Price
GROWTH PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term growth of Associates, Inc.
capital by investing predominantly
in the equity securities of a
limited number of large, carefully
selected, high-quality U.S.
companies that are judged likely to
achieve superior earnings growth.
The Portfolio takes a growth
approach to investment selection and
normally invests at least 80% of its
net assets in the common stocks of
large companies. Large companies are
defined as those whose market cap is
larger than the median market cap of
companies in the Russell 1000 Growth
Index as of the time of purchase.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
38
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY AST T. ROWE PRICE NATURAL RESOURCES T. Rowe Price
PORTFOLIO: seeks long-term capital Associates, Inc.
growth primarily through investing
in the common stocks of companies
that own or develop natural
resources (such as energy products,
precious metals and forest products)
and other basic commodities. The
Portfolio invests, under normal
circumstances, at least 80% of the
value of its assets in natural
resource companies. The Portfolio
may also invest in non-resource
companies with the potential for
growth. The Portfolio looks for
companies that have the ability to
expand production, to maintain
superior exploration programs and
production facilities, and the
potential to accumulate new
resources. Although at least 50% of
Portfolio assets will be invested in
U.S. securities, up to 50% of total
assets also may be invested in
foreign securities.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSET AST WELLINGTON MANAGEMENT HEDGED Wellington
ALLOCA EQUITY PORTFOLIO (formerly AST Management
TION Aggressive Asset Allocation Company, LLP
Portfolio): Seeks to outperform its
blended benchmark index over a full
market cycle. The Portfolio will use
a broad spectrum of Wellington
Management's equity investment
strategies to invest in a broadly
diversified portfolio of common
stocks while also pursuing a
downside risk overlay. The Portfolio
will normally invest at least 80% of
its assets in common stocks of
small, medium and large companies
and may also invest up to 30% of its
assets in equity securities of
foreign issuers and non-dollar
securities.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIXED AST WESTERN ASSET CORE PLUS BOND Western Asset
INCOME PORTFOLIO: seeks to maximize total Management
return, consistent with prudent Company
investment management and liquidity
needs. The Portfolio's current
target average duration is generally
2.5 to 7 years. The Portfolio
pursues this objective by investing
in all major fixed income sectors
with a bias towards non-Treasuries.
The Portfolio has the ability to
invest up to 20% in below investment
grade securities. Securities rated
below investment grade are commonly
known as "junk bonds" or "high
yield" securities.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIRST DEFINED PORTFOLIO FUND, LLC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY FIRST TRUST TARGET FOCUS FOUR First Trust Advisors
PORTFOLIO: seeks to provide L.P.
above-average capital appreciation.
The Portfolio seeks to achieve its
objective by investing in the common
stocks of companies which are
selected by applying four separate
uniquely specialized strategies (the
"Focus Four Strategy"). The Focus
Four Strategy adheres to a
disciplined investment process that
targets the following four
strategies: The Dow(R) Target
Dividend Strategy, Value Line(R)
Target 25 Strategy, S&P Target SMid
60 Strategy, and NYSE(R)
International Target 25 Strategy.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY GLOBAL DIVIDEND TARGET 15 PORTFOLIO: First Trust Advisors
seeks to provide above-average total L.P.
return. The Portfolio seeks to
achieve its objective by investing
in common stocks issued by companies
that are expected to provide income
and to have the potential for
capital appreciation. The Portfolio
invests primarily in the common
stocks of the companies which are
components of the Dow Jones
Industrial Average/sm/ ("DJIA/sm/"),
the Financial Times Industrial
Ordinary Share Index ("FT Index")
and the Hang Seng Index. The
Portfolio primarily consists of
common stocks of the five companies
with the lowest per share stock
prices of the ten companies in each
of the DJIA/sm/, FT Index and Hang
Seng Index, respectively, that have
the highest dividend yields in the
respective index on or about the
applicable stock selection date.
Each security is initially equally
weighted in the portfolio on or
about the applicable stock selection
date.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY NASDAQ(R) TARGET 15 PORTFOLIO: seeks First Trust Advisors
to provide above-average total L.P.
return. Beginning with the stocks in
the NASDAQ-100 Index(R) on or about
the applicable stock selection date,
the Portfolio selects fifteen stocks
based on a multi-factor model. A
modified market capitalization
approach is used to initially weight
each security in the portfolio.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY S&P(R) TARGET 24 PORTFOLIO: seeks to First Trust Advisors
provide above-average total return. L.P.
Beginning with the stocks in the
Standard & Poor's 500 Index ("S&P
500 Index"), on or about the
applicable stock selection date, the
Portfolio selects three stocks from
each of the eight largest economic
sectors of the S&P 500 Index. The
twenty-four stocks are selected
based on a multi-factor model and a
modified market capitalization
approach is used to initially weight
each security in the portfolio.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
39
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY TARGET MANAGED VIP PORTFOLIO: seeks First Trust Advisors
to provide above-average total L.P.
return. The Portfolio seeks to
achieve its objective by investing
in common stocks of the companies
that are identified based on six
uniquely specialized strategies -
The Dow(R) DART 5, the European
Target 20, the NASDAQ(R) Target 15,
the S&P(R) Target 24, the Target
Small- Cap and the Value Line(R)
Target 25. Each strategy employs a
quantitative approach by screening
common stocks for certain attributes
and/or using a multi-factor scoring
system to select the common stocks.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY THE DOW(R) TARGET DIVIDEND First Trust Advisors
PORTFOLIO: seeks to provide L.P.
above-average total return. The
Portfolio seeks to achieve its
objective by investing in common
stocks issued by companies that are
expected to provide income and to
have the potential for capital
appreciation. Beginning with the
stocks in The Dow Jones U.S.Select
Dividend Index/sm/, on or about the
applicable stock selection date, the
Portfolio selects twenty common
stocks based on a multi-factor
model. Each security is initially
expected to be relatively equally
weighted in the portfolio on or
about the applicable stock selection
date.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY THE DOW(R) DART 10 PORTFOLIO: seeks First Trust Advisors
to provide above-average total L.P.
return. The Portfolio seeks to
achieve its objective by investing
in common stocks issued by companies
that are expected to provide income
and to have the potential for
capital appreciation. The Portfolio
invests primarily in the common
stocks of the ten companies in the
DJIA that have the highest combined
dividend yields and buyback ratios
on or about the applicable stock
selection date. Each security is
initially expected to be relatively
equally weighted in the portfolio on
or about the applicable stock
selection date.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY VALUE LINE(R) TARGET 25 PORTFOLIO: First Trust Advisors
seeks to provide above-average L.P.
capital appreciation. The Portfolio
seeks to achieve its objective by
investing in 25 of the 100 common
stocks that Value Line(R) gives a #1
ranking for Timeliness/tm/. Value
Line(R) ranks approximately 1,700
stocks of which 100 are given their
#1 ranking for Timeliness(TM) which
measures Value Line's view of their
probable price performance during
the next six to 12 months relative
to the others. Beginning with the
100 stocks that Value Line(R) ranks
#1 for Timeliness(TM), on or about
the applicable stock selection date,
the Portfolio selects twenty five
stocks based on a multi-factor
model. A modified market
capitalization approach is used to
initially weight each security in
the portfolio.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON VARIABLE
INSURANCE PRODUCTS TRUST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
MODERATE FRANKLIN TEMPLETON VIP FOUNDING Franklin Templeton
ALLO FUNDS ALLOCATION FUND: Seeks capital Services, LLC
CATION appreciation, with income as a
secondary goal. The Fund normally
invests equal portions in Class 1
shares of Franklin Income Securities
Fund; Mutual Shares Securities Fund;
and Templeton Growth Securities Fund.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
NATIONWIDE VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTER NVIT DEVELOPING MARKETS FUND: seeks Nationwide Fund
NATIONAL long-term capital appreciation, Advisors/ Baring
EQUITY under normal conditions by investing International
at least 80% of the value of its net Investment Limited
assets in equity securities of
companies of any size based in the
world's developing market countries.
The Fund typically maintains
investments in at least six
countries at all times with no more
than 35% of the value of its net
assets invested in securities of any
one country.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
MID CAP AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS Invesco Advisers,
GROWTH (INVESCO VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS) - Inc.
INVESCO V.I. CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT
FUND - SERIES I SHARES: seeks
long-term capital growth. The Fund
invests primarily in equity
securities of mid-capitalization
issuers.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS Invesco Advisers,
(INVESCO VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS) - Inc.
INVESCO V.I. DIVIDEND GROWTH FUND -
SERIES I SHARES: seeks to provide
reasonable current income and
long-term growth of income and
capital. The Fund will normally
invest at least 80% of its net
assets (plus any borrowings for
investment purposes) in common
stocks of companies which pay
dividends and have the potential for
increasing dividends.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
40
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS Invesco Advisers,
(INVESCO VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS) - Inc.
INVESCO V.I. GLOBAL HEALTH CARE FUND
- SERIES I SHARES: seeks long-term
growth of capital. The Fund invests,
under normal circumstances, at least
80% of net assets (plus borrowings
for investment purposes) in
securities issued by domestic and
foreign companies and governments
engaged primarily in the health care
industry.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS Invesco Advisers,
(INVESCO VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS) - Inc.
INVESCO V.I. TECHNOLOGY FUND -
SERIES I SHARES: seeks long-term
growth of capital. The Fund invests,
under normal circumstances, at least
80% of net assets (plus borrowings
for investment purposes) in
securities of issuers engaged
primarily in technology-related
industries. The Fund invests
primarily in equity securities.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROFUND VP
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
EACH PROFUND VP PORTFOLIO DESCRIBED BELOW IS DESIGNED TO SEEK DAILY
INVESTMENT RESULTS THAT, BEFORE FEES AND EXPENSES, CORRESPOND TO THE
PERFORMANCE OF A DAILY BENCHMARK, SUCH AS THE DAILY PRICE
PERFORMANCE, THE INVERSE (OPPOSITE) OF THE DAILY PRICE PERFORMANCE,
A MULTIPLE OF THE DAILY PRICE PERFORMANCE, OF AN INDEX OR SECURITY.
ULTRA PROFUND VPS ARE DESIGNED TO CORRESPOND TO A MULTIPLE OF THE
DAILY PERFORMANCE OF AN UNDERLYING INDEX. INVERSE PROFUND VPS ARE
DESIGNED TO CORRESPOND TO THE INVERSE (OPPOSITE) OF THE DAILY
PERFORMANCE OF AN UNDERLYING INDEX. THE INVESTMENT STRATEGY OF SOME
OF THE PORTFOLIOS MAY MAGNIFY (BOTH POSITIVELY AND NEGATIVELY) THE
DAILY INVESTMENT RESULTS OF THE APPLICABLE INDEX OR SECURITY. IT IS
RECOMMENDED THAT ONLY THOSE ANNUITY OWNERS WHO ENGAGE A FINANCIAL
ADVISOR TO ALLOCATE THEIR ACCOUNT VALUE USING A STRATEGIC OR
TACTICAL ASSET ALLOCATION STRATEGY INVEST IN THESE PORTFOLIOS. THE
PORTFOLIOS ARE ARRANGED BASED ON THE INDEX ON WHICH ITS INVESTMENT
STRATEGY IS BASED.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP BULL: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
daily performance of the S&P 500(R)
(the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests in equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as the daily return
of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP BEAR: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
inverse (opposite) of the daily
performance of the S&P 500(R) (the
"Index"). To meet its investment
objective, the Fund invests in
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as the inverse
(opposite) of the daily return of
the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP ULTRABULL: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to twice
(200%) the daily performance of the
S&P 500(R) (the "Index"). To meet
its investment objective, the Fund
invests equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as twice (200%) the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE S&P 500(R) IS A MEASURE OF LARGE-CAP U.S. STOCK MARKET
PERFORMANCE. IT IS A FLOAT-ADJUSTED MARKET CAPITALIZATION WEIGHTED
INDEX OF 500 U.S. OPERATING COMPANIES AND REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT
TRUSTS SELECTED THROUGH A PROCESS THAT FACTORS CRITERIA SUCH AS
LIQUIDITY, PRICE, MARKET CAPITALIZATION AND FINANCIAL VIABILITY.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP NASDAQ-100: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
daily performance of the NASDAQ-100
Index(R) (the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests in equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as the daily return
of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP SHORT NASDAQ-100: seeks ProFund Advisors
daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the inverse (opposite) of the
daily performance of the NASDAQ-100
Index(R) (the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests in derivatives that ProFund
Advisors believes, in combination,
should have similar daily return
characteristics as the inverse
(opposite) of the daily return of
the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP ULTRANASDAQ-100: seeks ProFund Advisors
daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to twice (200%) the daily
performance of the NASDAQ-100
Index(R) (the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as twice (200%) the
daily return of the Index(R).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE NASDAQ-100 INDEX(R) INCLUDES 100 OF THE LARGEST NON-FINANCIAL
DOMESTIC AND INTERNATIONAL ISSUES LISTED ON THE NASDAQ STOCK MARKET.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
41
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP ULTRASMALL-CAP: seeks ProFund Advisors
daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to twice (200%) the daily
performance of the Russell 2000(R)
Index (the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests in equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as the daily return
of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP SHORT SMALL-CAP: seeks ProFund Advisors
daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the inverse (opposite) of the
daily performance of the Russell
2000(R) Index (the "Index"). To meet
its investment objective, the Fund
invests in derivatives that ProFund
Advisors believes, in combination,
should have similar daily return
characteristics as the inverse
(opposite) of the daily return of
the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE RUSSELL 2000 INDEX IS A MEASURE OF SMALL-CAP U.S. STOCK MARKET
PERFORMANCE. IT IS AN ADJUSTED MARKET CAPITALIZATION WEIGHTED INDEX
CONTAINING APPROXIMATELY 2000 OF THE SMALLEST COMPANIES IN THE
RUSSELL 3000 INDEX OR APPROXIMATELY 8% OF THE TOTAL MARKET
CAPITALIZATION OF THE RUSSELL 3000 INDEX, WHICH IN TURN REPRESENTS
APPROXIMATELY 98% OF THE INVESTABLE U.S. EQUITY MARKET.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP ULTRAMID-CAP: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to twice
(200%) the daily performance of the
S&P MidCap 400(R) (the "Index"). To
meet its investment objective, the
Fund invests equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as twice (200%) the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP SHORT MID-CAP: seeks ProFund Advisors
daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the inverse (opposite) of the
daily performance of the S&P MidCap
400(R) (the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests in derivatives that ProFund
Advisors believes, in combination,
should have similar daily return
characteristics as the inverse
(opposite) of the daily return of
the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE S&P MIDCAP 400(R) IS A MEASURE OF MID-SIZE COMPANY U.S. STOCK
MARKET PERFORMANCE. IT IS A FLOAT-ADJUSTED MARKET CAPITALIZATION
WEIGHTED INDEX OF 400 U.S. OPERATING COMPANIES AND REAL ESTATE
INVESTMENT TRUSTS SELECTED THROUGH A PROCESS THAT FACTORS CRITERIA
SUCH AS LIQUIDITY, PRICE, MARKET CAPITALIZATION AND FINANCIAL
VIABILITY.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMALL CAP PROFUND VP SMALL-CAP VALUE: seeks ProFund Advisors
VALUE daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the daily performance of the S&P
SmallCap 600(R)/Citigroup Value
Index (the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests in equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as the daily return
of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMALL CAP PROFUND VP SMALL-CAP GROWTH: seeks ProFund Advisors
GROWTH daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the daily performance of the S&P
SmallCap 600(R)/Citigroup Growth
Index(R)(the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests in equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as the daily return
of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE S&P SMALLCAP 600/CITIGROUP GROWTH INDEX IS DESIGNED TO PROVIDE
A COMPREHENSIVE MEASURE OF SMALL-CAP U.S. EQUITY "GROWTH"
PERFORMANCE. IT IS AN UNMANAGED FLOAT ADJUSTED, MARKET
CAPITALIZATION WEIGHTED INDEX COMPRISED OF STOCKS REPRESENTING
APPROXIMATELY HALF THE MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF THE S&P SMALLCAP
600 THAT HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED AS BEING ON THE GROWTH END OF THE
GROWTH-VALUE SPECTRUM. (NOTE: THE S&P SMALLCAP 600(R) INDEX IS A
FLOAT ADJUSTED MARKET CAPITALIZATION WEIGHTED INDEX OF 600 U.S.
OPERATING COMPANIES. SECURITIES ARE SELECTED FOR INCLUSION IN THE
INDEX BY AN S&P COMMITTEE THROUGH A NON-MECHANICAL PROCESS THAT
FACTORS CRITERIA SUCH AS LIQUIDITY, PRICE, MARKET CAPITALIZATION,
FINANCIAL VIABILITY, AND PUBLIC FLOAT.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP PROFUND VP LARGE-CAP VALUE: seeks ProFund Advisors
VALUE daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the daily performance of the S&P
500(R)/Citigroup Value Index (the
"Index"). To meet its investment
objective, the Fund invests in
equity securities and derivatives
that ProFund Advisors believes, in
combination, should have similar
daily return characteristics as the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
S&P 500(R)/CITIGROUP VALUE INDEX IS DESIGNED TO PROVIDE A
COMPREHENSIVE MEASURE OF LARGE-CAP U.S. EQUITY "VALUE" PERFORMANCE.
IT IS AN UNMANAGED FLOAT-ADJUSTED MARKET CAPITALIZATION WEIGHTED
INDEX COMPRISING STOCKS REPRESENTING APPROXIMATELY HALF THE MARKET
CAPITALIZATION OF THE S&P 500 THAT HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED AS BEING ON
THE VALUE END OF THE GROWTH-VALUE SPECTRUM.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
42
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP PROFUND VP LARGE-CAP GROWTH: seeks ProFund Advisors
GROWTH daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the daily performance of the S&P
500(R)/Citigroup Growth Index(R).
(the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests in equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as the daily return
of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE S&P 500(R)/CITIGROUP GROWTH INDEX IS DESIGNED TO PROVIDE A
COMPREHENSIVE MEASURE OF LARGE-CAP U.S. EQUITY "GROWTH"
PERFORMANCE. IT IS AN UNMANAGED FLOAT ADJUSTED MARKET
CAPITALIZATION WEIGHTED INDEX COMPRISED OF STOCKS REPRESENTING
APPROXIMATELY HALF THE MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF THE S&P 500 THAT
HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED AS BEING ON THE GROWTH END OF THE GROWTH-VALUE
SPECTRUM.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
MID CAP PROFUND VP MID-CAP VALUE: seeks ProFund Advisors
VALUE daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the daily performance of the S&P
MidCap 400(R)/Citigroup Value
Index(R) (the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests in equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as the daily return
of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE S&P MIDCAP 400(R)/CITIGROUP VALUE INDEX IS DESIGNED TO PROVIDE
A COMPREHENSIVE MEASURE OF MID-CAP U.S. EQUITY "VALUE" PERFORMANCE.
IT IS AN UNMANAGED FLOAT ADJUSTED MARKET CAPITALIZATION WEIGHTED
INDEX COMPRISED OF STOCKS REPRESENTING APPROXIMATELY HALF THE
MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF THE S&P MIDCAP 400 THAT HAVE BEEN
IDENTIFIED AS BEING ON THE VALUE END OF THE GROWTH-VALUE SPECTRUM.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
MID CAP PROFUND VP MID-CAP GROWTH: seeks ProFund Advisors
GROWTH daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the daily performance of the S&P
MidCap 400(R)/Citigroup Growth
Index(R) (the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests in equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as the daily return
of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE S&P MIDCAP 400(R)/CITIGROUP GROWTH INDEX IS DESIGNED TO PROVIDE
A COMPREHENSIVE MEASURE OF MID-CAP U.S. EQUITY "GROWTH"
PERFORMANCE. IT IS AN UNMANAGED FLOAT ADJUSTED MARKET
CAPITALIZATION WEIGHTED INDEX COMPRISED OF STOCKS REPRESENTING
APPROXIMATELY HALF THE MARKET CAPITALIZATION OF THE S&P MIDCAP 400
THAT HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED AS BEING ON THE GROWTH END OF THE
GROWTH-VALUE SPECTRUM.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP ASIA 30: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
daily performance of the ProFunds
Asia 30 Index(R) (the "Index"). To
meet its investment objective, the
Fund invests in equity securities
and derivatives that ProFund
Advisors believes, in combination,
should have similar daily return
characteristics as the daily return
of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE PROFUNDS ASIA 30 INDEX, CREATED BY PROFUND ADVISORS, IS
COMPOSED OF 30 COMPANIES WHOSE PRINCIPAL OFFICES ARE LOCATED IN THE
ASIA/PACIFIC REGION, EXCLUDING JAPAN, AND WHOSE SECURITIES ARE
TRADED ON U.S. EXCHANGES OR ON THE NASDAQ AS DEPOSITORY RECEIPTS OR
ORDINARY SHARES. THE COMPONENT COMPANIES IN THE PROFUNDS ASIA 30
INDEX ARE DETERMINED ANNUALLY BASED UPON THEIR U.S. DOLLAR-TRADED
VOLUME. THEIR RELATIVE WEIGHTS ARE DETERMINED BASED ON THE MODIFIED
MARKET CAPITALIZATION METHOD.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP EUROPE 30: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
daily performance of the ProFunds
Europe 30 Index(R) (the "Index"). To
meet its investment objective, the
Fund invests in equity securities
and derivatives that ProFund
Advisors believes, in combination,
should have similar daily return
characteristics as the daily return
of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE PROFUNDS EUROPE 30 INDEX, CREATED BY PROFUND ADVISORS, IS
COMPOSED OF COMPANIES WHOSE PRINCIPAL OFFICES ARE LOCATED IN EUROPE
AND WHOSE SECURITIES ARE TRADED ON U.S. EXCHANGES OR ON THE NASDAQ
AS DEPOSITARY RECEIPTS OR ORDINARY SHARES. THE COMPONENT COMPANIES
IN THE PROFUNDS EUROPE 30 INDEX ARE DETERMINED ANNUALLY BASED UPON
THEIR U.S. DOLLAR- TRADED VOLUME. THEIR RELATIVE WEIGHTS ARE
DETERMINED BASED ON A MODIFIED MARKET CAPITALIZATION METHOD.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
43
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP JAPAN: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
daily performance of the Nikkei 225
Stock Average (the "Index"). To meet
its investment objective, the Fund
invests equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as twice (200%) the
daily return of the Index(R). The
Fund seeks to provide a return
consistent with an investment in the
component equities in the Nikkei 225
Stock Average hedged to U.S.
dollars. The Fund determines its
success in meeting this investment
objective by comparing its daily
return on a given day with the daily
performance of the
dollar-denominated Nikkei 225
futures contracts traded in the
United States.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE NIKKEI 225 STOCK AVERAGE ("NIKKEI" ) IS A MODIFIED
PRICE-WEIGHTED INDEX OF THE 225 MOST ACTIVELY TRADED AND LIQUID
JAPANESE COMPANIES LISTED IN THE FIRST SECTION OF THE TOKYO STOCK
EXCHANGE (TSE). THE NIKKEI IS CALCULATED FROM THE PRICES OF THE 225
TSE FIRST SECTION STOCKS SELECTED TO REPRESENT A BROAD
CROSS-SECTION OF JAPANESE INDUSTRIES AND THE OVERALL PERFORMANCE OF
THE JAPANESE EQUITY MARKET. NIHON KEIZAI SHIMBUN, INC. IS THE
SPONSOR OF THE INDEX. COMPANIES IN THE NIKKEI ARE REVIEWED
ANNUALLY. EMPHASIS IS PLACED ON MAINTAINING THE INDEX'S HISTORICAL
CONTINUITY WHILE KEEPING THE INDEX COMPOSED OF STOCKS WITH HIGH
MARKET LIQUIDITY. THE SPONSOR CONSULTS WITH VARIOUS MARKET EXPERTS,
CONSIDERS COMPANY SPECIFIC INFORMATION AND THE OVERALL COMPOSITION
OF THE INDEX.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP BANKS: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
daily performance of the Dow Jones
U.S. Banks Index(R) (the "Index").
To meet its investment objective,
the Fund invests in equity
securities and derivatives that
ProFund Advisors believes, in
combination, should have similar
daily return characteristics as the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. BANKS INDEX MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE OF THE
BANKING SECTOR OF THE U.S. EQUITY MARKET. COMPONENT COMPANIES
INCLUDE, AMONG OTHERS, REGIONAL AND MAJOR U.S. DOMICILED BANKS
ENGAGED IN A WIDE RANGE OF FINANCIAL SERVICES, INCLUDING RETAIL
BANKING, LOANS AND MONEY TRANSMISSIONS.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP BASIC MATERIALS: seeks ProFund Advisors
daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the daily performance of the Dow
Jones U.S. Basic Materials Index
(the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests in equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as the daily return
of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. BASIC MATERIALS INDEX MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE
OF THE BASIC MATERIALS SECTOR OF THE U.S. EQUITY MARKET. COMPONENT
COMPANIES ARE INVOLVED IN THE PRODUCTION OF ALUMINUM, STEEL, NON
FERROUS METALS, COMMODITY CHEMICALS, SPECIALTY CHEMICALS, FOREST
PRODUCTS, PAPER PRODUCTS, AS WELL AS THE MINING OF PRECIOUS METALS
AND COAL.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP BIOTECHNOLOGY: seeks ProFund Advisors
daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the daily performance of the Dow
Jones U.S. Biotechnology Index (the
"Index"). To meet its investment
objective, the Fund invests in
equity securities and derivatives
that ProFund Advisors believes, in
combination, should have similar
daily return characteristics as the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. BIOTECHNOLOGY INDEX MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE OF
THE BIOTECHNOLOGY SECTOR OF THE U.S. EQUITY MARKET. COMPONENT
COMPANIES ENGAGE IN RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT OF BIOLOGICAL
SUBSTANCES FOR DRUG DISCOVERY AND DIAGNOSTIC DEVELOPMENT. THESE
COMPANIES DERIVE MOST OF THEIR REVENUE FROM THE SALE OF LICENSING
OF DRUGS AND DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP CONSUMER GOODS: seeks ProFund Advisors
daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the daily performance of the Dow
Jones U.S. Consumer Goods Index (the
"Index"). To meet its investment
objective, the Fund invests in
equity securities and derivatives
that ProFund Advisors believes, in
combination, should have similar
daily return characteristics as the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. CONSUMER GOODS/SM/ INDEX MEASURES THE
PERFORMANCE OF CONSUMER GOODS SECTOR OF THE U.S. EQUITY MARKET.
COMPONENT COMPANIES INCLUDE, AMONG OTHERS, AUTOMOBILES AND AUTO
PARTS AND TIRES, BREWERS AND DISTILLERS, FARMING AND FISHING,
DURABLE AND NON-DURABLE HOUSEHOLD PRODUCT MANUFACTURERS, COSMETIC
COMPANIES, FOOD AND TOBACCO PRODUCTS, CLOTHING, ACCESSORIES AND
FOOTWEAR.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
44
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP CONSUMER SERVICES: seeks ProFund Advisors
daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the daily performance of the Dow
Jones U.S. Consumer Services Index
(the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests in equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as the daily return
of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. CONSUMER SERVICES INDEX MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE
OF CONSUMER SERVICES SECTOR OF THE U.S. EQUITY MARKET. COMPONENT
COMPANIES INCLUDE, AMONG OTHERS, AIRLINES, BROADCASTING AND
ENTERTAINMENT, APPAREL AND BROADLINE RETAILERS, FOOD AND DRUG
RETAILERS, MEDIA AGENCIES, PUBLISHING, GAMBLING, HOTELS,
RESTAURANTS AND BARS, AND TRAVEL AND TOURISM.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP FINANCIALS: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
daily performance of the Dow Jones
U.S. Financials Index (the "Index").
To meet its investment objective,
the Fund invests in equity
securities and derivatives that
ProFund Advisors believes, in
combination, should have similar
daily return characteristics as the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. FINANCIALS INDEX MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE OF THE
FINANCIAL SERVICES SECTOR OF THE U.S. EQUITY MARKET. COMPONENT
COMPANIES INCLUDE, AMONG OTHERS, REGIONAL BANKS; MAJOR U.S.
DOMICILED INTERNATIONAL BANKS; FULL LINE, LIFE, AND PROPERTY AND
CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANIES; COMPANIES THAT INVEST, DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY IN REAL ESTATE; DIVERSIFIED FINANCIAL COMPANIES SUCH AS
FANNIE MAE, CREDIT CARD ISSUERS, CHECK CASHING COMPANIES, MORTGAGE
LENDERS AND INVESTMENT ADVISERS; SECURITIES BROKERS AND DEALERS,
INCLUDING INVESTMENT BANKS, MERCHANT BANKS AND ONLINE BROKERS; AND
PUBLICLY TRADED STOCK EXCHANGES.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP HEALTH CARE: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
daily performance of the Dow Jones
U.S. Health Care/SM/ Index (the
"Index"). To meet its investment
objective, the Fund invests in
equity securities and derivatives
that ProFund Advisors believes, in
combination, should have similar
daily return characteristics as the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. HEALTH CARE/SM/ INDEX MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE
OF THE HEALTHCARE INDUSTRY OF THE U.S. EQUITY MARKET. COMPONENT
COMPANIES INCLUDE, AMONG OTHERS, HEALTH CARE PROVIDERS,
BIOTECHNOLOGY COMPANIES, MEDICAL SUPPLIES, ADVANCED MEDICAL DEVICES
AND PHARMACEUTICALS.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP INDUSTRIALS: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
daily performance of the Dow Jones
U.S. Industrials Index (the
"Index"). To meet its investment
objective, the Fund invests in
equity securities and derivatives
that ProFund Advisors believes, in
combination, should have similar
daily return characteristics as the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. INDUSTRIALS/SM/ INDEX MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE
OF THE INDUSTRIAL INDUSTRY OF THE U.S. EQUITY MARKET. COMPONENT
COMPANIES INCLUDE, AMONG OTHERS, BUILDING MATERIALS, HEAVY
CONSTRUCTION, FACTORY EQUIPMENT, HEAVY MACHINERY, INDUSTRIAL
SERVICES, POLLUTION CONTROL, CONTAINERS AND PACKAGING, INDUSTRIAL
DIVERSIFIED, AIR FREIGHT, MARINE TRANSPORTATION, RAILROADS,
TRUCKING, LAND-TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT, SHIPBUILDING,
TRANSPORTATION SERVICES, ADVANCED INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT, ELECTRIC
COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENT, AND AEROSPACE.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP INTERNET: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
daily performance of the Dow Jones
Internet Composite/SM/ Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES INTERNET COMPOSITE/SM/ INDEX MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE
OF STOCKS IN THE U.S. EQUITY MARKETS THAT GENERATE THE MAJORITY OF
THEIR REVENUES FROM THE INTERNET. THE INDEX IS COMPOSED OF TWO
SUB-GROUPS: INTERNET COMMERCE - WHICH INCLUDE COMPANIES THAT DERIVE
THE MAJORITY OF THEIR REVENUES FROM PROVIDING GOODS AND/OR SERVICES
THROUGH AN OPEN NETWORK, SUCH AS A WEBSITE. INTERNET SERVICES -
WHICH INCLUDE COMPANIES THAT DERIVE THE MAJORITY OF THEIR REVENUES
FROM PROVIDING ACCESS TO THE INTERNET OR PROVIDING SERVICES TO
PEOPLE USING THE INTERNET.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP OIL & GAS: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
daily performance of the Dow Jones
U.S. Oil & Gas/SM/ Index (the
"Index"). To meet its investment
objective, the Fund invests in
equity securities and derivatives
that ProFund Advisors believes, in
combination, should have similar
daily return characteristics as the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. OIL & GAS/SM/ INDEX MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE OF
THE OIL AND GAS SECTOR OF THE U.S. EQUITY MARKET. COMPONENT
COMPANIES INCLUDE, AMONG OTHERS, EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION,
INTEGRATED OIL AND GAS, OIL EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES, PIPELINES,
RENEWABLE ENERGY EQUIPMENT COMPANIES AND ALTERNATIVE FUEL PRODUCERS.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
45
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP PHARMACEUTICALS: seeks ProFund Advisors
daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the daily performance of the Dow
Jones U.S. Pharmaceuticals Index
(the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests in equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as the daily return
of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. PHARMACEUTICALS/SM/ INDEX MEASURES THE
PERFORMANCE OF THE PHARMACEUTICALS SECTOR OF THE U.S. EQUITY
MARKET. COMPONENT COMPANIES INCLUDE, AMONG OTHERS, THE MAKERS OF
PRESCRIPTION AND OVER-THE-COUNTER DRUGS SUCH AS BIRTH CONTROL
PILLS, VACCINES, ASPIRIN AND COLD REMEDIES.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP PRECIOUS METALS: seeks ProFund Advisors
daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the daily performance of the Dow
Jones Precious Metals Index (the
"Index"). To meet its investment
objective, the Fund invests in
equity securities and derivatives
that ProFund Advisors believes, in
combination, should have similar
daily return characteristics as the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES PRECIOUS METALS INDEX MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE OF THE
PRECIOUS METALS MINING SECTOR. COMPONENT COMPANIES INCLUDE, AMONG
OTHERS, LEADING MINERS AND PRODUCERS OF GOLD, SILVER AND
PLATINUM-GROUP METALS WHOSE SECURITIES ARE AVAILABLE TO U.S.
INVESTORS DURING U.S. TRADING HOURS. IT IS A FLOAT-ADJUSTED
MARKET-CAPITALIZATION WEIGHTED INDEX.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP REAL ESTATE: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
daily performance of the Dow Jones
U.S. Real Estate Index (the
"Index"). To meet its investment
objective, the Fund invests in
equity securities and derivatives
that ProFund Advisors believes, in
combination, should have similar
daily return characteristics as the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. REAL ESTATE/SM/ INDEX MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE
OF THE REAL ESTATE SECTOR OF THE U.S. EQUITY MARKET. COMPONENT
COMPANIES INCLUDE REAL ESTATE HOLDING AND DEVELOPMENT AND REAL
ESTATE SERVICE COMPANIES AND REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT TRUSTS
("REITS") THAT INVEST IN INDUSTRIAL, OFFICES AND RETAIL PROPERTIES.
REITS ARE PASSIVE INVESTMENT VEHICLES THAT INVEST PRIMARILY IN
INCOME-PRODUCING REAL ESTATE OR REAL ESTATE RELATED LOANS AND
INTERESTS.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP SEMICONDUCTOR: seeks ProFund Advisors
daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the daily performance of the Dow
Jones U.S. Semiconductors Index (the
"Index"). To meet its investment
objective, the Fund invests in
equity securities and derivatives
that ProFund Advisors believes, in
combination, should have similar
daily return characteristics as the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. SEMICONDUCTORS/SM/ INDEX MEASURES THE
PERFORMANCE OF THE SEMICONDUCTOR SECTOR OF THE U.S. EQUITY MARKET.
COMPONENT COMPANIES ARE ENGAGED IN THE PRODUCTION OF SEMICONDUCTORS
AND OTHER INTEGRATED CHIPS, AS WELL AS OTHER RELATED PRODUCTS SUCH
AS SEMICONDUCTOR CAPITAL EQUIPMENT AND MOTHERBOARDS.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP TECHNOLOGY: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
daily performance of the Dow Jones
U.S. Technology Index (the "Index").
To meet its investment objective,
the Fund invests in equity
securities and derivatives that
ProFund Advisors believes, in
combination, should have similar
daily return characteristics as the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. TECHNOLOGY/SM/ INDEX MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE OF
THE TECHNOLOGY SECTOR OF THE U.S. EQUITY MARKET. COMPONENT
COMPANIES INCLUDE, AMONG OTHERS, THOSE INVOLVED IN COMPUTERS AND
OFFICE EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE, COMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY,
SEMICONDUCTORS, DIVERSIFIED TECHNOLOGY SERVICES AND INTERNET
SERVICES.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP TELECOMMUNICATIONS: seeks ProFund Advisors
daily investment results, before LLC
fees and expenses, that correspond
to the daily performance of the Dow
Jones U.S. Telecommunications Index
(the "Index"). To meet its
investment objective, the Fund
invests in equity securities and
derivatives that ProFund Advisors
believes, in combination, should
have similar daily return
characteristics as the daily return
of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. TELECOMMUNICATIONS/SM /INDEX MEASURES THE
PERFORMANCE OF THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY OF THE U.S. EQUITY
MARKET. COMPONENT COMPANIES INCLUDE, AMONG OTHERS, FIXED-LINE
COMMUNICATIONS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS COMPANIES.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
46
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP UTILITIES: seeks daily ProFund Advisors
investment results, before fees and LLC
expenses, that correspond to the
daily performance of the Dow Jones
U.S. Utilities Index (the "Index").
To meet its investment objective,
the Fund invests in equity
securities and derivatives that
ProFund Advisors believes, in
combination, should have similar
daily return characteristics as the
daily return of the Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DOW JONES U.S. UTILITIES/SM /INDEX MEASURES THE PERFORMANCE OF
THE UTILITIES SECTOR OF THE U.S. EQUITY MARKET. COMPONENT COMPANIES
INCLUDE, AMONG OTHERS, ELECTRIC UTILITIES, GAS UTILITIES AND WATER
UTILITIES.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP U.S. GOVERNMENT PLUS: ProFund Advisors
seeks daily investment results, LLC
before fees and expenses, that
correspond to one and one-quarter
times (125%) the daily movement of
the most recently issued 30-year
U.S. Treasury bond ("Long Bond). To
meet its investment objective, the
Fund invests in money market
instruments and derivatives that
ProFund Advisors believes, in
combination, should have similar
daily return characteristics as one
and one-quarter times (125%) the
daily movement of the Long Bond.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY PROFUND VP RISING RATES OPPORTUNITY: ProFund Advisors
seeks daily investment results, LLC
before fees and expenses, that
correspond to one and one-quarter
times (125%) the inverse (opposite)
of the daily price movement of the
most recently issued 30-year U.S.
Treasury bond ("Long Bond"). To meet
its investment objective, the Fund
invests in money market instruments
and derivatives that ProFund
Advisors believes, in combination,
should have similar daily return
characteristics as one and
one-quarter times (125%) the inverse
of the daily movement of the Long
Bond.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIALTY ACCESS VP HIGH YIELD FUND: seeks to ProFund Advisors
provide investment results that LLC
correspond generally to the total
return of the high yield market
consistent with maintaining
reasonable liquidity. The Fund will
achieve its high yield exposure
primarily through credit default
swaps (CDSs) but may invest in high
yield debt instruments ("junk
bonds"), interest rate swap
agreements and futures contracts,
and other debt and money market
instruments without limitation,
consistent with applicable
regulations. Under normal market
conditions, the Fund will invest at
least 80% of its net assets in CDSs
and other financial instruments that
in combination have economic
characteristics similar to the high
yield debt market and/or in high
yield debt securities. The Fund
seeks to maintain exposure to the
high yield bond markets regardless
of market conditions and without
taking defensive positions in cash
or other instruments in anticipation
of an adverse climate for the high
yield bond markets. ProFund Advisors
does not conduct fundamental
analysis in managing the Fund.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTER THE PRUDENTIAL SERIES FUND - SP Marsico Capital
NATIONAL INTERNATIONAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO: Management, LLC;
EQUITY Seeks long-term growth of William Blair &
capital. The Portfolio invests Company, LLC
primarily in stocks of large and
medium-sized companies located in
countries included in the Morgan
Stanley Capital International All
Country World Ex-U.S. Index. Under
normal market conditions, the
portfolio invests at least 65% of
its total assets in common stock of
foreign companies operating or based
in at least five different
countries, which may include
countries with emerging markets. The
Portfolio may invest anywhere in the
world, but generally not in the U.S.
and will not concentrate investments
in any particular industry. The
Portfolio seeks companies that
historically have had above average
growth, improving profitability,
strong balance sheets, management
strength and strong market share for
its products. The Portfolio also
tries to buy such stocks at
attractive prices in relation to
their growth prospects.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTER WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE VT Wells Fargo
NATIONAL INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO - Funds Management,
CORE CLASS 1 (formerly the VT LLC, adviser;
International Core Portfolio): seeks Wells Capital
long-term capital growth/capital Management
appreciation. The fund normally Inc., sub-adviser
invests at least 80% of its assets
in equity securities of foreign
issuers, and up to 20% of its total
assets in emerging market equity
securities.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
47
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
STYLE/ INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES/POLICIES PORTFOLIO
TYPE ADVISOR/
SUB-ADVISOR
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE VT INTRINSIC Wells Fargo
VALUE VALUE PORTFOLIO - CLASS 2: seeks Funds Management,
long-term capital appreciation. The LLC, adviser;
fund normally invests at least 80% Metropolitan
of its assets in equity securities West Capital
of large-capitalization companies, Management,
which it defines as companies with Inc., sub-adviser
the market capitalizations within
the range of the Russell 1000(R)
Value Index. The Wells Fargo
Advantage VT Intrinsic Value Fund
can invest up to 20% of its assets
in equity securities of foreign
issuers, through ADRs and similiar
investments, and intends to invest
in roughly 30 and 50 companies.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
LARGE CAP WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE VT OMEGA Wells Fargo
GROWTH GROWTH PORTFOLIO - CLASS 1: seeks Funds Management,
long-term capital LLC, adviser;
growth/appreciation. The fund Wells Capital
normally invests at least 80% of its Management
assets in equity securities of any Inc., sub-adviser
market capitalization and may invest
up to 25% of its assets in equity
securities of foreign issuers,
including ADRs and similar
investments. Furthermore, we may use
futures, options or swap agreements,
as well as other derivatives, to
manage risk or to enhance return.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SMALL CAP WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE VT SMALL CAP Wells Fargo
GROWTH GROWTH PORTFOLIO - CLASS 1: seeks Funds Management,
long-term capital LLC, adviser;
growth/appreciation. The Fund Wells Capital
normally invests at least 80% of its Management
assets in equity securities of Inc., sub-adviser
small-capitalization companies with
market capitalizations at the time
of purchase of less than $2 billion.
Furthermore, the Fund may use
futures, options, repurchase or
reverse repurchase agreements or
swap agreements, as well as other
derivatives, to manage risk or to
enhance return.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
"Dow Jones Industrial Average/SM/", "DJIA/SM/", "Dow Industrials/SM/", "The
Dow/SM/", and "The Dow 10/SM/", are service marks of Dow Jones & Company, Inc.
("Dow Jones") and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by First
Trust Advisors L.P. ("First Trust"). The portfolios, including, and in
particular the Target Managed VIP portfolio The Dow/SM/ DART 10 portfolio, and
The Dow/SM/ Target Dividend Portfolio are not endorsed, sold or promoted by
Dow Jones, and Dow Jones makes no representation regarding the advisability of
investing in such products.
"Standard & Poor's," "S&P," "S&P 500," "Standard & Poor's 500," and "500" are
trademarks of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and have been licensed for use
by First Trust on behalf of the S&P Target 24 Portfolio and the Target Managed
VIP Portfolio. The Portfolios are not sponsored, endorsed, managed, sold or
promoted by Standard & Poor's and Standard & Poor's makes no representation
regarding the advisability of investing in the Portfolio.
"The Nasdaq 100(R)", "Nasdaq-100 Index(R)", "Nasdaq Stock Market(R)", and
"Nasdaq(R)" are trade or service marks of The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. (which
with its affiliates are the "Corporations") and have been licensed for use by
First Trust. The Nasdaq Target 15 Portfolio and Target Managed VIP Portfolio
have not been passed on by the Corporations as to its legality or suitability.
The Nasdaq Target 15 Portfolio and Target Managed VIP Portfolio are not
issued, endorsed, sponsored, managed, sold or promoted by the Corporations.
THE CORPORATIONS MAKE NO WARRANTIES AND BEAR NO LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO THE
NASDAQ TARGET 15 PORTFOLIO OR THE TARGET MANAGED VIP PORTFOLIO.
"Value Line(R)," "The Value Line Investment Survey," and "Value Line
Timeliness/TM/ Ranking System" are registered trademarks of Value Line
Securities, Inc. or Value Line Publishing, Inc. The Target Managed VIP(R)
Portfolio and Value Line Target 25 Portfolio are not sponsored, recommended,
sold or promoted by Value Line Publishing, Inc., Value Line, Inc. or Value
Line Securities, Inc. ("Value Line"). Value Line makes no representation
regarding the advisability of investing in the Portfolio.
"Value Line Publishing, INC.'S ("VLPI") only relationship to First Trust
Advisors L.P. or the Portfolio is VLPI'S licensing to First Trust Advisors
L.P. of certain VLPI trademarks and trade names and the Value Line Timeliness
Ranking System (the "System"), which is composed by VLPI without regard to
First Trust Advisors L.P., the portfolio or any investor. First Trust
Advisors, L.P. has sub-licensed certain VLPI trademarks and trade names to
Prudential Investments LLC. VLPI has no obligation to take the needs of First
Trust Advisors L.P., Prudential Investments LLC or any investor in the
Portfolio into consideration in composing the System. The portfolio's results
may differ from the hypothetical or published results of the Value Line
Timeliness Ranking System. VLPI is not responsible for, and has not
participated in, the determination of the prices and composition of the
Portfolio or the timing of the issuance for sale of the Portfolio or in the
calculation of the equations by which the Portfolio is to be converted into
cash. VLPI MAKES NO WARRANTY CONCERNING THE SYSTEM, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM USAGE
OF TRADE, COURSE OF DEALING OR COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, AND VLPI MAKES NO
WARRANTY AS TO THE POTENTIAL PROFITS OR ANY OTHER BENEFITS THAT MAY BE
ACHIEVED BY USING THE SYSTEM OR ANY INFORMATION OR MATERIALS GENERATED
THEREFROM. VLPI DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE SYSTEM WILL MEET ANY REQUIREMENTS OR
THAT IT WILL BE ACCURATE OR ERROR-FREE. VLPI ALSO DOES NOT GUARANTEE ANY USES,
INFORMATION, DATA OR OTHER RESULTS GENERATED FROM THE SYSTEM. VLPI HAS NO
OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY (I) IN CONNECTION WITH THE ADMINISTRATION, MARKETING
OR TRADING OF THE PORTFOLIO; OR (II) FOR ANY LOSS, DAMAGE, COST OR EXPENSE
SUFFERED OR INCURRED BY ANY INVESTOR OR OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY IN CONNECTION
WITH THE PORTFOLIO, AND IN NO EVENT SHALL VLPI BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
OR OTHER CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR EXEMPLARY
DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH THE PORTFOLIO."
Dow Jones has no relationship to the ProFunds VP, other than the licensing of
the Dow Jones sector indices and its service marks for use in connection with
the ProFunds VP. The ProFunds VP are not sponsored, endorsed, sold, or
promoted by Standard & Poor's or NASDAQ, and neither Standard & Poor's nor
NASDAQ makes any representations regarding the advisability of investing in
the ProFunds VP.
WHAT ARE THE FIXED ALLOCATIONS?
The Fixed Allocations consist of the MVA Fixed Allocations, the DCA Fixed Rate
Options used with our 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program ("6 or 12
Month DCA Program"), the Fixed Allocations used with our dollar-cost averaging
program, and (with respect to Highest Daily Lifetime Five only), the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account. We describe the Benefit Fixed Rate
48
Account in the section of the Prospectus concerning Highest Daily Lifetime
Five. We describe the Fixed Allocations used with our dollar cost averaging
program outside of the 6 or 12 month DCA Program in the section entitled "Do
You Offer Dollar Cost Averaging?"
MVA FIXED ALLOCATIONS. We offer MVA Fixed Allocations of different durations
during the accumulation period. These "MVA Fixed Allocations" earn a
guaranteed fixed rate of interest for a specified period of time, called the
"Guarantee Period." In most states, we offer MVA Fixed Allocations with
Guarantee Periods from 1 to 10 years. We may also offer special purpose MVA
Fixed Allocations for use with certain optional investment programs. We
guarantee the fixed rate for the entire Guarantee Period. However, for MVA
Fixed Allocations, if you withdraw or transfer Account Value before the end of
the Guarantee Period, we will adjust the value of your withdrawal or transfer
based on a formula, called a "Market Value Adjustment." The Market Value
Adjustment can either be positive or negative, depending on the movement of
applicable interest rates. Please refer to the section entitled "How does the
Market Value Adjustment Work?" for a description of the formula along with
examples of how it is calculated. You may allocate Account Value to more than
one MVA Fixed Allocation at a time.
MVA Fixed Allocations are not available in Washington, Nevada, North Dakota,
Maryland and Vermont. Availability of MVA Fixed Allocations is subject to
change and may differ by state and by the annuity product you purchase. Please
call Prudential Annuities at 1-888-PRU-2888 to determine availability of MVA
Fixed Allocations in your state and for your annuity product. You may not
allocate Account Value to MVA Fixed Allocations if you have elected the
following Optional Benefits: Lifetime Five Income Benefit, Spousal Lifetime
Five Income Benefit, Highest Daily Lifetime Five Income Benefit, Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven Income Benefit, Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Income
Benefit, Highest Daily Value Death Benefit, Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with
Beneficiary Income Option, Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with
Beneficiary Income Option, Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Lifetime Income
Accelerator, GRO, GRO Plus, GRO Plus 2008, Highest Daily GRO, Highest Daily
GRO II, GRO Plus II, Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus Income Benefit, Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary
Income Option, Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary Income
Option, Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Lifetime Income Accelerator,
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus with Lifetime
Income Accelerator, and Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. The interest
rate that we credit to the MVA Fixed Allocations may be reduced by an amount
that corresponds to the asset-based charges assessed against the Sub-accounts.
No specific fees or expenses are deducted when determining the rate we credit
to an MVA Fixed Allocation. However, for some of the same reasons that we
deduct the Insurance Charge against Account Value allocated to the
Sub-accounts, we also take into consideration mortality, expense,
administration, profit and other factors in determining the interest rates we
credit to MVA Fixed Allocations. That is, the existence of those factors
results in a reduction to the interest rate that we credit under the MVA Fixed
Allocations. Any CDSC or Tax Charge applies to amounts that are taken from the
Sub-accounts or the MVA Fixed Allocations.
DCA FIXED RATE OPTIONS. In addition to Fixed Allocations that are subject to a
Market Value Adjustment, we offer DCA Fixed Rate Options that are used with
our 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program ("6 or 12 Month DCA Program"),
and are not subject to any MVA. Account Value allocated to the DCA Fixed Rate
Options earns the declared rate of interest while it is transferred over a 6
month or 12 month period into the Sub-accounts that you have designated.
Because the interest we credit is applied against a balance that declines as
transfers are made periodically to the Sub-accounts, you do not earn interest
on the full amount that you allocated initially to the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
A dollar cost averaging program does not assure a profit, or protect against a
loss.
49
FEES AND CHARGES
The charges under each Annuity are designed to cover, in the aggregate, our
direct and indirect costs of selling, administering and providing benefits
under each Annuity. They are also designed, in the aggregate, to compensate us
for the risks of loss we assume. If, as we expect, the charges that we collect
from the Annuities exceed our total costs in connection with the Annuities, we
will earn a profit. Otherwise we will incur a loss. For example, Prudential
Annuities may make a profit on the Insurance Charge if, over time, the actual
costs of providing the guaranteed insurance obligations under an Annuity are
less than the amount we deduct for the Insurance Charge. To the extent we make
a profit on the Insurance Charge, such profit may be used for any other
corporate purpose, including payment of other expenses that Prudential
Annuities incurs in promoting, distributing, issuing and administering an
Annuity and, in the case of XT6, ASAP III and APEX II to offset a portion of
the costs associated with offering any Credits which are funded through
Prudential Annuities' general account.
The rates of certain of our charges have been set with reference to estimates
of the amount of specific types of expenses or risks that we will incur. In
most cases, this prospectus identifies such expenses or risks in the name of
the charge; however, the fact that any charge bears the name of, or is
designed primarily to defray a particular expense or risk does not mean that
the amount we collect from that charge will never be more than the amount of
such expense or risk, nor does it mean that we may not also be compensated for
such expense or risk out of any other charges we are permitted to deduct by
the terms of the Annuity. A portion of the proceeds that Prudential Annuities
receives from charges that apply to the Sub-accounts may include amounts based
on market appreciation of the Sub-account values including, for ASAP III, XT6
and APEX II, appreciation on amounts that represent any Credits.
WHAT ARE THE CONTRACT FEES AND CHARGES?
CONTINGENT DEFERRED SALES CHARGE: We do not deduct a sales charge from
purchase payments you make to your Annuity. However, we may deduct a CDSC if
you surrender your Annuity or when you make a partial withdrawal. The CDSC
reimburses us for expenses related to sales and distribution of the Annuity,
including commissions, marketing materials and other promotional expenses. The
CDSC is calculated as a percentage of your Purchase Payment being surrendered
or withdrawn during the applicable Annuity Year. For purposes of calculating
the CDSC, we consider the year following the Issue Date of your Annuity as
Year 1. The amount of the CDSC decreases over time, measured from the Issue
Date of the Annuity. The CDSC percentages for ASAP III, APEX II and XT6 are
shown under "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges". No CDSC is deducted from
ASL II Annuities. If you purchase XT6 and make a withdrawal that is subject to
a CDSC, we may use part of that CDSC to recoup our costs of providing the
Credit. However, we do not impose any CDSC on your withdrawal of a Credit
amount.
With respect to a partial withdrawal, we calculate the CDSC by assuming that
any available free withdrawal amount is taken out first (see How Much Can I
Withdraw as a Free Withdrawal?). If the free withdrawal amount is not
sufficient, we then assume that withdrawals are taken from purchase payments
that have not been previously withdrawn, on a first-in, first-out basis, and
subsequently from any other Account Value in the Annuity.
For purposes of calculating any applicable CDSC on a surrender, the purchase
payments being withdrawn may be greater than your remaining Account Value or
the amount of your withdrawal request. This is most likely to occur if you
have made prior partial withdrawals or if your Account Value has declined in
value due to negative market performance. In that scenario, we would determine
the CDSC amount as the applicable percentage of the purchase payments being
withdrawn, rather than as a percentage of the remaining Account Value or
withdrawal request. Thus, the CDSC would be greater than if it were calculated
as a percentage of remaining Account Value or withdrawal amount.
We may waive any applicable CDSC under certain circumstances including certain
medically-related circumstances or when taking a Minimum Distribution from an
Annuity purchased as a "qualified" investment. Free Withdrawals,
Medically-Related Surrenders and Minimum Distributions are each explained more
fully in the section entitled "Access to Your Account Value".
TRANSFER FEE: Currently, you may make twenty (20) free transfers between
investment options each Annuity Year. We currently charge $10.00 for each
transfer after the twentieth in each Annuity Year. The fee will never be more
than $15.00 for each transfer. We do not consider transfers made as part of a
Dollar Cost Averaging, Automatic Rebalancing or asset allocation program when
we count the twenty free transfers. All transfers made on the same day will be
treated as one (1) transfer. Renewals or transfers of Account Value from a
Fixed Allocation at the end of its Guarantee Period are not subject to the
Transfer Fee and are not counted toward the twenty free transfers. Similarly,
transfers made under our 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program ("6 or 12
Month DCA Program") and transfers made pursuant to a formula used with an
optional benefit are not subject to the Transfer Fee and are not counted
toward the twenty free transfers. We may reduce the number of free transfers
allowable each Annuity Year (subject to a minimum of eight) without charging a
Transfer Fee unless you make use of electronic means to transmit your transfer
requests. We may eliminate the Transfer Fee for transfer requests transmitted
electronically or through other means that reduce our processing costs. If you
are enrolled in any program that does not permit transfer requests to be
transmitted electronically, the Transfer Fee will not be waived.
50
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEE: During the accumulation period we deduct an Annual
Maintenance Fee. The Annual Maintenance Fee is $35.00 or 2% of your Account
Value (including any amount in Fixed Allocations), whichever is less. This fee
will be deducted annually on the anniversary of the Issue Date of your Annuity
or, if you surrender your Annuity during the Annuity Year, the fee is deducted
at the time of surrender. The fee is taken out only from the Sub-accounts.
With respect to ASAP III, APEX II and ASL II, currently, the Annual
Maintenance Fee is only deducted if your Account Value is less than $100,000
on the anniversary of the Issue Date or at the time of surrender. With respect
to XT6, we deduct the Annual Maintenance Fee regardless of Account Value. We
do not impose the Annual Maintenance Fee upon annuitization, the payment of a
Death Benefit, or a medically-related full surrender. We may increase the
Annual Maintenance Fee. However, any increase will only apply to Annuities
issued after the date of the increase. For beneficiaries that elect the
Beneficiary Continuation Option, the Annual Maintenance Fee is the lesser of
$30 or 2% of Account Value. For a non-qualified Beneficiary Continuation
Option, the fee is only applicable if the Account Value is less than $25,000
at the time the fee is assessed.
TAX CHARGE: Several states and some municipalities charge premium taxes or
similar taxes on annuities that we are required to pay. The amount of tax will
vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and is subject to change. We pay the
tax either when purchase payments are received, upon surrender or when the
Account Value is applied under an annuity option. The tax charge is designed
to approximate the taxes that we are required to pay and is assessed as a
percentage of purchase payments, surrender value, or Account Value as
applicable. The tax charge currently ranges up to 3 1/2%. We reserve the right
to deduct the charge either at the time the tax is imposed, upon a full
surrender of the Annuity, or upon annuitization. We may assess a charge
against the Sub-accounts and the Fixed Allocations equal to any taxes which
may be imposed upon the separate accounts.
We will pay company income taxes on the taxable corporate earnings created by
this separate account product. While we may consider company income taxes when
pricing our products, we do not currently include such income taxes in the tax
charges you pay under the Annuity. We will periodically review the issue of
charging for these taxes and may impose a charge in the future.
In calculating our corporate income tax liability, we derive certain corporate
income tax benefits associated with the investment of company assets,
including separate account assets, which are treated as company assets under
applicable income tax law. These benefits reduce our overall corporate income
tax liability. Under current law, such benefits may include foreign tax
credits and corporate dividends received deductions. We do not pass these tax
benefits through to holders of the separate account annuity contracts because
(i) the contract owners are not the owners of the assets generating these
benefits under applicable income tax law and (ii) we do not currently include
company income taxes in the tax charges you pay under the contract.
INSURANCE CHARGE: We deduct an Insurance Charge daily. The charge is assessed
against the daily assets allocated to the Sub-accounts and is equal to the
amount indicated under "Summary of Contract Fees and Charges". The Insurance
Charge is the combination of the Mortality & Expense Risk Charge and the
Administration Charge. The Insurance Charge is intended to compensate
Prudential Annuities for providing the insurance benefits under each Annuity,
including each Annuity's basic Death Benefit that provides guaranteed benefits
to your beneficiaries even if the market declines and the risk that persons we
guarantee annuity payments to will live longer than our assumptions. The
charge also covers administrative costs associated with providing the Annuity
benefits, including preparation of the contract and prospectus, confirmation
statements, annual account statements and annual reports, legal and accounting
fees as well as various related expenses. Finally, the charge covers the risk
that our assumptions about the mortality risks and expenses under each Annuity
are incorrect and that we have agreed not to increase these charges over time
despite our actual costs. We may increase the portion of the total Insurance
Charge that is deducted for administrative costs; however, any increase will
only apply to Annuities issued after the date of the increase.
The Insurance Charge is not deducted against assets allocated to a Fixed
Allocation. However, the amount we credit to Fixed Allocations or the DCA
Fixed Rate Option may also reflect similar assumptions about the insurance
guarantees provided under each Annuity and the administrative costs associated
with providing the Annuity benefits. That is, the interest rate we credit to a
Fixed Rate Option or the DCA Fixed Rate Option may be reduced to reflect those
assumptions.
DISTRIBUTION CHARGE: For ASAP III and XT6, we deduct a Distribution Charge
daily. The charge is assessed against the average assets allocated to the
Sub-accounts and is equal to the amount indicated under "Summary of Contract
Fees and Charges" on an annual basis. The Distribution Charge is intended to
compensate us for a portion of our acquisition expenses under the Annuity,
including promotion and distribution of the Annuity and, with respect to XT6,
the costs associated with offering Credits which are funded through Prudential
Annuities general account. The Distribution Charge is deducted against your
Annuity's Account Value and any increases or decreases in your Account Value
based on market fluctuations of the Sub-accounts will affect the charge.
OPTIONAL BENEFITS FOR WHICH WE ASSESS A CHARGE: If you elect to purchase
certain optional benefits, we will deduct an additional charge. For some
optional benefits, the charge is deducted from your Account Value allocated to
the Sub-accounts. This charge is included in the daily calculation of the Unit
Price for each Sub-account. For certain other optional benefits, such as
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, the charge is assessed against the greater of
Account Value and Protected Withdrawal Value and taken out of the Sub-accounts
and DCA Fixed Rate Options periodically. Please refer to the section entitled
"Summary of Contract Fees and Charges" for the list of charges for each
optional benefit.
51
SETTLEMENT SERVICE CHARGE: If your beneficiary takes the death benefit under a
Beneficiary Continuation Option, we deduct a Settlement Service Charge,
although the Insurance Charge no longer applies. The charge is assessed daily
against the assets allocated to the Sub-accounts and is equal to an annual
charge of 1.00% for non-qualified Annuities and 1.40% for qualified Annuities.
FEES AND EXPENSES INCURRED BY THE PORTFOLIOS: Each Portfolio incurs total
annual operating expenses comprised of an investment management fee, other
expenses and any distribution and service (12b-1) fees that may apply. These
fees and expenses are reflected daily by each Portfolio before it provides
Prudential Annuities with the net asset value as of the close of business each
Valuation Day. More detailed information about fees and expenses can be found
in the prospectuses for the Portfolios.
WHAT CHARGES APPLY TO THE FIXED ALLOCATIONS?
No specific fees or expenses are deducted when determining the rate we credit
to a Fixed Allocation. However, for some of the same reasons that we deduct
the Insurance Charge against Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts, we
also take into consideration mortality, expense, administration, profit and
other factors in determining the interest rates we credit to Fixed
Allocations. That is, the existence of those factors results in a reduction to
the interest rate that we credit to the Fixed Allocations or the DCA Fixed
Rate Option. Any CDSC or Tax Charge applies to amounts that are taken from the
Sub-accounts or the Fixed Allocations. A Market Value Adjustment may also
apply to transfers, certain withdrawals, surrender or annuitization from an
MVA Fixed Allocation.
WHAT CHARGES APPLY IF I CHOOSE AN ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTION?
If you select a fixed payment option, the amount of each fixed payment will
depend on the Account Value of your Annuity when you elected to annuitize.
There is no specific charge deducted from these payments; however, the amount
of each annuity payment reflects assumptions about our insurance expenses. If
you select a variable payment option that we may offer, then the amount of
your benefits will reflect changes in the value of your Annuity and will be
subject to charges that apply under the variable immediate annuity option.
Also, a tax charge may apply (see "Tax Charge" above). Currently, we only
offer fixed payment options.
EXCEPTIONS/REDUCTIONS TO FEES AND CHARGES
We may reduce or eliminate certain fees and charges or alter the manner in
which the particular fee or charge is deducted. For example, we may reduce the
amount of any CDSC or the length of time it applies, reduce or eliminate the
amount of the Annual Maintenance Fee or reduce the portion of the total
Insurance Charge that is deducted as an Administration Charge. Generally,
these types of changes will be based on a reduction to our sales, maintenance
or administrative expenses due to the nature of the individual or group
purchasing the Annuity. Some of the factors we might consider in making such a
decision are: (a) the size and type of group; (b) the number of Annuities
purchased by an Owner; (c) the amount of purchase payments or likelihood of
additional purchase payments; (d) whether an annuity is reinstated pursuant to
our rules; and/or (e) other transactions where sales, maintenance or
administrative expenses are likely to be reduced. We will not discriminate
unfairly between Annuity purchasers if and when we reduce any fees and charges.
52
PURCHASING YOUR ANNUITY
WHAT ARE OUR REQUIREMENTS FOR PURCHASING ONE OF THE ANNUITIES?
INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT: We no longer allow new purchases of these Annuities.
Previously, you must have made a minimum initial Purchase Payment as follows:
$1,000 for ASAP III, $10,000 for XT6 and APEX II and $15,000 for ASL II.
However, if you decided to make payments under a systematic investment or an
electronic funds transfer program, we would have accepted a lower initial
Purchase Payment provided that, within the first Annuity Year, your subsequent
purchase payments plus your initial Purchase Payment totaled the minimum
initial Purchase Payment amount required for the Annuity purchased.
We must approve any initial and additional Purchase Payments where the total
amount of Purchase Payments equal $1,000,000 or more with respect to this
Annuity and any other annuities you are purchasing from us (or that you
already own) and/or our affiliates. To the extent allowed by state law, that
required approval also will apply to a proposed change of owner of the
Annuity, if as a result of the ownership change, total Purchase Payments would
equal or exceed that $1 million threshold. We may apply certain limitations,
restrictions, and/or underwriting standards as a condition of our issuance of
an Annuity and/or acceptance of Purchase Payments. In addition, we may apply
certain limitations and/or restrictions on an Annuity as a condition of our
acceptance, including limiting the liquidity features or the Death Benefit
protection provided under an Annuity, changing the number of transfers
allowable under an Annuity or restricting the Sub-accounts or Fixed
Allocations that are available. Other limitations and/or restrictions may
apply.
Speculative Investing - Do not purchase this Annuity if you, anyone acting on
your behalf, and/or anyone providing advice to you plan to use it, or any of
its riders, for speculation, arbitrage, viatication or any other type of
collective investment scheme now or at any time prior to termination of the
Annuity. Your Annuity may not be traded on any stock exchange or secondary
market. By purchasing this Annuity, you represent and warrant that you are not
using this Annuity, or any of its riders, for speculation, arbitrage,
viatication or any other type of collective investment scheme.
Currently, we will not issue an Annuity, permit changes in ownership or allow
assignments to certain ownership types, including but not limited to:
corporations, partnerships, endowments and grantor trusts with multiple
grantors. Further, we will only issue an Annuity, allow changes of ownership
and/or permit assignments to certain ownership types if the Annuity is held
exclusively for the benefit of the designated annuitant. These rules are
subject to state law. Additionally, we will not permit election or re-election
of any optional death benefit or optional living benefit by certain ownership
types. We may issue an Annuity in ownership structures where the annuitant is
also the participant in a Qualified or Non-Qualified employer sponsored plan
and the Annuity represents his or her segregated interest in such plan. We
reserve the right to further limit, restrict and/or change to whom we will
issue an Annuity in the future, to the extent permitted by state law. Further,
please be aware that we do not provide administration for employer-sponsored
plans and may also limit the number of plan participants that elect to use our
Annuity as a funding vehicle.
Applicable laws designed to counter terrorists and prevent money laundering
might, in certain circumstances, require us to block a contract owner's
ability to make certain transactions, and thereby refuse to accept purchase
payments or requests for transfers, partial withdrawals, total withdrawals,
death benefits, or income payments until instructions are received from the
appropriate regulator. We also may be required to provide additional
information about you and your Annuity to government regulators.
Except as noted below, purchase payments must be submitted by check drawn on a
U.S. bank, in U.S. dollars, and made payable to Prudential Annuities. Purchase
payments may also be submitted via 1035 exchange or direct transfer of funds.
Under certain circumstances, purchase payments may be transmitted to
Prudential Annuities via wiring funds through your Financial Professional's
broker-dealer firm. Additional purchase payments may also be applied to your
Annuity under an electronic funds transfer arrangement where you authorize us
to deduct money directly from your bank account. We may reject any payment if
it is received in an unacceptable form. Our acceptance of a check is subject
to our ability to collect funds.
AGE RESTRICTIONS: Unless we agree otherwise and subject to our rules, the
Owner (or Annuitant if entity owned) must not be older than a maximum issue
age as of the Issue Date of the Annuity as follows: age 80 for ASAP III, age
75 for XT6 and age 85 for APEX II and ASL II. If an Annuity is owned jointly,
the oldest of the Owners must not be older than the maximum issue age on the
Issue Date. You should consider your need to access your Account Value and
whether the Annuity's liquidity features will satisfy that need. Under the
Beneficiary Annuity, the maximum issue age is 70 based on the Key Life. If you
take a distribution prior to age 59 1/2, you may be subject to a 10% penalty
in addition to ordinary income taxes on any gain. The availability and level
of protection of certain optional benefits may vary based on the age of the
Owner on the Issue Date of the Annuity or the date of the Owner's death.
"BENEFICIARY" ANNUITY
If you are a beneficiary of an annuity that was owned by a decedent, subject
to the following requirements, you may transfer the proceeds of the decedent's
annuity into one of the Annuities described in this Prospectus and continue
receiving the distributions that are required by the tax laws. This transfer
option is only available for purchase of an IRA, Roth IRA, or a non-qualified
annuity, for distributions based on lives age 70 or under. This transfer
option is also not available if the proceeds are being transferred from an
annuity issued by us or one of our affiliates and the annuity offers a
"Beneficiary Continuation Option".
53
Upon purchase, the Annuity will be issued in the name of the decedent for your
benefit. You must take required distributions at least annually, which we will
calculate based on the applicable life expectancy in the year of the
decedent's death, using Table 1 in IRS Publication 590. These distributions
are not subject to any CDSC.
For IRAs and Roth IRAs, distributions must begin by December 31 of the year
following the year of the decedent's death. If you are the surviving spouse
beneficiary, distributions may be deferred until the decedent would have
attained age 70 1/2, however if you choose to defer distributions, you are
responsible for complying with the distribution requirements under the Code,
and you must notify us when you would like distributions to begin. For
additional information regarding the tax considerations applicable to
beneficiaries of an IRA or Roth IRA, see "Required Distributions Upon Your
Death for Qualified Annuity Contracts" in the Tax Considerations section of
this Prospectus.
For non-qualified Annuities, distributions must begin within one year of the
decedent's death. For additional information regarding the tax considerations
applicable to beneficiaries of a non-qualified Annuity see "Required
Distributions Upon Your Death for Nonqualified Annuity Contracts" in the Tax
Consideration section of your prospectus.
You may choose to take more than your required distribution. You may take
withdrawals in excess of your required distributions, however your withdrawal
may be subject to the Contingent Deferred Sales Charge. Any withdrawals reduce
the required distribution for the year. All applicable charges will be
assessed against your Annuity, such as the Insurance Charge and the Annual
Maintenance Fee.
The Annuity may provide a basic Death Benefit upon death, and you may name
"successors" who may either receive the Death Benefit as a lump sum or
continue receiving distributions after your death under the Beneficiary
Continuation Option.
Please note the following additional limitations for a Beneficiary Annuity:
.. No additional purchase payments are permitted. You may only make a one-time
initial Purchase Payment transferred to us directly from another annuity or
eligible account. You may not make your Purchase Payment as an indirect
rollover, or combine multiple "Transfer of Assets" or "TOA's" into a single
contract as part of this "Beneficiary" Annuity. You may not elect any
optional living or death benefits. Annuity Rewards is not available.
.. You may not annuitize the Annuity; no annuity options are available.
.. You may participate only in the following programs: Auto-Rebalancing,
Dollar Cost Averaging (but not the 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging
Program), Systematic Withdrawals, and Third Party Investment Advisor.
.. You may not assign or change ownership of the Annuity, and you may not
change or designate another life upon which distributions are based. A
"beneficiary annuity" may not be co-owned.
.. If the Annuity is funded by means of transfer from another "Beneficiary
Annuity" with another company, we require that the sending company or the
beneficial owner provide certain information in order to ensure that
applicable required distributions have been made prior to the transfer of
the contract proceeds to us. We further require appropriate information to
enable us to accurately determine future distributions from the Annuity.
Please note we are unable to accept a transfer of another "Beneficiary
Annuity" where taxes are calculated based on an exclusion amount or an
exclusion ratio of earnings to original investment. We are also unable to
accept a transfer of an annuity that has annuitized.
.. The beneficial owner of the Annuity can be an individual, grantor trust,
or, for an IRA or Roth IRA, a qualified trust. In general, a qualified
trust (1) must be valid under state law; (2) must be irrevocable or became
irrevocable by its terms upon the death of the IRA or Roth IRA owner; and
(3) the beneficiaries of the trust who are beneficiaries with respect to
the trust's interest in this Annuity must be identifiable from the trust
instrument and must be individuals. A qualified trust must provide us with
a list of all beneficiaries to the trust (including contingent and
remainder beneficiaries with a description of the conditions on their
entitlement), all of whom must be individuals, as of September 30/th/ of
the year following the year of death of the IRA or Roth IRA owner, or date
of Annuity application if later. The trustee must also provide a copy of
the trust document upon request. If the beneficial owner of the Annuity is
a grantor trust, distributions must be based on the life expectancy of the
grantor. If the beneficial owner of the Annuity is a qualified trust,
distributions must be based on the life expectancy of the oldest
beneficiary under the trust.
.. If this Beneficiary Annuity is transferred to another company as a tax-free
exchange with the intention of qualifying as a beneficiary annuity with the
receiving company, we may require certifications from the receiving company
that required distributions will be made as required by law.
.. If you are transferring proceeds as beneficiary of an annuity that is owned
by a decedent, we must receive your transfer request at least 45 days prior
to your first required distribution. If, for any reason, your transfer
request impedes our ability to complete your first distribution by the
required date, we will be unable to accept your transfer request.
OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY DESIGNATIONS: We will ask you to name the
Owner(s), Annuitant and one or more Beneficiaries for your Annuity.
. Owner: The Owner(s) holds all rights under the Annuity. You may name up
to two Owners in which case all ownership rights are held jointly.
Generally, joint owners are required to act jointly; however, if each
owner provides us with an instruction that we find acceptable, we will
permit each owner to act independently on behalf of both owners. All
54
information and documents that we are required to send you will be sent
to the first named owner. This Annuity does not provide a right of
survivorship. Refer to the Glossary of Terms for a complete description
of the term "Owner."
. Annuitant: The Annuitant is the person upon whose life we continue to
make annuity payments. You must name an Annuitant who is a natural
person. We do not accept a designation of joint Annuitants during the
accumulation period. In limited circumstances and where allowed by law,
you may name one or more Contingent Annuitants. Generally, a Contingent
Annuitant will become the Annuitant if the Annuitant dies before the
Annuity Date. Please refer to the discussion of "Considerations for
Contingent Annuitants" in the Tax Considerations section of the
Prospectus. For Beneficiary Annuities, instead of an Annuitant there is
a "Key Life" which is used to determine the annual
required distributions.
. Beneficiary: The Beneficiary is the person(s) or entity you name to
receive the Death Benefit. Your Beneficiary Designation should be the
exact name of your beneficiary, not only a reference to the
beneficiary's relationship to you. If you use a designation of
"surviving spouse," we will pay the Death Benefit to the individual that
is your spouse at the time of your death (as defined under the federal
tax laws and regulations). If no beneficiary is named, the Death Benefit
will be paid to you or your estate. For Beneficiary Annuities, instead
of a Beneficiary, the term "Successor" is used.
Your right to make certain designations may be limited if your Annuity is to
be used as an IRA, Beneficiary Annuity or other "qualified" investment that is
given beneficial tax treatment under the Code. You should seek competent tax
advice on the income, estate and gift tax implications of your designations.
55
MANAGING YOUR ANNUITY
MAY I CHANGE THE OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY DESIGNATIONS?
In general, you may change the Owner, Annuitant and Beneficiary Designations
by sending us a request in writing in a form acceptable to us. However, if the
Annuity is held as a Beneficiary Annuity, the Owner may not be changed and you
may not designate another Key Life upon which distributions are based. Upon an
ownership change, any automated investment or withdrawal programs will be
canceled. The new owner must submit the applicable program enrollment if they
wish to participate in such a program. Where allowed by law, such changes will
be subject to our acceptance. Some of the changes we will not accept include,
but are not limited to:
. a new Owner subsequent to the death of the Owner or the first of any
joint Owners to die, except where a spouse Beneficiary has become the
Owner as a result of an Owner's death;
. a new Annuitant subsequent to the Annuity Date;
. for "non-qualified" investments, a new Annuitant prior to the Annuity
Date if the Annuity is owned by an entity;
. a change in Beneficiary if the Owner had previously made the designation
irrevocable; and
. A new Owner or Annuitant that is a certain ownership type, including but
not limited to corporations, partnerships, endowments, and grantor trusts
with multiple grantors.
There are also restrictions on designation changes when you have elected
certain optional benefits. See the "Living Benefits" and "Death Benefits"
sections of this Prospectus for any such restrictions.
If you wish to change the Owner and/or Beneficiary under the Annuity, or to
assign the Annuity, you must deliver the request to us in writing at our
Service Office. Generally, any change of Owner and/or Beneficiary, or
assignment of the Annuity, will take effect when accepted and recorded by us
(unless an alternative rule is stipulated by applicable State law). We will
allow changes of ownership and/or assignments only if the Annuity is held
exclusively for the benefit of the designated Annuitant. We are not
responsible for any transactions processed before a change of Owner and/or
Beneficiary, and an assignment of the Annuity, is accepted and recorded by us.
UNLESS PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE STATE LAW, WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REFUSE A
PROPOSED CHANGE OF OWNER AND/OR BENEFICIARY, AND A PROPOSED ASSIGNMENT OF THE
ANNUITY, AT ANY TIME ON A NON-DISCRIMINATORY BASIS, AND TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED
BY STATE LAW, AND WE ARE NOT OBLIGATED TO PROCESS YOUR REQUEST WITHIN ANY
PARTICULAR TIME FRAME. For New York Annuities, a request to change the Owner,
Annuitant, Contingent Annuitant, Beneficiary and contingent Beneficiary
designations is effective when signed, and an assignment is effective upon our
receipt. We assume no responsibility for the validity or tax consequences of
any change of Owner and/or Beneficiary or any assignment of the Annuity, and
may be required to make reports of ownership changes and/or assignments to the
appropriate federal, state and/or local taxing authorities.
DEATH BENEFIT SUSPENSION UPON CHANGE OF OWNER OR ANNUITANT. If there is a
change of Owner or Annuitant, the change may affect the amount of the Death
Benefit. See the Death Benefit section of this prospectus for additional
details.
SPOUSAL DESIGNATIONS
If an Annuity is co-owned by spouses, we will assume that the sole primary
Beneficiary is the surviving spouse that was named as the co-owner unless you
elect an alternative Beneficiary Designation. Unless you elect an alternative
Beneficiary Designation, upon the death of either spousal Owner, the surviving
spouse may elect to assume ownership of the Annuity instead of taking the
Death Benefit payment. The Death Benefit that would have been payable will be
the new Account Value of the Annuity as of the date of due proof of death and
any required proof of a spousal relationship. As of the date the assumption is
effective, the surviving spouse will have all the rights and benefits that
would be available under the Annuity to a new purchaser of the same attained
age. For purposes of determining any future Death Benefit for the beneficiary
of the surviving spouse, the new Account Value will be considered as the
initial Purchase Payment. No CDSC will apply to the new Account Value.
However, any additional purchase payments applied after the date the
assumption is effective will be subject to all provisions of the Annuity,
including the CDSC when applicable.
Spousal assumption is also permitted, subject to our rules and regulatory
approval, if the Annuity is held by a custodial account established to hold
retirement assets for the benefit of the natural person Annuitant pursuant to
the provisions of Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code ("Code") (or any
successor Code section thereto) ("Custodial Account") and, on the date of the
Annuitant's death, the spouse of the Annuitant is (1) the Contingent Annuitant
under the Annuity and (2) the beneficiary of the Custodial Account. The
ability to continue the Annuity in this manner will result in the Annuity no
longer qualifying for tax deferral under the Code. However, such tax deferral
should result from the ownership of the Annuity by the Custodial Account.
Please consult your tax or legal adviser.
Certain spousal rights under the contract, and our administration of such
spousal rights and related tax reporting accords with our understanding of the
Defense of Marriage Act (which defines a "marriage" as a legal union between a
man and a woman and a "spouse" as a person of the opposite sex). Depending on
the state in which your annuity is issued, we may offer certain spousal
benefits to civil union couples or same-sex marriages. You should be aware,
however, that federal tax law does not recognize civil unions or same-sex
marriages. Therefore, we cannot permit a civil union partner or same-sex
spouse to continue the annuity within the meaning of the tax law upon the
death of the first partner under the annuity's "spousal continuance"
provision. Please note
56
there may be federal tax consequences at the death of the first civil union or
same-sex marriage partner. Civil union couples and same-sex marriage spouses
should consider that limitation before selecting a spousal benefit under the
annuity.
CONTINGENT ANNUITANT
Generally, if an Annuity is owned by an entity and the entity has named a
Contingent Annuitant, the Contingent Annuitant will become the Annuitant upon
the death of the Annuitant, and no Death Benefit is payable. Unless we agree
otherwise, the Annuity is only eligible to have a Contingent Annuitant
designation if the entity which owns the Annuity is (1) a plan described in
Internal Revenue Code Section 72(s)(5)(A)(i) (or any successor Code section
thereto); (2) an entity described in Code Section 72(u)(1) (or any successor
Code section thereto); or (3) a Custodial Account, as described in the above
section.
Where the Annuity is held by a Custodial Account, the Contingent Annuitant
will not automatically become the Annuitant upon the death of the Annuitant.
Upon the death of the Annuitant, the Custodial Account will have the choice,
subject to our rules, to either elect to receive the Death Benefit or elect to
continue the Annuity. If the Custodial Account elects to receive the Death
Benefit, the Account Value of the Annuity as of the date of due proof of death
of the Annuitant will reflect the amount that would have been payable had a
Death Benefit been paid. See the section above entitled "Spousal Designations"
for more information about how the Annuity can be continued by a Custodial
Account.
MAY I RETURN MY ANNUITY IF I CHANGE MY MIND?
If after purchasing your Annuity you change your mind and decide that you do
not want it, you may return it to us within a certain period of time known as
a right to cancel period. This is often referred to as a "free look."
Depending on the state in which you purchased your Annuity and, in some
states, if you purchased the Annuity as a replacement for a prior contract,
the right to cancel period may be ten (10) days, or longer, measured from the
time that you received your Annuity. If you return your Annuity during the
applicable period, we will refund your current Account Value plus any tax
charge deducted, less any applicable federal and state income tax withholding
and depending on your state's requirements, any applicable insurance charges
deducted. The amount returned to you may be higher or lower than the Purchase
Payment(s) applied during the right to cancel period and may be subject to a
market value adjustment if it was allocated to a MVA Fixed Allocation, to the
extent allowed by State law. With respect to XT6, if you return your Annuity,
we will not return any XTra Credits we applied your Annuity based on your
purchase payments.
MAY I MAKE ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENTS?
Unless we agree otherwise and subject to our rules, the minimum amount that we
accept as an additional Purchase Payment is $100 unless you participate in our
Systematic Investment Plan or a periodic Purchase Payment program. Purchase
payments made while you participate in an asset allocation program will be
allocated in accordance with such benefit. Additional purchase payments may be
made at any time before the Annuity Date (unless the Annuity is held as a
Beneficiary Annuity), or prior to the Account Value being reduced to zero.
Purchase payments are not permitted if the Annuity is held as a Beneficiary
Annuity.
MAY I MAKE SCHEDULED PAYMENTS DIRECTLY FROM MY BANK ACCOUNT?
You can make additional purchase payments to your Annuity by authorizing us to
deduct money directly from your bank account and applying it to your Annuity
(unless your Annuity is being held as a Beneficiary Annuity). We call our
electronic funds transfer program "the Systematic Investment Plan." purchase
payments made through electronic funds transfer may only be allocated to the
Sub-accounts when applied. Different allocation requirements may apply in
connection with certain optional benefits. We may allow you to invest in your
Annuity with a lower initial Purchase Payment, as long as you authorize
payments through an electronic funds transfer that will equal at least the
minimum Purchase Payment set forth above during the first 12 months of your
Annuity. We may suspend or cancel electronic funds transfer privileges if
sufficient funds are not available from the applicable financial institution
on any date that a transaction is scheduled to occur.
MAY I MAKE PURCHASE PAYMENTS THROUGH A SALARY REDUCTION PROGRAM?
These types of programs are only available with certain types of qualified
investments. If your employer sponsors such a program, we may agree to accept
periodic purchase payments through a salary reduction program as long as the
allocations are made only to Sub-accounts and the periodic purchase payments
received in the first year total at least the minimum Purchase Payment set
forth above.
57
MANAGING YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE
HOW AND WHEN ARE PURCHASE PAYMENTS INVESTED?
(See "Valuing Your Investment" for a description of our procedure for pricing
initial and subsequent purchase payments.)
INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT: Once we accept your application, we invest your
Purchase Payment in your Annuity according to your instructions for allocating
your Account Value. The Purchase Payment is your initial Purchase Payment
minus any tax charges that may apply. You can allocate purchase payments to
one or more available Sub-accounts or available Fixed Allocations. Investment
restrictions will apply if you elect certain optional benefits.
SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE PAYMENTS: Unless you participate in an asset allocation
program, or unless you have provided us with other specific allocation
instructions for one, more than one, or all subsequent purchase payments, we
will allocate any additional purchase payments you make according to your
initial Purchase Payment allocation instructions. If you so instruct us, we
will allocate subsequent purchase payments according to any new allocation
instructions. Unless you tell us otherwise, purchase payments made while you
participate in an asset allocation program will be allocated in accordance
with such program.
HOW DO I RECEIVE A LOYALTY CREDIT UNDER THE ASAP III AND APEX II ANNUITIES?
We apply a Loyalty Credit to your Annuity's Account Value at the end of your
fifth Annuity Year ("fifth Annuity Anniversary"). With respect to ASAP III,
for annuities issued on or after February 13, 2006, the Loyalty Credit is
equal to 0.50% of total purchase payments made during the first four Annuity
Years less the cumulative amount of withdrawals made (including the deduction
of any CDSC amounts) through the fifth Annuity Anniversary. With respect to
APEX II, for annuities issued between June 20, 2005 and February 12, 2006, the
Loyalty Credit is equal to 2.25% of total purchase payments made during the
first four Annuity Years less the cumulative amount of withdrawals made
(including the deduction of any CDSC amounts) through the fifth Annuity
Anniversary. For APEX II Annuities issued on or after February 13, 2006, the
Loyalty Credit is equal to 2.75% of total purchase payments made during the
first four Annuity Years less the cumulative amount of withdrawals made
(including the deduction of any CDSC amounts) through the fifth Annuity
Anniversary.
If the total purchase payments made during the first four Annuity Years is
less than the cumulative amount of withdrawals made on or before the fifth
Annuity Anniversary, no Loyalty Credit will be applied to your Annuity. Also,
no Loyalty Credit will be applied to your Annuity if your Account Value is
zero on the fifth Annuity Anniversary. This would include any situation where
the Annuity is still in force due to the fact that payments are being made
under an optional benefit such as Lifetime Five, Spousal Lifetime Five,
Highest Daily Lifetime Five, Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, Spousal Highest
Daily Lifetime Seven, Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus, Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit, Highest Daily Lifetime
6 Plus, and Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. In addition, no Loyalty
Credit will be applied to your Annuity if before the fifth Annuity
Anniversary: (i) you have surrendered your Annuity; (ii) you have annuitized
your Annuity; (iii) your Beneficiary has elected our Beneficiary Continuation
Option; or (iv) we have received due proof of your death (and there has been
no spousal continuation election made). If your spouse continues the Annuity
under our spousal continuation option, we will apply the Loyalty Credit to
your Annuity only on the fifth Annuity Anniversary measured from the date that
we originally issued you the Annuity. Since the Loyalty Credit is applied to
the Account Value only, any guarantees that are not based on Account Value
will not reflect the Loyalty Credit. Similarly, guarantees that are made
against a loss in Account Value will not be triggered in certain very limited
circumstances where they otherwise would have been, had no Loyalty Credit been
applied to the Account Value.
HOW ARE LOYALTY CREDITS APPLIED TO MY ACCOUNT VALUE UNDER THE ASAP III AND
APEX II ANNUITIES?
Any Loyalty Credit that is allocated to your Account Value on the fifth
Annuity Anniversary will be allocated to the Fixed Allocations and
Sub-accounts according to the "hierarchy" described in this paragraph. This
hierarchy consists of a priority list of investment options, and the Loyalty
Credit is applied based on which of the items below is applicable and in
effect when the Loyalty Credit is applied. Thus, if a given item in the
priority list is inapplicable to you, we move to the next item. The hierarchy
is as follows: (a) if you participate in the Custom Portfolios Program (FKA -
Optional Allocation & Rebalancing Program), any Loyalty Credit will be
invested in accordance with such Program, (b) if you participate in an asset
allocation program (see Appendix D for a description of such programs), in
accordance with that program, (c) in accordance with your standing allocation
instructions (d) if you participate in the Systematic Investment Plan, in
accordance with that Plan, (e) if you participate in an automatic rebalancing
program, in accordance with that program (f) in accordance with how your most
recent purchase payment was allocated and (g) otherwise in accordance with
your instructions, if items (a) through (f) above are not permitted or
applicable.
EXAMPLE OF APPLYING THE LOYALTY CREDIT WITH RESPECT TO ASAP III.
Assume you make an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 and your Annuity is
issued on or after February 13, 2006. During Annuity Year four (i.e., prior to
the fourth Annuity Anniversary) you make an additional $10,000 Purchase
Payment. During the early part of Annuity Year five (i.e., prior to the fifth
Annuity Anniversary) you make a $10,000 Purchase Payment and later in the year
make a withdrawal of $5,000. The Loyalty Credit that we will apply to your
Annuity on the fifth Annuity Anniversary is, subject to state availability,
equal to 0.50% of $15,000 (this represents the $20,000 of purchase payments
made during the first four
58
Annuity Years minus the $5,000 withdrawal made in the fifth Annuity Year. The
computation disregards the additional $10,000 Purchase Payment made in the
fifth Annuity Year.) Therefore, the Loyalty Credit amount would be equal to
$75.00.
EXAMPLE OF APPLYING THE LOYALTY CREDIT WITH RESPECT TO APEX II.
Assume you make an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 and your Annuity is
issued on or after February 13, 2006. During Annuity Year four (i.e., prior to
the fourth Annuity Anniversary) you make an additional $10,000 Purchase
Payment. During the early part of Annuity Year five (i.e., prior to the fifth
Annuity Anniversary) you make a $10,000 Purchase Payment and later in the year
make a withdrawal of $5,000. The Loyalty Credit that we will apply to your
Annuity on the fifth Annuity Anniversary is, subject to state availability,
equal to 2.75% of $15,000 (this represents the $20,000 of purchase payments
made during the first four Annuity Years minus the $5,000 withdrawal made in
the fifth Annuity Year. The computation disregards the additional $10,000
Purchase Payment made in the fifth Annuity Year.) Therefore, the Loyalty
Credit amount would be equal to $412.50.
HOW DO I RECEIVE CREDITS UNDER THE XT6 ANNUITY?
We apply a "Credit" to your Annuity's Account Value each time you make a
Purchase Payment during the first six (6) Annuity Years. The amount of the
Credit is payable from our general account. The amount of the Credit depends
on the Annuity Year in which the Purchase Payment(s) is made, according to the
table below:
For annuities issued on or after February 13, 2006 (subject to state
availability):
ANNUITY YEAR CREDIT
---------------------
1 6.50%
2 5.00%
3 4.00%
4 3.00%
5 2.00%
6 1.00%
7+ 0.00%
---------------------
For annuities issued prior to February 13, 2006:
ANNUITY YEAR CREDIT
---------------------
1 6.00%
2 5.00%
3 4.00%
4 3.00%
5 2.00%
6 1.00%
7+ 0.00%
---------------------
CREDITS APPLIED TO PURCHASE PAYMENTS FOR DESIGNATED CLASS OF ANNUITY OWNER
Prior to May 1, 2004, where allowed by state law, Annuities could be purchased
by a member of the class defined below, with a different table of Credits. The
Credit applied to all purchase payments on such Annuities is as follows based
on the Annuity Year in which the Purchase Payment was made: Year 1 -9.0%; Year
2 -9.0%; Year 3 -8.5%; Year 4 -8.0%; Year 5 -7.0%; Year 6 -6.0%; Year 7 -5.0%;
Year 8 -4.0%; Year 9 -3.0%; Year 10 -2%; Year 11+ -0.0%.
The designated class of Annuity Owners included: (a) any parent company,
affiliate or subsidiary of ours; (b) an officer, director, employee, retiree,
sales representative, or in the case of an affiliated broker-dealer,
registered representative of such company; (c) a director, officer or trustee
of any underlying mutual fund; (d) a director, officer or employee of any
investment manager, sub-advisor, transfer agent, custodian, auditing, legal or
administrative services provider that is providing investment management,
advisory, transfer agency, custodian-ship, auditing, legal and/or
administrative services to an underlying mutual fund or any affiliate of such
firm; (e) a director, officer, employee or registered representative of a
broker-dealer or insurance agency that has a then current selling agreement
with us and/or with Prudential Annuities Distributors, Inc., a Prudential
Financial Company; (f) a director, officer, employee or authorized
representative of any firm providing us or our affiliates with regular legal,
actuarial, auditing, underwriting, claims, administrative, computer support,
marketing, office or other services; (g) the then current spouse of any such
person noted in (b) through (f), above; (h) the parents of any such person
noted in (b) through (g), above; (i) the child(ren) or other legal dependent
under the age of 21 of any such person noted in (b) through (h); and (j) the
siblings of any such persons noted in (b) through (h) above.
All other terms and conditions of the Annuity apply to Owners in the
designated class.
HOW ARE CREDITS APPLIED TO ACCOUNT VALUE UNDER THE XT6 ANNUITY?
Each Credit is allocated to your Account Value at the time the Purchase
Payment is applied to your Account Value. The amount of the Credit is
allocated to the investment options in the same ratio as the applicable
Purchase Payment is applied.
59
EXAMPLES OF APPLYING CREDITS
INITIAL PURCHASE PAYMENT
Assume you make an initial Purchase Payment of $10,000 and your Annuity is
issued on or after February 13, 2006. We would apply a 6.5% Credit to your
Purchase Payment and allocate the amount of the Credit ($650 = $10,000 X .065)
to your Account Value in the proportion that your Purchase Payment is
allocated.
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENT IN ANNUITY YEAR 2
Assume that you make an additional Purchase Payment of $5,000. We would apply
a 5.0% Credit to your Purchase Payment and allocate the amount of the Credit
($250 = $5,000 X .05) to your Account Value.
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE PAYMENT IN ANNUITY YEAR 6
Assume that you make an additional Purchase Payment of $15,000. We would apply
a 1.0% Credit to your Purchase Payment and allocate the amount of the Credit
($150 = $15,000 X .01) to your Account Value.
The amount of any XTra Credits applied to your XT6 Annuity Account Value can
be taken back by Prudential Annuities under certain circumstances:
. any XTra Credits applied to your Account Value on purchase payments
made within the 12 months before the Owner's (or Annuitant's if entity
owned) date of death will be taken back (to the extent allowed by state
law);
. the amount available under the medically-related surrender portion of
the Annuity will not include the amount of any XTra Credits payable on
purchase payments made within 12 months prior to the date of a request
under the medically-related surrender provision (to the extent allowed by
State law); and
. if you elect to "free look" your Annuity, the amount returned to you
will not include the amount of any XTra Credits.
The Account Value may be substantially reduced if Prudential Annuities takes
back the XTra Credit amount under these circumstances. The amount we take back
will equal the XTra Credit, without adjustment up or down for investment
performance. Therefore, any gain on the XTra Credit amount will not be taken
back. But if there was a loss on the XTra Credit, the amount we take back will
still equal amount of the XTra Credit. We do not deduct a CDSC in any
situation where we take back the XTra Credit amount. During the first 10
Annuity Years, the total asset-based charges on this Annuity (including the
Insurance Charge and the Distribution Charge) are higher than many of our
other annuities, including other annuities we offer that apply credits to
purchase payments.
GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT CREDITS
. We do not consider Credits to be "investment in the contract" for
income tax purposes.
. You may not withdraw the amount of any Credits under the Free
Withdrawal provision. The Free Withdrawal provision only applies to
withdrawals of purchase payments.
ARE THERE RESTRICTIONS OR CHARGES ON TRANSFERS BETWEEN INVESTMENT OPTIONS?
During the accumulation period you may transfer Account Value between
investment options subject to the restrictions outlined below. Transfers are
not subject to taxation on any gain. You may not transfer Account Value to any
Fixed Allocation used with a dollar cost averaging program or any DCA Fixed
Rate Options. You may only allocate purchase payments to Fixed Allocations
used with a dollar cost averaging program or the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
Currently, any transfer involving the ProFunds VP Sub-accounts must be
received by us no later than 3:00 p.m. Eastern time (or one hour prior to any
announced closing of the applicable securities exchange) to be processed on
the current Valuation Day. The "cut-off" time for such financial transactions
involving a ProFunds VP Sub-account will be extended to 1/2 hour prior to any
announced closing (generally, 3:30 p.m. Eastern time) for transactions
submitted electronically, including through Prudential Annuities' Internet
website (www.prudentialannuities.com).
Currently, we charge $10.00 for each transfer after the twentieth
(20/th/) transfer in each Annuity Year. Transfers made as part of a Dollar
Cost Averaging (including the 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program),
Automatic Rebalancing or asset allocation program do not count toward the
twenty free transfer limit. Renewals or transfers of Account Value from an MVA
Fixed Allocation at the end of its Guarantee Period are not subject to the
transfer charge. We may reduce the number of free transfers allowable each
Annuity Year (subject to a minimum of eight) without charging a Transfer Fee.
We may also increase the Transfer Fee that we charge to $15.00 for each
transfer after the number of free transfers has been used up. We may eliminate
the Transfer Fee for transfer requests transmitted electronically or through
other means that reduce our processing costs. If enrolled in any program that
does not permit transfer requests to be transmitted electronically, the
Transfer Fee will not be waived.
Once you have made 20 transfers among the Sub-accounts during an Annuity Year,
we will accept any additional transfer request during that year only if the
request is submitted to us in writing with an original signature and otherwise
is in good order. For purposes of this 20 transfer limit, we (i) do not view a
facsimile transmission as a "writing", (ii) will treat multiple transfer
requests
60
submitted on the same Valuation Day as a single transfer, and (iii) do not
count any transfer that solely involves Sub-accounts corresponding to any
ProFund Portfolio and/or the AST Money Market Portfolio or any transfer that
involves one of our systematic programs, such as asset allocation and
automated withdrawals.
Frequent transfers among Sub-accounts in response to short-term fluctuations
in markets, sometimes called "market timing," can make it very difficult for a
Portfolio manager to manage a Portfolio's investments. Frequent transfers may
cause the Portfolio to hold more cash than otherwise necessary, disrupt
management strategies, increase transaction costs, or affect performance. Each
Annuity offers Sub-accounts designed for Owners who wish to engage in frequent
transfers (i.e., one or more of the Sub-accounts corresponding to the ProFund
Portfolios and the AST Money Market Portfolio), and we encourage Owners
seeking frequent transfers to utilize those Sub-accounts.
In light of the risks posed to Owners and other investors by frequent
transfers, we reserve the right to limit the number of transfers in any
Annuity Year for all existing or new Owners and to take the other actions
discussed below. We also reserve the right to limit the number of transfers in
any Annuity Year or to refuse any transfer request for an Owner or certain
Owners if: (a) we believe that excessive transfer activity (as we define it)
or a specific transfer request or group of transfer requests may have a
detrimental effect on Unit Values or the share prices of the Portfolios; or
(b) we are informed by a Portfolio (e.g., by the Portfolio's portfolio
manager) that the purchase or redemption of shares in the Portfolio must be
restricted because the Portfolio believes the transfer activity to which such
purchase and redemption relates would have a detrimental effect on the share
prices of the affected Portfolio. Without limiting the above, the most likely
scenario where either of the above could occur would be if the aggregate
amount of a trade or trades represented a relatively large proportion of the
total assets of a particular Portfolio. In furtherance of our general
authority to restrict transfers as described above, and without limiting other
actions we may take in the future, we have adopted the following specific
restrictions:
. With respect to each Sub-account (other than the AST Money Market
Sub-account, or a Sub-account corresponding to a ProFund Portfolio), we
track amounts exceeding a certain dollar threshold that were transferred
into the Sub-account. If you transfer such amount into a particular
Sub-account, and within 30 calendar days thereafter transfer (the
"Transfer Out") all or a portion of that amount into another Sub-account,
then upon the Transfer Out, the former Sub-account becomes restricted
(the "Restricted Sub-account"). Specifically, we will not permit
subsequent transfers into the Restricted Sub-account for 90 calendar days
after the Transfer Out if the Restricted Sub-account invests in a
non-international Portfolio, or 180 calendar days after the Transfer Out
if the Restricted Sub-account invests in an international Portfolio. For
purposes of this rule, we (i) do not count transfers made in connection
with one of our systematic programs, such as asset allocation and
automated withdrawals;(ii) do not count any transfer that solely involves
Sub-accounts corresponding to any ProFund Portfolio and/or the AST Money
Market Portfolio; and (iii) do not categorize as a transfer the first
transfer that you make after the Issue Date, if you make that transfer
within 30 calendar days after the Issue Date. Even if an amount becomes
restricted under the foregoing rules, you are still free to redeem the
amount from your Annuity at any time.
. We reserve the right to effect exchanges on a delayed basis for all
contracts. That is, we may price an exchange involving the Sub-accounts
on the Valuation Day subsequent to the Valuation Day on which the
exchange request was received. Before implementing such a practice, we
would issue a separate written notice to Owners that explains the
practice in detail.
If we deny one or more transfer requests under the foregoing rules, we will
inform you or your Financial Professional promptly of the circumstances
concerning the denial.
Contract owners in New York who purchased their contracts prior to March 15,
2004 are not subject to the specific restrictions outlined in bulleted
paragraphs immediately above. In addition, there are contract owners of
different variable annuity contracts that are funded through the same Separate
Account that are not subject to the above-referenced transfer restrictions
and, therefore, might make more numerous and frequent transfers than contract
owners who are subject to such limitations. Finally, there are contract owners
of other variable annuity contracts or variable life contracts that are issued
by Prudential Annuities as well as other insurance companies that have the
same underlying mutual fund portfolios available to them. Since some contract
owners are not subject to the same transfer restrictions, unfavorable
consequences associated with such frequent trading within the underlying
mutual fund (e.g., greater portfolio turnover, higher transaction costs, or
performance or tax issues) may affect all contract owners. Similarly, while
contracts managed by a Financial Professional or third party investment
advisor are subject to the restrictions on transfers between investment
options that are discussed above, if the advisor manages a number of contracts
in the same fashion unfavorable consequences may be associated with management
activity since it may involve the movement of a substantial portion of an
underlying mutual fund's assets which may affect all contract owners invested
in the affected options. Apart from jurisdiction-specific and contract
differences in transfer restrictions, we will apply these rules uniformly
(including contracts managed by a Financial Professional or third party
investment advisor), and will not waive a transfer restriction for any
contract owner.
ALTHOUGH OUR TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS ARE DESIGNED TO PREVENT EXCESSIVE
TRANSFERS, THEY ARE NOT CAPABLE OF PREVENTING EVERY POTENTIAL OCCURRENCE OF
EXCESSIVE TRANSFER ACTIVITY.
The Portfolios have adopted their own policies and procedures with respect to
excessive trading of their respective shares, and we reserve the right to
enforce any such current or future policies and procedures. The prospectuses
for the Portfolios describe any such policies and procedures, which may be
more or less restrictive than the policies and procedures we have adopted.
Under SEC
61
rules, we are required to: (1) enter into a written agreement with each
Portfolio or its principal underwriter or its transfer agent that obligates us
to provide to the Portfolio promptly upon request certain information about
the trading activity of individual contract owners (including an Annuity
Owner's TIN number), and (2) execute instructions from the Portfolio to
restrict or prohibit further purchases or transfers by specific contract
owners who violate the excessive trading policies established by the
Portfolio. In addition, you should be aware that some Portfolios may receive
"omnibus" purchase and redemption orders from other insurance companies or
intermediaries such as retirement plans. The omnibus orders reflect the
aggregation and netting of multiple orders from individual owners of variable
insurance contracts and/or individual retirement plan participants. The
omnibus nature of these orders may limit the Portfolios in their ability to
apply their excessive trading policies and procedures. In addition, the other
insurance companies and/or retirement plans may have different policies and
procedures or may not have any such policies and procedures because of
contractual limitations. For these reasons, we cannot guarantee that the
Portfolios (and thus contract owners) will not be harmed by transfer activity
relating to other insurance companies and/or retirement plans that may invest
in the Portfolios.
A Portfolio also may assess a short term trading fee (redemption fee) in
connection with a transfer out of the Sub-account investing in that Portfolio
that occurs within a certain number of days following the date of allocation
to the Sub-account. Each Portfolio determines the amount of the short term
trading fee and when the fee is imposed. The fee is retained by or paid to the
Portfolio and is not retained by us. The fee will be deducted from your
Account Value, to the extent allowed by law. At present, no Portfolio has
adopted a short-term trading fee.
DO YOU OFFER DOLLAR COST AVERAGING?
Yes. As discussed below, we offer Dollar Cost Averaging programs during the
accumulation period. In general, Dollar Cost Averaging allows you to
systematically transfer an amount periodically from one investment option to
one or more other investment options. You can choose to transfer earnings
only, principal plus earnings or a flat dollar amount. You may elect a Dollar
Cost Averaging program that transfers amounts monthly, quarterly,
semi-annually, or annually from Sub-accounts, or a program that transfers
amounts monthly from Fixed Allocations or DCA Fixed Rate Options. By investing
amounts on a regular basis instead of investing the total amount at one time,
Dollar Cost Averaging may decrease the effect of market fluctuation on the
investment of your Purchase Payment. This may result in a lower average cost
of units over time. However, there is no guarantee that Dollar Cost Averaging
will result in a profit or protect against a loss in a declining market. We do
not deduct a charge for participating in a Dollar Cost Averaging program.
You can Dollar Cost Average from Sub-accounts, the Fixed Allocations or the
DCA Fixed Rate Options. Dollar Cost Averaging from Fixed Allocations is
subject to a number of rules that include, but are not limited to the
following:
. You may only use Fixed Allocations with Guarantee Periods of 1, 2 or 3
years (except for the DCA Fixed Rate Options).
. You may only Dollar Cost Average earnings or principal plus earnings. If
transferring principal plus earnings, the program must be designed to
last the entire Guarantee Period for the Fixed Allocation.
. Dollar Cost Averaging transfers from Fixed Allocations are not subject
to a Market Value Adjustment.
NOTE: WHEN A DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM IS ESTABLISHED FROM A FIXED
ALLOCATION OR A DCA FIXED RATE OPTION, THE FIXED RATE OF INTEREST WE CREDIT TO
YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE IS APPLIED TO A DECLINING BALANCE DUE TO THE TRANSFERS OF
ACCOUNT VALUE TO THE SUB-ACCOUNTS. THIS WILL REDUCE THE EFFECTIVE RATE OF
RETURN ON THE FIXED ALLOCATION OR A DCA FIXED RATE OPTION OVER THE GUARANTEE
PERIOD OR THE DURATION OF THE PROGRAM, RESPECTIVELY.
The Dollar Cost Averaging programs are not available if you have elected an
automatic rebalancing program or an asset allocation program. Dollar Cost
Averaging from Fixed Allocations also is not available if you elect certain
optional benefits.
Prudential Annuities originally offered specific Fixed Allocations with
Guarantee Periods of 6 months or 12 months exclusively for use with a Dollar
Cost Averaging program on the APEX II product. Those 6 month/12 month Fixed
Allocations were designed to automatically transfer Account Value in either 6
or 12 payments under a Dollar Cost Averaging program. Dollar Cost Averaging
transfers commenced on the date the Fixed Allocation was established, and then
proceeded each month following until the entire principal amount plus earnings
was transferred. Fixed Allocations could only be established with your initial
Purchase Payment or additional purchase payments. You could not transfer
existing Account Value to a Fixed Allocation. We discontinued offering these 6
and 12 month Fixed Allocations beginning on May 1, 2009.
Under our current dollar cost averaging program used with Fixed Allocations,
Account Value allocated to the Fixed Allocations will be transferred to the
Sub-accounts you choose. If you terminate the Dollar Cost Averaging program
before the entire principal amount plus earnings has been transferred to the
Sub-account(s), you must transfer all remaining Account Value to any other
investment option. Unless you provide alternate instructions at the time you
terminate the Dollar Cost Averaging program, Account Value will be transferred
to the AST Money Market Sub-account. Transfers from Fixed Allocations as part
of a Dollar Cost Averaging program are not subject to a Market Value
Adjustment. However, a Market Value Adjustment will apply if you terminate the
Dollar Cost Averaging program before the entire principal amount plus earnings
has been transferred to the Sub-account(s). Please note that under the 6 or 12
Month DCA Program (described immediately below), no Market Value Adjustment
applies.
62
6 OR 12 MONTH DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM (THE "6 OR 12 MONTH DCA PROGRAM")
The 6 or 12 Month DCA Program is available for contracts issued on and after
May 1, 2009 (subject to applicable State approval). The program is subject to
our rules at the time of election and may not be available in conjunction with
other programs and benefits we make available. We may discontinue, modify or
amend this program from time to time. Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus ,Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, and Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus are the only optional living benefits and the
Highest Anniversary Value death benefit and the Combination 5% Roll-up + HAV
death benefit are the only death benefits you may participate in if you also
participate in the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program, although you do not need to
select any optional benefit to participate in the program. To participate in
the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program, you must allocate at least a $2000 Purchase
Payment to our DCA Fixed Rate Options. These DCA Fixed Rate Options are
distinct from the Fixed Allocations described immediately above. Most notably,
transfers out of a DCA Fixed Rate Option are never subject to a Market Value
Adjustment. Dollar cost averaging does not assure a profit, or protect against
a loss.
THE KEY FEATURES OF THIS PROGRAM ARE AS FOLLOWS:
. You may only allocate purchase payments to these DCA Fixed Rate Options.
You may not transfer Account Value into this program.
. As part of your election to participate in the 6 or 12 Month DCA
Program, you specify whether the monthly transfers under the 6 or 12
Month DCA Program are to be made over a 6 month or 12 month period. We
then set the monthly transfer amount, by dividing the Purchase Payment
(including any associated credit) you have allocated to the DCA Fixed
Rate Options by the number of months. For example, if you allocated
$6000, and selected a 6 month DCA Program, we would transfer $1000 each
month. We will adjust the monthly transfer amount if, during the
transfer period, the amount allocated to the DCA Fixed Rate Options is
reduced (e.g., due to the deduction of the applicable portion of the fee
for an optional benefit, withdrawals or due to a transfer of Account
Value out of the DCA Fixed Rate Options initiated by the mathematical
formula used with Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, or Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus. In that event, we will re-calculate the amount of each
remaining transfer by dividing the amount in the DCA Fixed Rate Option
by the number of remaining transfers. If the recalculated transfer
amount is below the minimum transfer required by the program, we will
transfer the remaining amount from the DCA Fixed Rate Option on the next
scheduled transfer and terminate the program.
. Any withdrawals, transfers, or fees deducted from the DCA Fixed Rate
Options will reduce the DCA Fixed Rate Options on a "last-in, first-out"
basis. If you have only one 6 or 12 Month DCA Program in operation,
withdrawals, transfers, or fees may be deducted from the DCA Fixed Rate
Options associated with that Program. You may, however, have more than
one 6 or 12 Month DCA Program operating at the same time (so long as any
such additional 6 or 12 Month DCA Program is of the same duration). For
example, you may have more than one 6 month DCA Program running, but may
not have a 6 month Program running simultaneously with a 12 month
Program. If you have multiple 6 or 12 Month DCA Programs running, then
the above reference to "last-in, first-out" means that amounts will be
deducted first from the DCA Fixed Rate Options associated with the 6 or
12 Month DCA Program that was established most recently.
. The first transfer under the Program occurs on the day you allocate a
Purchase Payment to the DCA Fixed Rate Options (unless modified to
comply with State law) and on each month following until the entire
principal amount plus earnings is transferred.
. We do not count transfers under the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program against
the number of free transfers allowed under your Annuity.
. The minimum transfer amount is $100, although we will not impose that
requirement with respect to the final amount to be transferred under the
Program.
. If you are not participating in Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, or Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, we will make transfers under the 6 or 12
month DCA Program to the Sub-accounts that you specified upon your
election of the Program. If you are participating in any Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus benefit or Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit, we
will allocate amounts transferred out of the DCA Fixed Rate Options in
the following manner: (a) if you are participating in the Custom
Portfolios Program (FKA - Optional Allocation and Rebalancing Program),
we will allocate to the Sub-accounts in accordance with the rules of
that program (b) if you are not participating in the Custom Portfolios
Program, we will make transfers under the Program to the Sub-accounts
that you specified upon your election of the Program, provided those
instructions comply with the allocation requirements for Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus, Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus or Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus (as applicable)
and (c) whether or not you participate in the Custom Portfolios Program,
no portion of our monthly transfer under the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program
will be directed initially to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
(although the DCA Fixed Rate Option is treated as a "Permitted
Sub-account" for purposes of transfers to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account under the pre-determined mathematical formula under the
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus or Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefits)
(see below).
. If you are participating in Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus or Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and also are participating in the 6 or 12
Month DCA Program, and the formula under the benefit dictates a transfer
from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account, then the amount to be transferred will be taken entirely
from the Sub-accounts, provided there is sufficient Account Value in
those Sub-accounts to meet the required transfer amount. Only if there
is insufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts will an
63
amount be withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate Options associated with the 6
or 12 Month DCA Program. Amounts withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate
Options under the formula will be taken on a last-in, first-out basis.
. If you are participating in one of our automated withdrawal programs
(e.g., Systematic Withdrawals), we may include within that withdrawal
program amounts held within the DCA Fixed Rate Options. If you have
elected any Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus or Highest Daily Lifetime 6
Plus benefit, any withdrawals will be taken on a pro-rata basis from
your Sub-accounts and the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
. We impose no fee for your participation in the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program.
. You may cancel the DCA Program at any time. If you do, we will transfer
any remaining amount held within the DCA Fixed Rate Options according to
your instructions. If you do not provide any such instructions, we will
transfer any remaining amount held in the DCA Fixed Rate Options on a
pro rata basis to the Sub-accounts in which you are invested currently.
If any such Sub-account is no longer available, we may allocate the
amount that would have been applied to that Sub-account to the AST Money
Market Sub-account.
. You cannot utilize "rate lock" with the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program. The
interest rate we credit under the program will be the rate on the date
the purchase payment is allocated to the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program.
. We credit interest to amounts held within the DCA Fixed Rate Options at
the applicable declared rates. We credit such interest until the
earliest of the following (a) the date the entire amount in the DCA
Fixed Rate Option has been transferred out (b) the date the entire
amount in the DCA Fixed Rate Option is withdrawn (c) the date as of
which any death benefit payable is determined or (d) the Annuity Date.
. The interest rate earned in a DCA Fixed Rate Option will be no less than
the minimum guaranteed interest rate. We may, from time to time, declare
new interest rates for new purchase payments that are higher than the
minimum guaranteed interest rate. Please note that the interest rate
that we apply under the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program is applied to a
declining balance. Therefore, the amount of interest you receive will
decrease as amounts are systematically transferred from the DCA Fixed
Rate Option to the Sub-accounts, and the effective interest rate earned
will therefore be less than the declared interest rate.
. The 6 or 12 Month DCA Program may be referred to in your Rider and/or
the Application as the "Enhanced Dollar Cost Averaging Program."
NOTE: WHEN A 6 OR 12 MONTH DCA PROGRAM IS ESTABLISHED FROM A DCA FIXED RATE
OPTION, THE FIXED RATE OF INTEREST WE CREDIT TO YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE IS APPLIED
TO A DECLINING BALANCE DUE TO THE TRANSFERS OF ACCOUNT VALUE TO THE
SUB-ACCOUNTS (INCLUDING ANY TRANSFERS UNDER AN OPTIONAL BENEFIT FORMULA). THIS
WILL REDUCE THE EFFECTIVE RATE OF RETURN ON THE DCA FIXED RATE OPTION.
DO YOU OFFER ANY AUTOMATIC REBALANCING PROGRAMS?
Yes. During the accumulation period, we offer Automatic Rebalancing among the
Sub-accounts you choose. You can choose to have your Account Value rebalanced
monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually. On the appropriate date, the
Sub-accounts you chose are rebalanced to the allocation percentages you
requested. With Automatic Rebalancing, we transfer the appropriate amount from
the "overweighted" Sub-accounts to the "underweighted" Sub-accounts to return
your allocations to the percentages you request. For example, over time the
performance of the Sub-accounts will differ, causing your percentage
allocations to shift. We also offer the Custom Portfolios Program (FKA -
Optional Allocation and Rebalancing Program), which is available if you have
elected one of the Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus, Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, Highest Daily GRO II, or GRO Plus II
benefits.
Any transfer to or from any Sub-account that is not part of your Automatic
Rebalancing program, will be made; however, that Sub-account will not become
part of your rebalancing program unless we receive instructions from you
indicating that you would like such option to become part of the program.
There is no minimum Account Value required to enroll in Automatic Rebalancing.
All rebalancing transfers as part of an Automatic Rebalancing program are not
included when counting the number of transfers each year toward the maximum
number of free transfers. We do not deduct a charge for participating in an
Automatic Rebalancing program. Participation in the Automatic Rebalancing
program may be restricted if you are enrolled in certain other optional
programs. Sub-accounts that are part of a Systematic Withdrawal program or
Dollar Cost Averaging program will be excluded from an Automatic Rebalancing
program.
If you are participating in an optional living benefit (such as Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus) that makes transfers under a pre-determined mathematical
formula, and you have opted for automatic rebalancing; you should be aware
that: (a) the AST bond portfolio used as part of the pre-determined
mathematical formula will not be included as part of automatic rebalancing and
(b) the operation of the formula may result in the rebalancing not conforming
to the percentage allocations that you specified originally as part of your
Automatic Rebalancing Program.
ARE ANY ASSET ALLOCATION PROGRAMS AVAILABLE?
We currently do not offer any asset allocation programs for use with your
Annuity. Prior to December 5, 2005, we made certain asset allocation programs
available. If you enrolled in one of the asset allocation programs prior to
December 5, 2005, see the Appendix D entitled, "Additional Information on the
Asset Allocation Programs" for more information on how the programs
are administered.
64
WHAT IS THE BALANCED INVESTMENT PROGRAM?
We offer a balanced investment program where a portion of your Account Value
is allocated to a Fixed Allocation and the remaining Account Value is
allocated to the Sub-accounts that you select. When you enroll in the Balanced
Investment Program, you choose the duration that you wish the program to last.
This determines the duration of the Guarantee Period for the Fixed Allocation.
Based on the fixed rate for the Guarantee Period chosen, we calculate the
portion of your Account Value that must be allocated to the Fixed Allocation
to grow to a specific "principal amount" (such as your initial Purchase
Payment). We determine the amount based on the rates then in effect for the
Guarantee Period you choose. If you continue the program until the end of the
Guarantee Period and make no withdrawals or transfers, at the end of the
Guarantee Period, the Fixed Allocation will have grown to equal the "principal
amount". Withdrawals or transfers from the Fixed Allocation before the end of
the Guarantee Period will terminate the program and may be subject to a Market
Value Adjustment (which may be positive or negative). You can transfer the
Account Value that is not allocated to the Fixed Allocation between any of the
Sub-accounts available under your Annuity. Account Value you allocate to the
Sub-accounts is subject to market fluctuations and may increase or decrease in
value. We do not deduct a charge for participating in the Balanced Investment
Program. This program is not available if your Annuity is held as a
Beneficiary Annuity.
EXAMPLE
Assume you invest $100,000. You choose a 10-year program and allocate a
portion of your Account Value to a Fixed Allocation with a 10-year
Guarantee Period. The rate for the 10-year Guarantee Period is 2.50%*.
Based on the fixed interest rate for the Guarantee Period chosen, the
factor is 0.781198 for determining how much of your Account Value will be
allocated to the Fixed Allocation. That means that $78,120 will be
allocated to the Fixed Allocation and the remaining Account Value
($21,880) will be allocated to the Sub-accounts. Assuming that you do not
make any withdrawals or transfers from the Fixed Allocation, it will grow
to $100,000 at the end of the Guarantee Period. Of course we cannot
predict the value of the remaining Account Value that was allocated to
the Sub-accounts.
* The rate in this example is hypothetical and may not reflect the current
rate for Guarantee Periods of this duration.
MAY I GIVE MY FINANCIAL PROFESSIONAL PERMISSION TO FORWARD TRANSACTION
INSTRUCTIONS?
Yes. Subject to our rules, your Financial Professional may forward
instructions regarding the allocation of your Account Value, and request
financial transactions involving investment options. IF YOUR FINANCIAL
PROFESSIONAL HAS THIS AUTHORITY, WE DEEM THAT ALL TRANSACTIONS THAT ARE
DIRECTED BY YOUR FINANCIAL PROFESSIONAL WITH RESPECT TO YOUR ANNUITY HAVE BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY YOU. You must contact us immediately if and when you revoke such
authority. We will not be responsible for acting on instructions from your
Financial Professional until we receive notification of the revocation of such
person's authority. We may also suspend, cancel or limit these privileges at
any time. We will notify you if we do.
MAY I AUTHORIZE MY THIRD PARTY INVESTMENT ADVISOR TO MANAGE MY ACCOUNT?
Yes. You may engage your own investment advisor to manage your account. These
investment advisors may be firms or persons who also are appointed by us, or
whose affiliated broker-dealers are appointed by us, as authorized sellers of
the Annuities. EVEN IF THIS IS THE CASE, HOWEVER, PLEASE NOTE THAT THE
INVESTMENT ADVISOR YOU ENGAGE TO PROVIDE ADVICE AND/OR MAKE TRANSFERS FOR YOU,
IS NOT ACTING ON OUR BEHALF, BUT RATHER IS ACTING ON YOUR BEHALF. We do not
offer advice about how to allocate your Account Value under any circumstance.
As such, we are not responsible for any recommendations such investment
advisors make, any investment models or asset allocation programs they choose
to follow or any specific transfers they make on your behalf. Please note that
if you have engaged a third-party investment advisor to provide asset
allocation services with respect to your Annuity, we may not allow you to
elect an optional benefit that requires investment in an asset allocation
Portfolio and/or that involves mandatory Account Value transfers (e.g. Highest
Daily GRO).
It is your responsibility to arrange for the payment of the advisory fee
charged by your investment advisor. Similarly, it is your responsibility to
understand the advisory services provided by your investment advisor and the
advisory fees charged for the services.
We or an affiliate of ours may provide administrative support to licensed,
registered Financial Professionals or Investment advisors who you authorize to
make financial transactions on your behalf. We may require Financial
Professionals or investment advisors, who are authorized by multiple contract
owners to make financial transactions, to enter into an administrative
agreement with Prudential Annuities as a condition of our accepting
transactions on your behalf. The administrative agreement may impose
limitations on the Financial Professional's or investment advisor's ability to
request financial transactions on your behalf. These limitations are intended
to minimize the detrimental impact of a Financial Professional who is in a
position to transfer large amounts of money for multiple clients in a
particular Portfolio or type of portfolio or to comply with specific
restrictions or limitations imposed by a Portfolio(s) of Prudential Annuities.
PLEASE NOTE: Annuities where your Financial Professional or investment advisor
has the authority to forward instruction on financial transactions are also
subject to the restrictions on transfers between investment options that are
discussed in the section entitled "ARE THERE RESTRICTIONS OR CHARGES ON
TRANSFERS BETWEEN INVESTMENT OPTIONS?" Since transfer activity directed by a
Financial Professional or third party investment adviser may result in
unfavorable consequences to all
65
contract owners invested in the affected options, we reserve the right to
limit the investment options available to a particular Owner where such
authority as described above has been given to a Financial Professional or
investment advisor or impose other transfer restrictions we deem necessary.
The administrative agreement may limit the available investment options,
require advance notice of large transactions, or impose other trading
limitations on your Financial Professional. Your Financial Professional will
be informed of all such restrictions on an ongoing basis. We may also require
that your Financial Professional transmit all financial transactions using the
electronic trading functionality available through our Internet website
(www.prudentialannuities.com).
LIMITATIONS THAT WE MAY IMPOSE ON YOUR FINANCIAL PROFESSIONAL OR INVESTMENT
ADVISOR UNDER THE TERMS OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGREEMENT DO NOT APPLY TO
FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS REQUESTED BY AN OWNER ON THEIR OWN BEHALF, EXCEPT AS
OTHERWISE DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
HOW DO THE FIXED ALLOCATIONS WORK?
We credit a fixed interest rate to the Fixed Allocation throughout a set
period of time called a "Guarantee Period." (Note that the discussion in this
section of Guarantee Periods is not applicable to the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account and the DCA Fixed Rate Options). Fixed Allocations currently are
offered with Guarantee Periods from 1 to 10 years. We may make Fixed
Allocations of different durations available in the future, including Fixed
Allocations offered exclusively for use with certain optional investment
programs. Fixed Allocations may not be available in all states and may not
always be available for all Guarantee Periods depending on market factors and
other considerations.
The interest rate credited to a Fixed Allocation is the rate in effect when
the Guarantee Period begins and does not change during the Guarantee Period.
The rates are an effective annual rate of interest. We determine the interest
rates for the various Guarantee Periods. At the time that we confirm your
Fixed Allocation, we will advise you of the interest rate in effect and the
date your Fixed Allocation matures. We may change the rates we credit new
Fixed Allocations at any time. Any change in interest rate does not affect
Fixed Allocations that were in effect before the date of the change. To
inquire as to the current rates for Fixed Allocations, please call
1-888-PRU-2888.
A Guarantee Period for a Fixed Allocation begins:
. when all or part of a net Purchase Payment is allocated to that
particular Guarantee Period;
. upon transfer of any of your Account Value to a Fixed Allocation for
that particular Guarantee Period; or
. when you "renew" a Fixed Allocation by electing a new Guarantee Period.
To the extent permitted by law, we may establish different interest rates for
Fixed Allocations offered to a class of Owners who choose to participate in
various optional investment programs we make available. This may include, but
is not limited to, Owners who elect to use Fixed Allocations under a dollar
cost averaging program (see "Do You Offer Dollar Cost Averaging?") or the
Balanced Investment Program.
Prudential Annuities may offer Fixed Allocations with Guarantee Periods of 3
months or 6 months exclusively for use as a short-term Fixed Allocation
("Short-term Fixed Allocations"). Short-term Fixed Allocations may only be
established with your initial Purchase Payment or additional purchase
payments. You may not transfer existing Account Value to a Short-term Fixed
Allocation. We reserve the right to terminate offering these special purpose
Fixed Allocations at any time.
On the Maturity Date of the Short-term Fixed Allocation, the Account Value
will be transferred to the Sub-account(s) you choose at the inception of the
program. If no instructions are provided, such Account Value will be
transferred to the AST Money Market Sub-account. Short-term Fixed Allocations
may not be renewed on the Maturity Date. If you surrender the Annuity or
transfer any Account Value from the Short-term Fixed Allocation to any other
investment option before the end of the Guarantee Period, a Market Value
Adjustment will apply.
HOW DO YOU DETERMINE RATES FOR FIXED ALLOCATIONS?
We do not have a specific formula for determining the fixed interest rates for
Fixed Allocations. Generally the interest rates we offer for Fixed Allocations
will reflect the investment returns available on the types of investments we
make to support our fixed rate guarantees. These investment types may include
cash, debt securities guaranteed by the United States government and its
agencies and instrumentalities, money market instruments, corporate debt
obligations of different durations, private placements, asset-backed
obligations and municipal bonds. In determining rates we also consider factors
such as the length of the Guarantee Period for the Fixed Allocation,
regulatory and tax requirements, liquidity of the markets for the type of
investments we make, commissions, administrative and investment expenses, our
insurance risks in relation to the Fixed Allocations, general economic trends
and competition. Some of these considerations are similar to those we consider
in determining the Insurance Charge that we deduct from Account Value
allocated to the Sub-accounts. For some of the same reasons that we deduct the
Insurance Charge against the Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts, we
also take into consideration mortality, expense, administration, profit and
other factors in determining the interest rates we credit to Fixed
Allocations. That is, the existence of those factors results in a reduction to
the interest rate that we credit under the MVA Fixed Allocations.
66
We will credit interest on a new Fixed Allocation in an existing Annuity at a
rate not less than the rate we are then crediting to Fixed Allocations for the
same Guarantee Period selected by new Annuity purchasers in the same class.
The interest rate we credit for a Fixed Allocation may be subject to a
minimum. Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information. In certain
states, the interest rate may be subject to a minimum under state law or
regulation.
HOW DOES THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT WORK?
If you transfer or withdraw Account Value from a MVA Fixed Allocation more
than 30 days before the end of its Guarantee Period, we will adjust the value
of your investment based on a formula, called a "Market Value Adjustment" or
"MVA". Under certain optional benefits (such as GRO and GRO Plus) a formula
transfers amounts between the MVA Fixed Allocations and the Permitted
Sub-accounts. The amount of any Market Value Adjustment can be either positive
or negative, depending on the movement of a combination of Strip Yields on
Strips and an Option-adjusted Spread (each as defined below) between the time
that you purchase the Fixed Allocation and the time you make a transfer or
withdrawal. The Market Value Adjustment formula compares the combination of
Strip Yields for Strips and the Option-adjusted Spreads as of the date the
Guarantee Period began with the combination of Strip Yields for Strips and the
Option-adjusted Spreads as of the date the MVA is being calculated. Any Market
Value Adjustment that applies will be subject to our rules for complying with
applicable state law.
.. "Strips" are a form of security where ownership of the interest portion of
United States Treasury securities are separated from ownership of the
underlying principal amount or corpus.
.. "Strip Yields" are the yields payable on coupon Strips of United States
Treasury securities.
.. "Option-adjusted Spread" is the difference between the yields on corporate
debt securities (adjusted to disregard options on such securities) and
government debt securities of comparable duration. We currently use the
Merrill Lynch 1 to 10 year Investment Grade Corporate Bond Index of
Option-adjusted Spreads.
MVA FORMULA
The MVA formula is applied separately to each MVA Fixed Allocation to
determine the Account Value of the MVA Fixed Allocation on a particular date.
The formula is as follows:
[(1+I)/(1+J+0.0010)]/(N/365)/
where:
I is the Strip Yield as of the start date of the Guarantee Period for
coupon Strips maturing at the end of the applicable Guarantee Period
plus the Option-adjusted Spread. If there are no Strips maturing at
that time, we will use the Strip Yield for the Strips maturing as soon
as possible after the Guarantee Period ends.
J is the Strip Yield as of the date the MVA formula is being applied
for coupon Strips maturing at the end of the applicable Guarantee
Period plus the Option-adjusted Spread. If there are no Strips maturing
at that time, we will use the Strip Yield for the Strips maturing as
soon as possible after the Guarantee Period ends.
N is the number of days remaining in the original Guarantee Period.
If you surrender your Annuity under the right to cancel provision, the MVA
formula is:
[(1 + I)/(1 + J)]/(N/365)/
MVA EXAMPLES
The following hypothetical examples show the effect of the MVA in determining
Account Value. Assume the following:
. You allocate $50,000 into a MVA Fixed Allocation (we refer to this as
the "Allocation Date" in these examples) with a Guarantee Period of 5
years (we refer to this as the "Maturity Date" in these examples).
. The Strip Yields for coupon Strips beginning on Allocation Date and
maturing on Maturity Date plus the Option-adjusted Spread is 5.50% (I =
5.50%).
. You make no withdrawals or transfers until you decide to withdraw the
entire MVA Fixed Allocation after exactly three (3) years, at which
point 730 days remain before the Maturity Date (N = 730).
EXAMPLE OF POSITIVE MVA
Assume that at the time you request the withdrawal, the Strip Yields for
Strips maturing on the Maturity Date plus the Option-adjusted Spread is 4.00%
(J = 4.00%). Based on these assumptions, the MVA would be calculated as
follows:
MVA Factor = [(1+I)/(1+J+0.0010)]/(N/365)/ = [1.055/1.041]/2/ = 1.027078
Interim Value = $57,881.25
Account Value after MVA = Interim Value X MVA Factor = $59,448.56
67
EXAMPLE OF NEGATIVE MVA
Assume that at the time you request the withdrawal, the Strip Yields for
Strips maturing on the Maturity Date plus the Option-adjusted Spread is 7.00%
(J = 7.00%). Based on these assumptions, the MVA would be calculated as
follows:
MVA Factor = [(1+I)/(1+J+0.0010)]/(N/365)/ = [1.055/1.071]/2/ = 0.970345
Interim Value = $57,881.25
Account Value after MVA = Interim Value X MVA Factor = $56,164.78.
WHAT HAPPENS WHEN MY GUARANTEE PERIOD MATURES?
The "Maturity Date" for a MVA Fixed Allocation is the last day of the
Guarantee Period (note that the discussion in this section of Guarantee
Periods is not applicable to the Fixed Allocations used with a dollar cost
averaging program, the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, and the DCA Fixed Rate
options). Before the Maturity Date, you may choose to renew the MVA Fixed
Allocation for a new Guarantee Period of the same or different length or you
may transfer all or part of that MVA Fixed Allocation's Account Value to
another MVA Fixed Allocation or to one or more Sub-accounts. We will not
charge a MVA if you choose to renew a MVA Fixed Allocation on its Maturity
Date or transfer the Account Value to one or more Sub-accounts. We will notify
you before the end of the Guarantee Period about the fixed interest rates that
we are currently crediting to all MVA Fixed Allocations that are being
offered. The rates being credited to Fixed Allocations may change before the
Maturity Date.
IF YOU DO NOT SPECIFY HOW YOU WANT A FIXED ALLOCATION TO BE ALLOCATED ON ITS
MATURITY DATE, WE WILL THEN TRANSFER THE ACCOUNT VALUE IN THE FIXED ALLOCATION
TO THE AST MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT. You can then elect to allocate the
Account Value to any of the Sub-accounts or to a new Fixed Allocation.
68
ACCESS TO ACCOUNT VALUE
WHAT TYPES OF DISTRIBUTIONS ARE AVAILABLE TO ME?
During the accumulation period you can access your Account Value through
partial withdrawals, Systematic Withdrawals, and where required for tax
purposes, Required Minimum Distributions. You can also surrender your Annuity
at any time. Depending on your instructions, we may deduct a portion of the
Account Value being withdrawn or surrendered as a CDSC, if applicable. If you
surrender your Annuity, in addition to any CDSC, we may deduct the Annual
Maintenance Fee, any Tax Charge that applies and the charge for any optional
benefits. We may also apply a Market Value Adjustment to MVA Fixed Allocations
being withdrawn or surrendered. Certain amounts may be available to you each
Annuity Year that are not subject to a CDSC. These are called "Free
Withdrawals." Unless you notify us differently, as permitted, withdrawals are
taken pro-rata based on the Account Value in the investment options at the
time we receive your withdrawal request. Each of these types of distributions
is described more fully below.
ARE THERE TAX IMPLICATIONS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS?
(For more information, see "Tax Considerations.")
DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD
For a nonqualified Annuity, a distribution during the accumulation period is
deemed to come first from any "gain" in your Annuity and second as a return of
your "tax basis", if any. Distributions from your Annuity are generally
subject to ordinary income taxation on the amount of any investment gain
unless the distribution qualifies as a non-taxable exchange or transfer. If
you take a distribution prior to the taxpayer's age 59 1/2, you may be subject
to a 10% penalty in addition to ordinary income taxes on any gain. You may
wish to consult a professional tax advisor for advice before requesting a
distribution.
DURING THE ANNUITIZATION PERIOD
For a nonqualified Annuity, during the annuitization period, a portion of each
annuity payment is taxed as ordinary income at the tax rate you are subject to
at the time of the payment. The Code and regulations have "exclusionary rules"
that we use to determine what portion of each annuity payment should be
treated as a return of any tax basis you have in your Annuity. Once the tax
basis in your Annuity has been distributed, the remaining annuity payments are
taxable as ordinary income. The tax basis in your Annuity may be based on the
tax-basis from a prior contract in the case of a 1035 exchange or other
qualifying transfer.
CAN I WITHDRAW A PORTION OF MY ANNUITY?
Yes, you can make a withdrawal during the accumulation period.
. To meet liquidity needs, you can withdraw a limited amount from your
Annuity during each Annuity Year without application of any CDSC. We
call this the "Free Withdrawal" amount. The Free Withdrawal amount is
not available if you choose to surrender your Annuity. Amounts withdrawn
as a Free Withdrawal do not reduce the amount of CDSC that may apply
upon a subsequent withdrawal or surrender of your Annuity. After any
partial withdrawal, your Annuity must have a Surrender Value of at least
$1,000, or we may treat the partial withdrawal request as a request to
fully surrender your Annuity. The minimum Free Withdrawal you may
request is $100.
. You can also make withdrawals in excess of the Free Withdrawal amount.
The minimum partial withdrawal you may request is $100.
To determine if a CDSC applies to partial withdrawals, we:
1. First determine what, if any, amounts qualify as a Free Withdrawal. These
amounts are not subject to the CDSC.
2. Next determine what, if any, remaining amounts are withdrawals of purchase
payments. Amounts in excess of the Free Withdrawal amount will be treated
as withdrawals of purchase payments unless all purchase payments have been
previously withdrawn. These amounts are subject to the CDSC. Purchase
payments are withdrawn on a first in, first out basis
3. Withdraw any remaining amounts from any other Account Value. These amounts
are not subject to the CDSC.
You may request a withdrawal for an exact dollar amount after deduction of any
CDSC that applies (called a "net withdrawal") or request a gross withdrawal
from which we will deduct any CDSC that applies, resulting in less money being
payable to you than the amount you requested. If you request a net withdrawal,
the amount deducted from your Account Value to pay the CDSC may also be
subject to a CDSC.
Partial withdrawals may also be available following annuitization but only if
you choose certain annuity payment options. (NOTE, HOWEVER, THAT WE DO NOT
PERMIT COMMUTATION ONCE ANNUITY PAYMENTS HAVE COMMENCED).
To request the forms necessary to make a withdrawal from your Annuity, call
1-888-PRU-2888 or visit our Internet Website at www.prudentialannuities.com.
69
HOW MUCH CAN I WITHDRAW AS A FREE WITHDRAWAL?
The maximum Free Withdrawal amount during each Annuity Year is equal to 10% of
all purchase payments that are subject to a CDSC. Withdrawals made within an
Annuity Year reduce the Free Withdrawal amount available for the remainder of
the Annuity Year. If you do not make a withdrawal during an Annuity Year, you
are not allowed to carry over the Free Withdrawal amount to the next Annuity
Year.
CAN I MAKE PERIODIC WITHDRAWALS FROM MY ANNUITY DURING THE ACCUMULATION PERIOD?
Yes. We call these "Systematic Withdrawals." You can receive Systematic
Withdrawals of earnings only or a flat dollar amount. Systematic Withdrawals
may be subject to a CDSC. We will determine whether a CDSC applies and the
amount in the same way as we would for a partial withdrawal.
Systematic Withdrawals will be taken pro-rata from the Sub-accounts and the
MVA Fixed Allocations up to growth in the MVA Fixed Allocations and thereafter
pro-rata solely from the Sub-accounts. The growth in the MVA Fixed Allocations
at any point in time consists of the remaining earnings since the program of
systematic withdrawal began. Systematic Withdrawals are available on a
monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis.
The minimum amount for each Systematic Withdrawal is $100. If any scheduled
Systematic Withdrawal is for less than $100 (which may occur under a program
that provides payment of an amount equal to the earnings in your Annuity for
the period requested), we may postpone the withdrawal and add the expected
amount to the amount that is to be withdrawn on the next scheduled Systematic
Withdrawal.
DO YOU OFFER A PROGRAM FOR WITHDRAWALS UNDER SECTION 72(T) OF THE INTERNAL
REVENUE CODE?
Yes. If your Annuity is used as a funding vehicle for certain retirement plans
that receive special tax treatment under Sections 401, 403(b), 408 or 408A of
the Code, Section 72(t) of the Code may provide an exception to the 10%
penalty tax on distributions made prior to age 59 1/2 if you elect to receive
distributions as a series of "substantially equal periodic payments".
Distributions received under these provisions in any Annuity Year that exceed
the maximum amount available as a free withdrawal will be subject to any
applicable CDSC. We may apply a Market Value Adjustment to any MVA Fixed
Allocations. To request a program that complies with Section 72(t), you must
provide us with certain required information in writing on a form acceptable
to us. We may require advance notice to allow us to calculate the amount of
72(t) withdrawals. The Surrender Value of your Annuity must be at least
$20,000 before we will allow you to begin a program for withdrawals under
Section 72(t). The minimum amount for any such withdrawal is $100 and payments
may be made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually.
You may also annuitize your contract and begin receiving payments for the
remainder of your life (or life expectancy) as a means of receiving income
payments before age 59 1/2 that are not subject to the 10% penalty.
WHAT ARE REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS AND WHEN WOULD I NEED TO MAKE THEM?
(See "Tax Considerations" for a further discussion of Required Minimum
Distributions.)
Required Minimum Distributions are a type of Systematic Withdrawal we allow to
meet distribution requirements under Sections 401, 403(b) or 408 of the Code.
Required Minimum Distribution rules do not apply to Roth IRAs during the
Owner's lifetime. Under the Code, you may be required to begin receiving
periodic amounts from your Annuity. In such case, we will allow you to make
Systematic Withdrawals in amounts that satisfy the Required Minimum
Distribution rules under the Code. We do not assess a CDSC on Required Minimum
Distributions from your Annuity if you are required by law to take such
Required Minimum Distributions from your Annuity at the time it is taken,
provided the amount withdrawn is the amount we calculate as the RMD and is
paid out through a program of systematic withdrawals that we make available.
However, a CDSC (if applicable) may be assessed on that portion of a
Systematic Withdrawal that is taken to satisfy the Required Minimum
Distribution provisions in relation to other savings or investment plans under
other qualified retirement plans not maintained with Prudential Annuities.
However, no MVA will be assessed on a withdrawal taken to meet RMD
requirements applicable to your Annuity.
The amount of the Required Minimum Distribution for your particular situation
may depend on other annuities, savings or investments. We will only calculate
the amount of your Required Minimum Distribution based on the value of your
Annuity. We require three (3) days advance written notice to calculate and
process the amount of your payments. You may elect to have Required Minimum
Distributions paid out monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. The $100
minimum amount that applies to Systematic Withdrawals applies to monthly
Required Minimum Distributions but does not apply to Required Minimum
Distributions taken out on a quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis.
You may also annuitize your contract and begin receiving payments for the
remainder of your life (or life expectancy) as a means of receiving income
payments and satisfying the Required Minimum Distribution provisions under the
Code.
70
CAN I SURRENDER MY ANNUITY FOR ITS VALUE?
Yes. During the accumulation period you can surrender your Annuity at any
time. Upon surrender, you will receive the Surrender Value. Upon surrender of
your Annuity, you will no longer have any rights under the surrendered Annuity.
For purposes of calculating any applicable CDSC on surrender, the purchase
payments being withdrawn may be greater than your remaining Account Value or
the amount of your withdrawal request. This is most likely to occur if you
have made prior withdrawals under the Free Withdrawal provision or if your
Account Value has declined in value due to negative market performance. In
that scenario, we would determine the CDSC amount as the applicable percentage
of the purchase payments being withdrawn, rather than as a percentage of the
remaining Account Value or withdrawal request. Thus, the CDSC would be greater
than if it were calculated as a percentage of remaining Account Value or
withdrawal amount. We may apply a Market Value Adjustment to any MVA Fixed
Allocations.
Under certain annuity payment options, you may be allowed to surrender your
Annuity for its then current value.
To request the forms necessary to surrender your Annuity, call 1-888-PRU-2888
or visit our Internet Website at www.prudentialannuities.com.
WHAT IS A MEDICALLY-RELATED SURRENDER AND HOW DO I QUALIFY?
Where permitted by law, you may request to surrender all or part of your
Annuity prior to the Annuity Date without application of any otherwise
applicable CDSC upon occurrence of a medically-related "Contingency Event" as
described below. We may apply a Market Value Adjustment to any MVA Fixed
Allocations. If you request a full surrender, the amount payable will be your
Account Value minus, with respect to XT6, (a) the amount of any XTra Credits
applied within 12 months prior to your request to surrender your Annuity under
this provision (or as otherwise stipulated by applicable State law); and
(b) the amount of any XTra Credits added in conjunction with any purchase
payments received after our receipt of your request for a medically-related
surrender (e.g. purchase payments received at such time pursuant to a salary
reduction program). With respect to partial surrenders, we similarly reserve
the right to take back XTra Credits as described above (if allowed by State
law).
This waiver of any applicable CDSC is subject to our rules in place at the
time of your request, which currently include but are not limited to the
following:
. The Annuitant must have been named or any change of Annuitant must have
been accepted by us, prior to the "Contingency Event" described below in
order to qualify for a medically-related surrender;
. the Annuitant must be alive as of the date we pay the proceeds of such
surrender request;
. if the Owner is one or more natural persons, all such Owners must also
be alive at such time;
. we must receive satisfactory proof of the Annuitant's confinement in a
Medical Care Facility or Fatal Illness in writing on a form satisfactory
to us; and
. no additional purchase payments can be made to the Annuity.
A "Contingency Event" occurs if the Annuitant is:
. first confined in a "Medical Care Facility" while your Annuity is in
force and remains confined for at least 90 days in a row; or
. first diagnosed as having a "Fatal Illness" while your Annuity is in
force.
The definitions of "Medical Care Facility" and "Fatal Illness," as well as
additional terms and conditions, are provided in your Annuity. Specific
details and definitions in relation to this benefit may differ in certain
jurisdictions. This benefit is not available in Massachusetts.
WHAT TYPES OF ANNUITY OPTIONS ARE AVAILABLE?
We currently make available annuity options that provide fixed annuity
payments. Your Annuity provides certain fixed annuity payment options. We do
not guarantee to continue to make available any other option other than the
fixed annuity payment options set forth in your Annuity. Fixed options provide
the same amount with each payment. Adjustable options provide a fixed payment
that is periodically adjusted based on current interest rates. Please refer to
the "Living Benefits" section below for a description of annuity options that
are available when you elect one of the living benefits. For additional
information on annuity payment options you may request a Statement of
Additional Information. You must annuitize your entire Account Value; partial
annuitizations are not allowed.
You may choose an Annuity Date, an annuity option and the frequency of annuity
payments. You may change your choices before the Annuity Date under the terms
of your contract. A maximum Annuity Date may be required by law or under the
terms of your Annuity. The Annuity Date may depend on the annuity option you
choose. Certain annuity options may not be available depending on the age of
the Annuitant. See section below entitled "How and When Do I Choose the
Annuity Payment Option?"
Certain of these annuity options may be available to Beneficiaries who choose
to receive the Death Benefit proceeds as a series of payments instead of a
lump sum payment.
71
Please note, with respect to XT6, you may not annuitize within the first three
Annuity Years and with respect to ASAP III and APEX II, you may not annuitize
within the first Annuity Year. With respect to the ASL II Annuity, you may
annuitize immediately, if you wish.
For Beneficiary Annuities, no annuity payments are available and all
references to an Annuity Date are not applicable.
OPTION 1
PAYMENTS FOR LIFE: Under this option, income is payable periodically until the
death of the "Key Life". The "Key Life" (as used in this section) is the
person or persons upon whose life annuity payments are based. No additional
annuity payments are made after the death of the Key Life. Since no minimum
number of payments is guaranteed, this option offers the largest amount of
periodic payments of the life contingent annuity options. It is possible that
only one payment will be payable if the death of the Key Life occurs before
the date the second payment was due, and no other payments nor death benefits
would be payable. Under this option, you cannot make a partial or full
surrender of the annuity.
OPTION 2
PAYMENTS BASED ON JOINT LIVES: Under this option, income is payable
periodically during the joint lifetime of two key lives, and thereafter during
the remaining lifetime of the survivor, ceasing with the last payment prior to
the survivor's death. No minimum number of payments is guaranteed under this
option. It is possible that only one payment will be payable if the death of
all the Key Lives occurs before the date the second payment was due, and no
other payments or death benefits would be payable. Under this option, you
cannot make a partial or full surrender of the annuity.
OPTION 3
PAYMENTS FOR LIFE WITH A CERTAIN PERIOD: Under this option, income is payable
until the death of the Key Life. However, if the Key Life dies before the end
of the period selected (5, 10 or 15 years), the remaining payments are paid to
the Beneficiary until the end of such period. Under this option, you cannot
make a partial or full surrender of the annuity. If this Annuity is issued as
a Qualified Annuity contract and annuity payments begin after age 92, then
this Option will be modified to permit a period certain that will end no later
than the life expectancy of the annuitant defined under the IRS Required
Minimum Distribution tables.
OPTION 4
FIXED PAYMENTS FOR A CERTAIN PERIOD: Under this option, income is payable
periodically for a specified number of years. If the payee dies before the end
of the specified number of years, the remaining payments are paid to the
Beneficiary until the end of such period. Note that under this option,
payments are not based on any assumptions of life expectancy. Therefore, that
portion of the insurance charge assessed to cover the risk that Key Lives
outlive our expectations provides no benefit to an Owner selecting this
option. Under this option, you cannot make a partial or full surrender of the
annuity.
We may make different annuity payment options available in the future. We do
not guarantee to continue to make available any other option other than the
fixed annuity payment options set forth in your contract.
HOW AND WHEN DO I CHOOSE THE ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTION?
Unless prohibited by law, we require that you elect either a life annuity or
an annuity with a certain period of at least 5 years if any CDSC would apply
were you to surrender your Annuity on the Annuity Date. Certain annuity
payment options may not be available if your Annuity Date occurs during the
period that a CDSC would apply.
You have a right to choose your Annuity Date, provided it is no later than the
maximum Annuity Date that may be required by law or under the terms of your
Annuity.
For Annuities issued prior to November 20, 2006:
. if you do not provide us with your Annuity Date, a default date for the
Annuity Date will be the first day of the calendar month following the
later of the Annuitant's 85/th/ birthday or the fifth anniversary of our
receipt of your request to purchase an Annuity; and
. unless you instruct us otherwise, the annuity payments, where allowed by
law, will be calculated on a fixed basis under Option 3, Payments for
Life with 10 years certain.
If you choose to defer the Annuity Date beyond the default date, the IRS may
not consider your contract to be an annuity under the tax law. If that should
occur, all gain in your Annuity at that time will become immediately taxable
to you. Further, each subsequent year's increase in Account Value would be
taxable in that year. By choosing to continue to defer after the default date,
you will assume the risk that your Annuity will not be considered an annuity
for federal income tax purposes.
72
For Annuities issued on or after November 20, 2006:
. Unless we agree otherwise, the Annuity Date you choose must be no later
than the first day of the calendar month coinciding with or next
following the later of the oldest Owner's or Annuitant's 95/th/
birthday, whichever occurs first, and the fifth anniversary of the Issue
Date.
. If you do not provide us with your Annuity Date, the maximum date as
described above will be the default date; and, unless you instruct us
otherwise, we will pay you the annuity payments and the annuity
payments, where allowed by law, will be calculated on a fixed basis
under Option 3, Payments for Life with 10 years certain.
Please note that annuitization essentially involves converting your Account
Value to an annuity payment stream, the length of which depends on the terms
of the applicable annuity option. Thus, once annuity payments begin, your
death benefit is determined solely under the terms of the applicable annuity
payment option, and you no longer participate in any optional living benefit
(unless you have annuitized under that benefit).
HOW ARE ANNUITY PAYMENTS CALCULATED?
FIXED ANNUITY PAYMENTS
If you choose to receive fixed annuity payments, you will receive equal
fixed-dollar payments throughout the period you select. The amount of the
fixed payment will vary depending on the annuity payment option and payment
frequency you select. Generally, the first annuity payment is determined by
multiplying the Account Value, minus any state premium taxes that may apply,
by the factor determined from our table of annuity rates. The table of annuity
rates differs based on the type of annuity chosen and the frequency of payment
selected. Our rates will not be less than our guaranteed minimum rates. These
guaranteed minimum rates are derived from the a2000 Individual Annuity
Mortality Table with an assumed interest rate of 3% per annum. Where required
by law or regulation, such annuity table will have rates that do not differ
according to the gender of the Key Life. Otherwise, the rates will differ
according to the gender of the Key Life.
ADJUSTABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS
We may make an adjustable annuity payment option available. Adjustable annuity
payments are calculated similarly to fixed annuity payments except that on
every fifth (5/th/) anniversary of receiving annuity payments, the annuity
payment amount is adjusted upward or downward depending on the rate we are
currently crediting to annuity payments. The adjustment in the annuity payment
amount does not affect the duration of remaining annuity payments, only the
amount of each payment.
73
LIVING BENEFITS
DO YOU OFFER BENEFITS DESIGNED TO PROVIDE INVESTMENT PROTECTION FOR
OWNERSWHILE THEY ARE ALIVE?
Prudential Annuities offers different optional benefits, for an additional
charge, that can provide investment protection for Owners while they are
alive. No optional benefit may be elected if your Annuity is held as a
Beneficiary Annuity. Notwithstanding the additional protection provided under
the optional Living Benefit, the additional cost has the impact of reducing
net performance of the investment options. Each optional benefit offers a
distinct type of guarantee, regardless of the performance of the Sub-accounts,
that may be appropriate for you depending on the manner in which you intend to
make use of your Annuity while you are alive. We reserve the right to cease
offering any of the living benefits. Depending on which optional benefit you
choose, you can have flexibility to invest in the Sub-accounts while:
.. protecting a principal amount from decreases in value as of specified
future dates due to investment performance;
.. taking withdrawals with a guarantee that you will be able to withdraw not
less than a guaranteed benefit base over time;
.. guaranteeing a minimum amount of growth will be applied to your principal,
if it is to be used as the basis for certain types of lifetime income
payments or lifetime withdrawals; or
.. providing spousal continuation of certain benefits.
The "living benefits" are as follows:
Guaranteed Return Option (GRO)/1/
Guaranteed Return Option Plus (GRO Plus)/1/
Guaranteed Return Option Plus 2008 (GRO Plus 2008)/1/
Highest Daily Guaranteed Return Option (Highest Daily GRO)/1/
Guaranteed Return Option Plus II (GRO Plus II)
Highest Daily Guaranteed Return Option Plus II (HD GRO II)
Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (GMWB)/1/
Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit (GMIB)/1/
Lifetime Five Income Benefit and Spousal Lifetime Five Income Benefit/1/
Highest Daily Lifetime Five Income Benefit/1/
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Income Benefit/1/
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Income Benefit/1/
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Beneficiary Income Option Income Benefit/1/
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Lifetime Income Accelerator Income Benefit/1/
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Beneficiary Income Option Income
Benefit/1/
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus Income Benefit/1/
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus Income Benefit/1/
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary Income Option Benefit/1/
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Lifetime Income Accelerator Benefit/1/
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary Income Option Benefit/1/
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Income Benefit
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus with Lifetime Income Accelerator
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Income Benefit
(1)No longer available for new elections.
Here is a general description of each kind of living benefit that exists under
this Annuity:
.. GUARANTEED MINIMUM ACCUMULATION BENEFITS. The common characteristic of
these benefits is that a specified amount of your annuity value is
guaranteed at some point in the future. For example, under our Highest
Daily GRO II benefit, we make an initial guarantee that your annuity value
on the day you start the benefit will not be any less ten years later. If
your annuity value is less on that date, we use our own funds to give you
the difference. Because the guarantee inherent in the guaranteed minimum
accumulation benefit does not take effect until a specified number of years
into the future, you should elect such a benefit only if your investment
time horizon is of at least that duration. Please note that these
guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits require your participation in
certain predetermined mathematical formulas that may transfer your Account
Value between certain permitted Sub-accounts and a bond portfolio
Sub-account (or MVA Fixed Allocations, for certain of the benefits). The
portfolio restrictions and the use of each formula may reduce the
likelihood that we will be required to make payments to you under the
living benefits.
.. GUARANTEED MINIMUM INCOME BENEFIT OR ("GMIB"). As discussed elsewhere in
this Prospectus, you have the right under your Annuity to ask us to convert
your accumulated annuity value into a series of annuity payments.
Generally, the smaller the amount of your annuity value, the smaller the
amount of your annuity payments. GMIB addresses this risk, by guaranteeing
a certain amount of appreciation in the amount used to produce annuity
payments. Thus, even if your annuity value goes down in value, GMIB
guarantees that the amount we use to determine the amount of the annuity
payments will go up in value by the prescribed amount. You should select
GMIB only if you are prepared to delay your annuity payments for the
required waiting period and if you anticipate needing annuity payments.
This benefit is no longer available for new elections.
74
.. GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT OR ("GMWB"). This benefit is designed
for someone who wants to access the annuity's value through withdrawals
over time, rather than by annuitizing. This benefit guarantees that a
specified amount will be available for withdrawal over time, even if the
value of the annuity itself has declined. Please note that there is a
maximum Annuity Date under your Annuity, by which date annuity payments
must commence. This benefit is no longer available for new elections.
.. LIFETIME GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFITS. These benefits also are
designed for someone who wants to access the annuity's value through
withdrawals over time, rather than by annuitizing. These benefits differ,
however, in that the withdrawal amounts are guaranteed for life (or until
the second to die of spouses). The way that we establish the guaranteed
amount that, in turn, determines the amount of the annual lifetime payments
varies among these benefits. Under our Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus
benefit, for example, the guaranteed amount generally is equal to your
highest daily Account Value, appreciated at six percent annually. Please
note that there is a maximum Annuity Date under your Annuity, by which date
annuity payments must commence. Certain of these benefits are no longer
available for new elections. Under any of the Guaranteed Lifetime
Withdrawal Benefits (e.g., Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus), withdrawals in
excess of the Annual Income Amount, called "Excess Income," will result in
a permanent reduction in future guaranteed withdrawal amounts. FINALLY,
PLEASE NOTE THAT CERTAIN OF THESE BENEFITS REQUIRE YOUR PARTICIPATION IN A
PREDETERMINED MATHEMATICAL FORMULA THAT MAY TRANSFER YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE
BETWEEN CERTAIN PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND A BOND PORTFOLIO SUB-ACCOUNT (OR
THE GENERAL ACCOUNT, FOR ONE OF THE BENEFITS). THESE PORTFOLIO RESTRICTIONS
AND THE USE OF THE FORMULA LESSEN THE LIKELIHOOD THAT YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE
WILL BE REDUCED TO ZERO WHILE YOU ARE STILL ALIVE, AND MAY REDUCE THE RISK
THAT WE WILL BE REQUIRED TO MAKE PAYMENTS TO YOU UNDER THE LIVING BENEFITS.
THE PORTFOLIO RESTRICTIONS AND THE USE OF THE FORMULA MAY ALSO LIMIT YOUR
UPSIDE POTENTIAL FOR GROWTH.
In general, with respect to our lifetime guaranteed withdrawal benefits (e.g.,
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus), please be aware that although a given
withdrawal may qualify as a free withdrawal for purposes of not incurring a
CDSC, the amount of the withdrawal could exceed the Annual Income Amount under
the benefit and thus be deemed "Excess Income" - thereby reducing your Annual
Income Amount for future years.
PLEASE REFER TO THE BENEFIT DESCRIPTIONS THAT FOLLOW FOR A COMPLETE
DESCRIPTION OF THE TERMS, CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS OF EACH OPTIONAL BENEFIT.
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS APPLY IF YOU ELECT CERTAIN OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFITS.
SEE THE CHART IN THE "INVESTMENT OPTIONS" SECTION OF THE PROSPECTUS FOR A LIST
OF INVESTMENT OPTIONS AVAILABLE AND PERMITTED WITH EACH BENEFIT. You should
consult with your Financial Professional to determine if any of these optional
benefits may be appropriate for you based on your financial needs. There are
many factors to consider, but we note that among them you may want to evaluate
the tax implications of these different approaches to meeting your needs, both
between these benefits and in comparison to other potential solutions to your
needs (e.g., comparing the tax implications of the withdrawal benefit and
annuity payments and comparing annuity benefits with benefits of
other products).
TERMINATION OF EXISTING BENEFITS AND ELECTION OF NEW BENEFITS
If you currently own an Annuity with an optional living benefit that is
terminable, you may terminate the benefit rider and elect one of the currently
available benefits, subject to availability of the benefit at that time and
our then current rules. There is currently no waiting period (you may elect a
new benefit beginning on the next Valuation Day) to elect any living benefit
once a living benefit is terminated provided that the benefit being elected is
available for election post-issue. We reserve the right to waive, change
and/or further limit availability and election frequencies in the future.
Check with your financial professional regarding the availability of
re-electing or electing a benefit and any waiting period. The benefit you
re-elect or elect may be more expensive than the benefit you are terminating.
NOTE THAT ONCE YOU TERMINATE AN EXISTING BENEFIT, YOU LOSE THE GUARANTEES THAT
YOU HAD ACCUMULATED UNDER YOUR EXISTING BENEFIT AND WILL BEGIN THE NEW
GUARANTEES UNDER THE NEW BENEFIT YOU ELECT BASED ON YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AS OF
THE DATE THE NEW BENEFIT BECOMES ACTIVE. You should carefully consider whether
terminating your existing benefit and electing a new benefit is appropriate
for you.
Certain living benefits involve your participation in a pre-determined
mathematical formula that may transfer your Account Value between the
Sub-accounts you have chosen and certain bond portfolio Sub-accounts of AST
and/or our general account. The formulas may differ among the living benefits
that employ a formula. Such different formulas may result in different
transfers of Account Value over time.
Certain spousal rights under the contract, and our administration of such
spousal rights and related tax reporting accords with our understanding of the
Defense of Marriage Act (which defines a "marriage" as a legal union between a
man and a woman and a "spouse" as a person of the opposite sex). Depending on
the state in which your annuity is issued, we may offer certain spousal
benefits to civil union couples or same-sex marriages. You should be aware,
however, that federal tax law does not recognize civil unions or same-sex
marriages. Therefore, we cannot permit a civil union partner or same-sex
spouse to continue the annuity within the meaning of the tax law upon the
death of the first partner under the annuity's "spousal continuance"
provision. Please note there may be federal tax consequences at the death of
the first civil union or same-sex marriage partner. Civil union couples and
same-sex marriage spouses should consider that limitation before selecting a
spousal benefit under the annuity.
GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS (GRO PLUS)
GRO PLUS IS NO LONGER AVAILABLE FOR ELECTION.
GRO Plus is an optional benefit that, after a seven-year period following
commencement of the benefit (we refer to the end of that period and any
applicable subsequent period as the "maturity date") and on each anniversary
of the maturity date thereafter while the benefit remains in effect,
guarantees your Account Value will not be less than your Account Value on the
effective date of your benefit (called the "Protected Principal Value"). The
benefit also offers you the opportunity to elect a second, enhanced guaranteed
amount at
75
a later date if your Account Value has increased, while preserving the
guaranteed amount established on the effective date of your benefit. The
enhanced guaranteed amount (called the "Enhanced Protected Principal Value")
guarantees that, after a separate period following election of the enhanced
guarantee and on each anniversary thereafter while this enhanced guarantee
amount remains in effect, your Account Value will not be less than your
Account Value on the effective date of your election of the enhanced
guarantee. If the maturity date of any guarantee under GRO Plus is not a
Valuation Day, and we are required to contribute an amount to your Account
Value with respect to that maturing guarantee, we would contribute such an
amount on the next Valuation Day.
The benefit monitors your Account Value daily and, if necessary,
systematically transfers amounts between the Sub-accounts you choose and MVA
Fixed Allocations used to support the Protected Principal Value(s). The
benefit may be appropriate if you wish to protect a principal amount against
poor Sub-account performance as of a specific date in the future. There is an
additional charge if you elected the Guaranteed Return Option Plus benefit.
The guarantees provided by the benefit exist only on the applicable maturity
date(s) and on each anniversary of the maturity date(s) thereafter.
KEY FEATURE - PROTECTED PRINCIPAL VALUE/ENHANCED PROTECTED PRINCIPAL VALUE
The Guaranteed Return Option Plus offers a base guarantee as well as the
option of electing an enhanced guarantee at a later date.
. BASE GUARANTEE: Under the base guarantee, Prudential Annuities
guarantees that on the maturity date and on each anniversary of the
maturity date thereafter that the benefit remains in effect, your
Account Value will be no less than the Protected Principal Value. On the
maturity date and on each anniversary after the maturity date that the
benefit remains in effect, if your Account Value is below the Protected
Principal Value, Prudential Annuities will apply additional amounts to
your Annuity from its general account to increase your Account Value to
be equal to the Protected Principal Value. A subsequent Purchase Payment
increases the amount of the base guarantee by the amount of the Purchase
Payment (plus any Credits), and withdrawals reduce the base guarantee
(as discussed below). Any amounts applied to your Account Value by
Prudential Annuities on the maturity date or any anniversary of the
maturity date will first be applied to any MVA Fixed Allocations then
required to support guarantees due on subsequent maturity dates. We will
allocate the remainder to the Sub-accounts pro-rata, based on the
Account Value in the Sub-accounts at that time.
. ENHANCED GUARANTEE: On any anniversary following commencement of the
benefit, you can establish an enhanced guarantee amount based on your
current Account Value. Under the enhanced guarantee, Prudential
Annuities guarantees that at the end of the specified period following
the election of the enhanced guarantee (also referred to as its
"maturity date"), and on each anniversary of the maturity date
thereafter that the enhanced guaranteed amount remains in effect, your
Account Value will be no less than the Enhanced Protected Principal
Value. YOU CAN ELECT AN ENHANCED GUARANTEE MORE THAN ONCE; HOWEVER, A
SUBSEQUENT ELECTION SUPERSEDES THE PRIOR ELECTION OF AN ENHANCED
GUARANTEE. ELECTION OF AN ENHANCED GUARANTEE DOES NOT IMPACT THE BASE
GUARANTEE. IN ADDITION, YOU MAY ELECT AN "AUTO STEP-UP" FEATURE THAT
WILL AUTOMATICALLY CREATE AN ENHANCED GUARANTEE (OR INCREASE YOUR
ENHANCED GUARANTEE, IF PREVIOUSLY ELECTED) ON EACH ANNIVERSARY OF THE
BENEFIT (AND CREATE A NEW MATURITY PERIOD FOR THE NEW ENHANCED
GUARANTEE) IF THE ACCOUNT VALUE AS OF THAT ANNIVERSARY EXCEEDS THE
PROTECTED PRINCIPAL VALUE AND ENHANCED PROTECTED PRINCIPAL VALUE BY 7%
OR MORE. YOU MAY ALSO ELECT TO TERMINATE AN ENHANCED GUARANTEE. IF YOU
ELECT TO TERMINATE AN ENHANCED GUARANTEE, ANY AMOUNTS HELD IN THE MVA
FIXED ALLOCATIONS FOR THE ENHANCED GUARANTEE WILL BE LIQUIDATED, ON THE
VALUATION DAY THE REQUEST IS PROCESSED, (WHICH MAY RESULT IN A MARKET
VALUE ADJUSTMENT), AND SUCH AMOUNTS WILL BE TRANSFERRED ACCORDING TO THE
RULES DESCRIBED IN "TERMINATION OF THE BENEFIT/ ENHANCED GUARANTEE".
TERMINATION OF AN ENHANCED GUARANTEE WILL NOT RESULT IN TERMINATION OF
THE BASE GUARANTEE. If you have elected the enhanced guarantee, on the
guarantee's maturity date and on each anniversary of the maturity date
thereafter that the enhanced guarantee amount remains in effect, if your
Account Value is below the Enhanced Protected Principal Value,
Prudential Annuities will apply additional amounts to your Annuity from
its general account to increase your Account Value to be equal to the
Enhanced Protected Principal Value. Any amounts applied to your Account
Value by Prudential Annuities on the maturity date or any anniversary of
the maturity date will first be applied to any MVA Fixed Allocations
then required to support guarantees due on subsequent maturity dates. We
will allocate the remainder to the Sub-accounts pro-rata, based on the
Account Value in the Sub-accounts at that time.
If our assumptions are correct and the operations relating to the
administration of the benefit work properly, we do not expect that we will
need to add additional amounts to your Annuity. The Protected Principal Value
is referred to as the "Base Guarantee" and the Enhanced Protected Principal
Value is referred to as the "Step-Up Guarantee" in the rider we issue for this
benefit.
WITHDRAWALS UNDER YOUR ANNUITY
Withdrawals from your Annuity, while the benefit is in effect, will reduce the
base guarantee under the benefit as well as any enhanced guarantee. Cumulative
annual withdrawals up to 5% of the Protected Principal Value as of the
effective date of the benefit (adjusted for any subsequent purchase payments
and, with respect to XT6, any Credits applied to such purchase payments) will
reduce the applicable guaranteed amount by the actual amount of the withdrawal
(referred to as the "dollar-for-dollar limit"). If the amount withdrawn is
greater than the dollar-for-dollar limit, the portion of the withdrawal equal
to the dollar-for-dollar limit
76
will be treated as described above, and the portion of the withdrawal in
excess of the dollar-for-dollar limit will reduce the base guarantee and the
enhanced guarantee proportionally, according to the formula as described in
the rider for this benefit (see the examples of this calculation below).
Withdrawals other than Systematic Withdrawals will be taken pro-rata from the
Sub-accounts and any Fixed Allocations. Withdrawals will be subject to all
other provisions of your Annuity, including any Contingent Deferred Sales
Charge and Market Value Adjustment (which may be positive or negative) that
would apply.
Charges for other optional benefits under your Annuity that are deducted as an
annual charge in arrears will not reduce the applicable guaranteed amount
under the Guaranteed Return Option Plus benefit, however, any partial
withdrawals in payment of charges for the Plus40 Optional Life Insurance Rider
(not currently offered for sale) and any third party investment advisory
service will be treated as withdrawals and will reduce the applicable
guaranteed amount.
The following examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions assume
that: 1.) the Issue Date and the effective date of the GRO Plus benefit are
October 13, 2004; 2.) an initial Purchase Payment of $250,000 (includes any
Credits under XT6); 3.) a base guarantee amount of $250,000; and 4.) a
dollar-for-dollar limit of $12,500 (5% of $250,000). The values set forth here
are purely hypothetical and do not reflect the charge for GRO Plus or other
fees and charges.
EXAMPLE 1. DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR REDUCTION
A $10,000 withdrawal is taken on November 29, 2004 (in the first Annuity
Year). No prior withdrawals have been taken. As the amount withdrawn is less
than the Dollar-for-dollar Limit:
.. The base guarantee amount is reduced by the amount withdrawn (i.e., by
$10,000, from $250,000 to $240,000).
.. The remaining dollar-for-dollar limit ("Remaining Limit") for the balance
of the first Annuity Year is also reduced by the amount withdrawn (from
$12,500 to $2,500).
EXAMPLE 2. DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR AND PROPORTIONAL REDUCTIONS
A second $10,000 withdrawal is taken on December 18, 2004 (still within the
first Annuity Year). The Account Value immediately before the withdrawal is
$180,000. As the amount withdrawn exceeds the Remaining Limit of $2,500 from
Example 1:
.. The base guarantee amount is first reduced by the Remaining Limit (from
$240,000 to $237,500);
.. The result is then further reduced by the ratio of A to B, where:
-- A is the amount withdrawn less the Remaining Limit ($10,000 - $2,500, or
$7,500).
-- B is the Account Value less the Remaining Limit ($180,000 - $2,500, or
$177,500).
The resulting base guarantee amount is: $237,500 X (1 - $7,500 / $177,500), or
$227,464.79.
.. The Remaining Limit is set to zero (0) for the balance of the first Annuity
Year.
EXAMPLE 3. RESET OF THE DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR LIMIT
A $10,000 withdrawal is made on December 19, 2005 (second Annuity Year). The
Remaining Limit has been reset to the dollar-for-dollar limit of $12,500. As
the amount withdrawn is less than the dollar-for-dollar limit:
.. The base guarantee amount is reduced by the amount withdrawn (i.e., reduced
by $10,000, from $227,464.79 to $217,464.79)
.. The Remaining Limit for the balance of the second Annuity Year is also
reduced by the amount withdrawn (from $12,500 to $2,500).
KEY FEATURE - ALLOCATION OF ACCOUNT VALUE
GRO Plus uses a mathematical formula that we operate to help manage your
guarantees through all market cycles. Each Valuation Day, the formula
determines if any portion of your Account Value needs to be transferred into
or out of the MVA Fixed Allocations, through reference to a "reallocation
trigger". The formula does this by (a) first identifying each guarantee that
is outstanding under GRO Plus (b) then discounting the value of each such
guarantee to a present value, based on crediting rates associated with the MVA
Fixed Allocations, then (c) identifying the largest of such present values.
Then, the formula compares the largest present value to both the Account Value
and the value of assets allocated to the Sub-accounts to determine whether a
transfer into or out of the MVA Fixed Allocations is required. As detailed in
the formula, if that largest present value exceeds the Account Value less a
percentage of the Sub-account value, a transfer into the MVA Fixed Allocations
will occur. Conversely, if the largest present value is less than the Account
Value less a percentage of the Sub-account value, a transfer out of the MVA
Fixed Allocations will occur. This required formula helps us manage our
financial exposure under the benefit, by moving assets to a more stable option
(i.e., the MVA Fixed Allocations). The formula is set forth in Appendix M.
If your Account Value is greater than or equal to the reallocation trigger,
then:
. your Account Value in the Sub-accounts will remain allocated according
to your most recent instructions; and
. if a portion of your Account Value is allocated to an MVA Fixed
Allocation to support the applicable guaranteed amount, all or a
portion of those amounts will be transferred from the MVA Fixed
Allocation and re-allocated to the Sub-accounts according to any asset
allocation programs (including an Automatic Rebalancing program)
established on your Annuity or in the absence of such programs,
pro-rata, based on the Account Values in such Sub-accounts at that
time;
77
. if all of your Account Value is allocated to an MVA Fixed Allocation,
then all or a portion of that amount may be transferred from the MVA
Fixed Allocation and re-allocated to the Sub-accounts, according to
the following hierarchy: (i) first according to any asset allocation
program that you may have in effect (ii) if no such program is in
effect, then in accordance with any automatic rebalancing program that
you may have in effect and (iii) if neither such program is in effect,
then to the AST Money Market Sub-account; and . a Market Value
Adjustment will apply when we reallocate Account Value from an MVA
Fixed Allocation to the Sub-accounts, which may result in a decrease
or increase in your Account Value.
If your Account Value is less than the reallocation trigger, a portion of your
Account Value in the Sub-accounts will be transferred from the Sub-accounts
pro-rata according to your allocations to a new MVA Fixed Allocation(s) to
support the applicable guaranteed amount. The new MVA Fixed Allocation(s) will
have a Guarantee Period equal to the time remaining until the applicable
maturity date(s). The Account Value allocated to the new MVA Fixed
Allocation(s) will be credited with the fixed interest rate(s) then being
credited to a new MVA Fixed Allocation(s) maturing on the applicable maturity
date(s) (rounded to the next highest yearly duration). The Account Value will
remain invested in each applicable MVA Fixed Allocation until the applicable
maturity date unless, at an earlier date, your Account Value is greater than
or equal to the reallocation trigger and, therefore, amounts can be
transferred to the Sub-accounts while maintaining the guaranteed protection
under the program (as described above).
At any given time, some, none, or all of your Account Value may be allocated
to the MVA Fixed Allocations. With respect to any amounts held within the MVA
Fixed Allocations, we can give no assurance how long the amounts will reside
there or if such amounts will transfer out of the MVA Fixed Allocations. If
you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity, they will be allocated
to the Sub-accounts according to your allocation instructions. Such additional
purchase payments may or may not cause the formula to transfer money in or out
of the MVA Fixed Allocations. Once the purchase payments are allocated to your
Annuity, they will also be subject to the formula, which may result in
immediate transfers to or from the MVA Fixed Allocations, if dictated by the
formula. The amount of such transfers will vary, as dictated by the formula,
and will depend on the factors listed below.
The amount that is transferred to and from the MVA Fixed Allocations pursuant
to the formula depends upon a number of factors unique to your Annuity (and is
not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond markets,
or interest rates, in general) including:
.. The difference between your Account Value (including any Market Value
Adjustment) and your Protected Principal Value(s);
.. The amount of time until the maturity of your guarantee(s);
.. The amount invested in, and the performance of, the Sub-accounts;
.. The amount invested in, and interest earned within, the MVA Fixed
Allocations;
.. The current crediting rates associated with MVA Fixed Allocations;
.. Additional purchase payments, if any, that you make to the Annuity; and
.. Withdrawals, if any, taken from the Annuity.
Any amounts invested in the MVA Fixed Allocations will affect your ability to
participate in a subsequent recovery within the Sub-accounts. Conversely, the
Account Value may be higher at the beginning of the recovery, e.g. more of the
Account Value may have been protected from decline and volatility than it
otherwise would have been had the benefit not been elected.
While you are not notified when your Account Value reaches a reallocation
trigger, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of
a portion of your Account Value either to or from the MVA Fixed Allocations.
You may not allocate purchase payments to or transfer Account Value to or from
the MVA Fixed Allocations.
Separate Fixed Allocations may be established in support of the Protected
Principal Value and the Enhanced Protected Principal Value (if elected). There
may also be circumstances when an MVA Fixed Allocation will be established
only in support of the Protected Principal Value or the Enhanced Protected
Principal Value. If you elect an enhanced guarantee, it is more likely that a
portion of your Account Value may be allocated to MVA Fixed Allocations and
will remain allocated for a longer period of time to support the Enhanced
Protected Principal Value, even during a period of positive Sub-account
performance and/or under circumstances where MVA Fixed Allocations would not
be necessary to support the Protected Principal Value. Further, there may be
circumstances where MVA Fixed Allocations in support of the Protected
Principal Value or Enhanced Protected Principal Value are transferred to the
Sub-accounts under the formula differently than each other because of the
different guarantees they support.
You should be aware of the following potential ramifications of the formula:
.. Transfers of your Account Value can be frequent, and under some scenarios
may occur on a daily basis. As indicated, each such transfer may be subject
to a Market Value Adjustment, which can be positive or negative. Thus, a
Market Value Adjustment will directly increase or reduce your Account Value.
.. As indicated, some or even all, of your Account Value may be maintained in
the MVA Fixed Allocations. The greater the Account Value held in MVA Fixed
Allocations, the larger (in dollar terms) the Market Value Adjustment upon
any transfer of such Account Value to the Sub-accounts.
78
.. Transfers under the formula do not impact your guarantees under GRO Plus
that have already been locked-in.
ELECTION OF THE BENEFIT
We no longer permit new elections of GRO Plus. If you currently participate in
GRO Plus, your existing guarantees are unaffected by the fact that we no
longer offer GRO Plus. PLEASE NOTE THAT IF YOU TERMINATE A LIVING BENEFIT SUCH
AS GRO PLUS AND ELECT A NEW LIVING BENEFIT, YOU LOSE THE GUARANTEES THAT YOU
HAD ACCUMULATED UNDER YOUR EXISTING BENEFIT AND WILL BEGIN THE NEW GUARANTEES
UNDER THE NEW BENEFIT YOU ELECT BASED ON YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AS OF THE DATE THE
NEW BENEFIT BECOMES ACTIVE. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO WAIVE, CHANGE AND/OR
FURTHER LIMIT THE ELECTION FREQUENCY IN THE FUTURE.
TERMINATION OF THE BENEFIT/ENHANCED GUARANTEE
You can elect to terminate the enhanced guarantee but maintain the protection
provided by the base guarantee. You also can terminate the Guaranteed Return
Option Plus benefit entirely, in which case you will lose any existing
guarantees.
Upon termination of the benefit or of the enhanced guarantee, any amounts held
in the MVA Fixed Allocations related to the guarantee(s) being terminated will
be transferred as follows: (a) if only a portion of your Account Value is in
the MVA Fixed Allocations, we will transfer such Account Value (i) to the
Sub-accounts pro-rata, based on your Account Value in such Sub-accounts on the
day of the transfer, unless we receive other prior instructions from you or
(ii) if you are then participating in an asset allocation program for which we
are providing administrative support, we allocate the transferred amount in
accordance with the then current percentages for that asset allocation program
(b) if your entire Account Value is in the MVA Fixed Allocations, we will
transfer your Account Value to the Sub-account corresponding to the AST Money
Market Portfolio, unless we receive prior instructions from you. A Market
Value Adjustment will apply (except that if the benefit has terminated
automatically due to payment of a death benefit, whether an MVA applies
depends solely on the terms of the death benefit - see the Death Benefit
section of this prospectus).
In general, you may cancel GRO Plus and then elect another living benefit that
is available post issue, effective on any Valuation Day after your
cancellation of GRO Plus. If you terminate GRO Plus, you will lose all
guarantees under that benefit. Your election of another living benefit is
subject to State and firm availability and our eligibility rules.
The benefit will terminate automatically upon: (a) the death of the Owner or
the Annuitant (in an entity owned contract); (b) as of the date Account Value
is applied to begin annuity payments; or (c) upon full surrender of the
Annuity. If you elect to terminate the benefit, the Guaranteed Return Option
Plus will no longer provide any guarantees. The surviving spouse may elect the
benefit at any time, subject to the limitations described above, after the
death of the Annuity Owner. The surviving spouse's election will be effective
on the Valuation Day that we receive the required documentation in good order
at our home office, and the Account Value on that Valuation Day will be the
Protected Principal Value.
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS UNDER THE GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS
This benefit is subject to certain rules and restrictions, including, but not
limited to the following:
. Upon inception of the benefit, 100% of your Account Value must have
been allocated to the Sub-accounts. No MVA Fixed Allocations may be in
effect as of the date that you elect to participate in the benefit.
However, the formula may transfer Account Value to MVA Fixed
Allocations as of the effective date of the benefit under some
circumstances.
. You cannot allocate any portion of purchase payments (including any
Credits applied to such purchase payments under XT6) or transfer
Account Value to or from a MVA Fixed Allocation while participating in
the benefit; however, all or a portion of any purchase payments
(including any Credits applied to such purchase payments under XT6)
may be allocated by us to an MVA Fixed Allocations to support the
amount guaranteed. You cannot participate in any dollar cost averaging
benefit that transfers Account Value from a MVA Fixed Allocation to a
Sub-account.
. Transfers from MVA Fixed Allocations made as a result of the formula
under the benefit will be subject to the Market Value Adjustment
formula under an Annuity; however, the 0.10% liquidity factor in the
formula will not apply. A Market Value Adjustment may be either
positive or negative. Transfer amounts will be taken from the most
recently established MVA Fixed Allocation.
. Transfers from the Sub-accounts to MVA Fixed Allocations or from MVA
Fixed Allocations to the Sub-accounts under the benefit will not count
toward the maximum number of free transfers allowable under an
Annuity.
. Any amounts applied to your Account Value by Prudential Annuities on
the maturity date or any anniversary of the maturity date will not be
treated as "investment in the contract" for income tax purposes.
. Low interest rates may require allocation to MVA Fixed Allocations
even when the current Account Value exceeds the guarantee.
. As the time remaining until the applicable maturity date gradually
decreases the benefit will become increasingly sensitive to moves to
MVA Fixed Allocations.
. We currently limit the Sub-accounts in which you may allocate Account
Value if you participate in this benefit. Should we prohibit access to
any investment option, any transfers required to move Account Value to
eligible investment options will not be counted in determining the
number of free transfers during an Annuity Year.
79
CHARGES UNDER THE BENEFIT
We currently deduct a charge equal to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of
the Sub-accounts for participation in the Guaranteed Return Option Plus
benefit. The annual charge is deducted daily. The charge is deducted to
compensate Prudential Annuities for: (a) the risk that your Account Value on
the maturity date is less than the amount guaranteed; and (b) administration
of the benefit. You will begin paying this charge as of the effective date of
the benefit. We will not refund the charges you have paid even if we never
have to make any payments under the benefit.
If you elect the Enhanced Guarantee under the benefit, and on the date you
elect to step-up, the charges under the benefit have changed for new
purchases, your benefit may be subject to the new charge level. These charges
will not exceed the maximum charges shown in the section of this prospectus
entitled "Your Optional Benefit Fees and Charges"
GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION (GRO)
GRO IS NO LONGER AVAILABLE FOR ELECTION.
GRO is an optional benefit that, after a seven-year period following
commencement of the benefit (we refer to the end of that period as the
"maturity date") guarantees your Account Value will not be less than your
Account Value on the effective date of your benefit (called the "Protected
Principal Value").
The benefit monitors your Account Value daily and, if necessary,
systematically transfers amounts pursuant to a mathematical formula between
the Sub-accounts you choose and the MVA Fixed Allocation used to support the
Protected Principal Value. There is an additional charge if you elect the
Guaranteed Return Option benefit.
The guarantee provided by the benefit exists only on the applicable maturity
date. However, due to the ongoing monitoring of your Account Value and the
transfer of Account Value between the Sub-accounts and the MVA Fixed
Allocation to support our future guarantee, the benefit may provide some
protection from significant Sub-account losses if you choose to surrender your
Annuity or begin receiving annuity payments prior to a maturity date.
KEY FEATURE - PROTECTED PRINCIPAL VALUE
Under the GRO benefit, Prudential Annuities guarantees that on the maturity
date, your Account Value will be no less than the Protected Principal Value.
On the maturity date if your Account Value is below the Protected Principal
Value, Prudential Annuities will apply additional amounts to your Annuity from
its general account to increase your Account Value to be equal to the
Protected Principal Value. A subsequent Purchase Payment increases the amount
of the Protected Principal Value by the amount of the Purchase Payment (plus
any Credits), and withdrawals reduce the Protected Principal Value (as
discussed below).
We will notify you of any amounts added to your Annuity under the benefit. If
our assumptions are correct and the operations relating to the administration
of the benefit work properly, we do not expect that we will need to add
additional amounts to an Annuity. The Protected Principal Value is generally
referred to as the "Guaranteed Amount" in the rider we issue for this benefit.
KEY FEATURE - ALLOCATION OF ACCOUNT VALUE
GRO uses a mathematical formula that we operate to help manage your guarantees
through all market cycles. The formula weighs a number of factors, including
the current Account Value, the value in the Sub-accounts, the value in the MVA
Fixed Allocations, the Protected Principal Value, the expected value of the
MVA Fixed Allocations used to support the guarantee, the time remaining until
maturity, and the current crediting rates associated with the MVA Fixed
Allocations. In essence, and as detailed in the formula, the formula will
transfer Account Value into the MVA Fixed Allocations if needed to support an
anticipated guarantee. The formula is set forth in Appendix N. This required
formula thus helps us manage our financial exposure under the benefit, by
moving assets to a more stable option (i.e., the MVA Fixed Allocations).
Each Valuation Day, the formula determines if any portion of your Account
Value needs to be transferred into or out of the MVA Fixed Allocations,
through reference to a "reallocation trigger". At any given time, some, none,
or all of your Account Value may be allocated to the MVA Fixed Allocations. If
your entire Account Value is transferred to the MVA Fixed Allocations, the
formula will not transfer amounts out of the MVA Fixed Allocations to the
Sub-accounts and the entire Account Value would remain in the MVA Fixed
Allocations. If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity, they
will be allocated to the Sub-accounts according to your allocation
instructions. Such additional purchase payments may or may not cause the
formula to transfer money in or out of the MVA Fixed Allocations. Once the
purchase payments are allocated to your Annuity, they will also be subject to
the formula, which may result in immediate transfers to or from the MVA Fixed
Allocations, if dictated by the formula. The amount of any such transfers will
vary, as dictated by the formula, and will depend on the factors listed below.
The amount that is transferred to and from the MVA Fixed Allocations pursuant
to the formula depends upon a number of factors unique to your Annuity (and is
not necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond markets,
or interest rates, in general) including:
. The difference between your Account Value (including any Market Value
Adjustment) and your Protected Principal Value(s).
. The amount of time until the maturity of your guarantee(s);
. The amount invested in, and the performance of, the Sub-accounts;
80
. The amount invested in, and interest earned within, the MVA Fixed
Allocations;
. The current crediting rates associated with MVA Fixed Allocations;
. Additional purchase payments, if any, that you make to the Annuity;
and
. Withdrawals, if any, taken from the Annuity.
Any amounts invested in the MVA Fixed Allocations will affect your ability to
participate in a subsequent recovery within the Sub-accounts. Conversely, the
Account Value may be higher at the beginning of the recovery, e.g. more of the
Account Value may have been protected from decline and volatility than it
otherwise would have been had the benefit not been elected.
While you are not notified when your Account Value reaches a reallocation
trigger, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of
a portion of your Account Value either to or from the MVA Fixed Allocation.
You may not allocate purchase payments to or transfer Account Value to or from
the MVA Fixed Allocations.
You should be aware of the following potential ramifications of the formula:
. A Market Value Adjustment will apply when we reallocate Account Value
from the MVA Fixed Allocation to the Sub-accounts. Transfers of your
Account Value can be frequent, and under some scenarios may occur on a
daily basis. As indicated, each such transfer may be subject to a
Market Value Adjustment, which can be positive or negative. Thus, a
Market Value Adjustment will directly increase or reduce your Account
Value.
. As indicated, some or even all, of your Account Value may be
maintained in the MVA Fixed Allocations. The greater the Account Value
held in MVA Fixed Allocations, the larger (in dollar terms) the Market
Value Adjustment upon any transfer of such Account Value to the
Sub-accounts.
. If your Account Value is less than the reallocation trigger, a portion
of your Account Value in the Sub-accounts will be transferred from the
Sub-accounts pro-rata according to your allocations to a new MVA Fixed
Allocation(s) to support the applicable guaranteed amount. The new MVA
Fixed Allocation(s) will have a Guarantee Period equal to the time
remaining until the applicable maturity date(s). The Account Value
allocated to the new MVA Fixed Allocation(s) will be credited with the
fixed interest rate(s) then being credited to a new MVA Fixed
Allocation(s) maturing on the applicable maturity date(s) (rounded to
the next highest yearly duration). The Account Value will remain
invested in each applicable MVA Fixed Allocation until the applicable
maturity date unless, at an earlier date, your Account Value is
greater than or equal to the reallocation trigger and, therefore,
amounts can be transferred to the Sub-accounts while maintaining the
guaranteed protection under the program (as described above).
. If your Account Value is greater than or equal to the reallocation
trigger, and Account Value must be transferred from the MVA Fixed
Allocations to the Sub-accounts, then those amounts will be
transferred from the MVA Fixed Allocations and re-allocated to the
Sub-accounts according to any asset allocation programs (including an
Automatic Rebalancing program) established on your Annuity or in the
absence of such programs, pro-rata, based on the Account Values in
such Sub-accounts at that time. A market value adjustment will apply
upon a transfer out of the MVA Fixed Allocations, which may result in
an increase or decrease in your Account Value.
. Transfers under the formula do not impact your guarantees under GRO
that have already been locked-in.
Withdrawals from your Annuity, while the benefit is in effect, will reduce the
Protected Principal Value proportionally. The proportion will be equal to the
proportionate reduction in the Account Value due to the withdrawal as of that
date. Withdrawals will be taken pro rata from the Sub-accounts and any MVA
Fixed Allocations. Systematic Withdrawals will be taken pro-rata from the
Sub-accounts and the MVA Fixed Allocations up to growth in the MVA Fixed
Allocations and thereafter pro-rata solely from the Sub-accounts. The growth
in the MVA Fixed Allocations at any point in time consists of the remaining
earnings since the program of systematic withdrawal began. Withdrawals will be
subject to all other provisions of your Annuity, including any Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge and Market Value Adjustment that would apply.
ELECTION OF THE BENEFIT
We no longer permit new elections of GRO. If you currently participate in GRO,
your existing guarantees are unaffected by the fact that we no longer offer
GRO. PLEASE NOTE THAT IF YOU TERMINATE A LIVING BENEFIT SUCH AS GRO AND ELECT
A NEW LIVING BENEFIT, YOU LOSE THE GUARANTEES THAT YOU HAD ACCUMULATED UNDER
YOUR EXISTING BENEFIT AND WILL BEGIN THE NEW GUARANTEES UNDER THE NEW BENEFIT
YOU ELECT BASED ON YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AS OF THE DATE THE NEW BENEFIT BECOMES
ACTIVE. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO WAIVE, CHANGE AND/OR FURTHER LIMIT THE
ELECTION FREQUENCY IN THE FUTURE.
RESTART OF THE BENEFIT
Once each Annuity Year you may request to restart the Benefit. Such a request
is an election by you to terminate the existing Benefit (and all guarantees
under the benefit) and start a new one. Restarts only take effect on
anniversaries of the Issue Date. To make such a request for a restart, you
must notify us in advance in accordance with our administrative requirements.
If we accept your request, we then terminate the existing Benefit as of that
valuation period, if it is an anniversary of the Issue Date, or, if not, as of
the next following anniversary of the Issue Date. The new Benefit starts at
that time. The initial Protected Principal Value for the new Benefit is the
Account Value as of the effective date of the new Benefit. Unless you tell us
otherwise, the duration of the new
81
Benefit will be the same as that for the existing Benefit. However, if we do
not then make that duration available, you must elect from those we make
available at that time. For those who elect to re-start the benefit, the
charge will be assessed according to the current methodology prior to
re-starting the benefit. - see "Charges under the Benefit" below.
As part of terminating the existing Benefit, we transfer any amounts in MVA
Fixed Allocations, subject to a Market Value Adjustment, to the Sub-accounts
on a pro-rata basis. If your entire Account Value was then in MVA Fixed
Allocations, you must first provide us instructions as to how to allocate the
transferred Account Value among the Sub-accounts.
TERMINATION OF THE BENEFIT
The Annuity Owner also can terminate the Guaranteed Return Option benefit.
Upon termination, any amounts held in the MVA Fixed Allocations will be
transferred as follows: (a) if only a portion of your Account Value is in the
MVA Fixed Allocations, we will transfer such Account Value (i) to the
Sub-accounts pro-rata based on the Account Values in such Sub-accounts on the
day of the transfer, unless we receive at our office other prior instructions
from you or (ii) if you are then participating in an asset allocation program
for which we are providing administrative support, we allocate the transferred
amount in accordance with the then current percentages for that asset
allocation program (b) if your entire Account Value is in MVA Fixed
Allocations, we will transfer your Account Value to the Sub-account
corresponding to the AST Money Market Portfolio, unless we receive at our
Office prior instructions from you. A Market Value Adjustment will apply
(except that if the benefit has terminated automatically due to payment of a
death benefit, whether an MVA applies depends solely on the terms of the death
benefit - see the Death Benefit section of this prospectus).
In general, you may cancel GRO and then elect another living benefit available
post issue, effective on any Valuation Day after your cancellation of GRO. If
you terminate GRO, you will lose all guarantees under that benefit. Your
election of another living benefit is subject to State and firm availability
and our eligibility rules.
The benefit will terminate automatically upon: (a) the death of the Owner or
the Annuitant (in an entity owned contract); (b) as of the date Account Value
is applied to begin annuity payments; or (c) upon full surrender of your
Annuity. If you elect to terminate the benefit, the Guaranteed Return Option
will no longer provide any guarantees. If the surviving spouse assumes your
Annuity, he/she may re-elect the benefit on any anniversary of the Issue Date
of the Annuity or, if the deceased Owner had not previously elected the
benefit, may elect the benefit at any time. The surviving spouse's election
will be effective on the Valuation Day that we receive the required
documentation in good order at our home office, and the Account Value on that
Valuation Day will be the Protected Principal Value.
The charge for the Guaranteed Return Option benefit will no longer be deducted
from your Account Value after the benefit has been terminated, although for
those Annuities for which the GRO charge is deducted annually rather than
daily (see Charges Under the Benefit below), we will deduct the final annual
charge upon termination of the benefit.
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS UNDER THE GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION. This benefit is
subject to certain rules and restrictions, including, but not limited to the
following:
. Upon inception of the benefit, 100% of your Account Value must have
been allocated to the Sub-accounts. The MVA Fixed Allocation must not
have been in effect as of the date that you elected to participate in
the benefit. However, the formula may transfer Account Value to the
MVA Fixed Allocation as of the effective date of the benefit under
some circumstances.
. Annuity Owners cannot allocate any portion of purchase payments
(including any Credits applied to such purchase payments under XT6) or
transfer Account Value to or from the MVA Fixed Allocation while
participating in the benefit; however, all or a portion of any
purchase payments (including any Credits applied to such purchase
payments under XT6) may be allocated by us to the MVA Fixed Allocation
to support the amount guaranteed. You cannot participate in any dollar
cost averaging benefit that transfers Account Value from a MVA Fixed
Allocation to a Sub-account.
. Transfers from the MVA Fixed Allocation made as a result of the
formula under the benefit will be subject to the Market Value
Adjustment formula under an Annuity; however, the 0.10% liquidity
factor in the formula will not apply. A Market Value Adjustment may be
either positive or negative. Transfer amounts will be taken from the
most recently established MVA Fixed Allocation.
. Transfers from the Sub-accounts to the MVA Fixed Allocation or from
the MVA Fixed Allocation to the Sub-accounts under the benefit will
not count toward the maximum number of free transfers allowable under
an Annuity.
. Any amounts applied to your Account Value by Prudential Annuities on
the maturity date will not be treated as "investment in the contract"
for income tax purposes.
. Any amounts that we add to your Annuity to support our guarantee under
the benefit will be applied to the Sub-accounts pro rata, after first
transferring any amounts held in the MVA Fixed Allocations as follows:
(a) if only a portion of your Account Value is in the MVA Fixed
Allocations, we will transfer such Account Value (i) to the
Sub-accounts pro-rata based on the Account Values in such Sub-accounts
on the day of the transfer, unless we receive at our office other
prior instructions from you or (ii) if you are then participating in
an asset allocation program for which we are providing administrative
support, we allocate the transferred amount in accordance with the
then current percentages for that asset allocation program and (b) if
your entire Account Value is in the MVA Fixed Allocations, we will
transfer your Account Value to the Sub-account corresponding to the
AST Money Market Portfolio, unless we receive at our Office prior
instructions from you.
82
. Low interest rates may require allocation to the MVA Fixed Allocation
even when the current Account Value exceeds the guarantee.
. As the time remaining until the applicable maturity date gradually
decreases the benefit will become increasingly sensitive to moves to
the MVA Fixed Allocation.
. We currently limit the Sub-accounts in which you may allocate Account
Value if you participate in this benefit. Should we prohibit access to
any investment option, any transfers required to move Account Value to
eligible investment options will not be counted in determining the
number of free transfers during an Annuity Year.
CHARGES UNDER THE BENEFIT
We deduct a charge equal to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the
Sub-accounts for participation in the Guaranteed Return Option benefit. The
annual charge is deducted daily. The charge is deducted to compensate
Prudential Annuities for: (a) the risk that your Account Value on the maturity
date is less than the amount guaranteed; and (b) administration of the benefit.
With respect to XT6 and APEX II, effective November 18, 2002, Prudential
Annuities changed the manner in which the annual charge for the Guaranteed
Return Option is deducted to the method described above. The annual charge for
the Guaranteed Return Option for Owners who elected the benefit between
February 4, 2002 and November 15, 2002 for XT6 and APEX II and subsequent to
November 15, 2002 in those states where the daily deduction of the charge has
not been approved, is deducted annually, in arrears, according to the
prospectus in effect as of the date the benefit was elected.
Owners who purchased an ASAP III Annuity between April 1, 2003 and
September 30, 2003 or an ASL II Annuity between February 4, 2002 and
November 15, 2002 (the "Promotional Period") will not be charged the 0.25%
annual fee for the Guaranteed Return Option benefit (or the fee for GRO Plus,
if that benefit was elected and the Annuity was acquired during the
Promotional Period) if elected at any time while their Annuity is in effect.
. Prudential Annuities will not charge the 0.25% annual fee for the
entire period that the benefit remains in effect, including any
extension of the benefit's maturity date resulting from the Owner's
election to restart the 7-year benefit duration, regardless of when
the Owner elects to participate in the Guaranteed Return Option
benefit (or the fee for GRO Plus if that benefit was elected and the
Annuity was during the Promotional Period).
. Owners who complete the initial 7-year benefit duration OR terminate
the benefit before the benefit's maturity date, will not be charged
the 0.25% annual fee for participating in the benefit if they re-elect
the Guaranteed Return Option benefit (or the fee for GRO Plus if that
benefit was elected and the Annuity was acquired during the
Promotional Period).
. All other terms and conditions of your Annuity and the Guaranteed
Return Option benefit (or the fee for GRO Plus if that benefit was
elected and the Annuity was acquired during the Promotional Period)
apply to Owners who qualify for the waiver of the 0.25% annual fee.
. Owners who purchase an Annuity after the completion of the Promotional
Period do not qualify for the 0.25% annual fee waiver.
GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS 2008 (GRO PLUS 2008)
GRO Plus 2008 is no longer available for new elections.
Under GRO Plus 2008, we guarantee that the Account Value on the date that the
benefit is added to your Annuity (adjusted for subsequent purchase payments
and withdrawals as detailed below) will not be any less than that original
value on the seventh anniversary of benefit election and each anniversary
thereafter. We refer to this initial guarantee as the "base guarantee." In
addition to the base guarantee, GRO Plus 2008 offers the possibility of an
enhanced guarantee. You may lock in an enhanced guarantee once per "benefit
year" (i.e., a year beginning on the date you acquired the benefit and each
anniversary thereafter) if your Account Value on the Valuation Day exceeds the
amount of any outstanding base guarantee or enhanced guarantee. We guarantee
that the Account Value locked-in by that enhanced guarantee will not be any
less seven years later, and each anniversary of that date thereafter. In
addition, you may elect an automatic enhanced guarantee feature under which,
if Account Value on a benefit anniversary exceeds the highest existing
guarantee by 7% or more, we guarantee that such Account Value will not be any
less seven benefit anniversaries later and each benefit anniversary
thereafter. You may maintain only one enhanced guarantee in addition to your
base guarantee. Thus, when a new enhanced guarantee is created, it cancels any
existing enhanced guarantee. However, the fact that an enhanced guarantee was
effected automatically on a benefit anniversary does not prevent you from
"manually" locking-in an enhanced guarantee during the ensuing benefit year.
Please note that upon creation of a new enhanced guarantee, an immediate
transfer to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account (which is used as part of this
benefit) may occur depending on the discount rate (as described below) used to
determine the present value of each of your guarantees. You may elect to
terminate an enhanced guarantee without also terminating the base guarantee.
If you do, any amounts held in the AST bond portfolio Sub-account with respect
to that enhanced guarantee will be transferred to your other Sub-accounts in
accordance with your current allocation instructions. Amounts held in an AST
bond portfolio Sub-account with respect to the base guarantee will not be
transferred as a result of the termination of an enhanced guarantee. Please
note that whenever an enhanced guarantee is created, we reserve the right to
increase your charge for GRO Plus 2008 if we have increased the charge for new
elections of the benefit generally. You may not lock in an enhanced guarantee,
either manually or through our optional automatic program, within seven years
of the date by which annuity payments must commence under the terms of your
Annuity (please see "How and When
83
Do I Choose The Annuity Payment Option?" for further information on your
maximum Annuity Date). The inability to lock in an enhanced guarantee
referenced in the immediately preceding sentence also applies to a new Owner
who has acquired the Annuity from the original Owner.
In general, we refer to a date on which the Account Value is guaranteed to be
present as the "maturity date". If the Account Value on the maturity date is
less than the guaranteed amount, we will contribute funds from our general
account to bring your Account Value up to the guaranteed amount. If the
maturity date is not a Valuation Day, then we would contribute such an amount
on the next Valuation Day. We will allocate any such amount to each
Sub-account (other than the "Current AST bond portfolio Sub-account" described
below) in accordance with your current allocations instructions. Regardless of
whether we need to contribute funds at the end of a guarantee period, we will
at that time transfer all amounts held within the Current AST bond portfolio
Sub-account associated with the maturing guarantee to your other Sub-accounts,
on a pro rata basis. If the entire Account Value is invested in an AST bond
portfolio Sub-account, we will allocate according to your current allocation
instructions.
We increase both the base guarantee and any enhanced guarantee by the amount
of each Purchase Payment (and associated Credits) made subsequent to the date
that the guarantee was established. For example, if the effective date of the
benefit was January 1, 2009 and the Account Value was $100,000 on that date,
then a $30,000 Purchase Payment made on March 30, 2010 would increase the base
guarantee amount to $130,000. As illustrated in the examples below, additional
purchase payments also increase an amount we refer to as the
"dollar-for-dollar corridor."
The dollar-for-dollar corridor is equal to 5% of the base guarantee amount
(i.e., 5% of the Account Value at benefit election). Thereafter, the
dollar-for-dollar corridor is adjusted only for subsequent purchase payments
(i.e., 5% of the Purchase Payment is added to the corridor amount) and "excess
withdrawals" (as described below). Thus, the creation of any enhanced
guarantee has no impact on the dollar-for-dollar corridor. Each "benefit
year", withdrawals that you make that are equal to or less than the
dollar-for-dollar corridor reduce both the amount of the dollar-for-dollar
corridor for that benefit year plus the base guarantee amount and the amount
of any enhanced guarantee by the exact amount of the withdrawal. However, if
you withdraw more than the dollar-for-dollar corridor in a given benefit year,
we use the portion of the withdrawal that exceeded the dollar-for-dollar
corridor to effect a proportional reduction to both the dollar-for-dollar
corridor itself and each guarantee amount. We calculate a proportional
reduction by (i) identifying the amount of the withdrawal that exceeded the
dollar-for-dollar corridor (the "excess withdrawal") (ii) subtracting the
dollar-for-dollar amount from the Account Value prior to the withdrawal
(iii) dividing the excess withdrawal by the amount in (ii). We then use the
resulting proportion to reduce each of the guaranteed amount and the dollar
for dollar corridor itself. See examples of this calculation below.
Any partial withdrawals in payment of any third party investment advisory
service will be treated as withdrawals, and will reduce each guarantee amount
and the dollar-for-dollar corridor in the manner indicated above.
EXAMPLES
The following examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions assume
that: 1.) the Issue Date and the effective date of the GRO Plus 2008 benefit
are October 13, 2008; 2.) an initial Purchase Payment of $250,000 (includes
any Credits); 3.) a base guarantee amount of $250,000; and 4.) a
dollar-for-dollar limit of $12,500 (5% of $250,000). The values set forth here
are purely hypothetical and do not reflect the charge for GRO Plus 2008 or
other fees and charges.
EXAMPLE 1. DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR REDUCTION
A $10,000 withdrawal is taken on November 29, 2008 (in the first Annuity
Year). No prior withdrawals have been taken. As the amount withdrawn is less
than the Dollar-for-dollar Limit:
.. The base guarantee amount is reduced by the amount withdrawn (i.e., by
$10,000, from $250,000 to $240,000).
.. The remaining dollar-for-dollar limit ("Remaining Limit") for the balance
of the first Annuity Year is also reduced by the amount withdrawn (from
$12,500 to $2,500).
EXAMPLE 2. DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR AND PROPORTIONAL REDUCTIONS
A second $10,000 withdrawal is taken on December 18, 2008 (still within the
first Annuity Year). The Account Value immediately before the withdrawal is
$180,000. As the amount withdrawn exceeds the Remaining Limit of $2,500 from
Example 1:
.. The base guarantee amount is first reduced by the Remaining Limit (from
$240,000 to $237,500);
.. The result is then further reduced by the ratio of A to B, where:
-- A is the amount withdrawn less the Remaining Limit ($10,000 - $2,500, or
$7,500).
-- B is the Account Value less the Remaining Limit ($180,000 - $2,500, or
$177,500).
The resulting base guarantee amount is: $237,500 X (1 - $7,500 / $177,500), or
$227,464.79.
.. The Remaining Limit is set to zero (0) for the balance of the first Annuity
Year. The resulting dollar-for-dollar corridor for the next Annuity Year is
calculated by multiplying the prior dollar-for-dollar corridor by the same
ratio by which we reduce the Guarantee Amount above: $12,500 X (1 - $7,500
/ $177,500), or $11,971.83.
84
KEY FEATURE - ALLOCATION OF ACCOUNT VALUE
GRO Plus 2008 uses a mathematical formula to help manage your guarantees
through all market cycles. Because the formula is made part of your schedule
supplement, the formula applicable to you may not be altered once you elect
the benefit. However, subject to regulatory approval, we do reserve the right
to amend the formula for newly-issued Annuities that elect GRO Plus 2008 and
for existing Annuities that elect the benefit in the future. This required
formula helps us manage our financial exposure under GRO Plus 2008, by moving
assets out of certain Sub-accounts if dictated by the formula (see below). In
essence, we seek to preserve the value of these assets, by transferring them
to a more stable option (i.e., one or more specified bond portfolios of
Advanced Series Trust). We refer to these bond portfolios collectively as the
"AST bond portfolios." The formula described in this section, and which is set
forth in Appendix I to this prospectus, applies to both (a) GRO Plus 2008 and
(b) elections of HD GRO (including HD GRO with the 90% cap feature), where
such an election was made PRIOR to July 16, 2010. The formula applicable to
elections of HD GRO (including HD GRO with the 90% cap feature), where such an
election was made AFTER July 16, 2010, is set forth in Appendix Q to this
prospectus. The cap can be referred to as the "the 90% cap" OR "the 90% cap
rule" OR "the 90% cap feature". A summary description of each AST Bond
Portfolio appears within the Prospectus section entitled "What Are The
Investment Objectives and Policies Of The Portfolios?". You can find a copy of
the AST Bond Portfolio prospectus by going to www.prudentialannuities.com.
Each AST bond portfolio is unique, in that its underlying investments
generally mature at different times. For example, there would be an AST bond
portfolio whose underlying investments generally mature in 2015, an AST bond
portfolio whose underlying investments generally mature in 2016, and so forth.
We will introduce new AST bond portfolios in subsequent years, to correspond
generally to the length of new guarantee periods that are created under this
benefit (and the Highest Daily GRO benefit). If you have elected GRO Plus
2008, you may invest in an AST bond Portfolio only by operation of the
formula, and thus you may not allocate purchase payments to such a Portfolio.
Please see this Prospectus and the prospectus for the Advanced Series Trust
for more information about each AST bond portfolio used with this benefit.
Although we employ several AST bond portfolios for purposes of the benefit,
the formula described in the next paragraph operates so that your Account
Value may be allocated to only one AST bond portfolio Sub-account at one time.
In the description of the formula in the next paragraph, we refer to the AST
bond portfolio Sub-account in which you are invested immediately prior to any
potential asset transfer as the "Current AST bond portfolio Sub-account." The
formula may dictate that a transfer out of the Current AST Bond Portfolio
Sub-account be made, or alternatively may mandate a transfer into another AST
bond portfolio Sub-account. Any transfer into an AST bond portfolio
Sub-account will be directed to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated
with the "current liability" (we refer to that Sub-account as the "Transfer
AST bond portfolio Sub-account"). Note that if the Current AST bond portfolio
Sub-account is associated with the current liability, then that Sub-account
would be the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account, and we would simply
transfer additional assets into the Sub-account if such a transfer is dictated
by the formula. As indicated, the AST bond portfolios are employed with this
benefit to help us mitigate the financial risks under our guarantee. Thus, in
accordance with the formula applicable to you under the benefit, we determine
which AST bond portfolio your Account Value is transferred to, and under what
circumstances a transfer is made. Please note that upon creation of a new
enhanced guarantee, an immediate transfer to the Transfer AST Bond Portfolio
Sub-account may occur, depending on the discount rate (as described in the
next paragraph) used to determine the present value of each of your
guarantees. As such, a low discount rate could cause a transfer of Account
Value into an AST bond portfolio Sub-account, despite the fact that your
Account Value had increased.
In general, the formula works as follows (please see Appendix I). On each
Valuation Day, the formula automatically performs an analysis with respect to
each guarantee amount that is outstanding. For each outstanding guarantee, the
formula begins by determining the present value on that Valuation Day that, if
appreciated at the applicable "discount rate", would equal the applicable
guarantee amount on the maturity date. As detailed in the formula, the
discount rate is an interest rate determined by taking a benchmark index used
within the financial services industry and then reducing the rate determined
by that index by a prescribed adjustment. Once selected, we do not change the
applicable benchmark index (although we do reserve the right to use a new
benchmark index if the original benchmark is discontinued). The greatest of
each such present value is referred to as the "current liability" in the
formula. The formula compares the current liability to the amount of your
Account Value held within the Current AST bond portfolio Sub-account and to
your Account Value held within the other Sub-accounts. If the current
liability, reduced by the amount held within the Current AST bond portfolio
Sub-account, and divided by the amount held within your other Sub-accounts,
exceeds an upper target value (currently, 0.85), then the formula will make a
transfer into the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account, in the amount
dictated by the formula. If the current liability, reduced by the amount held
within the Current AST bond portfolio Sub-account, and divided by the amount
within your other Sub-accounts, is less than a lower target value (currently,
0.79), then the formula will transfer Account Value within the Current AST
bond portfolio Sub-account into the other Sub-accounts (other than the
Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account), in the amount dictated by the
formula.
As discussed above, each Valuation Day, the formula analyzes the difference
between your Account Value and your guarantees, as well as how long you have
owned the benefit, and determines if any portion of your Account Value needs
to be transferred into or out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts (the
"Bond Portfolios"). Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or all of your
Account Value may be allocated to the Bond Portfolios. If your entire Account
Value is transferred to the Bond Portfolios, then based on the way the formula
operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of the Bond Portfolios to
the Sub-accounts and the entire Account Value would remain in the Bond
Portfolios. If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity, they
85
will be allocated to the Sub-accounts according to your allocation
instructions. Such additional purchase payments may or may not cause the
formula to transfer money in or out of the Bond Portfolios. Once the purchase
payments are allocated to your Annuity, they will also be subject to the
formula, which may result in immediate transfers to or from the Bond
Portfolios, if dictated by the formula. The amounts of any such transfers will
vary, as dictated by the formula, and will depend on the factors listed below.
The amount that is transferred to and from the Bond Portfolios pursuant to the
formula depends upon a number of factors unique to your Annuity (and is not
necessarily directly correlated with the securities markets, bond markets, or
interest rates, in general) including:
.. The difference between your Account Value and your Guarantee Amount(s);
.. The amount of time until the maturity of your Guarantee(s);
.. The amount invested in, and the performance of, the Permitted Sub-accounts;
.. The amount invested in, and the performance of, the Bond Portfolios;
.. The discount rate used to determine the present value of your Guarantee(s);
.. Additional purchase payments, if any, that you make to the Annuity; and
.. Withdrawals, if any, taken from the Annuity.
Any amounts invested in the Bond Portfolios will affect your ability to
participate in a subsequent recovery within the Permitted Sub-accounts.
Conversely, the Account Value may be higher at the beginning of the recovery,
e.g. more of the Account Value may have been protected from decline and
volatility than it otherwise would have been had the benefit not been elected.
The Bond Portfolios are available only with these benefits, and you may not
allocate purchase payments and transfer Account Value to or from the Bond
Portfolios.
Transfers under the formula do not impact any guarantees under the benefit
that have already been locked-in.
ELECTION/CANCELLATION OF THE BENEFIT
GRO Plus 2008 is no longer available for new elections. If you currently
participate in GRO Plus 2008, your existing guarantees are unaffected by the
fact that we no longer offer GRO Plus 2008.
You may cancel the GRO Plus 2008 benefit at any time. You also can cancel an
enhanced guarantee, but leave the base guarantee intact. Upon cancellation of
GRO Plus 2008, if only a portion of your Account Value is allocated to an AST
Bond Portfolio Sub-account, we will transfer any Account Value that is held in
such AST Bond Portfolio Sub-account to the other Sub-accounts pro rata based
on the Account Values in such Sub-accounts at that time, unless you are
participating in any asset allocation program or automatic rebalancing program
for which we are providing administrative support or unless we receive at our
Service Office other instructions from you at the time you elect to cancel
this benefit. If your entire Account Value is allocated to an AST Bond
Portfolio Sub-account, we will transfer your Account Value as follows: (a) if
you are participating in an asset allocation program for which we are
providing administrative support, we allocate the transferred amount in
accordance with the then current allocation percentages for that asset
allocation program, (b) if you are not participating in an asset allocation
program, but are participating in an automatic rebalancing program, we
allocate the transferred amount in accordance with that program, or (c) if
neither of the foregoing apply, we will transfer your Account Value to the AST
Money Market Sub-account unless we receive at our Service Office other
instructions from you at the time you elect to terminate this benefit. GRO
Plus 2008 will terminate automatically upon: (a) the death of the Owner or the
Annuitant (in an entity owned contract), unless the Annuity is continued by
the surviving spouse; (b) as of the date Account Value is applied to begin
annuity payments; (c) as of the anniversary of benefit election that
immediately precedes the contractually-mandated latest annuity date, or
(d) upon full surrender of the Annuity. If you elect to terminate the benefit,
GRO Plus 2008 will no longer provide any guarantees. The charge for the GRO
Plus 2008 benefit will no longer be deducted from your Account Value upon
termination of the benefit.
If you wish, you may cancel the GRO Plus 2008 benefit. You may then elect any
other currently available living benefit on any Valuation Day after you have
cancelled the GRO Plus 2008 benefit, provided the request is received in good
order (subject to state availability and in accordance with any applicable age
requirements). Upon your election of another living benefit, Account Value may
be transferred between the AST Bond Portfolio Sub-accounts or, depending on
the benefits selected, the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio and the
Permitted Sub-accounts according to the formula. It is possible that over time
the formula could transfer some, most, or none of the Account Value to the AST
Bond Portfolio Sub-accounts or, depending on the benefit selected, the AST
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio under the newly-elected benefit. YOU ALSO
SHOULD BE AWARE THAT UPON CANCELLATION OF THE GRO PLUS 2008 BENEFIT, YOU WILL
LOSE ALL GUARANTEES THAT YOU HAD ACCUMULATED UNDER THE BENEFIT. THUS, THE
GUARANTEES UNDER ANY NEWLY-ELECTED BENEFIT WILL BE BASED ON YOUR CURRENT
ACCOUNT VALUE. THE BENEFIT YOU ELECT OR RE-ELECT MAY BE MORE EXPENSIVE THAN
THE BENEFIT YOU CANCEL. ONCE THE GRO PLUS 2008 BENEFIT IS CANCELED YOU ARE NOT
REQUIRED TO RE-ELECT ANOTHER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT AND ANY SUBSEQUENT
BENEFIT ELECTION MAY BE MADE ON OR AFTER THE FIRST VALUATION DAY FOLLOWING THE
CANCELLATION OF THE GRO PLUS 2008 BENEFIT PROVIDED THAT THE BENEFIT YOU ARE
LOOKING TO ELECT IS AVAILABLE ON A POST-ISSUE BASIS.
86
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS UNDER GRO PLUS 2008
This benefit is subject to certain rules and restrictions, including, but not
limited to the following:
. Upon inception of the benefit, 100% of your Account Value must have
been allocated to the permitted Sub-accounts. The permitted
Sub-accounts are those described in the Investment Option section of
the prospectus. No fixed interest rate allocations may be in effect as
of the date that you elect to participate in the benefit.
. You cannot participate in any dollar cost averaging benefit that
transfers Account Value from a fixed interest rate option to a
Sub-account.
. Transfers between an AST bond portfolio Sub-account and your other
Sub-accounts under the benefit will not count toward the maximum
number of free transfers allowable under the Annuity.
. Any amounts applied to your Account Value by us on a maturity date
will not be treated as "investment in the contract" for income tax
purposes.
. As the time remaining until the applicable maturity date gradually
decreases, the benefit may become increasingly sensitive to moves to
an AST bond portfolio Sub-account.
. We currently limit the Sub-accounts in which you may allocate Account
Value if you participate in this benefit. Moreover, if you are
invested in prohibited investment options and seek to acquire the
benefit, we will ask you to reallocate to permitted investment options
as a prerequisite to acquiring the benefit. Should we prohibit access
to any investment option, any transfers required to move Account Value
to eligible investment options will not be counted in determining the
number of free transfers during an Annuity Year.
CHARGES UNDER THE BENEFIT
We deduct a charge equal to 0.60% (0.35%, for elections prior to May 1, 2009)
of the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts for participation in the
GRO Plus 2008 benefit. The annual charge is deducted daily. The charge is
deducted to compensate us for: (a) the risk that your Account Value on a
maturity date is less than the amount guaranteed and (b) administration of the
benefit. We reserve the right to increase this fee for newly-issued contracts
or new elections of the benefit. The charges will not exceed the maximum
charges shown in the section of the prospectus entitled "Summary of Contract
Fees and Charges." You will begin paying this charge as of the effective date
of the benefit. We will not refund the charges you have paid even if we never
have to make any payments under the benefit.
OPTIONAL 90% CAP FEATURE UNDER GRO PLUS 2008
If you currently own an Annuity and have elected the GRO Plus 2008 benefit,
you can elect this optional feature, at no additional cost, which utilizes a
new mathematical formula. The predetermined mathematical formula is described
below and will replace the "Transfer Calculation" portion of the mathematical
formula currently used in connection with your benefit on a prospective basis.
This election may only be made once and may not be revoked once elected. The
mathematical formula appears in Appendix I in this prospectus, and is
described below. Only the election of the 90% cap feature will prevent all of
your Account Value from being allocated to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account.
If all of your Account Value is currently allocated to an AST bond portfolio
Sub-account, it will not transfer back to the Permitted Sub-accounts unless
you elect this 90% cap feature. If you make additional Purchase Payments, they
may result in a transfer of Account Value.
Although we employ several AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts for purposes of the
benefit, the formula described in the next paragraph operates so that your
Account Value may be allocated to only one AST bond portfolio Sub-account at
one time. In the description of the formula in the next paragraph, we refer to
the AST bond portfolio Sub-account in which you are invested immediately prior
to any potential asset transfer as the "Current AST bond portfolio
Sub-account." The formula may dictate that a transfer out of the Current AST
bond portfolio Sub-account be made, or alternatively may mandate a transfer
into an AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Any transfer into an AST bond
portfolio Sub-account will be directed to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account
associated with the "current liability" (we refer to that Sub-account as the
"Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account"). Note that if the Current AST bond
portfolio Sub-account is associated with the current liability, then that
Sub-account would be the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account, and we would
simply transfer additional assets into the Sub-account if dictated by the
formula.
Under the new formula, the formula will not execute a transfer to the Transfer
AST bond portfolio Sub-account that results in more than 90% of your Account
Value being allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account ("90% cap
feature"). Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the formula would require a transfer
to the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account that would result in more than
90% of the Account Value being allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio
Sub-account, only the amount that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value
being allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account will be
transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the Transfer AST bond
portfolio Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the
Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at
least until there is first a formula-initiated transfer out of the Transfer
AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the Transfer
AST bond portfolio Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from
the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account if dictated by the formula
(subject to the 90% cap feature). At no time will the formula make a transfer
to the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account that results in greater than
90% of your Account Value being allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio
Sub-account. However, it is possible that, due to the investment performance
of your allocations in the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account and your
allocations in the Permitted Sub-accounts you have selected, your Account
Value could be more than 90% invested in the Transfer AST bond portfolio
Sub-account.
87
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity while the transfer
restriction of the 90% cap feature is in effect, the formula will not transfer
any of such additional purchase payments to the Transfer AST bond portfolio
Sub-account at least until there is first a transfer out of the Transfer AST
bond portfolio Sub-account, regardless of how much of your Account Value is in
the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means that there could be scenarios under
which, because of the additional purchase payments you make, less than 90% of
your entire Account Value is allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio
Sub-account, and the formula will still not transfer any of your Account Value
to the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account (at least until there is first
a transfer out of the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account).
For example,
.. March 19, 2010 - a transfer is made that results in the 90% cap feature
being met and now $90,000 is allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio
Sub-account and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
.. March 20, 2010 - you make an additional purchase payment of $10,000. No
transfers have been made from the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account
to the Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on March 19,
2010.
.. As of March 20, 2010 (and at least until first a transfer is made out of
the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account under the formula) the $10,000
payment is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and now you have 82% in
the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted
Sub-accounts (such that $20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts
and $90,000 is allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account).
.. Once there is a transfer out of the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account
(of any amount), the formula will operate as described above, meaning that
the formula could transfer amounts to or from the Transfer AST bond
portfolio Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap
feature).
If at the time you elect the 90% cap feature, more than 90% of your Account
Value is allocated to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account used with the benefit,
a transfer will be made from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account such that
Account Value will be allocated 90% to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and
10% will be allocated to your elected Sub-accounts. Amounts to be transferred
from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account to your elected Sub-accounts will be
transferred according to the following "hierarchy" (i.e., if a given item is
inapplicable, we use the next instruction that is applicable): (a) the
percentages dictated by any existing asset allocation program; or (b) the
percentages dictated by any auto-rebalancing program; or (c) pro-rata
according to amounts currently held in your elected Sub-accounts; or
(d) according to the currently-effective allocation instructions used for the
allocation of subsequent Purchase Payments. It is possible that additional
transfers might occur after this initial transfer if dictated by the formula.
The amount of such additional transfer(s) will vary. If, on the date this
feature is elected, 100% of your Account Value is allocated to the Transfer
AST bond portfolio Sub-account, a transfer of an amount equal to 10% of your
Account Value will be made to your Permitted Sub-accounts.
It is possible that an additional transfer to the Permitted Sub-accounts could
occur the following Valuation Day(s), and in some instances (based upon the
formula) the additional transfer(s) could be large. Thereafter, your Account
Value can be transferred between the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account
and your Permitted Sub-accounts as frequently as daily, based on what the
formula prescribes.
Once the transfer restriction of the 90% cap feature is triggered, future
transfers into the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account will not be made
(regardless of the performance of the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account
and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a transfer out
of the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out
of the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account, future amounts may be
transferred to or from the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account if dictated
by the formula (subject to the 90% cap feature).
IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS WHEN ELECTING THIS FEATURE:
.. At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value may be
allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account.
.. Please be aware that because of the way the 90% cap feature mathematical
formula operates, it is possible that more than or less than 90% of your
Account Value may be allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio
Sub-account.
.. If this feature is elected, any Account Value transferred to the Permitted
Sub-accounts is subject to the investment performance of those
Sub-accounts. Your Account Value can go up or down depending on the
performance of the Permitted Sub-accounts you select.
.. Your election of the 90% cap feature will not result in your losing the
guarantees you had accumulated under your existing GRO Plus 2008 benefit.
GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION PLUS II (GRO PLUS II)
You can elect this benefit on the Issue Date of your Annuity, or at any time
thereafter if available. In addition, you may cancel GRO Plus II and then
re-elect the benefit beginning on the next Valuation Day if available,
provided that your Account Value is allocated as required by the benefit and
you otherwise meet our eligibility rules. If you cancel the benefit, you lose
all guarantees that you had accumulated under the benefit. The initial
guarantee under the newly-elected benefit will be based on your current
Account Value at the time the new benefit becomes effective on your Annuity.
GRO Plus II is not available if you participate in any other optional living
benefit. However, GRO Plus II may be elected together with any optional death
benefit, other than the
88
Highest Daily Value Death Benefit and the Plus40 Optional Life Insurance
Rider. As detailed below under "Key Feature - Allocation of Account Value",
your participation in this benefit among other things entails your
participation in a program that, as dictated by a predetermined mathematical
formula, may transfer your Account Value between your elected Sub-accounts and
an AST bond portfolio Sub-account.
Under GRO Plus II, we guarantee that the Account Value on the date that the
benefit is added to your Annuity (adjusted for subsequent purchase payments
and withdrawals as detailed below) will not be any less than that original
value on the seventh anniversary of benefit election and each anniversary
thereafter. We refer to this initial guarantee as the "base guarantee." In
addition to the base guarantee, GRO Plus II offers the possibility of an
enhanced guarantee. You may "manually" lock in an enhanced guarantee once per
"benefit year" (i.e., a year beginning on the date you acquired the benefit
and each anniversary thereafter) if your Account Value on that Valuation Day
exceeds the amount of any outstanding base guarantee or enhanced guarantee. If
you elect to manually lock-in an enhanced guarantee on an anniversary of the
effective date of the benefit, that lock-in will not count toward the one
elective manual lock-in you may make each benefit year. We guarantee that the
Account Value locked-in by that enhanced guarantee will not be any less seven
years later, and each anniversary of that date thereafter. In addition, you
may elect an automatic enhanced guarantee feature under which, if your Account
Value on a benefit anniversary exceeds the highest existing guarantee by 7% or
more, we guarantee that such Account Value will not be any less seven benefit
anniversaries later and each benefit anniversary thereafter. You may maintain
only one enhanced guarantee in addition to your base guarantee. Thus, when a
new enhanced guarantee is created, it cancels any existing enhanced guarantee.
However, the fact that an enhanced guarantee was effected automatically on a
benefit anniversary does not prevent you from "manually" locking-in an
enhanced guarantee during the ensuing benefit year. Conversely, the fact that
you "manually" locked in an enhanced guarantee does not preclude the
possibility of an automatic enhanced guarantee on the subsequent benefit
anniversary. Please note that upon creation of a new enhanced guarantee, an
immediate transfer to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account (which is used as part
of this benefit) may occur depending on the discount rate (as described below)
used to determine the present value of each of your guarantees. You may elect
to terminate an enhanced guarantee without also terminating the base
guarantee. If you do, any amounts held in the AST bond portfolio Sub-account
with respect to that enhanced guarantee will be transferred to your other
Sub-accounts in accordance with your most recent allocation instructions (see
below "Key Feature - Allocation of Account Value"). Amounts held in an AST
bond portfolio Sub-account with respect to the base guarantee will not be
transferred as a result of the termination of an enhanced guarantee. You may
not lock in an enhanced guarantee, either manually or through our optional
automatic program, within seven years of the date by which annuity payments
must commence under the terms of your Annuity (please see "How and When Do I
Choose The Annuity Payment Option?" for further information on your maximum
Annuity Date). The inability to lock in an enhanced guarantee referenced in
the immediately preceding sentence also applies to a new Owner who has
acquired the Annuity from the original Owner.
In general, we refer to a date on which the Account Value is guaranteed to be
present as the "maturity date". If the Account Value on the maturity date is
less than the guaranteed amount, we will contribute funds from our general
account to bring your Account Value up to the guaranteed amount. If the
maturity date is not a Valuation Day, then we would contribute such an amount
on the next Valuation Day. We will allocate any such amount to each
Sub-account (other than the AST bond portfolio Sub-account used with this
benefit and described below) in accordance with your most recent allocation
instructions. Regardless of whether we need to contribute funds at the end of
a guarantee period, we will at that time transfer all amounts held within the
AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the maturing guarantee to your
other Sub-accounts on a pro rata basis, unless your Account Value is being
allocated according to an asset allocation program, in such case your Account
Value will be transferred according to the program. The guarantees provided by
the benefit exist only on the applicable maturity date(s). However, due to the
ongoing monitoring of your Account Value, and the transfer of Account Value to
support our future guarantees, the benefit may provide some protection from
significant Sub-account losses. For this same reason, the benefit may limit
your ability to benefit from Sub-account increases while it is in effect.
We increase both the base guarantee and any enhanced guarantee by the amount
of each Purchase Payment (including any associated purchase Credits) made
subsequent to the date that the guarantee was established. For example, if the
effective date of the benefit was January 1, 2010 and the Account Value was
$100,000 on that date, then a $30,000 Purchase Payment made on March 30, 2011
would increase the base guarantee amount to $130,000.
If you make a withdrawal (including any CDSC), we effect a proportional
reduction to each existing guarantee amount. We calculate a proportional
reduction by reducing each existing guarantee amount by the percentage
represented by the ratio of the withdrawal amount (including any CDSC) to your
Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal.
If you make a withdrawal, we will deduct the withdrawal amount pro rata from
each of your Sub-accounts (including the AST bond portfolio Sub-account used
with this benefit).
Any partial withdrawal for payment of any third party investment advisory
service will be treated as a withdrawal, and will reduce each guarantee amount
proportionally, in the manner indicated above.
89
EXAMPLE
This example is purely hypothetical and does not reflect the charges for the
benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. It is intended to
illustrate the proportional reduction of a withdrawal on each guarantee amount
under this benefit.
Assume the following:
.. The Issue Date is December 1, 2010
.. The benefit is elected on December 1, 2010
.. The Account Value on December 1, 2010 is $200,000, which results in a base
guarantee of $200,000
.. An enhanced guarantee amount of $300,000 is locked in on December 1, 2011
.. The Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal is equal to $300,000
.. For purposes of simplifying these assumptions, we assume hypothetically
that no CDSC is applicable (in general, a CDSC could be inapplicable based
on the Free Withdrawal provision, if the withdrawal was within the CDSC
period)
If a withdrawal of $50,000 is taken on December 15, 2011, all guarantee
amounts will be reduced by the ratio the total withdrawal amount represents of
the Account Value just prior to the withdrawal being taken.
HERE IS THE CALCULATION (FIGURES ARE ROUNDED):
Withdrawal Amount $ 50,000
Divided by Account Value before withdrawal $300,000
Equals ratio 16.67%
All guarantees will be reduced by the above ratio (16.67%) Base guarantee amount $166,667
Enhanced guarantee amount $250,000
KEY FEATURE - ALLOCATION OF ACCOUNT VALUE
We limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account Value if you elect
GRO Plus II. For purposes of this benefit, we refer to those permitted
investment options (other than the required bond portfolio Sub-accounts
discussed below) as the "Permitted Sub-accounts."
GRO Plus II uses a predetermined mathematical formula to help manage your
guarantees through all market cycles. Because the formula is made part of your
Rider schedule supplement, the formula applicable to you may not be altered
once you elect the benefit. However, subject to regulatory approval, we do
reserve the right to amend the formula for newly-issued Annuities that elect
or re-elect GRO Plus II and for existing Annuities that elect the benefit
post-issue. This required formula helps us manage our financial exposure under
GRO Plus II, by moving assets out of certain Sub-accounts if dictated by the
formula (see below). In essence, we seek to preserve the value of these
assets, by transferring them to a more stable option (i.e., one or more
specified bond portfolios of Advanced Series Trust). We refer to the
Sub-accounts corresponding to these bond portfolios collectively as the "AST
bond portfolio Sub-accounts". The formula also contemplates the transfer of
Account Value from an AST bond portfolio Sub-account to the other Sub-accounts
in certain other scenarios. The formula is set forth in Appendix P of this
prospectus, and applies to both (a) GRO Plus II and (b) elections of HD GRO II
made prior to July 16, 2010. A summary description of each AST bond portfolio
Sub-account appears within the section entitled "What Are The Investment
Objectives and Policies Of The Portfolios?". You can find a copy of the AST
bond portfolio prospectus by going to www.prudentialannuities.com.
For purposes of operating the GRO Plus II formula, we have included within
this Annuity several AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts. Each AST bond portfolio
is unique, in that its underlying investments generally mature at different
times. For example, there would be an AST bond portfolio whose underlying
investments generally mature in 2020, an AST bond portfolio whose underlying
investments generally mature in 2021, and so forth. As discussed below, the
formula determines the appropriate AST bond portfolio Sub-Account to which
Account Value is transferred. We will introduce new AST bond portfolio
Sub-accounts in subsequent years, to correspond generally to the length of new
guarantee periods that are created under this benefit (and the Highest Daily
GRO benefits). If you have elected GRO Plus II, you may have Account Value
allocated to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account only by operation of the
predetermined mathematical formula, and thus you may not allocate purchase
payments to or make transfers to or from such a Sub-account. Please see the
prospectus for the Advanced Series Trust for more information about each AST
bond portfolio used with this benefit.
Although we employ several AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts for purposes of the
benefit, the formula described in the next paragraph operates so that your
Account Value may be allocated to only one AST bond portfolio Sub-account at
one time. On any day a transfer into or out of the AST bond portfolio
Sub-account is made the formula may dictate that a transfer out of one AST
bond portfolio Sub-account be made into another AST bond portfolio
Sub-account. Any transfer into an AST bond portfolio Sub-account will be
directed to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated with the "current
liability", as described below. As indicated, the AST bond portfolio
Sub-accounts are employed with this benefit to help us mitigate the financial
risks under our guarantee. Thus, in accordance with the formula applicable to
you under the benefit, we determine which AST bond portfolio Sub-account your
Account Value is transferred to, and under what circumstances a transfer is
made. Please note that upon creation
90
of a new enhanced guarantee, an immediate transfer to the AST Bond Portfolio
Sub-account associated with the "current liability" may occur, depending on
the discount rate (as described in the next paragraph) used to determine the
present value of each of your guarantees. As such, a low discount rate could
cause a transfer of Account Value into an AST bond portfolio Sub-account,
despite the fact that your Account Value had increased.
In general, the formula works as follows. On each Valuation Day, the formula
automatically performs an analysis with respect to each guarantee that is
outstanding. For each outstanding guarantee, the formula begins by determining
the present value on that Valuation Day that, if appreciated at the applicable
"discount rate", would equal the applicable guarantee amount on the maturity
date. As detailed in the formula, the discount rate is an interest rate
determined by taking a benchmark index used within the financial services
industry and then reducing that interest rate by a prescribed adjustment. Once
selected, we do not change the applicable benchmark index (although we do
reserve the right to use a new benchmark index if the original benchmark is
discontinued). The greatest of each such present value is referred to as the
"current liability: in the formula. The formula compares the current liability
to the amount of your Account Value held within the AST bond portfolio
Sub-account and to your Account Value held within the Permitted Sub-accounts.
If the current liability, reduced by the amount held within the AST bond
portfolio Sub-account, and divided by the amount held within the Permitted
Sub-accounts, exceeds an upper target value (currently, 85%), then the formula
will make a transfer into the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, in the amount
dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap discussed below). If the
current liability, reduced by the amount held within the AST bond portfolio
Sub-account, and divided by the amount within your other Sub-accounts, is less
than a lower target value (currently, 79%), then the formula will transfer
Account Value within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account into the Permitted
Sub-accounts in the amount dictated by the formula.
The formula will not execute a transfer to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account
that results in more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the AST
bond portfolio Sub-account ("90% cap"). Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the
formula would require a transfer to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account that
would result in more than 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST
bond portfolio Sub-account, only the amount that results in exactly 90% of the
Account Value being allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account will be
transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the AST bond portfolio
Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the AST bond
portfolio Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is
first a transfer out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Once this transfer
occurs out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, future amounts may be
transferred to or from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account if dictated by the
formula (subject to the 90% cap). At no time will the formula make a transfer
to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account that results in greater than 90% of your
Account Value being allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account. However,
it is possible that, due to the investment performance of your allocations in
the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and your allocations in the Permitted
Sub-accounts you have elected, your Account Value could be more than 90%
invested in the AST bond portfolio Sub-account. If you make additional
purchase payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is in effect, the formula
will not transfer any of such additional purchase payments to the AST bond
portfolio Sub-account at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST
bond portfolio Sub-account, regardless of how much of your Account Value is in
the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means that there could be scenarios under
which, because of the additional purchase payments you make, less than 90% of
your entire Account Value is allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account,
and the formula will still not transfer any of your Account Value to the AST
bond portfolio Sub-account (at least until there is first a transfer out of
the AST bond portfolio Sub-account).
For example,
.. March 19, 2010 - a transfer is made to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account
that results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is allocated to the
AST bond portfolio Sub-account and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts.
.. March 20, 2010 - you make an additional purchase payment of $10,000. No
transfers have been made from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account to the
Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on March 19, 2010.
.. On March 20, 2010 (and at least until first a transfer is made out of the
AST bond portfolio Sub-account under the formula)--the $10,000 payment is
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this date you have 82% in
the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted Sub-accounts
(such that $20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000
to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account).
.. Once there is a transfer out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account (of any
amount), the formula will operate as described above, meaning that the
formula could transfer amounts to or from the AST bond portfolio
Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap).
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into existence and be
removed multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue
to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST bond portfolio Sub-account as dictated by the formula.
As discussed above, each Valuation Day, the formula analyzes the difference
between your Account Value and your guarantees, as well as how long you have
owned the benefit, and determines if any portion of your Account Value needs
to be transferred into or out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts.
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or most of your Account Value may be
allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts.
91
The amount that is transferred to and from the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts
pursuant to the formula depends upon a number of factors unique to your
Annuity (and is not necessarily directly correlated with the securities
markets, bond markets, or interest rates, in general) including:
.. The difference between your Account Value and your guarantee amount(s);
.. The amount of time until the maturity of your guarantee(s);
.. The amount invested in, and the performance of, the Permitted Sub-accounts;
.. The amount invested in, and the performance of, the AST bond portfolio
Sub-accounts;
.. The discount rate used to determine the present value of your guarantee(s);
.. Additional purchase payments, if any, that you make to the Annuity; and
.. Withdrawals, if any, taken from the Annuity.
Any amounts invested in the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts will affect your
ability to participate in a subsequent market recovery within the Permitted
Sub-accounts. Conversely, the Account Value may be higher at the beginning of
the market recovery, e.g. more of the Account Value may have been protected
from decline and volatility than it otherwise would have been had the benefit
not been elected. The AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts are available only with
these benefits, and you may not allocate purchase payments to or transfer
Account Value to or from the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts.
Transfers under the formula do not impact any guarantees under the benefit
that have already been locked-in.
ELECTION/CANCELLATION OF THE BENEFIT
GRO Plus II can be elected on the Issue Date of your Annuity, or on any
Valuation Day thereafter, provided that your Account Value is allocated in a
manner permitted with the benefit and that you otherwise meet our eligibility
rules. You may elect GRO Plus II only if the oldest of the Owner and Annuitant
is 84 or younger on the date of election (80 or younger, in New York). If you
currently participate in a living benefit that may be cancelled, you may
terminate that benefit at any time and elect GRO Plus II. However you will
lose all guarantees that you had accumulated under those benefits. The base
guarantee under GRO Plus II will be based on your current Account Value at the
time the new benefit becomes effective on your Annuity.
GRO Plus II will terminate automatically upon: (a) the death of the Owner or
the Annuitant (in an entity owned contract), unless the Annuity is continued
by the surviving spouse; (b) as of the date Account Value is applied to begin
annuity payments; (c) as of the anniversary of benefit election that
immediately precedes the contractually-mandated latest annuity date, or
(d) upon full surrender of the Annuity. If you elect to terminate the benefit,
GRO Plus II will no longer provide any guarantees. The charge for the GRO Plus
II benefit will no longer be deducted from your Account Value upon termination
of the benefit.
If you wish, you may cancel the GRO Plus II benefit. You may also cancel an
enhanced guarantee, but leave the base guarantee intact. Upon cancellation,
you may elect any other currently available living benefit beginning on the
next Valuation Day after you have cancelled the GRO Plus II benefit, provided
that your Account Value is allocated in a manner permitted with the benefit
and that you otherwise meet our eligibility rules. Upon cancellation of the
GRO Plus II benefit, any Account Value allocated to the AST bond portfolio
Sub-account used with the formula will be reallocated to the Permitted
Sub-Accounts according to your most recent allocation instructions or, in
absence of such instructions, pro rata (i.e., in direct proportion to your
current allocations). Upon your re-election of GRO Plus II, Account Value may
be transferred between the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts and the Permitted
Sub-accounts according to the predetermined mathematical formula (see "Key
Feature - Allocation of Account Value" above for more details). It is possible
that over time the formula could transfer some, none, or most of the Account
Value to the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts under GRO Plus II. YOU ALSO
SHOULD BE AWARE THAT UPON CANCELLATION OF THE GRO PLUS II BENEFIT, YOU WILL
LOSE ALL GUARANTEES THAT YOU HAD ACCUMULATED UNDER THE BENEFIT. THUS, THE
GUARANTEES UNDER ANY NEWLY-ELECTED BENEFIT WILL BE BASED ON YOUR CURRENT
ACCOUNT VALUE AT BENEFIT EFFECTIVENESS. THE BENEFIT YOU ELECT OR RE-ELECT MAY
BE MORE EXPENSIVE THAN THE BENEFIT YOU CANCEL. ONCE THE GRO PLUS II BENEFIT IS
CANCELED YOU ARE NOT REQUIRED TO RE-ELECT ANOTHER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT AND
ANY SUBSEQUENT BENEFIT ELECTION MAY BE MADE ON OR AFTER THE FIRST VALUATION
DAY FOLLOWING THE CANCELLATION OF THE GRO PLUS II BENEFIT PROVIDED THAT THE
BENEFIT YOU ARE LOOKING TO ELECT IS AVAILABLE ON A POST-ISSUE BASIS.
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS UNDER GRO PLUS II
This benefit is subject to certain rules and restrictions, including, but not
limited to the following:
.. Upon inception of the benefit, 100% of your Account Value must be allocated
to the Permitted Sub-accounts. The Permitted Sub-accounts are those
described in the Investment Options section of this prospectus. No fixed
interest rate allocations may be in effect as of the date that you elect to
participate in the benefit.
.. Transfers to and from your elected Sub-accounts and an AST bond portfolio
Sub-account will not count toward the maximum number of free transfers
allowable under the Annuity.
.. Any amounts applied to your Account Value by us on a maturity date will not
be treated as "investment in the contract" for income tax purposes.
.. As the time remaining until the applicable maturity date gradually
decreases, the benefit may become increasingly sensitive to moves to an AST
bond portfolio Sub-account.
92
.. We currently limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account Value
if you participate in this benefit. Moreover, if you are invested in
prohibited investment options and seek to acquire the benefit, we will ask
you to reallocate to permitted investment options as a prerequisite to
acquiring the benefit. Should we prohibit access to any investment option,
any transfers required to move Account Value to eligible investment options
will not be counted in determining the number of free transfers during an
Annuity Year.
.. If you elect this benefit, and in connection with that election you are
required to reallocate to different investment options permitted under this
benefit, then on the Valuation Day on which we receive your request in Good
Order, we will (i) sell units of the non-permitted investment options and
(ii) invest the proceeds of those sales in the permitted investment options
that you have designated. During this reallocation process, your Account
Value allocated to the Sub-accounts will remain exposed to investment risk,
as is the case generally. The protection afforded by the newly-elected
benefit will not arise until the close of business on the following
Valuation Day.
CHARGES UNDER THE BENEFIT
We deduct an annualized charge equal to 0.60% of the average daily net assets
of the Sub-accounts (including any AST bond portfolio Sub-account) for
participation in the GRO Plus II benefit. The annual charge is deducted daily.
The charge is deducted to compensate us for: (a) the risk that your Account
Value on a maturity date is less than the amount guaranteed and (b)
administration of the benefit. You will begin paying this charge as of the
effective date of the benefit. We will not refund the charges you have paid
even if we never have to make any payments under the benefit.
HIGHEST DAILY GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION (HD GRO)
We no longer permit new elections of Highest Daily GRO.
Highest Daily GRO creates a series of separate guarantees, each of which is
based on the highest Account Value attained on a day during the applicable
time period. As each year of your participation in the benefit passes, we
create a new guarantee. Each guarantee then remains in existence until the
date on which it matures (unless the benefit terminates sooner). We refer to
each date on which the specified Account Value is guaranteed as the "maturity
date" for that guarantee. Highest Daily GRO will not create a guarantee if the
maturity date of that guarantee would extend beyond the date by which annuity
payments must commence under the terms of your Annuity. This is true even with
respect to a new Owner who has acquired the Annuity from the original Owner.
The guarantees provided by the benefit exist only on the applicable maturity
date(s). However, due to the ongoing monitoring of your Account Value, and the
transfer of Account Value to support our future guarantees, the benefit may
provide some protection from significant Sub-account losses if you choose to
surrender your Annuity or begin receiving annuity payments prior to a maturity
date. For this same reason, the benefit may limit your ability to benefit from
Sub-account increases while it is in effect.
The initial guarantee is created on the day that the Highest Daily GRO benefit
is added to your Annuity. We guarantee that your Account Value on the tenth
anniversary of that day (we refer to each such anniversary as a "benefit
anniversary") will not be less than your Account Value on the day that the
Highest Daily GRO benefit was added to your Annuity. Each benefit anniversary
thereafter, we create a new guarantee. With respect to each such subsequent
guarantee, we identify the highest Account Value that occurred between the
date of that benefit anniversary and the date on which Highest Daily GRO was
added to your Annuity. We guarantee that your Account Value ten years after
that benefit anniversary will be no less than the highest daily Account Value
that occurred during that time period. The following example illustrates the
time period over which we identify the highest daily Account Value for
purposes of each subsequent guarantee under the benefit. If the date of
benefit election were January 1, 2009, we would create a guarantee on
January 1, 2012 based on the highest Account Value achieved between January 1,
2009 and January 1, 2012, and that guarantee would mature on January 1, 2022.
As described below, we adjust each of the guarantee amounts for purchase
payments and withdrawals.
In general, we refer to a date on which the Account Value is guaranteed to be
present as the "maturity date". If the Account Value on the maturity date is
less than the guaranteed amount, we will contribute funds from our general
account to bring your Account Value up to the guaranteed amount. If the
maturity date is not a Valuation Day, then we would contribute such an amount
on the next Valuation Day. We will allocate any such amount to each
Sub-account (other than the "Current AST bond portfolio Sub-account" described
below) in accordance with your current allocations instructions. Regardless of
whether we need to contribute funds at the end of a guarantee period, we will
at that time transfer all amounts held within the AST bond portfolio
Sub-account associated with the maturing guarantee to your other Sub-accounts,
on a pro rata basis. If the entire account value is invested in the AST bond
portfolio Sub-account, we will allocate according to your current allocation
instructions.
We increase the amount of each guarantee that has not yet reached its maturity
date, as well as the highest daily Account Value that we calculate to
establish a guarantee, by the amount of each Purchase Payment (and associated
Credits) made prior to the applicable maturity date. For example, if the
effective date of the benefit was January 1, 2009, and there was an initial
guaranteed amount that was set at $100,000 maturing January 1, 2019, and a
second guaranteed amount that was set at $120,000 maturing January 1, 2020,
then a $30,000 Purchase Payment made on March 30, 2010 would increase the
guaranteed amounts to $130,000 and $150,000, respectively. As illustrated in
the examples below, additional purchase payments also increase an amount we
refer to as the "dollar-for-dollar corridor."
93
We reflect the effect of withdrawals by reference to an amount called the
"dollar-for-dollar corridor." The dollar-for-dollar corridor is set initially
to equal 5% of the initial guaranteed amount (i.e., 5% of the Account Value at
benefit election). Each "benefit year" (i.e., a year that begins on the date
of election of Highest Daily GRO and each anniversary thereafter), withdrawals
that you make that are equal to or less than the dollar-for-dollar corridor
reduce (i) the amount of the dollar-for-dollar corridor for that benefit year
(ii) the amount of each outstanding guarantee amount, and (iii) the highest
daily Account Value that we calculate to establish a guarantee, by the exact
amount of the withdrawal. However, if you withdraw more than the
dollar-for-dollar corridor in a given benefit year, we use the portion of the
withdrawal that exceeded the dollar-for-dollar corridor to effect a
proportional reduction to both the dollar-for-dollar corridor itself and each
outstanding guaranteed amount, as well as the highest daily Account Value that
we calculate to establish a guarantee. We calculate a proportional reduction
by (i) identifying the amount of the withdrawal that exceeded the
dollar-for-dollar corridor (the "excess withdrawal") (ii) subtracting the
dollar-for-dollar amount from the Account Value prior to the withdrawal
(iii) dividing the excess withdrawal by the amount in (ii). We then use the
resulting proportion to reduce each of the guaranteed amount, the highest
daily Account Value that we calculate to establish a guarantee, and the dollar
for dollar corridor itself. See examples of this calculation below.
Any partial withdrawals in payment of any third party investment advisory
service will be treated as withdrawals, and will reduce each applicable
guaranteed amount and the dollar-for-dollar corridor in the manner indicated
above.
EXAMPLES
The following examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions assume
that: 1.) the Issue Date and the effective date of the Highest Daily GRO
benefit are October 13, 2008; 2.) an initial Purchase Payment of $250,000
(includes any Credits); 3.) an initial guarantee amount of $250,000; and 4.) a
dollar-for-dollar limit of $12,500 (5% of $250,000). The values set forth here
are purely hypothetical and do not reflect the charge for Highest Daily GRO or
other fees and charges.
EXAMPLE 1. DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR REDUCTION
A $10,000 withdrawal is taken on November 29, 2008 (in the first Annuity
Year). No prior withdrawals have been taken. As the amount withdrawn is less
than the Dollar-for-dollar Limit:
.. The initial guarantee amount is reduced by the amount withdrawn (i.e., by
$10,000, from $250,000 to $240,000).
.. The remaining dollar-for-dollar limit ("Remaining Limit") for the balance
of the first Annuity Year is also reduced by the amount withdrawn (from
$12,500 to $2,500).
EXAMPLE 2. DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR AND PROPORTIONAL REDUCTIONS
A second $10,000 withdrawal is taken on December 18, 2008 (still within the
first Annuity Year). The Account Value immediately before the withdrawal is
$180,000. As the amount withdrawn exceeds the Remaining Limit of $2,500 from
Example 1:
.. The initial guarantee amount is first reduced by the Remaining Limit (from
$240,000 to $237,500);
.. The result is then further reduced by the ratio of A to B, where:
-- A is the amount withdrawn less the Remaining Limit ($10,000 - $2,500, or
$7,500).
-- B is the Account Value less the Remaining Limit ($180,000 - $2,500, or
$177,500).
The resulting initial guarantee amount is: $237,500 X (1 - $7,500 / $177,500),
or $227,464.79.
.. The Remaining Limit is set to zero (0) for the balance of the first Annuity
Year.
The resulting dollar-for-dollar corridor for the next Annuity Year is
calculated by multiplying the prior dollar-for-dollar corridor by the same
ratio by which we reduce the Guarantee Amount above: $12,500 X (1 - $7,500 /
$177,500), or $11,971.83.
KEY FEATURE - ALLOCATION OF ACCOUNT VALUE
HD GRO uses a predetermined mathematical formula to help manage your
guarantees through all market cycles. The formula applicable to you may not be
altered once you elect the benefit. This required formula helps us manage our
financial exposure under HD GRO, by moving assets out of certain Sub-accounts
if dictated by the formula (see below). In essence, we seek to preserve
Account Value, by transferring it to a more stable option (i.e., one or more
specified bond portfolios of Advanced Series Trust). We refer to the
Sub-accounts corresponding to these bond portfolios collectively as the "AST
bond portfolio Sub-accounts". The formula also contemplates the transfer of
Account Value from an AST bond portfolio Sub-account to the other
Sub-accounts. The formula is set forth in Appendix Q of this prospectus. A
summary description of each AST bond portfolio Sub-account appears within the
prospectus section entitled "Investment Options." You will be furnished with a
prospectus describing the AST bond portfolios. In addition, you can find a
copy of the AST bond portfolio prospectus by going to
www.prudentialannuities.com.
For purposes of operating the HD GRO formula, we have included within each
Annuity several AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts. Each AST bond portfolio is
unique, in that its underlying investments generally mature at different
times. For example, there would be an AST bond portfolio whose underlying
investments generally mature in 2020, an AST bond portfolio whose underlying
investments generally mature in 2021, and so forth. As discussed below, the
formula determines the appropriate
94
AST bond portfolio Sub-account to which Account Value is transferred. We will
introduce new AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts in subsequent years, to
correspond generally to the length of new guarantee periods that are created
under this benefit. If you have elected HD GRO, you may have Account Value
allocated to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account only by operation of the
formula, and thus you may not allocate Purchase Payments to or make transfers
to or from an AST bond portfolio Sub-account.
Although we employ several AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts for purposes of the
benefit, the formula described in the next paragraph operates so that your
Account Value may be allocated to only one AST bond portfolio Sub-account at
one time. The formula determines the appropriate AST bond portfolio
Sub-account to which Account Value is transferred. On any day a transfer into
or out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account is made, the formula may dictate
that a transfer out of one AST bond portfolio Sub-account be made into another
AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Any transfer into an AST bond portfolio
Sub-account will be directed to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated
with the "current liability", as described below. In the formula, we use the
term "Transfer Account" to refer to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account to
which a transfer would be made. As indicated, the AST bond portfolio
Sub-accounts are employed with this benefit to help us mitigate the financial
risks under our guarantee. Thus, in accordance with the formula applicable to
you under the benefit, we determine which AST bond portfolio Sub-account your
Account Value is transferred to, and under what circumstances a transfer is
made.
In general, the formula works as follows. Under the formula, Account Value
will transfer between the "Permitted Sub-accounts" and an AST bond portfolio
Sub-account when dictated by the pre-determined mathematical formula. On each
Valuation Day, including the effective date of the benefit, the pre-determined
mathematical formula is used to compare your Account Value to an amount based
on the guarantees provided under the benefit. The formula determines whether a
transfer occurs based, among other things, on an identification of the
outstanding guarantee that has the largest present value. Based on the
formula, a determination is made as to whether any portion of your Account
Value is to be transferred to or from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account. In
identifying those guarantees, we consider each guarantee that already has been
set (i.e., on a benefit anniversary), as well as an amount that we refer to as
the "Projected Future Guarantee." The "Projected Future Guarantee" is an
amount equal to the highest Account Value (adjusted for withdrawals,
additional Purchase Payments, and any associated Credits as described in the
section of the prospectus concerning HD GRO) within the current benefit year
that would result in a new guarantee. For the Projected Future Guarantee, the
assumed Guarantee Period begins on the current Valuation Day and ends 10 years
from the next anniversary of the effective date of the benefit. As such, a
Projected Future Guarantee could cause a transfer of Account Value into an AST
bond portfolio Sub-account. We only calculate a Projected Future Guarantee if
the assumed Guarantee Period associated with that Projected Future Guarantee
does not extend beyond the latest Annuity Date applicable to the Annuity. The
amount that is transferred to and from the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts
pursuant to the formula depends upon the factors set forth in the bullet
points below, some of which relate to the guarantee amount(s), including the
Projected Future Guarantee.
For each outstanding guarantee and the Projected Future Guarantee, the formula
begins by determining the present value on that Valuation Day that, if
appreciated at the applicable "discount rate", would equal the applicable
guarantee amount on the Maturity Date. As detailed in the formula, the
discount rate is an interest rate determined by taking a benchmark index used
within the financial services industry and then reducing that interest rate by
a prescribed adjustment. Once selected, we do not change the applicable
benchmark index (although we do reserve the right to use a new benchmark index
if the original benchmark is discontinued). The greatest of each such present
value is referred to as the "current liability" in the formula. The formula
compares the current liability to the amount of your Account Value held within
the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and to your Account Value held within the
Permitted Sub-accounts. If the current liability, reduced by the amount held
within the current AST bond portfolio Sub-account, and divided by the amount
held within the Permitted Sub-accounts, exceeds an upper target value
(currently, 85%), then the formula will make a transfer into the AST bond
portfolio Sub-account, in the amount dictated by the formula (subject to the
90% cap feature discussed below). If the current liability, reduced by the
amount held within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, and divided by the
amount within the Permitted Sub-accounts, is less than a lower target value
(currently, 79%), then the formula will transfer Account Value from the AST
bond portfolio Sub-account into the Permitted Sub-accounts, in the amount
dictated by the formula.
As discussed above, each Valuation Day, the formula analyzes the difference
between your Account Value and your guarantees as well as how long you have
owned the benefit, and determines if any portion of your Account Value needs
to be transferred into or out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts. Where
you have not elected the 90% cap feature, at any given time, some, none, or
all of your Account Value may be allocated to an AST bond portfolio
Sub-account. For such elections, if your entire Account Value is transferred
to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account, then based on the way the formula
operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of the AST bond portfolio
Sub-account and the entire Account Value would remain in the AST bond
portfolio Sub-account. If you make additional Purchase Payments to your
Annuity, they will be allocated to the Sub-accounts according to your
allocation instructions. Such additional Purchase Payments may or may not
cause the formula to transfer money into or out of the AST bond portfolio
Sub-account. Once the Purchase Payments are allocated to your Annuity, they
also will be subject to the formula, which may result in immediate transfers
to or from the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts, if dictated by the formula. If
you have elected the 90% cap feature discussed below, at any given time, some,
none, or most of your Account Value may be allocated to the AST bond portfolio
Sub-accounts.
95
The amount that is transferred to and from the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts
pursuant to the formula depends upon a number of factors unique to your
Annuity (and is not necessarily directly correlated with the securities
markets, bond markets, or interest rates, in general) including:
.. The difference between your Account Value and your guarantee amount(s);
.. The amount of time until the maturity of your guarantee(s);
.. The amount invested in, and the performance of, the Permitted Sub-accounts;
.. The amount invested in, and the performance of, the AST bond portfolio
Sub-accounts;
.. The discount rate used to determine the present value of your guarantee(s);
.. Additional Purchase Payments, if any, that you make to the Annuity; and
.. Withdrawals, if any, taken from the Annuity.
Any amounts invested in the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts will affect your
ability to participate in a subsequent market recovery within the Permitted
Sub-accounts. Conversely, the Account Value may be higher at the beginning of
the market recovery, e.g. more of the Account Value may have been protected
from decline and volatility than it otherwise would have been had the benefit
not been elected. The AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts are available only with
certain optional living benefits, and you may not allocate Purchase Payments
to or transfer Account Value to or from the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts.
ELECTION/CANCELLATION OF THE BENEFIT
We no longer permit new elections of Highest Daily GRO. If you currently
participate in Highest Daily GRO, your existing guarantees are unaffected by
the fact that we no longer offer Highest Daily GRO.
If you wish, you may cancel the Highest Daily GRO benefit. You may then elect
any other currently available living benefit, which is available to be added
post issue on any Valuation Day after you have cancelled the Highest Daily GRO
benefit, provided the request is received in good order (subject to state
availability and in accordance with any applicable age requirements). Upon
cancellation of the Highest Daily GRO benefit, any Account Value allocated to
the AST Bond Portfolio Sub-accounts used with the formula will be reallocated
to the Permitted Sub-Accounts according to your most recent allocation
instructions or, in absence of such instructions, pro-rata. Upon your election
of another living benefit, Account Value may be transferred between the AST
Bond Portfolio Sub-accounts or, depending on the benefits selected, the AST
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio, and the Permitted Sub-accounts according to a
pre-determined mathematical formula used with that benefit. It is possible
that over time the formula could transfer some, most, or none of the Account
Value to the AST Bond Portfolio Sub-accounts or, depending on the benefits
selected, the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio, under the newly-elected
benefit. YOU ALSO SHOULD BE AWARE THAT UPON CANCELLATION OF THE HIGHEST DAILY
GRO BENEFIT, YOU WILL LOSE ALL GUARANTEES THAT YOU HAD ACCUMULATED UNDER THE
BENEFIT. THUS, THE GUARANTEES UNDER YOUR NEWLY-ELECTED BENEFIT WILL BE BASED
ON YOUR CURRENT ACCOUNT VALUE. THE BENEFIT YOU ELECT OR RE-ELECT MAY BE MORE
EXPENSIVE THAN THE BENEFIT YOU CANCEL. ONCE THE HIGHEST DAILY GRO BENEFIT IS
CANCELED YOU ARE NOT REQUIRED TO RE-ELECT ANOTHER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT AND
ANY SUBSEQUENT BENEFIT ELECTION MAY BE MADE ON OR AFTER THE FIRST VALUATION
DAY FOLLOWING THE CANCELLATION OF THE HIGHEST DAILY GRO BENEFIT PROVIDED THAT
THE BENEFIT YOU ARE LOOKING TO ELECT IS AVAILABLE ON A POST-ISSUE BASIS.
Highest Daily GRO will terminate automatically upon: (a) the death of the
Owner or the Annuitant (in an entity owned contract), unless the Annuity is
continued by the surviving spouse; (b) as of the date Account Value is applied
to begin annuity payments; (c) as of the anniversary of benefit election that
immediately precedes the contractually-mandated latest annuity date, or
(d) upon full surrender of the Annuity. If you elect to terminate the benefit,
Highest Daily GRO will no longer provide any guarantees. The charge for the
Highest Daily GRO benefit will no longer be deducted from your Account Value
upon termination of the benefit.
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS UNDER HIGHEST DAILY GRO
This benefit is subject to certain rules and restrictions, including, but not
limited to the following:
. Upon inception of the benefit, 100% of your Account Value must have
been allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts. The Permitted
Sub-accounts are those described in the Investment Option section of
this prospectus. No fixed interest rate allocations may be in effect
as of the date that you elect to participate in the benefit.
. You cannot participate in any dollar cost averaging benefit that
transfers Account Value from a fixed interest rate option to a
Sub-account.
. Transfers from the other Sub-accounts to an AST bond portfolio
Sub-account or from an AST bond portfolio Sub-account to the other
Sub-accounts under the benefit will not count toward the maximum
number of free transfers allowable under the Annuity.
. Any amounts applied to your Account Value by us on a maturity date
will not be treated as "investment in the contract" for income tax
purposes.
. As the time remaining until the applicable maturity date gradually
decreases, the benefit may become increasingly sensitive to moves to
an AST bond portfolio Sub-account.
. We currently limit the Sub-accounts in which you may allocate Account
Value if you participate in this benefit. Moreover, if you are
invested in prohibited investment options and seek to acquire the
benefit, we will ask you to reallocate to permitted investment options
as a prerequisite to acquiring the benefit. Should we prohibit access
to any investment option, any transfers
96
required to move Account Value to eligible investment options will not
be counted in determining the number of free transfers during an
Annuity Year.
CHARGES UNDER THE BENEFIT
We deduct an annual charge equal to 0. 60% (0.35%, for elections prior to
May 1, 2009) of the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts (including
each AST bond portfolio Sub-account) for participation in the Highest Daily
GRO benefit. The charge is deducted daily. The charge is deducted to
compensate us for: (a) the risk that your Account Value on the maturity date
is less than the amount guaranteed and (b) administration of the benefit. We
reserve the right to increase this fee for newly-issued contracts or new
elections of the benefit. The charges will not exceed the maximum charges
shown in the section of this prospectus entitled "Summary of Contract Fees and
Charges." You will begin paying this charge as of the effective date of the
benefit. We will not refund the charges you have paid even if we never have to
make any payments under the benefit.
OPTIONAL 90% CAP FEATURE FOR HIGHEST DAILY GRO
If you currently own an Annuity and have elected the Highest Daily GRO
benefit, you can elect this optional feature, at no additional cost, which
utilizes a new mathematical formula. The predetermined mathematical formula is
described below and will replace the "Transfer Calculation" portion of the
mathematical formula currently used in connection with your benefit on a
prospective basis. This election may only be made once and may not be revoked
once elected. The new formula is set forth in Appendix Q of this prospectus,
and is described below. Only the election of the 90% cap feature will prevent
all of your Account Value from being allocated to an AST bond portfolio
Sub-account. If all of your Account Value is currently allocated to an AST
bond portfolio Sub-account, it will not transfer back to the Permitted
Sub-accounts unless you elect this 90% cap feature. If you make additional
Purchase Payments, they may result in a transfer of Account Value.
As with the formula that does not include the 90% cap feature, the formula
with the 90% cap feature determines whether a transfer occurs based, among
other things, on an identification of the outstanding guarantee that has the
largest present value. In identifying those guarantees, we consider each
guarantee that already has been set (i.e., on a benefit anniversary), as well
as the "Projected Future Guarantee" (as described above).
Although we employ several AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts for purposes of the
benefit, the formula described in the next paragraph operates so that your
Account Value may be allocated to only one AST bond portfolio Sub-account at
one time. In the description of the formula in the next paragraph, we refer to
the AST bond portfolio Sub-account in which you are invested immediately prior
to any potential asset transfer as the "Current AST bond portfolio
Sub-account." The formula may dictate that a transfer out of the Current AST
bond portfolio Sub-account be made, or alternatively may mandate a transfer
into an AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Any transfer into an AST bond
portfolio Sub-account will be directed to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account
associated with the "current liability" (we refer to that Sub-account as the
"Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account"). Note that if the Current AST bond
portfolio Sub-account is associated with the current liability, then that
Sub-account would be the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account, and we would
simply transfer additional assets into the Sub-account if dictated by the
formula.
Under the new formula, the formula will not execute a transfer to the Transfer
AST bond portfolio Sub-account that results in more than 90% of your Account
Value being allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account ("90% cap
rule"). Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the formula would require a transfer to
the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account that would result in more than 90%
of the Account Value being allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio
Sub-account, only the amount that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value
being allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account will be
transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the Transfer AST bond
portfolio Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the
Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at
least until there is first a formula-initiated transfer out of the Transfer
AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the Transfer
AST bond portfolio Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from
the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account if dictated by the formula
(subject to the 90% cap rule). At no time will the formula make a transfer to
the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account that results in greater than 90%
of your Account Value being allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio
Sub-account. However, it is possible that, due to the investment performance
of your allocations in the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account and your
allocations in the Permitted Sub-accounts you have selected, your Account
Value could be more than 90% invested in the Transfer AST bond portfolio
Sub-account.
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity while the transfer
restriction of the 90% cap feature is in effect, the formula will not transfer
any of such additional purchase payments to the Transfer AST bond portfolio
Sub-account at least until there is first a transfer out of the Transfer AST
bond portfolio Sub-account, regardless of how much of your Account Value is in
the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means that there could be scenarios under
which, because of the additional purchase payments you make, less than 90% of
your entire Account Value is allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio
Sub-account, and the formula will still not transfer any of your Account Value
to the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account (at least until there is first
a transfer out of the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account).
97
For example,
.. March 19, 2010 - a transfer is made that results in the 90% cap rule being
met and now $90,000 is allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio
Sub-account and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
.. March 20, 2010 - you make an additional purchase payment of $10,000. No
transfers have been made from the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account
to the Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on March 19,
2010.
.. As of March 20, 2010 (and at least until first a transfer is made out of
the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account under the formula) the $10,000
payment is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and now you have 82% in
the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted
Sub-accounts (such that $20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts
and $90,000 is allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account).
.. Once there is a transfer out of the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account
(of any amount), the formula will operate as described above, meaning that
the formula could transfer amounts to or from the Transfer AST bond
portfolio Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap
rule).
If at the time you elect the 90% cap rule, more than 90% of your Account Value
is allocated to an AST bond portfolio Sub-account used with the benefit, a
transfer will be made from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account such that
Account Value will be allocated 90% to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and
10% will be allocated to your elected Sub-accounts. Amounts to be transferred
from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account to your elected Sub-accounts will be
transferred according to the following "hierarchy" (i.e., if a given item is
inapplicable, we use the next instruction that is applicable): (a) the
percentages dictated by any existing asset allocation program; or (b) the
percentages dictated by any auto-rebalancing program; or (c) pro-rata
according to amounts currently held in your elected Sub-accounts; or
(d) according to the currently-effective allocation instructions used for the
allocation of subsequent Purchase Payments. It is possible that additional
transfers might occur after this initial transfer if dictated by the formula.
The amount of such additional transfer(s) will vary. If, on the date this
feature is elected, 100% of your Account Value is allocated to the Transfer
AST bond portfolio Sub-account, a transfer of an amount equal to 10% of your
Account Value will be made to your Permitted Sub-accounts.
It is possible that an additional transfer to the Permitted Sub-accounts could
occur the following Valuation Day(s), and in some instances (based upon the
formula) the additional transfer(s) could be large. Thereafter, your Account
Value can be transferred between the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account
and your Permitted Sub-accounts as frequently as daily, based on what the
formula prescribes.
Once the transfer restriction of the 90% cap feature is triggered, future
transfers into the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account will not be made
(regardless of the performance of the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account
and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a transfer out
of the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out
of the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account, future amounts may be
transferred to or from the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account if dictated
by the formula (subject to the 90% cap feature).
IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS WHEN ELECTING THIS FEATURE:
.. At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value may be
allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio Sub-account.
.. Please be aware that because of the way the 90% cap feature mathematical
formula operates, it is possible that more than or less than 90% of your
Account Value may be allocated to the Transfer AST bond portfolio
Sub-account.
.. If this feature is elected, any Account Value transferred to the Permitted
Sub-accounts is subject to the investment performance of those
Sub-accounts. Your Account Value can go up or down depending on the
performance of the Permitted Sub-accounts you select.
Your election of the 90% cap feature will not result in your losing the
guarantees you had accumulated under your existing Highest Daily GRO benefit.
HIGHEST DAILY GUARANTEED RETURN OPTION II (HD GRO II)
You can elect this benefit on the Issue Date of your Annuity, or at any time
thereafter if available. In addition, you may cancel HD GRO II and then
re-elect the benefit beginning on the next Valuation Day if available,
provided that your Account Value is allocated as required by the benefit and
that you otherwise meet our eligibility rules. If you cancel the benefit, you
lose all guarantees that you had accumulated under the benefit. The initial
guarantee under the newly-elected benefit will be based on your current
Account Value at the time the new benefit becomes effective on your Annuity.
HD GRO II is not available if you participate in any other living benefit.
However, HD GRO II may be elected together with any optional death benefit,
other than the Highest Daily Value Death Benefit or the Plus40 Optional Life
Insurance Rider. As detailed below under "Key Feature - Allocation of Account
Value", your participation in this benefit among other things entails your
participation in a program that, as dictated by a predetermined mathematical
formula, may transfer your Account Value between your elected Sub-accounts and
an AST bond portfolio Sub-account.
HD GRO II creates a series of separate guarantees, each of which is based on
the highest Account Value attained on a day during the applicable time period.
As each year of your participation in the benefit passes, we create a new
guarantee. Each guarantee then
98
remains in existence until the date on which it matures (unless the benefit
terminates sooner). We refer to each date on which the specified Account Value
is guaranteed as the "maturity date" for that guarantee. HD GRO II will not
create a guarantee if the maturity date of that guarantee would extend beyond
the date by which annuity payments must commence under the terms of your
Annuity. This is true even with respect to a new Owner who has acquired the
Annuity from the original Owner.
The guarantees provided by the benefit exist only on the applicable maturity
date(s). However, due to the ongoing monitoring of your Account Value, and the
transfer of Account Value to support our future guarantees, the benefit may
provide some protection from significant Sub-account losses. For this same
reason, the benefit may limit your ability to benefit from Sub-account
increases while it is in effect.
The initial guarantee is created on the day that the HD GRO II benefit is
added to your Annuity. We guarantee that your Account Value on the tenth
anniversary of that day (we refer to each such anniversary as a "benefit
anniversary") will not be less than your Account Value on the day that the HD
GRO II benefit was added or re-added to your Annuity. Each benefit anniversary
thereafter, we create a new guarantee. With respect to each such subsequent
guarantee, we identify the highest Account Value that occurred between the
date of that benefit anniversary and the date on which HD GRO II was added to
your Annuity. We guarantee that your Account Value ten years after that
benefit anniversary will be no less than the highest daily Account Value that
occurred during that time period. The following example illustrates the time
period over which we identify the highest daily Account Value for purposes of
each subsequent guarantee under the benefit. If the date of benefit election
were January 1, 2010, we would create a guarantee on January 1, 2014 based on
the highest Account Value achieved between January 1, 2010 and January 1,
2014, and that guarantee would mature on January 1, 2024. As described below,
we adjust each of the guarantee amounts for purchase payments and withdrawals.
If the Account Value on the maturity date is less than the guaranteed amount,
we will contribute funds from our general account to bring your Account Value
up to the guaranteed amount. If the maturity date is not a Valuation Day, then
we would contribute such an amount on the next Valuation Day. We will allocate
any such amount to each Sub-account (other than the AST bond portfolio
Sub-account used with this benefit and described below) in accordance with
your most recent allocations instructions. Regardless of whether we need to
contribute funds at the end of a guarantee period, we will at that time
transfer all amounts held within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated
with the maturing guarantee to your other Sub-accounts on a pro rata basis,
unless your Account Value is being allocated according to an asset allocation
program, in such case your Account Value will be transferred according to the
program.
We increase the amount of each guarantee that has not yet reached its maturity
date, as well as the highest daily Account Value that we calculate to
establish a guarantee, by the amount of each Purchase Payment (including any
associated purchase Credits) made prior to the applicable maturity date. For
example, if the effective date of the benefit was January 1, 2010, and there
was an initial guaranteed amount that was set at $100,000 maturing January 1,
2020, and a second guaranteed amount that was set at $120,000 maturing
January 1, 2021, then a $30,000 Purchase Payment made on March 30, 2011 would
increase the guaranteed amounts to $130,000 and $150,000, respectively.
If you make a withdrawal (including any CDSC), we effect a proportional
reduction to each existing guarantee amount. We calculate a proportional
reduction by reducing each existing guarantee amount by the percentage
represented by the ratio of the withdrawal amount (including any CDSC) to your
Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal.
If you make a withdrawal, we will deduct the withdrawal amount pro rata from
each of your Sub-accounts (including the AST bond portfolio Sub-account used
with this benefit).
Any partial withdrawal for payment of any third party investment advisory
service will be treated as a withdrawal, and will reduce each guarantee amount
proportionally, in the manner indicated above.
EXAMPLE
This example is purely hypothetical and does not reflect the charges for the
benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. It is intended to
illustrate the proportional reduction of a withdrawal on each guarantee amount
under this benefit.
Assume the following:
.. The Issue Date is December 1, 2010
.. The benefit is elected on December 1, 2010
.. The Account Value on December 1, 2010 is $200,000, which results in an
initial guarantee of $200,000
.. An additional guarantee amount of $300,000 is locked in on December 1, 2011
.. The Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal is equal to $300,000
.. For purposes of simplifying these assumptions, we assume hypothetically
that no CDSC is applicable (in general, a CDSC could be inapplicable based
on the Free Withdrawal provision, if the withdrawal was within the CDSC
period)
99
If a withdrawal of $50,000 is taken on December 15, 2011, all guarantee
amounts will be reduced by the ratio the total withdrawal amount represents of
the Account Value just prior to the withdrawal being taken.
HERE IS THE CALCULATION (FIGURES ARE ROUNDED):
Withdrawal Amount $ 50,000
Divided by Account Value before withdrawal $300,000
Equals ratio 16.67%
All guarantees will be reduced by the above ratio (16.67%)
Initial guarantee amount $166,667
Additional guarantee amount $250,000
KEY FEATURE - ALLOCATION OF ACCOUNT VALUE
We limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account Value if you elect
HD GRO II. For purposes of this benefit, we refer to those permitted
investment options (other than the AST bond portfolio used with this benefit)
as the "Permitted Sub-accounts".
HD GRO II uses a predetermined mathematical formula to help manage your
guarantees through all market cycles. The formula applicable to you may not be
altered once you elect the benefit. However, subject to regulatory approval,
we do reserve the right to amend the formula for existing Annuities that elect
the benefit post-issue. This required formula helps us manage our financial
exposure under HD GRO II, by moving assets out of certain Sub-accounts if
dictated by the formula (see below). In essence, we seek to preserve Account
Value, by transferring it to a more stable option (i.e., one or more specified
bond portfolios of Advanced Series Trust). We refer to the Sub-accounts
corresponding to these bond portfolios collectively as the "AST bond portfolio
Sub-accounts". The formula also contemplates the transfer of Account Value
from an AST bond portfolio Sub-account to the other Sub-accounts. The formula
is set forth in Appendix R of this prospectus. A summary description of each
AST bond portfolio Sub-account appears within the prospectus section entitled
"Investment Options". You will be furnished with a prospectus describing the
AST bond portfolios. In addition, you can find a copy of the AST bond
portfolio prospectus by going to www.prudentialannuities.com.
For purposes of operating the HD GRO II formula, we have included within each
Annuity several AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts. Each AST bond portfolio is
unique, in that its underlying investments generally mature at different
times. For example, there would be an AST bond portfolio whose underlying
investments generally mature in 2020, an AST bond portfolio whose underlying
investments generally mature in 2021, and so forth. As discussed below, the
formula determines the appropriate AST bond portfolio Sub-account to which
Account Value is transferred. We will introduce new AST bond portfolio
Sub-accounts in subsequent years, to correspond generally to the length of new
guarantee periods that are created under this benefit. If you have elected HD
GRO II, you may have Account Value allocated to an AST bond portfolio
Sub-account only by operation of the formula, and thus you may not allocate
Purchase Payments to or make transfers to or from an AST bond portfolio
Sub-account.
Although we employ several AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts for purposes of the
benefit, the formula described in the next paragraph operates so that your
Account Value may be allocated to only one AST bond portfolio Sub-account at
one time. The formula determines the appropriate AST bond portfolio
Sub-account to which Account Value is transferred. On any day a transfer into
or out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account is made the formula may dictate
that a transfer out of one AST bond portfolio Sub-account be made into another
AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Any transfer into an AST bond portfolio
Sub-account will be directed to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account associated
with the "current liability", as described below. As indicated, the AST bond
portfolio Sub-accounts are employed with this benefit to help us mitigate the
financial risks under our guarantee. Thus, the applicable formula under the
benefit determines which AST bond portfolio Sub-account your Account Value is
transferred to, and under what circumstances a transfer is made.
In general, the formula works as follows. Under the formula, Account Value
transfers between the "Permitted Sub-accounts" and an AST bond portfolio
Sub-account when dictated. On each Valuation Day, including the effective date
of the benefit, the pre-determined mathematical formula is used to compare
your Account Value to an amount based on the guarantees provided under the
benefit. The formula determines whether a transfer occurs based, among other
things, on an identification of the outstanding guarantee that has the largest
present value. Based on the formula, a determination is made as to whether any
portion of your Account Value is to be transferred to or from the AST bond
portfolio Sub-account. In identifying those guarantees, we consider each
guarantee that already has been set (i.e., on a benefit anniversary), as well
as an amount that we refer to as the "Projected Future Guarantee." The
"Projected Future Guarantee" is an amount equal to the highest Account Value
(adjusted for withdrawals, additional Purchase Payments, and any associated
Credits as described in the section of the prospectus concerning HD GRO II)
within the current benefit year that would result in a new guarantee. For the
Projected Future Guarantee, the assumed guarantee period begins on the current
Valuation Day and ends 10 years from the next anniversary of the effective
date of the benefit. As such, a Projected Future Guarantee could cause a
transfer of Account Value into an AST bond portfolio Sub-account. We only
calculate a Projected Future Guarantee if the assumed guarantee period
associated with that Projected Future Guarantee does not extend beyond the
latest Annuity Date applicable to the Annuity. The amount that is transferred
to and from the
100
AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts pursuant to the formula depends upon the
factors set forth in the seven bullet points below, some of which relate to
the guarantee amount(s), including the Projected Future Guarantee.
For each outstanding guarantee and the Projected Future Guarantee, the formula
begins by determining the present value on that Valuation Day that, if
appreciated at the applicable "discount rate", would equal the applicable
guarantee amount on the Maturity Date. As detailed in the formula, the
discount rate is an interest rate determined by taking a benchmark index used
within the financial services industry and then reducing that interest rate by
a prescribed adjustment. Once selected, we do not change the applicable
benchmark index (although we do reserve the right to use a new benchmark index
if the original benchmark is discontinued). The greatest of each such present
value is referred to as the "current liability" in the formula. The formula
compares the current liability to the amount of your Account Value held within
the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and to your Account Value held within the
Permitted Sub-accounts. If the current liability, reduced by the amount held
within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, and divided by the amount held
within the Permitted Sub-accounts, exceeds an upper target value (currently,
85%), then the formula will make a transfer into the AST bond portfolio
Sub-account, in the amount dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap
feature discussed below). If the current liability, reduced by the amount held
within the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, and divided by the amount within
the Permitted Sub-accounts, is less than a lower target value (currently,
79%), then the formula will transfer Account Value from the AST bond portfolio
Sub-account into the Permitted Sub-accounts, in the amount dictated by the
formula.
The formula will not execute a transfer to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account
that results in more than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the AST
bond portfolio Sub-account ("90% cap"). Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the
formula would require a transfer to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account that
would result in more than 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST
bond portfolio Sub-account, only the amount that results in exactly 90% of the
Account Value being allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account will be
transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the AST bond portfolio
Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the AST bond
portfolio Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is
first a transfer out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account. Once this transfer
occurs out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account, future amounts may be
transferred to or from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account if dictated by the
formula (subject to the 90% cap). At no time will the formula make a transfer
to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account that results in greater than 90% of your
Account Value being allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account. However,
it is possible that, due to the investment performance of your allocations in
the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and your allocations in the Permitted
Sub-accounts you have selected, your Account Value could be more than 90%
invested in the AST bond portfolio Sub-account. If you make additional
Purchase Payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is in effect, the formula
will not transfer any of such additional Purchase Payments to the AST bond
portfolio Sub-account at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST
bond portfolio Sub-account, regardless of how much of your Account Value is in
the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means that there could be scenarios under
which, because of the additional Purchase Payments you make, less than 90% of
your entire Account Value is allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account,
and the formula will still not transfer any of your Account Value to the AST
bond portfolio Sub-account (at least until there is first a transfer out of
the AST bond portfolio Sub-account).
For example,
.. March 17, 2011 - a transfer is made to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account
that results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is allocated to the
AST bond portfolio Sub-account and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts.
.. March 18, 2011 - you make an additional Purchase Payment of $10,000. No
transfers have been made from the AST bond portfolio Sub-account to the
Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on March 17, 2011.
.. On March 18, 2011 (and at least until first a transfer is made out of the
AST bond portfolio Sub-account under the formula) - the $10,000 payment is
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this date you have 82% in
the AST bond portfolio Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted Sub-accounts
(such that $20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000
to the AST bond portfolio Sub-account).
.. Once there is a transfer out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-account (of any
amount), the formula will operate as described above, meaning that the
formula could transfer amounts to or from the AST bond portfolio
Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap).
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into and out of
effect multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue
to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST bond portfolio Sub-account as dictated by the formula.
As discussed above, each Valuation Day, the formula analyzes the difference
between your Account Value and your guarantees as well as how long you have
owned the benefit, and determines if any portion of your Account Value needs
to be transferred into or out of the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts.
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or most of your Account Value may be
allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts.
The amount that is transferred to and from the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts
pursuant to the formula depends upon a number of factors unique to your
Annuity (and is not necessarily directly correlated with the securities
markets, bond markets, or interest rates, in general) including:
.. The difference between your Account Value and your guarantee amount(s);
101
.. The amount of time until the maturity of your guarantee(s);
.. The amount invested in, and the performance of, the Permitted Sub-accounts;
.. The amount invested in, and the performance of, the AST bond portfolio
Sub-accounts;
.. The discount rate used to determine the present value of your guarantee(s);
.. Additional Purchase Payments, if any, that you make to the Annuity; and
.. Withdrawals, if any, taken from the Annuity.
Any amounts invested in the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts will affect your
ability to participate in a subsequent market recovery within the Permitted
Sub-accounts. Conversely, the Account Value may be higher at the beginning of
the market recovery, e.g. more of the Account Value may have been protected
from decline and volatility than it otherwise would have been had the benefit
not been elected.
The AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts are available only with certain optional
living benefits, and you may not allocate Purchase Payments to or transfer
Account Value to or from the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts.
Transfers under the formula do not impact any guarantees under the benefit
that have already been locked-in.
ELECTION/CANCELLATION OF THE BENEFIT
HD GRO II can be elected on the Issue Date of your Annuity, or on any
Valuation Day thereafter, provided that your Account Value is allocated in a
manner permitted with the benefit and you otherwise meet our eligibility
requirements. You may elect HD GRO II only if the oldest of the Owner and
Annuitant is 84 or younger on the date of election (80 or younger, in New
York). If you currently participate in a living benefit that may be cancelled,
you may terminate that benefit at any time and elect HD GRO II. However you
will lose all guarantees that you had accumulated under the previous benefit.
The initial guarantee under HD GRO II will be based on your current Account
Value at the time the new benefit becomes effective on your Annuity.
HD GRO II will terminate automatically upon: (a) the death of the Owner or the
Annuitant (in an entity owned contract), unless the Annuity is continued by
the surviving spouse; (b) as of the date Account Value is applied to begin
annuity payments; (c) as of the anniversary of benefit election that
immediately precedes the contractually-mandated latest annuity date, or
(d) upon full surrender of the Annuity. If you elect to terminate the benefit,
HD GRO II will no longer provide any guarantees. The charge for the HD GRO II
benefit will no longer be deducted from your Account Value upon termination of
the benefit.
If you wish, you may cancel the HD GRO II benefit. You may then elect any
other currently available living benefit beginning on the next Valuation Day
after you have cancelled the HD GRO II benefit, provided that your Account
Value is allocated in the manner permitted with the benefit and you otherwise
meet our eligibility requirements. Upon cancellation of the HD GRO II benefit,
any Account Value allocated to the AST bond portfolio Sub-accounts used with
the formula will be reallocated to the Permitted Sub-Accounts according to
your most recent allocation instructions or, in absence of such instructions,
pro-rata (i.e., in direct proportion to your current allocations). Upon your
re-election of HD GRO II, Account Value may be transferred between the AST
bond portfolio Sub-accounts and the other Sub-accounts according to the
predetermined mathematical formula (see "Key Feature - Allocation of Account
Value" section for more details). It is possible that over time the formula
could transfer some, most, or none of the Account Value to the AST bond
portfolio Sub-accounts under the newly-elected benefit. YOU ALSO SHOULD BE
AWARE THAT UPON CANCELLATION OF THE HD GRO II BENEFIT, YOU WILL LOSE ALL
GUARANTEES THAT YOU HAD ACCUMULATED UNDER THE BENEFIT. THUS, THE GUARANTEES
UNDER YOUR NEWLY-ELECTED BENEFIT WILL BE BASED ON YOUR CURRENT ACCOUNT VALUE
AT THE TIME THE NEW BENEFIT BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THE BENEFIT YOU ELECT OR
RE-ELECT MAY BE MORE EXPENSIVE THAN THE BENEFIT YOU CANCEL.
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS UNDER HD GRO II
This benefit is subject to certain rules and restrictions, including, but not
limited to the following:
.. Upon inception of the benefit, 100% of your Account Value must be allocated
to the Permitted Sub-accounts. The Permitted Sub-accounts are those
described in the Investment Option section of the prospectus. No fixed
interest rate allocations may be in effect as of the date that you elect to
participate in the benefit.
.. Transfers to and from your elected Sub-accounts and an AST bond portfolio
Sub-account will not count toward the maximum number of free transfers
allowable under the Annuity.
.. Any amounts applied to your Account Value by us on a maturity date will not
be treated as "investment in the contract" for income tax purposes.
.. As the time remaining until the applicable maturity date gradually
decreases, the benefit may become increasingly sensitive to moves to an AST
bond portfolio Sub-account.
.. We currently limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate Account Value
if you participate in this benefit. Moreover, if you are invested in
prohibited investment options and seek to acquire the benefit, we will ask
you to reallocate to permitted investment options as a prerequisite to
acquiring the benefit. Should we prohibit access to any investment option,
any transfers required to move Account Value to eligible investment options
will not be counted in determining the number of free transfers during an
Annuity Year.
102
.. If you elect this benefit, and in connection with that election you are
required to reallocate to different investment options permitted under this
benefit, then on the Valuation Day on which we receive your request in Good
Order, we will (i) sell units of the non-permitted investment options and
(ii) invest the proceeds of those sales in the permitted investment options
that you have designated. During this reallocation process, your Account
Value allocated to the Sub-accounts will remain exposed to investment risk,
as is the case generally. The newly-elected benefit will commence at the
close of business on the following Valuation Day. The protection afforded
by the newly-elected benefit will not arise until the close of business on
the following Valuation Day.
CHARGES UNDER THE BENEFIT
We deduct an annualized charge equal to 0.60% of the average daily net assets
of the Sub-accounts (including any AST bond portfolio Sub-account) for
participation in the HD GRO II benefit. The annual charge is deducted daily.
The charge is deducted to compensate us for: (a) the risk that your Account
Value on the maturity date is less than the amount guaranteed and
(b) administration of the benefit. You will begin paying this charge as of the
effective date of the benefit. We will not refund the charges you have paid
even if we never have to make any payments under the benefit.
GUARANTEED MINIMUM WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT (GMWB)
The Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit is no longer available for new
elections.
The Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit guarantees your ability to withdraw
amounts equal to an initial principal value (called the "Protected Value"),
regardless of the impact of Sub-account performance on your Account Value,
subject to our benefit rules regarding the timing and amount of withdrawals.
The benefit may be appropriate if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from
your Annuity and wish to ensure that Sub-account performance will not affect
your ability to protect your principal. You are not required to make
withdrawals as part of the benefit - the guarantee is not lost if you withdraw
less than the maximum allowable amount of principal each year under the rules
of the benefit. There is an additional charge if you elected the GMWB benefit;
however, the charge may be waived under certain circumstances described below.
KEY FEATURE - PROTECTED VALUE
The Protected Value is the total amount that we guarantee will be available to
you through withdrawals from your Annuity and/or benefit payments, regardless
of the impact of Sub-account performance on your Account Value. The Protected
Value is reduced with each withdrawal you make until the Protected Value is
reduced to zero. When the Protected Value is reduced to zero due to your
withdrawals, the GMWB benefit terminates. Additionally, the Protected Value is
used to determine the maximum annual amount that you can withdraw from your
Annuity, called the Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount, without triggering an
adjustment in the Protected Value on a proportional basis. The Protected Value
is referred to as the "Benefit Base" in the rider we issue for this benefit.
The Protected Value is determined as of the date you make your first
withdrawal under your Annuity following your election of the GMWB benefit. The
initial Protected Value is equal to the greater of (A) the Account Value on
the date you elect the GMWB benefit, plus any additional purchase payments
(plus any Credits applied to such purchase payments under XT6) before the date
of your first withdrawal; or (B) the Account Value as of the date of the first
withdrawal from your Annuity. The Protected Value may be enhanced by increases
in your Account Value due to market performance during the period between your
election of the GMWB benefit and the date of your first withdrawal.
.. If you elect the GMWB benefit at the time you purchase your Annuity, the
Account Value will be your initial Purchase Payment (plus any Credits
applied to such purchase payments under XT6).
.. If we offer the GMWB benefit to existing Annuity Owners, the Account Value
on the anniversary of the Issue Date of your Annuity following your
election of the GMWB benefit will be used to determine the initial
Protected Value.
.. If you make additional purchase payments after your first withdrawal, the
Protected Value will be increased by the amount of the additional Purchase
Payment (plus any Credits applied to such purchase payments under XT6).
You may elect to step-up your Protected Value if, due to positive market
performance, your Account Value is greater than the Protected Value. You are
eligible to step-up the Protected Value on or after the 5th anniversary
following the first withdrawal under the GMWB benefit. The Protected Value can
be stepped up again on or after the 5th anniversary following the preceding
step-up. If you elect to step-up the Protected Value, you must do so during
the 30-day period prior to your eligibility date. If you elect to step-up the
Protected Value under the benefit, and on the date you elect to step-up, the
charges under the GMWB benefit have changed for new purchasers, your benefit
may be subject to the new charge going forward.
Upon election of the step-up, we reset the Protected Value to be equal to the
then current Account Value. For example, assume your initial Protected Value
was $100,000 and you have made cumulative withdrawals of $40,000, reducing the
Protected Value to $60,000. On the date you are eligible to step-up the
Protected Value, your Account Value is equal to $75,000. You could elect to
step-up the Protected Value to $75,000 on the date you are eligible. Upon
election of the step-up, we also reset the Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount
(discussed immediately below) to be equal to the greater of (A) the Protected
Annual Withdrawal Amount immediately prior to the reset; and (B) 7% of the
Protected Value immediately after the reset.
103
KEY FEATURE - PROTECTED ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT
The initial Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount is equal to 7% of the Protected
Value. Under the GMWB benefit, if your cumulative withdrawals each Annuity
Year are less than or equal to the Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount, your
Protected Value will be reduced on a "dollar-for-dollar" basis (the Protected
Value is reduced by the actual amount of the withdrawal, including any CDSC or
MVA that may apply). Cumulative withdrawals in any Annuity Year that exceed
the Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount trigger a proportional adjustment to
both the Protected Value and the Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount, as
described in the rider for this benefit (see the examples of this calculation
below). The Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount is referred to as the "Maximum
Annual Benefit" in the rider we issue for this benefit.
THE GMWB BENEFIT DOES NOT AFFECT YOUR ABILITY TO MAKE WITHDRAWALS UNDER YOUR
ANNUITY OR LIMIT YOUR ABILITY TO REQUEST WITHDRAWALS THAT EXCEED THE PROTECTED
ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT. You are not required to withdraw all or any portion
of the Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount each Annuity Year.
.. If, cumulatively, you withdraw an amount less than the Protected Annual
Withdrawal Amount in any Annuity Year, you cannot carry-over the unused
portion of the Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount to subsequent Annuity
Years. However, because the Protected Value is only reduced by the actual
amount of withdrawals you make under these circumstances, any unused
Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount may extend the period of time until the
remaining Protected Value is reduced to zero.
.. Additional purchase payments will increase the Protected Annual Withdrawal
Amount by 7% of the applicable Purchase Payment (and any Credits we apply
to such purchase payments under XT6).
.. If the Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount after an adjustment exceeds the
Protected Value, the Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount will be set equal
to the Protected Value.
The following examples of dollar-for dollar and proportional reductions and
the reset of the Maximum Annual Benefit assume that: 1.) the Issue Date and
the effective date of the GMWB benefit are October 13, 2005; 2.) an initial
Purchase Payment of $250,000 (includes any Credits in the case of XT6); 3.) a
Protected Value of $250,000; and 4.) a Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount of
$17,500 (7% of $250,000). The values set forth here are purely hypothetical
and do not reflect the charge for GMWB or any other fees and charges.
EXAMPLE 1. DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR REDUCTION
A $10,000 withdrawal is taken on November 13, 2005 (in the first Annuity
Year). No prior withdrawals have been taken. As the amount withdrawn is less
than the Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount:
.. The Protected Value is reduced by the amount withdrawn (i.e., by $10,000,
from $250,000 to $240,000).
.. The remaining Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount for the balance of the
first Annuity Year is also reduced by the amount withdrawn (from $17,500 to
$7,500).
EXAMPLE 2. DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR AND PROPORTIONAL REDUCTIONS
A second $10,000 withdrawal is taken on December 13, 2005 (still within the
first Annuity Year). The Account Value immediately before the withdrawal is
$220,000. As the amount withdrawn exceeds the remaining Protected Annual
Withdrawal Amount of $7,500 from Example 1:
.. The Protected Value is first reduced by the remaining Protected Annual
Withdrawal Amount (from $240,000 to $232,500);
.. The result is then further reduced by the ratio of A to B, where:
-- A is the amount withdrawn less the remaining Protected Annual Withdrawal
Amount ($10,000 - $7,500, or $2,500).
-- B is the Account Value less the remaining Protected Annual Withdrawal
Amount ($220,000 - $7,500, or $212,500).
The resulting Protected Value is: $232,500 X (1 - $2,500 / $212,500), or
$229,764.71.
.. The Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount is also reduced by the ratio of A to
B: The resulting Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount is: $17,500 X (1 -
$2,500 / $212,500), or $17,294.12.
-- The remaining Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount is set to zero (0) for
the balance of the first Annuity Year.
EXAMPLE 3. RESET OF THE MAXIMUM ANNUAL BENEFIT
A $10,000 withdrawal is made on October 13, 2006 (second Annuity Year). The
remaining Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount has been reset to the Protected
Annual Withdrawal Amount of $17,294.12 from Example 2. As the amount withdrawn
is less than the remaining Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount:
.. The Protected Value is reduced by the amount withdrawn (i.e., reduced by
$10,000, from $229,764.71 to $219,764.71).
.. The remaining Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount for the balance of the
second Annuity Year is also reduced by the amount withdrawn (from
$17,294.12 to $7,294.12).
104
BENEFITS UNDER GMWB
.. In addition to any withdrawals you make under the GMWB benefit, Sub-account
performance may reduce your Account Value. If your Account Value is equal
to zero, and you have not received all of your Protected Value in the form
of withdrawals from your Annuity, we will continue to make payments equal
to the remaining Protected Value in the form of fixed, periodic payments
until the remainder of the Protected Value is paid, at which time the rider
terminates. The fixed, periodic payments will each be equal to the
Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount, except for the last payment which may
be equal to the remaining Protected Value. We will determine the duration
for which periodic payments will continue by dividing the Protected Value
by the Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount. You will not have the right to
make additional purchase payments or receive the remaining Protected Value
in a lump sum. You can elect the frequency of payments, subject to our
rules then in effect.
.. If the death benefit under your Annuity becomes payable before you have
received all of your Protected Value in the form of withdrawals from your
Annuity, your Beneficiary has the option to elect to receive the remaining
Protected Value as an alternate death benefit payout in lieu of the amount
payable under any other death benefit provided under your Annuity. The
remaining Protected Value will be payable in the form of fixed, periodic
payments. Your beneficiary can elect the frequency of payments, subject to
our rules then in effect. We will determine the duration for which periodic
payments will continue by dividing the Protected Value by the Protected
Annual Withdrawal Amount. THE PROTECTED VALUE IS NOT EQUAL TO THE ACCOUNT
VALUE FOR PURPOSES OF THE ANNUITY'S OTHER DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS. THE GMWB
BENEFIT DOES NOT INCREASE OR DECREASE THE AMOUNT OTHERWISE PAYABLE UNDER
THE ANNUITY'S OTHER DEATH BENEFIT OPTIONS. GENERALLY, THE GMWB BENEFIT
WOULD BE OF VALUE TO YOUR BENEFICIARY ONLY WHEN THE PROTECTED VALUE AT
DEATH EXCEEDS ANY OTHER AMOUNT AVAILABLE AS A DEATH BENEFIT.
.. If you elect to begin receiving annuity payments before you have received
all of your Protected Value in the form of withdrawals from your Annuity,
an additional annuity payment option will be available that makes fixed
annuity payments for a certain period, determined by dividing the Protected
Value by the Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount. If you elect to receive
annuity payments calculated in this manner, the assumed interest rate used
to calculate such payments will be 0%, which is less than the assumed
interest rate on other annuity payment options we offer. This 0% assumed
interest rate results in lower annuity payments than what would have been
paid if the assumed interest rate was higher than 0%. You can also elect to
terminate the GMWB benefit and begin receiving annuity payments based on
your then current Account Value (not the remaining Protected Value) under
any of the available annuity payment options.
OTHER IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS
.. Withdrawals under the GMWB benefit are subject to all of the terms and
conditions of your Annuity, including any CDSC and MVA that may apply.
.. Withdrawals made while the GMWB benefit is in effect will be treated, for
tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under your Annuity.
.. The GMWB benefit does not directly affect your Annuity's Account Value or
Surrender Value, but any withdrawal will decrease the Account Value by the
amount of the withdrawal. If you surrender your Annuity, you will receive
the current Surrender Value, not the Protected Value.
.. You can make withdrawals from your Annuity while your Account Value is
greater than zero without purchasing the GMWB benefit. The GMWB benefit
provides a guarantee that if your Account Value declines due to market
performance, you will be able to receive your Protected Value in the form
of periodic benefit payments.
.. We currently limit the Sub-accounts in which you may allocate Account Value
if you participate in this benefit. Should we prohibit access to any
investment option, any transfers required to move Account Value to eligible
investment options will not be counted in determining the number of free
transfers during an Annuity Year.
ELECTION OF THE BENEFIT
The GMWB benefit is no longer available. If you currently participate in GMWB,
your existing guarantees are unaffected by the fact that we no longer offer
GMWB.
We reserve the right to restrict the maximum amount of Protected Value that
may be covered under the GMWB benefit under this Annuity or any other
annuities that you own that are issued by Prudential Annuities or its
affiliated companies.
TERMINATION OF THE BENEFIT
The benefit terminates automatically when your Protected Value reaches zero
based on your withdrawals. You may terminate the benefit at any time by
notifying us. If you terminate the benefit, any guarantee provided by the
benefit will terminate as of the date the termination is effective. The
benefit terminates upon your surrender of your Annuity, upon due proof of
death (unless your surviving spouse elects to continue your Annuity and the
GMWB benefit or your Beneficiary elects to receive the amounts payable under
the GMWB benefit in lieu of the death benefit) or upon your election to begin
receiving annuity payments.
The charge for the GMWB benefit will no longer be deducted from your Account
Value upon termination of the benefit.
PLEASE NOTE THAT IF YOU TERMINATE A LIVING BENEFIT SUCH AS GMWB AND ELECT A
NEW LIVING BENEFIT, YOU LOSE THE GUARANTEES THAT YOU HAD ACCUMULATED UNDER
YOUR EXISTING BENEFIT AND WILL BEGIN THE NEW GUARANTEES UNDER THE NEW BENEFIT
YOU ELECT BASED
105
ON YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AS OF THE DATE THE NEW BENEFIT BECOMES ACTIVE. WE
RESERVE THE RIGHT TO WAIVE, CHANGE AND/OR FURTHER LIMIT THE ELECTION FREQUENCY
IN THE FUTURE.
CHARGES UNDER THE BENEFIT
.. Currently, we deduct a charge equal to 0.35% of the average daily net
assets of the Sub-accounts per year for the GMWB benefit. The annual charge
is deducted daily.
.. If, during the seven years following the effective date of the benefit, you
do not make any withdrawals, and also during the five years after the
effective date of the benefit you make no purchase payment, we will
thereafter waive the charge for GMWB. If you make a purchase payment after
we have instituted that fee waiver (whether that purchase payment is
directed to a Sub-account or to a Fixed Allocation), we will resume
imposing the GMWB fee (without notifying you of the resumption of the
charge). Withdrawals that you take after the fee waiver has been instituted
will not result in the re-imposition of the GMWB charge.
.. If you elect to step-up the Protected Value under the benefit, and on the
date you elect to step-up, the charges under the benefit have changed for
new purchasers, your benefit may be subject to the new charge level for the
benefit.
ADDITIONAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR QUALIFIED CONTRACTS/ARRANGEMENTS
If you purchase an Annuity as an investment vehicle for "qualified"
investments, including an IRA, SEP-IRA, Tax Sheltered Annuity (or 403(b)) or
employer plan under Code Section 401(a), the required minimum distribution
rules under the Code provide that you begin receiving periodic amounts from
your Annuity beginning after age 70 1/2. For a Tax Sheltered Annuity or a
401(a) plan for which the participant is not a greater than 5 percent owner of
the employer, this required beginning date can generally be deferred to
retirement, if later. Roth IRAs are not subject to these rules during the
owner's lifetime. The amount required under the Code may exceed the Protected
Annual Withdrawal Amount, which will cause us to recalculate the Protected
Value and the Protected Annual Withdrawal Amount, resulting in a lower amount
payable in future Annuity Years. In addition, the amount and duration of
payments under the annuity payment and death benefit provisions may be
adjusted so that the payments do not trigger any penalty or excise taxes due
to tax considerations such as required minimum distribution provisions under
the tax law.
GUARANTEED MINIMUM INCOME BENEFIT (GMIB)
The Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit is no longer available for new elections.
The Guaranteed Minimum Income Benefit is an optional benefit that, after a
seven-year waiting period, guarantees your ability to begin receiving income
from your Annuity in the form of annuity payments based on a guaranteed
minimum value (called the "Protected Income Value") that increases after the
waiting period begins, regardless of the impact of Sub-account performance on
your Account Value. The benefit may be appropriate for you if you anticipate
using your Annuity as a future source of periodic fixed income payments for
the remainder of your life and wish to ensure that the basis upon which your
income payments will be calculated will achieve at least a minimum amount
despite fluctuations in market performance. There is an additional charge if
you elected the GMIB benefit.
KEY FEATURE - PROTECTED INCOME VALUE
The Protected Income Value is the minimum amount that we guarantee will be
available (net of any applicable tax charge), after a waiting period of at
least seven years, as a basis to begin receiving fixed annuity payments. The
Protected Income Value is initially established on the effective date of the
GMIB benefit and is equal to your Account Value on such date. Currently, since
the GMIB benefit may only be elected at issue, the effective date is the Issue
Date of your Annuity. The Protected Income Value is increased daily based on
an annual growth rate of 5%, subject to the limitations described below. The
Protected Income Value is referred to as the "Protected Value" in the rider we
issue for this benefit. The 5% annual growth rate is referred to as the
"Roll-Up Percentage" in the rider we issue for this benefit.
The Protected Income Value is subject to a limit of 200% (2X) of the sum of
the Protected Income Value established on the effective date of the GMIB
benefit, or the effective date of any step-up value, plus any additional
purchase payments (and any Credit that is applied to such purchase payments in
the case of XT6) made after the waiting period begins ("Maximum Protected
Income Value"), minus the sum of any reductions in the Protected Income Value
due to withdrawals you make from your Annuity after the waiting period begins.
. Subject to the maximum age/durational limits described immediately
below, we will no longer increase the Protected Income Value by the 5%
annual growth rate once you reach the Maximum Protected Income Value.
However, we will increase the Protected Income Value by the amount of
any additional purchase payments after you reach the Maximum Protected
Income Value. Further, if you make withdrawals after you reach the
Maximum Protected Income Value, we will reduce the Protected Income
Value and the Maximum Protected Income Value by the proportional
impact of the withdrawal on your Account Value.
. Subject to the Maximum Protected Income Value, we will no longer
increase the Protected Income Value by the 5% annual growth rate after
the later of the anniversary date on or immediately following the
Annuitant's 80/th/ birthday or the 7 /th/ anniversary of the later of
the effective date of the GMIB benefit or the effective date of the
most recent step-up. However, we will increase the Protected Income
Value by the amount of any additional purchase payments (and any
Credit that is applied to
106
such purchase payments in the case of XT6). Further, if you make
withdrawals after the Annuitant reaches the maximum age/duration
limits, we will reduce the Protected Income Value and the Maximum
Protected Income Value by the proportional impact of the withdrawal on
your Account Value.
. Subject to the Maximum Protected Income Value, if you make an
additional Purchase Payment, we will increase the Protected Income
Value by the amount of the Purchase Payment (and any Credit that is
applied to such Purchase Payment in the case of XT6) and will apply
the 5% annual growth rate on the new amount from the date the Purchase
Payment is applied.
. As described below, after the waiting period begins, cumulative
withdrawals each Annuity Year that are up to 5% of the Protected
Income Value on the prior anniversary of your Annuity will reduce the
Protected Income Value by the amount of the withdrawal. Cumulative
withdrawals each Annuity Year in excess of 5% of the Protected Income
Value on the prior anniversary of your Annuity will reduce the
Protected Income Value proportionately. All withdrawals after the
Maximum Protected Income Value is reached will reduce the Protected
Income Value proportionately. The 5% annual growth rate will be
applied to the reduced Protected Income Value from the date of the
withdrawal.
STEPPING-UP THE PROTECTED INCOME VALUE - You may elect to "step-up" or
85reset" your Protected Income Value if your Account Value is greater than the
current Protected Income Value. Upon exercise of the step-up provision, your
initial Protected Income Value will be reset equal to your current Account
Value. From the date that you elect to step-up the Protected Income Value, we
will apply the 5% annual growth rate to the stepped-up Protected Income Value,
as described above. You can exercise the step-up provision twice while the
GMIB benefit is in effect, and only while the Annuitant is less than age 76.
. A new seven-year waiting period will be established upon the effective
date of your election to step-up the Protected Income Value. You
cannot exercise your right to begin receiving annuity payments under
the GMIB benefit until the end of the new waiting period. In light of
this waiting period upon resets, it is not recommended that you reset
your GMIB if the required beginning date under IRS minimum
distribution requirements would commence during the 7 year waiting
period. See "Tax Considerations" section in this prospectus for
additional information on IRS requirements.
. The Maximum Protected Income Value will be reset as of the effective
date of any step-up. The new Maximum Protected Income Value will be
equal to 200% of the sum of the Protected Income Value as of the
effective date of the step-up plus any subsequent purchase payments
(and any Credit that is applied to such purchase payments in the case
of XT6), minus the impact of any withdrawals after the date of the
step-up.
. When determining the guaranteed annuity purchase rates for annuity
payments under the GMIB benefit, we will apply such rates based on the
number of years since the most recent step-up.
. If you elect to step-up the Protected Income Value under the benefit,
and on the date you elect to step-up, the charges under the GMIB
benefit have changed for new purchasers, your benefit may be subject
to the new charge going forward.
. A step-up will increase the dollar for dollar limit on the anniversary
of the Issue Date of the Annuity following such step-up.
Impact of Withdrawals on the Protected Income Value - Cumulative withdrawals
each Annuity Year up to 5% of the Protected Income Value will reduce the
Protected Income Value on a "dollar-for-dollar" basis (the Protected Income
Value is reduced by the actual amount of the withdrawal). Cumulative
withdrawals in any Annuity Year in excess of 5% of the Protected Income Value
will reduce the Protected Income Value proportionately (see the examples of
this calculation below). The 5% annual withdrawal amount is determined on each
anniversary of the Issue Date (or on the Issue Date for the first Annuity
Year) and applies to any withdrawals during the Annuity Year. This means that
the amount available for withdrawals each Annuity Year on a
"dollar-for-dollar" basis is adjusted on each Annuity anniversary to reflect
changes in the Protected Income Value during the prior Annuity Year.
The following examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions assume
that: 1.) the Issue Date and the effective date of the GMIB benefit are
October 13, 2005; 2.) an initial Purchase Payment of $250,000 (includes any
Credits in the case of XT6); 3.) an initial Protected Income Value of
$250,000; and 4.) a dollar-for-dollar limit of $12,500 (5% of $250,000). The
values set forth here are purely hypothetical and do not reflect the charge
for GMIB or any other fees and charges.
EXAMPLE 1. DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR REDUCTION
A $10,000 withdrawal is taken on November 13, 2005 (in the first Annuity
Year). No prior withdrawals have been taken. Immediately prior to the
withdrawal, the Protected Income Value is $251,038.10 (the initial value
accumulated for 31 days at an annual effective rate of 5%). As the amount
withdrawn is less than the dollar-for-dollar limit:
.. The Protected Income Value is reduced by the amount withdrawn (i.e., by
$10,000, from $251,038.10 to $241,038.10).
.. The remaining dollar-for-dollar limit ("Remaining Limit") for the balance
of the first Annuity Year is also reduced by the amount withdrawn (from
$12,500 to $2,500).
EXAMPLE 2. DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR AND PROPORTIONAL REDUCTIONS
A second $10,000 withdrawal is taken on December 13, 2005 (still within the
first Annuity Year). Immediately before the withdrawal, the Account Value is
$220,000 and the Protected Income Value is $242,006.64. As the amount
withdrawn exceeds the Remaining Limit of $2,500 from Example 1:
.. The Protected Income Value is first reduced by the Remaining Limit (from
$242,006.64 to $239,506.64);
.. The result is then further reduced by the ratio of A to B, where:
-- A is the amount withdrawn less the Remaining Limit ($10,000 - $2,500, or
$7,500).
-- B is the Account Value less the Remaining Limit ($220,000 - $2,500, or
$217,500).
107
The resulting Protected Income Value is: $239,506.64 X (1 - $7,500 /
$217,500), or $231,247.79.
.. The Remaining Limit is set to zero (0) for the balance of the first Annuity
Year.
EXAMPLE 3. RESET OF THE DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR LIMIT
A $10,000 withdrawal is made on the first anniversary of the Issue Date,
October 13, 2006 (second Annuity Year). Prior to the withdrawal, the Protected
Income Value is $240,838.37. The Remaining Limit is reset to 5% of this
amount, or $12,041.92. As the amount withdrawn is less than the
dollar-for-dollar limit:
.. The Protected Income Value is reduced by the amount withdrawn (i.e.,
reduced by $10,000, from $240,838.37 to $230,838.37).
.. The Remaining Limit for the balance of the second Annuity Year is also
reduced by the amount withdrawn (from $12,041.92 to $2,041.92).
KEY FEATURE - GMIB ANNUITY PAYMENTS
You can elect to apply the Protected Income Value to one of the available GMIB
Annuity Payment Options on any anniversary date following the initial waiting
period, or any subsequent waiting period established upon your election to
step-up the Protected Income Value. Once you have completed the waiting
period, you will have a 30-day period each year, after the Annuity
anniversary, during which you may elect to begin receiving annuity payments
under one of the available GMIB Annuity Payment Options. You must elect one of
the GMIB Annuity Payment Options by the anniversary of the Annuity's Issue
Date on or immediately following the Annuitant's or your 95/th/ birthday
(whichever is sooner), except for Annuities used as a funding vehicle for an
IRA, SEP IRA or 403(b), in which case you must elect one of the GMIB Annuity
Payment Options by the anniversary of the Annuity's Issue Date on or
immediately following the Annuitant's 92/nd/ birthday.
Your Annuity or state law may require you to begin receiving annuity payments
at an earlier date.
The amount of each GMIB Annuity Payment will be determined based on the age
and, where permitted by law, sex of the Annuitant by applying the Protected
Income Value (net of any applicable tax charge that may be due) to the GMIB
Annuity Payment Option you choose. We use special annuity purchase rates to
calculate the amount of each payment due under the GMIB Annuity Payment
Options. These special rates for the GMIB Annuity Payment Options are
calculated using an assumed interest rate factor that provides for lower
growth in the value applied to produce annuity payments than if you elected an
annuity payment option that is not part of the GMIB benefit. These special
rates also are calculated using other factors such as "age setbacks" (use of
an age lower than the Annuitant's actual age) that result in lower payments
than would result if you elected an annuity payment option that is not part of
the GMIB benefit. Use of an age setback entails a longer assumed life for the
Annuitant which in turn results in lower annuity payments.
ON THE DATE THAT YOU ELECT TO BEGIN RECEIVING GMIB ANNUITY PAYMENTS, WE
GUARANTEE THAT YOUR PAYMENTS WILL BE CALCULATED BASED ON YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE
AND OUR THEN CURRENT ANNUITY PURCHASE RATES IF THE PAYMENT AMOUNT CALCULATED
ON THIS BASIS WOULD BE HIGHER THAN IT WOULD BE BASED ON THE PROTECTED INCOME
VALUE AND THE SPECIAL GMIB ANNUITY PURCHASE RATES.
GMIB ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTION 1 - PAYMENTS FOR LIFE WITH A CERTAIN PERIOD
Under this option, monthly annuity payments will be made until the death of
the Annuitant. If the Annuitant dies before having received 120 monthly
annuity payments, the remainder of the 120 monthly annuity payments will be
made to the Beneficiary.
GMIB ANNUITY PAYMENT OPTION 2 - PAYMENTS FOR JOINT LIVES WITH A CERTAIN PERIOD
Under this option, monthly annuity payments will be made until the death of
both the Annuitant and the Joint Annuitant. If the Annuitant and the Joint
Annuitant die before having received 120 monthly annuity payments, the
remainder of the 120 monthly annuity payments will be made to the Beneficiary
.. If the Annuitant dies first, we will continue to make payments until the
later of the death of the Joint Annuitant and the end of the period
certain. However, if the Joint Annuitant is still receiving annuity
payments following the end of the certain period, we will reduce the amount
of each subsequent payment to 50% of the original payment amount.
.. If the Joint Annuitant dies first, we will continue to make payments until
the later of the death of the Annuitant and the end of the period certain.
You cannot withdraw your Account Value or the Protected Income Value under
either GMIB Annuity Payment Option once annuity payments have begun. We may
make other payout frequencies available, such as quarterly, semi-annually or
annually.
OTHER IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS
YOU SHOULD NOTE THAT GMIB IS DESIGNED TO PROVIDE A TYPE OF INSURANCE THAT
SERVES AS A SAFETY NET ONLY IN THE EVENT YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE DECLINES
SIGNIFICANTLY DUE TO NEGATIVE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE. IF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE IS
NOT SIGNIFICANTLY AFFECTED BY NEGATIVE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE, IT IS UNLIKELY
THAT THE PURCHASE OF THE GMIB WILL RESULT IN YOUR RECEIVING LARGER ANNUITY
PAYMENTS THAN IF YOU HAD NOT PURCHASED GMIB. This is because the assumptions
that we use in computing the
108
GMIB, such as the annuity purchase rates, (which include assumptions as to
age-setbacks and assumed interest rates), are more conservative than the
assumptions that we use in computing annuity payout options outside of GMIB.
Therefore, you may generate higher income payments if you were to annuitize a
lower Account Value at the current annuity purchase rates, than if you were to
annuitize under the GMIB with a higher Protected Value than your Account Value
but, at the annuity purchase rates guaranteed under the GMIB. The GMIB benefit
does not directly affect an Annuity's Account Value, Surrender Value or the
amount payable under either the basic Death Benefit provision of the Annuity
or any optional Death Benefit provision. If you surrender your Annuity, you
will receive the current Surrender Value, not the Protected Income Value. The
Protected Income Value is only applicable if you elect to begin receiving
annuity payments under one of the GMIB annuity options after the waiting
period.
.. Each Annuity offers other annuity payment options that you can elect which
do not impose an additional charge, but which do not offer to guarantee a
minimum value on which to make annuity payments.
.. Where allowed by law, we reserve the right to limit subsequent purchase
payments if we determine, at our sole discretion, that based on the timing
of your purchase payments and withdrawals, your Protected Income Value is
increasing in ways we did not intend. In determining whether to limit
purchase payments, we will look at purchase payments which are
disproportionately larger than your initial Purchase Payment and other
actions that may artificially increase the Protected Income Value.
.. We currently limit the Sub-accounts in which you may allocate Account Value
if you participate in this benefit. Should we prohibit access to any
investment option, any transfers required to move Account Value to eligible
investment options will not be counted in determining the number of free
transfers during an Annuity Year.
.. If you change the Annuitant after the effective date of the GMIB benefit,
the period of time during which we will apply the 5% annual growth rate may
be changed based on the age of the new Annuitant. If the new Annuitant
would not be eligible to elect the GMIB benefit based on his or her age at
the time of the change, then the GMIB benefit will terminate.
.. Annuity payments made under the GMIB benefit are subject to the same tax
treatment as any other annuity payment.
.. At the time you elect to begin receiving annuity payments under the GMIB
benefit or under any other annuity payment option we make available, the
protection provided by an Annuity's basic Death Benefit or any optional
Death Benefit provision you elected will no longer apply.
ELECTION OF THE BENEFIT
The GMIB benefit is no longer available. If you currently participate in GMIB,
your existing guarantees are unaffected by the fact that we no longer offer
GMIB.
TERMINATION OF THE BENEFIT
The GMIB benefit cannot be terminated by the Owner once elected. The GMIB
benefit automatically terminates as of the date your Annuity is fully
surrendered, on the date the Death Benefit is payable to your Beneficiary
(unless your surviving spouse elects to continue your Annuity), or on the date
that your Account Value is transferred to begin making annuity payments. The
GMIB benefit may also be terminated if you designate a new Annuitant who would
not be eligible to elect the GMIB benefit based on his or her age at the time
of the change.
Upon termination of the GMIB benefit we will deduct the charge from your
Account Value for the portion of the Annuity Year since the prior anniversary
of the Annuity's Issue Date (or the Issue Date if in the first Annuity Year).
CHARGES UNDER THE BENEFIT
Currently, we deduct a charge equal to 0.50% per year of the average Protected
Income Value for the period the charge applies. Because the charge is
calculated based on the average Protected Income Value, it does not increase
or decrease based on changes to the Annuity's Account Value due to market
performance. The dollar amount you pay each year will increase in any year the
Protected Income Value increases, and it will decrease in any year the
Protected Income Value decreases due to withdrawal, irrespective of whether
your Account Value increases or decreases.
The charge is deducted annually in arrears each Annuity Year on the
anniversary of the Issue Date of an Annuity. We deduct the amount of the
charge pro-rata from the Account Value allocated to the Sub-accounts and the
Fixed Allocations. No MVA will apply to Account Value deducted from a Fixed
Allocation. If you surrender your Annuity, begin receiving annuity payments
under the GMIB benefit or any other annuity payment option we make available
during an Annuity Year, or the GMIB benefit terminates, we will deduct the
charge for the portion of the Annuity Year since the prior anniversary of the
Annuity's Issue Date (or the Issue Date if in the first Annuity Year).
No charge applies after the Annuity Date.
LIFETIME FIVE INCOME BENEFIT (LIFETIME FIVE)
The Lifetime Five Income Benefit is no longer being offered. Lifetime Five
could have been elected only where the Annuitant and the Owner were the same
person or, if the Annuity Owner is an entity, where there was only one
Annuitant. The Annuitant must have been at least 45 years old when the benefit
is elected. The Lifetime Five Income Benefit was not available if you elected
any other optional living benefit. As long as your Lifetime Five Income
Benefit is in effect, you must allocate your Account Value in accordance with
the then permitted and available option(s) with this benefit.
109
The benefit guarantees your ability to withdraw amounts equal to a percentage
of an initial principal value (called the "Protected Withdrawal Value"),
regardless of the impact of market performance on your Account Value, subject
to our benefit rules regarding the timing and amount of withdrawals. There are
two options - one is designed to provide an annual withdrawal amount for life
(the "Life Income Benefit") and the other is designed to provide a greater
annual withdrawal amount as long as there is Protected Withdrawal Value
(adjusted as described below) (the "Withdrawal Benefit"). If there is no
Protected Withdrawal Value, the withdrawal benefit will be zero. You do not
choose between these two options; each option will continue to be available as
long as your Annuity has an Account Value and the Lifetime Five is in effect.
Certain benefits under Lifetime Five may remain in effect even if the Account
Value of your Annuity is zero. The benefit may be appropriate if you intend to
make periodic withdrawals from your Annuity and wish to ensure that market
performance will not affect your ability to receive annual payments. You are
not required to make withdrawals as part of the benefit - the guarantees are
not lost if you withdraw less than the maximum allowable amount each year
under the rules of the benefit. Withdrawals are taken first from your own
Account Value. We are only required to begin making lifetime income payments
to you under our guarantee when and if your Account Value is reduced to zero
(unless the benefit has terminated).
KEY FEATURE - PROTECTED WITHDRAWAL VALUE
The Protected Withdrawal Value is used to determine the amount of each annual
payment under the Life Income Benefit and the Withdrawal Benefit. The initial
Protected Withdrawal Value is determined as of the date you make your first
withdrawal under your Annuity following your election of Lifetime Five. The
initial Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to the greater of (A) the Account
Value on the date you elect Lifetime Five, plus any additional purchase
payments, as applicable, each growing at 5% per year from the date of your
election of the benefit, or application of the Purchase Payment to your
Annuity until the date of your first withdrawal or the 10/th/ anniversary of
the benefit effective date, if earlier (B) the Account Value on the date of
the first withdrawal from your Annuity, prior to the withdrawal, and (C) the
highest Account Value on each Annuity anniversary, plus subsequent purchase
payments prior to the first withdrawal or the 10/th/ anniversary of the
benefit effective date, if earlier. With respect to (A) and (C) above, after
the 10/th/ anniversary of the benefit effective date, each value is increased
by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments. With respect to XT6,
Credits are added to purchase payments for purposes of calculating the
Protected Withdrawal Value, the Annual Income Amount and the Annual Withdrawal
Amount (see below for a description of Annual Income Amount and Annual
Withdrawal Amount).
. If you elected the Lifetime Five benefit at the time you purchased
your Annuity, the Account Value was your initial Purchase Payment.
. If you make additional purchase payments after your first withdrawal,
the Protected Withdrawal Value will be increased by the amount of each
additional Purchase Payment.
The Protected Withdrawal Value is reduced each time a withdrawal is made on a
dollar-for-dollar basis up to 7% per Annuity Year of the Protected Withdrawal
Value and on the greater of a dollar-for-dollar basis or a pro rata basis for
withdrawals in an Annuity Year in excess of that amount until the Protected
Withdrawal Value is reduced to zero. At that point the Annual Withdrawal
Amount will be zero until such time (if any) as the Annuity reflects a
Protected Withdrawal Value (for example, due to a step-up or additional
purchase payments being made into the Annuity).
STEP-UP OF THE PROTECTED WITHDRAWAL VALUE
You may elect to step-up your Protected Withdrawal Value if, due to positive
market performance, your Account Value is greater than the Protected
Withdrawal Value.
If you elected the Lifetime Five benefit on or after March 20, 2006:
. You are eligible to step-up the Protected Withdrawal Value on or after
the 1/st/ anniversary of the first withdrawal under the Lifetime Five
benefit
. The Protected Withdrawal Value can be stepped up again on or after the
1/ st/ anniversary of the preceding step-up
If you elected the Lifetime Five benefit prior to March 20, 2006 and that
original election remains in effect:
. You are eligible to step-up the Protected Withdrawal Value on or after
the 5/th/ anniversary of the first withdrawal under the Lifetime Five
benefit
. The Protected Withdrawal Value can be stepped up again on or after the
5/th/ anniversary of the preceding step-up
In either scenario (i.e., elections before or after March 20, 2006) if you
elect to step-up the Protected Withdrawal Value under the benefit, and on the
date you elect to step-up, the charges under the Lifetime Five benefit have
changed for new purchasers, your benefit may be subject to the new charge at
the time of step-up. Upon election of the step-up, we increase the Protected
Withdrawal Value to be equal to the then current Account Value. For example,
assume your initial Protected Withdrawal Value was $100,000 and you have made
cumulative withdrawals of $40,000, reducing the Protected Withdrawal Value to
$60,000. On the date you are eligible to step-up the Protected Withdrawal
Value, your Account Value is equal to $75,000. You could elect to step-up the
Protected Withdrawal Value to $75,000 on the date you are eligible. If your
current Annual Income Amount and Annual Withdrawal Amount are less than they
would be if we did not reflect the step-up in Protected Withdrawal Value, then
we will increase these amounts to reflect the step-up as described below.
110
An optional automatic step-up ("Auto Step-Up") feature is available for this
benefit. This feature may be elected at the time the benefit is elected or at
any time while the benefit is in force.
If you elected the Lifetime Five benefit on or after March 20, 2006 and have
also elected the Auto Step-Up feature:
. the first Auto Step-Up opportunity will occur on the 1/st/ Annuity
Anniversary that is at least one year after the later of (1) the date
of the first withdrawal under the Lifetime Five benefit or (2) the
most recent step-up
. your Protected Withdrawal Value will only be stepped-up if 5% of the
Account Value is greater than the Annual Income Amount by any amount
. if at the time of the first Auto Step-Up opportunity, 5% of the
Account Value is not greater than the Annual Income Amount, an Auto
Step-Up opportunity will occur on each successive Annuity Anniversary
until a step-up occurs
. once a step-up occurs, the next Auto Step-Up opportunity will occur on
the 1/st/ Annuity Anniversary that is at least one year after the most
recent step-up
If you elected the Lifetime Five benefit prior to March 20, 2006 and have also
elected the Auto Step-Up feature:
. the first Auto Step-Up opportunity will occur on the Annuity
Anniversary that is at least 5 years after the later of (1) the date
of the first withdrawal under the Lifetime Five Benefit or (2) the
most recent step-up
. your Protected Withdrawal Value will only be stepped-up if 5% of the
Account Value is greater than the Annual Income Amount by 5% or more
. if at the time of the first Auto Step-Up opportunity, 5% of the
Account Value does not exceed the Annual Income Amount by 5% or more,
an Auto Step-Up opportunity will occur on each successive Annuity
Anniversary until a step-up occurs
. once a step-up occurs, the next Auto Step-Up opportunity will occur on
the Annuity Anniversary that is at least 5 years after the most recent
step-up
In either scenario (i.e., elections before or after March 20, 2006), if on the
date that we implement an Auto Step-Up to your Protected Withdrawal Value, the
charge for Lifetime Five has changed for new purchasers, you may be subject to
the new charge at the time of such step-up. Subject to our rules and
restrictions, you will still be permitted to manually step-up the Protected
Withdrawal Value even if you elect the Auto Step-Up feature.
KEY FEATURE - ANNUAL INCOME AMOUNT UNDER THE LIFE INCOME BENEFIT
The initial Annual Income Amount is equal to 5% of the initial Protected
Withdrawal Value. Under the Lifetime Five benefit, if your cumulative
withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual Income
Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity
Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual Income Amount on a
dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year. If your cumulative withdrawals
are in excess of the Annual Income Amount ("Excess Income"), your Annual
Income Amount in subsequent years will be reduced (except with regard to
required minimum distributions) by the result of the ratio of the Excess
Income to the Account Value immediately prior to such withdrawal (see examples
of this calculation below). Reductions include the actual amount of the
withdrawal, including any CDSC that may apply. A withdrawal can be considered
Excess Income under the Life Income Benefit even though it does not exceed the
Annual Withdrawal Amount under the Withdrawal Benefit. When you elect a
step-up (or an auto step-up is effected), your Annual Income Amount increases
to equal 5% of your Account Value after the step-up if such amount is greater
than your Annual Income Amount. Your Annual Income Amount also increases if
you make additional purchase payments. The amount of the increase is equal to
5% of any additional purchase payments (and any associated Credit with respect
to XT6). Any increase will be added to your Annual Income Amount beginning on
the day that the step-up is effective or the Purchase Payment is made. A
determination of whether you have exceeded your Annual Income Amount is made
at the time of each withdrawal; therefore a subsequent increase in the Annual
Income Amount will not offset the effect of a withdrawal that exceeded the
Annual Income Amount at the time the withdrawal was made.
KEY FEATURE - ANNUAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT UNDER THE WITHDRAWAL BENEFIT The
initial Annual Withdrawal Amount is equal to 7% of the initial Protected
Withdrawal Value. Under the Lifetime Five benefit, if your cumulative
withdrawals each Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual Withdrawal
Amount, your Protected Withdrawal Value will be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar
basis. If your cumulative withdrawals are in excess of the Annual Withdrawal
Amount ("Excess Withdrawal"), your Annual Withdrawal Amount will be reduced
(except with regard to required minimum distributions) by the result of the
ratio of the Excess Withdrawal to the Account Value immediately prior to such
withdrawal (see the examples of this calculation below). Reductions include
the actual amount of the withdrawal, including any CDSC that may apply. When
you elect a step-up (or an auto step-up is effected), your Annual Withdrawal
Amount increases to equal 7% of your Account Value after the step-up if such
amount is greater than your Annual Withdrawal Amount. Your Annual Withdrawal
Amount also increases if you make additional purchase payments. The amount of
the increase is equal to 7% of any additional purchase payments (and any
associated Credit with respect to XT6). A determination of whether you have
exceeded your Annual Withdrawal Amount is made at the time of each withdrawal;
therefore, a subsequent increase in the Annual Withdrawal Amount will not
offset the effect of a withdrawal that exceeded the Annual Withdrawal Amount
at the time the withdrawal was made.
111
The Lifetime Five benefit does not affect your ability to make withdrawals
under your Annuity or limit your ability to request withdrawals that exceed
the Annual Income Amount and the Annual Withdrawal Amount. You are not
required to withdraw all or any portion of the Annual Withdrawal Amount or
Annual Income Amount in each Annuity Year.
. If, cumulatively, you withdraw an amount less than the Annual
Withdrawal Amount under the Withdrawal Benefit in any Annuity Year,
you cannot carry-over the unused portion of the Annual Withdrawal
Amount to subsequent Annuity Years. However, because the Protected
Withdrawal Value is only reduced by the actual amount of withdrawals
you make under these circumstances, any unused Annual Withdrawal
Amount may extend the period of time until the remaining Protected
Withdrawal Value is reduced to zero.
. If, cumulatively, you withdraw an amount less than the Annual Income
Amount under the Life Income Benefit in any Annuity Year, you cannot
carry-over the unused portion of the Annual Income Amount to
subsequent Annuity Years. However, because the Protected Withdrawal
Value is only reduced by the actual amount of withdrawals you make
under these circumstances, any unused Annual Income Amount may extend
the period of time until the remaining Protected Withdrawal Value is
reduced to zero.
EXAMPLES OF WITHDRAWALS
The following examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions of the
Protected Withdrawal Value, Annual Withdrawal Amount and Annual Income Amount
assume: 1.) the Issue Date and the Effective Date of the Lifetime Five benefit
are February 1, 2005; 2.) an initial Purchase Payment of $250,000; 3.) the
Account Value on February 1, 2006 is equal to $265,000; and 4.) the first
withdrawal occurs on March 1, 2006 when the Account Value is equal to
$263,000. The values set forth here are purely hypothetical, and do not
reflect the charge for Lifetime Five or any other fees and charges.
The initial Protected Withdrawal Value is calculated as the greatest of (a),
(b) and (c):
(a)Purchase payment accumulated at 5% per year from February 1, 2005 until
March 1, 2006 (393 days) = $250,000 X 1.05/(393/365)/ = $263,484.33
(b)Account Value on March 1, 2006 (the date of the first withdrawal) = $263,000
(c)Account Value on February 1, 2006 (the first Annuity Anniversary) = $265,000
Therefore, the initial Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to $265,000. The
Annual Withdrawal Amount is equal to $18,550 under the Withdrawal Benefit (7%
of $265,000). The Annual Income Amount is equal to $13,250 under the Life
Income Benefit (5% of $265,000).
EXAMPLE 1. DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR REDUCTION
If $10,000 was withdrawn (less than both the Annual Income Amount and the
Annual Withdrawal Amount) on March 1, 2006, then the following values would
result:
.. Remaining Annual Withdrawal Amount for current Annuity Year = $18,550 -
$10,000 = $8,550. Annual Withdrawal Amount for future Annuity Years remains
at $18,550.
.. Remaining Annual Income Amount for current Annuity Year = $13,250 - $10,000
= $3,250. Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years remains at $13,250.
.. Protected Withdrawal Value is reduced by $10,000 from $265,000 to $255,000
EXAMPLE 2. DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR AND PROPORTIONAL REDUCTIONS
(a)If $15,000 was withdrawn (more than the Annual Income Amount but less than
the Annual Withdrawal Amount) on March 1, 2006, then the following values
would result:
.. Remaining Annual Withdrawal Amount for current Annuity Year = $18,550 -
$15,000 = $3,550. Annual Withdrawal Amount for future Annuity Years remains
at $18,550
.. Remaining Annual Income Amount for current Annuity Year = $0
Excess of withdrawal over the Annual Income Amount ($15,000 - $13,250 = $1,750)
reduces Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years.
.. Reduction to Annual Income Amount = Excess Income/Account Value before
Excess Income X Annual Income Amount = $1,750/($263,000 - $13,250) X
$13,250 = $93
Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years = $13,250 - $93 = $13,157
.. Protected Withdrawal Value is reduced by $15,000 from $265,000 to
$250,000
(b)If $25,000 was withdrawn (more than both the Annual Income Amount and the
Annual Withdrawal Amount) on March 1, 2006, then the following values would
result:
.. Remaining Annual Withdrawal Amount for current Annuity Year = $0
112
Excess of withdrawal over the Annual Withdrawal Amount ($25,000 - $18,550 =
$6,450) reduces Annual Withdrawal Amount for future Annuity Years.
.. Reduction to Annual Withdrawal Amount = Excess Withdrawal/Account Value
before Excess Withdrawal X Annual Withdrawal Amount = $6,450/($263,000 -
$18,550) X $18,550 = $489 Annual Withdrawal Amount for future Annuity Years
= $18,550 - $489 = $18,061
.. Remaining Annual Income Amount for current Annuity Year = $0
Excess of withdrawal over the Annual Income Amount ($25,000 - $13,250 =
$11,750) reduces Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years.
.. Reduction to Annual Income Amount = Excess Income/Account Value before
Excess Income X Annual Income Amount = $11,750/($263,000 - $13,250) X
$13,250 = $623. Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years = $13,250 -
$623 = $12,627
.. Protected Withdrawal Value is first reduced by the Annual Withdrawal
Amount ($18,550) from $265,000 to $246,450. It is further reduced by the
greater of a dollar-for-dollar reduction or a proportional reduction.
Dollar-for-dollar reduction = $25,000 - $18,550 = $6,450
.. Proportional reduction = Excess Withdrawal/Account Value before Excess
Withdrawal X Protected Withdrawal Value = $6,450/($263,000 - $18,550) X
$246,450 = $6,503 Protected Withdrawal Value = $246,450 - max {$6,450,
$6,503} = $239,947
BENEFITS UNDER THE LIFETIME FIVE BENEFIT
. If your Account Value is equal to zero, and the cumulative withdrawals
in the current Annuity Year are greater than the Annual Withdrawal
Amount, the Lifetime Five benefit will terminate. To the extent that
your Account Value was reduced to zero as a result of cumulative
withdrawals that are equal to or less than the Annual Income Amount and
amounts are still payable under both the Life Income Benefit and the
Withdrawal Benefit, you will be given the choice of receiving the
payments under the Life Income Benefit or under the Withdrawal Benefit.
Thus, in that scenario, the remaining amounts under the Life Income
Benefit and the Withdrawal Benefit would be payable even though your
Account Value was reduced to zero. Once you make this election we will
make an additional payment for that Annuity Year equal to either the
remaining Annual Income Amount or Annual Withdrawal Amount for the
Annuity Year, if any, depending on the option you choose. In subsequent
Annuity Years we make payments that equal either the Annual Income
Amount or the Annual Withdrawal Amount as described in this Prospectus.
You will not be able to change the option after your election and no
further purchase payments will be accepted under your Annuity. If you do
not make an election, we will pay you annually under the Life Income
Benefit. To the extent that cumulative withdrawals in the current
Annuity Year that reduced your Account Value to zero are more than the
Annual Income Amount but less than or equal to the Annual Withdrawal
Amount and amounts are still payable under the Withdrawal Benefit, you
will receive the payments under the Withdrawal Benefit. In the year of a
withdrawal that reduced your Account Value to zero, we will make an
additional payment to equal any remaining Annual Withdrawal Amount and
make payments equal to the Annual Withdrawal Amount in each subsequent
year (until the Protected Withdrawal Value is depleted). Once your
Account Value equals zero no further purchase payments will be accepted
under your Annuity.
. If annuity payments are to begin under the terms of your Annuity or if
you decide to begin receiving annuity payments and there is any Annual
Income Amount due in subsequent Annuity Years or any remaining Protected
Withdrawal Value, you can elect one of the following three options:
(1) apply your Account Value to any annuity option available; or
(2) request that, as of the date annuity payments are to begin, we make annuity
payments each year equal to the Annual Income Amount. We make such annuity
payments until the Annuitant's death; or
(3) request that, as of the date annuity payments are to begin, we pay out any
remaining Protected Withdrawal Value as annuity payments. Each year such
annuity payments will equal the Annual Withdrawal Amount or the remaining
Protected Withdrawal Value if less. We make such annuity payments until the
earlier of the Annuitant's death or the date the Protected Withdrawal Value
is depleted.
We must receive your request in a form acceptable to us at our office.
. In the absence of an election when mandatory annuity payments are to
begin, we will make annual annuity payments as a single life fixed
annuity with five payments certain using the greater of the annuity
rates then currently available or the annuity rates guaranteed in your
Annuity. The amount that will be applied to provide such annuity
payments will be the greater of:
(1) the present value of future Annual Income Amount payments. Such present
value will be calculated using the greater of the single life fixed annuity
rates then currently available or the single life fixed annuity rates
guaranteed in your Annuity; and
(2) the Account Value.
. If no withdrawal was ever taken, we will determine a Protected
Withdrawal Value and calculate an Annual Income Amount and an Annual
Withdrawal Amount as if you made your first withdrawal on the date the
annuity payments are to begin.
113
OTHER IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS
. Withdrawals under the Lifetime Five benefit are subject to all of the
terms and conditions of your Annuity, including any applicable CDSC.
. Withdrawals made while the Lifetime Five benefit is in effect will be
treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals
under your Annuity. The Lifetime Five benefit does not directly affect
your Annuity's Account Value or Surrender Value, but any withdrawal will
decrease the Account Value by the amount of the withdrawal (plus any
applicable CDSC). If you surrender your Annuity, you will receive the
current Surrender Value, not the Protected Withdrawal Value.
. You can make withdrawals from your Annuity while your Account Value is
greater than zero without purchasing the Lifetime Five benefit. The
Lifetime Five benefit provides a guarantee that if your Account Value
declines due to market performance, you will be able to receive your
Protected Withdrawal Value or Annual Income Amount in the form of
periodic benefit payments.
. You should carefully consider when to begin taking withdrawals. If you
begin taking withdrawals early, you may maximize the time during which
you may take withdrawals due to longer life expectancy, and you will be
using an optional benefit for which you are paying a charge. On the
other hand, you could limit the value of the benefit if you begin taking
withdrawals too soon. For example, withdrawals reduce your Account Value
and may limit the potential for increasing your Protected Withdrawal
Value. You should discuss with your Financial Professional when it may
be appropriate for you to begin taking withdrawals.
. In general, you must allocate your Account Value in accordance with the
then available investment option(s) that we may prescribe in order to
maintain the benefit. If, subsequent to your election of the benefit, we
change our requirements for how Account Value must be allocated under
the benefit, we will not compel you to re-allocate your Account Value in
accordance with our newly-adopted requirements. Subsequent to any change
in requirements, transfers of Account Value and allocation of additional
purchase payments may be subject to the new investment limitations.
. You will begin paying the charge for this benefit as of the effective
date of the benefit, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for
many years, or ever. We will not refund the charges you have paid if you
choose never to take any withdrawals and/or if you never receive any
lifetime income payments.
ELECTION OF THE BENEFIT
We no longer permit elections of Lifetime Five. If you wish, you may cancel
the Lifetime Five benefit. You may then elect any other available living
benefit, on the Valuation Day after you have cancelled the Lifetime Five
benefit provided the request is received in good order (subject to state
availability and in accordance with any applicable age requirements). Once the
Lifetime Five benefit is canceled you are not required to re-elect another
optional living benefit and any subsequent benefit election may be made on or
after the first Valuation Day following the cancellation of the Lifetime Five
benefit provided that the benefit you are looking to elect is available on a
post- issue basis. IF YOU CANCEL LIFETIME FIVE, YOU LOSE ALL GUARANTEES UNDER
THE BENEFIT AND WILL BASE ANY GUARANTEES UNDER THE NEW BENEFIT BASED ON YOUR
ACCOUNT VALUE. ANY SUCH NEW BENEFIT MAY BE MORE EXPENSIVE.
TERMINATION OF THE BENEFIT
The benefit terminates automatically when your Protected Withdrawal Value and
Annual Income Amount equal zero. You may terminate the benefit at any time by
notifying us. If you terminate the benefit, any guarantee provided by the
benefit will terminate as of the date the termination is effective. The
benefit terminates upon your surrender of your Annuity, upon the death of the
Annuitant, upon a change in ownership of your Annuity that changes the tax
identification number of the Owner, upon change in the Annuitant or upon your
election to begin receiving annuity payments. While you may terminate your
benefit at any time, we may not terminate the benefit other than in the
circumstances listed above.
The charge for the Lifetime Five benefit will no longer be deducted from your
Account Value upon termination of the benefit.
ADDITIONAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
If you purchase an Annuity as an investment vehicle for "qualified"
investments, including an IRA, SEP-IRA, Tax Sheltered Annuity (or 403(b)) or
employer plan under Code Section 401(a), the Required Minimum Distribution
rules under the Code provide that you begin receiving periodic amounts from
your Annuity beginning after age 70 1/2. For a Tax Sheltered Annuity or a
401(a) plan for which the participant is not a greater than five (5) percent
owner of the employer, this required beginning date can generally be deferred
to retirement, if later. Roth IRAs are not subject to these rules during the
Owner's lifetime. The amount required under the Code may exceed the Annual
Withdrawal Amount and the Annual Income Amount, which will cause us to
increase the Annual Income Amount and the Annual Withdrawal Amount in any
Annuity Year that Required Minimum Distributions due from your Annuity are
greater than such amounts. Any such payments will reduce your Protected
Withdrawal Value. In addition, the amount and duration of payments under the
annuity payment and Death Benefit provisions may be adjusted so that the
payments do not trigger any penalty or excise taxes due to tax considerations
such as Required Minimum Distribution provisions under the tax law.
As indicated, withdrawals made while this Benefit is in effect will be
treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the
Annuity. Please see the Tax Considerations section of this prospectus for a
detailed discussion of the tax treatment of withdrawals. We do not address
each potential tax scenario that could arise with respect to this Benefit here.
114
SPOUSAL LIFETIME FIVE INCOME BENEFIT (SPOUSAL LIFETIME FIVE)
The Spousal Lifetime Five benefit is no longer being offered. Spousal Lifetime
Five must have been elected based on two Designated Lives, as described below.
Each Designated Life must have been at least 55 years old when the benefit was
elected. The Spousal Lifetime Five benefit was not available if you elected
any other optional living benefit or optional death benefit. As long as your
Spousal Lifetime Five Income Benefit is in effect, you must allocate your
Account Value in accordance with the then permitted and available option(s)
with this benefit.
The benefit guarantees until the later death of two natural persons that are
each other's spouses at the time of election of Spousal Lifetime Five and at
the first death of one of them (the "Designated Lives", each a "Designated
Life") the ability to withdraw an annual amount ("Spousal Life Income
Benefit") equal to a percentage of an initial principal value (the "Protected
Withdrawal Value") regardless of the impact of market performance on the
Account Value, subject to our benefit rules regarding the timing and amount of
withdrawals. The Spousal Life Income Benefit may remain in effect even if the
Account Value of the Annuity is zero. The benefit may be appropriate if you
intend to make periodic withdrawals from your Annuity, wish to ensure that
market performance will not affect your ability to receive annual payments,
and wish either spouse to be able to continue the Spousal Life Income Benefit
after the death of the first. You are not required to make withdrawals as part
of the benefit - the guarantees are not lost if you withdraw less than the
maximum allowable amount each year under the rules of the benefit. Withdrawals
are taken first from your own Account Value. We are only required to begin
making lifetime income payments to you under the Spousal Life Income Benefit
when and if your Account Value is reduced to zero (unless the benefit has
terminated).
KEY FEATURE - INITIAL PROTECTED WITHDRAWAL VALUE
The Protected Withdrawal Value is used to determine the amount of each annual
payment under the Spousal Life Income Benefit. The initial Protected
Withdrawal Value is determined as of the date you make your first withdrawal
under the Annuity following your election of Spousal Lifetime Five. The
initial Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to the greater of (A) the Account
Value on the date you elect Spousal Lifetime Five, plus any additional
purchase payments as applicable, each growing at 5% per year from the date of
your election of the benefit, or application of the Purchase Payment to your
Annuity, until the date of your first withdrawal or the 10/th/ anniversary of
the benefit effective date, if earlier (B) the Account Value on the date of
the first withdrawal from your Annuity, prior to the withdrawal, and (C) the
highest Account Value on each Annuity anniversary, plus subsequent purchase
payments prior to the first withdrawal or the 10/th/ anniversary of the
benefit effective date, if earlier. With respect to (A) and (C) above, after
the 10/th/ anniversary of the benefit effective date, each value is increased
by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments. With respect to XT6,
Credits are added to purchase payments for purposes of calculating the
Protected Withdrawal Value and the Annual Income Amount (see below for a
description of Annual Income Amount).
KEY FEATURE - ANNUAL INCOME AMOUNT UNDER THE SPOUSAL LIFETIME FIVE INCOME
BENEFIT
The initial Annual Income Amount is equal to 5% of the initial Protected
Withdrawal Value. Under the Spousal Lifetime Five benefit, if your cumulative
withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual Income
Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity
Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual Income Amount on a
dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year. If, cumulatively, you withdraw
an amount less than the Annual Income Amount under the Spousal Life Income
Benefit in any Annuity Year, you cannot carry-over the unused portion of the
Annual Income Amount to subsequent Annuity Years. If your cumulative
withdrawals are in excess of the Annual Income Amount ("Excess Income"), your
Annual Income Amount in subsequent years will be reduced (except with regard
to required minimum distributions) by the result of the ratio of the Excess
Income to the Account Value immediately prior to such withdrawal (see examples
of this calculation below). Reductions include the actual amount of the
withdrawal, including any CDSC that may apply. The Spousal Lifetime Five
benefit does not affect your ability to make withdrawals under your Annuity or
limit your ability to request withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount.
STEP-UP OF ANNUAL INCOME AMOUNT
You may elect to step-up your Annual Income Amount if, due to positive market
performance, 5% of your Account Value is greater than the Annual Income
Amount. You are eligible to step-up the Annual Income Amount on or after the
1/st/ anniversary of the first withdrawal under the Spousal Lifetime Five
benefit. The Annual Income Amount can be stepped up again on or after the
1/st/ anniversary of the preceding step-up. If you elect to step-up the Annual
Income Amount under the benefit, and on the date you elect to step-up, the
charges under the Spousal Lifetime Five benefit have changed for new
purchasers, your benefit may be subject to the new charge at the time of such
step-up. When you elect a step-up, your Annual Income Amount increases to
equal 5% of your Account Value after the step-up. Your Annual Income Amount
also increases if you make additional purchase payments. The amount of the
increase is equal to 5% of any additional purchase payments (plus any Credit
with respect to XT6). Any increase will be added to your Annual Income Amount
beginning on the day that the step-up is effective or the Purchase Payment is
made. A determination of whether you have exceeded your Annual Income Amount
is made at the time of each withdrawal; therefore a subsequent increase in the
Annual Income Amount will not offset the effect of a withdrawal that exceeded
the Annual Income Amount at the time the withdrawal was made.
An optional automatic step-up ("Auto Step-Up") feature is available for this
benefit. This feature may be elected at the time the benefit is elected or at
any time while the benefit is in force. If you elect this feature, the first
Auto Step-Up opportunity will occur on the 1/st/ Annuity Anniversary that is
at least one year after the later of (1) the date of the first withdrawal
under the Spousal Lifetime Five benefit or (2) the most recent step-up. At
this time, your Annual Income Amount will be stepped-up if 5% of your Account
Value is
115
greater than the Annual Income Amount by any amount. If 5% of the Account
Value does not exceed the Annual Income Amount, then an Auto Step-Up
opportunity will occur on each successive Annuity Anniversary until a step-up
occurs. Once a step-up occurs, the next Auto Step-Up opportunity will occur on
the 1/st/ Annuity Anniversary that is at least 1 year after the most recent
step-up. If, on the date that we implement an Auto Step-Up to your Annual
Income Amount, the charge for Spousal Lifetime Five has changed for new
purchasers, you may be subject to the new charge at the time of such step-up.
Subject to our rules and restrictions, you will still be permitted to manually
step-up the Annual Income Amount even if you elect the Auto Step-Up feature.
EXAMPLES OF WITHDRAWALS AND STEP-UP
The following examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions and
the step-up of the Annual Income Amount assume: 1.) the Issue Date and the
Effective Date of the Spousal Lifetime Five benefit are February 1, 2005; 2.)
an initial Purchase Payment of $250,000; 3.) the Account Value on February 1,
2006 is equal to $265,000; 4.) the first withdrawal occurs on March 1, 2006
when the Account Value is equal to $263,000; and 5.) the Account Value on
February 1, 2010 is equal to $280,000. The values set forth here are purely
hypothetical, and do not reflect the charge for the Spousal Lifetime Five or
any other fees and charges.
The initial Protected Withdrawal Value is calculated as the greatest of
(a),(b) and (c):
(a)Purchase payment accumulated at 5% per year from February 1, 2005 until
March 1, 2006 (393 days) = $250,000 X 1.05/(393/365)/ = $263,484.33
(b)Account Value on March 1, 2006 (the date of the first withdrawal) = $263,000
(c)Account Value on February 1, 2006 (the first Annuity Anniversary) = $265,000
Therefore, the initial Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to $265,000. The
Annual Income Amount is equal to $13,250 under the Spousal Life Income Benefit
(5% of $265,000).
EXAMPLE 1. DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR REDUCTION
If $10,000 was withdrawn (less than the Annual Income Amount) on March 1,
2006, then the following values would result
.. Remaining Annual Income Amount for current Annuity Year = $13,250 - $10,000
= $3,250.
.. Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years remains at $13,250
EXAMPLE 2. DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR AND PROPORTIONAL REDUCTIONS
If $15,000 was withdrawn (more than the Annual Income Amount) on March 1,
2006, then the following values would result:
.. Remaining Annual Income Amount for current Annuity Year = $0
.. Excess of withdrawal over the Annual Income Amount ($15,000 - $13,250
$1,750) reduces Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years.
.. Reduction to Annual Income Amount = Excess Income/Account Value before
Excess Income X Annual Income Amount = $1,750/($263,000 - $13,250) X
$13,250 = $93. Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years = $13,250 -
$93 = $13,157
EXAMPLE 3. STEP-UP OF THE ANNUAL INCOME AMOUNT
If a step-up of the Annual Income Amount is requested on February 1, 2010 or
the Auto Step-Up feature was elected, the step-up would occur because 5% of
the Account Value, which is $14,000 (5% of $280,000), is greater than the
Annual Income Amount of $13,250. The new Annual Income Amount will be equal to
$14,000.
BENEFITS UNDER THE SPOUSAL LIFETIME FIVE BENEFIT
To the extent that your Account Value was reduced to zero as a result of
cumulative withdrawals that are equal to or less than the Annual Income Amount
and amounts are still payable under the Spousal Life Income Benefit, we will
make an additional payment for that Annuity Year equal to the remaining Annual
Income Amount for the Annuity Year, if any. Thus, in that scenario, the
remaining Annual Income Amount would be payable even though your Account Value
was reduced to zero. In subsequent Annuity Years we make payments that equal
the Annual Income Amount as described in this Prospectus. No further purchase
payments will be accepted under your Annuity. We will make payments until the
first of the Designated Lives to die, and will continue to make payments until
the death of the second Designated Life as long as the Designated Lives were
spouses at the time of the first death. To the extent that cumulative
withdrawals in the current Annuity Year that reduced your Account Value to
zero are more than the Annual Income Amount, the Spousal Life Income Benefit
terminates and no additional payments will be made.
.. If annuity payments are to begin under the terms of your Annuity or if you
decide to begin receiving annuity payments and there is any Annual Income
Amount due in subsequent Annuity Years, you can elect one of the following
two options:
(1)apply your Account Value to any annuity option available; or
(2)request that, as of the date annuity payments are to begin, we make
annuity payments each year equal to the Annual Income Amount. We will
make payments until the first of the Designated Lives to die, and
will continue to make payments until the death of the second
Designated Life as long as the Designated Lives were spouses at the
time of the first death.
116
We must receive your request in a form acceptable to us at our office.
.. In the absence of an election when mandatory annuity payments are to begin,
we will make annual annuity payments as a joint and survivor or single (as
applicable) life fixed annuity with five payments certain using the same
basis that is used to calculate the greater of the annuity rates then
currently available or the annuity rates guaranteed in your Annuity. The
amount that will be applied to provide such annuity payments will be the
greater of:
(1)the present value of future Annual Income Amount payments. Such
present value will be calculated using the same basis that is used to
calculate the single life fixed annuity rates then currently
available or the single life fixed annuity rates guaranteed in your
Annuity; and
(2)the Account Value.
.. If no withdrawal was ever taken, we will determine an initial Protected
Withdrawal Value and calculate an Annual Income Amount as if you made your
first withdrawal on the date the annuity payments are to begin.
OTHER IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS
.. Withdrawals under the Spousal Lifetime Five benefit are subject to all of
the terms and conditions of the Annuity, including any CDSC.
.. Withdrawals made while the Spousal Lifetime Five benefit is in effect will
be treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals
under the Annuity. The Spousal Lifetime Five benefit does not directly
affect the Annuity's Account Value or Surrender Value, but any withdrawal
will decrease the Account Value by the amount of the withdrawal (plus any
applicable CDSC). If you surrender your Annuity, you will receive the
current Surrender Value, not the Protected Withdrawal Value.
.. You can make withdrawals from your Annuity while your Account Value is
greater than zero without purchasing the Spousal Lifetime Five benefit. The
Spousal Lifetime Five benefit provides a guarantee that if your Account
Value declines due to market performance, you will be able to receive your
Annual Income Amount in the form of periodic benefit payments.
.. You should carefully consider when to begin taking withdrawals. If you
begin taking withdrawals early, you may maximize the time during which you
may take withdrawals due to longer life expectancy, and you will be using
an optional benefit for which you are paying a charge. On the other hand,
you could limit the value of the benefit if you begin taking withdrawals
too soon. For example, withdrawals reduce your Account Value and may limit
the potential for increasing your Protected Withdrawal Value. You should
discuss with your Financial Professional when it may be appropriate for you
to begin taking withdrawals.
.. In general, you must allocate your Account Value in accordance with the
then available investment option(s) that we may prescribe in order to
maintain the benefit. If, subsequent to your election of the benefit, we
change our requirements for how Account Value must be allocated under the
benefit, we will not compel you to re-allocate your Account Value in
accordance with our newly-adopted requirements. Subsequent to any change in
requirements, transfers of Account Value and allocation of additional
purchase payments may be subject to the new investment limitations.
.. There may be circumstances where you will continue to be charged the full
amount for the Spousal Lifetime Five benefit even when the benefit is only
providing a guarantee of income based on one life with no survivorship.
.. In order for the Surviving Designated Life to continue the Spousal Lifetime
Five benefit upon the death of an owner, the Designated Life must elect to
assume ownership of the Annuity under the spousal continuation option. When
the Annuity is owned by a Custodial Account, in order for Spousal Lifetime
Five to be continued after the death of the first Designated Life (the
Annuitant), the Custodial Account must elect to continue the Annuity and
the second Designated Life (the Contingent Annuitant) will be named as the
new Annuitant. See "Spousal Designations", and "Spousal Assumption of
Annuity" in this Prospectus.
.. You will begin paying the charge for this benefit as of the effective date
of the benefit, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years,
or ever. We will not refund the charges you have paid if you choose never
to take any withdrawals and/or if you never receive any lifetime income
payments.
ELECTION OF AND DESIGNATIONS UNDER THE BENEFIT
We no longer permit elections of Spousal Lifetime Five - whether for those who
currently participate in Spousal Lifetime Five or for those who are buying an
Annuity for the first time. If you wish, you may cancel the Spousal Lifetime
Five benefit. You may then elect any other available living benefit on the
Valuation Day after have you cancelled the Spousal Lifetime Five benefit,
provided the request is received in good order (subject to state availability
and any applicable age requirements). Once the Spousal Lifetime Five benefit
is canceled you are not required to re-elect another optional living benefit
and any subsequent benefit election may be made on or after the first
Valuation Day following the cancellation of the Spousal Lifetime Five benefit
provided that the benefit you are looking to elect is available on a
post-issue basis. If you cancel the benefit, you lose all guarantees under the
benefit, and your guarantee under any new benefit you elect will be based on
your Account Value at that time. Any such new benefit may be more expensive.
Spousal Lifetime Five could only be elected based on two Designated Lives.
Designated Lives must be natural persons who are each other's spouses at the
time of election of the benefit and at the death of the first of the
Designated Lives to die. Spousal Lifetime Five only could be elected where the
Owner, Annuitant, and Beneficiary designations are as follows:
. One Annuity Owner, where the Annuitant and the Owner are the same person
and the beneficiary is the Owner's spouse. The Owner/Annuitant and the
beneficiary each must be at least 59 1/2 years old at the time of
election; or
117
. Co-Annuity Owners, where the Owners are each other's spouses. The
beneficiary designation must be the surviving spouse, or the spouses
named equally. One of the owners must be the Annuitant. Each Owner must
each be at least 59 1/2 years old at the time of election; or
. One Annuity Owner, where the Owner is a custodial account established to
hold retirement assets for the benefit of the Annuitant pursuant to the
provisions of Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (or any
successor Code section thereto) ("Custodial Account"), the beneficiary
is the Custodial Account, and the spouse of the Annuitant is the
Contingent Annuitant. Both the Annuitant and the Contingent Annuitant
each must be at least 59 1/2 years old at the time of election.
We do not permit a change of Owner under this benefit, except as follows:
(a)if one Owner dies and the surviving spousal Owner assumes the Annuity or
(b)if the Annuity initially is co-owned, but thereafter the Owner who is not
the Annuitant is removed as Owner. We permit changes of beneficiary under
this benefit. If the Designated Lives divorce, the Spousal Lifetime Five
benefit may not be divided as part of the divorce settlement or judgment.
Nor may the divorcing spouse who retains ownership of the Annuity appoint a
new Designated Life upon re-marriage.
TERMINATION OF THE BENEFIT
The benefit terminates automatically when your Annual Income Amount equals
zero. The benefit also terminates upon your surrender of the Annuity, upon the
first Designated Life to die if the Annuity is not continued, upon the second
Designated Life to die or upon your election to begin receiving annuity
payments. You may terminate the benefit at any time by notifying us. PLEASE
NOTE THAT IF YOU TERMINATE A LIVING BENEFIT SUCH AS SPOUSAL LIFETIME FIVE AND
ELECT A NEW LIVING BENEFIT, YOU LOSE THE GUARANTEES THAT YOU HAD ACCUMULATED
UNDER YOUR EXISTING BENEFIT AND WILL BEGIN THE NEW GUARANTEES UNDER THE NEW
BENEFIT YOU ELECT BASED ON YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AS OF THE DATE THE NEW BENEFIT
BECOMES ACTIVE. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO WAIVE, CHANGE AND/OR FURTHER LIMIT THE
ELECTION FREQUENCY IN THE FUTURE.
The charge for the Spousal Lifetime Five benefit will no longer be deducted
from your Account Value upon termination of the benefit.
ADDITIONAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
If you purchase an Annuity as an investment vehicle for "qualified"
investments, including an IRA, SEP-IRA, Tax Sheltered Annuity (or 403(b)) or
an employer plan under Code Section 401(a), the Required Minimum Distribution
rules under the Code provide that you begin receiving periodic amounts from
your Annuity beginning after age 70 1/2. For a Tax Sheltered Annuity or a
401(a) plan for which the participant is not a greater than 5 percent owner of
the employer, this required beginning date can generally be deferred to
retirement, if later. Roth IRAs are not subject to these rules during the
Owner's lifetime. The amount required under the Code may exceed the Annual
Income Amount, which will cause us to increase the Annual Income Amount in any
Annuity Year that Required Minimum Distributions due from your Annuity are
greater than such amounts. Any such payments will reduce your Protected
Withdrawal Value. In addition, the amount and duration of payments under the
annuity payment and Death Benefit provisions may be adjusted so that the
payments do not trigger any penalty or excise taxes due to tax considerations
such as Required Minimum Distribution provisions under the tax law.
As indicated, withdrawals made while this Benefit is in effect will be
treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the
Annuity. Please see the Tax Considerations section of the prospectus for a
detailed discussion of the tax treatment of withdrawals. We do not address
each potential tax scenario that could arise with respect to this Benefit here.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE INCOME BENEFIT (HD5)
The Highest Daily Lifetime Five benefit is no longer offered for new
elections. The income benefit under Highest Daily Lifetime Five is based on a
single "designated life" who is at least 55 years old on the date that the
benefit was acquired. The Highest Daily Lifetime Five Benefit was not
available if you elected any other optional living benefit, although you may
elect any optional death benefit. Any DCA program that transfers Account Value
from a Fixed Allocation is also not available as Fixed Allocations are not
permitted with the benefit. As long as your Highest Daily Lifetime Five
Benefit is in effect, you must allocate your Account Value in accordance with
the then-permitted and available investment option(s) with this benefit.
The benefit that guarantees until the death of the single designated life the
ability to withdraw an annual amount (the "Total Annual Income Amount") equal
to a percentage of an initial principal value (the "Total Protected Withdrawal
Value") regardless of the impact of Sub-account performance on the Account
Value, subject to our benefit rules regarding the timing and amount of
withdrawals. The benefit may be appropriate if you intend to make periodic
withdrawals from your Annuity, and wish to ensure that Sub-account performance
will not affect your ability to receive annual payments. You are not required
to make withdrawals as part of the benefit - the guarantees are not lost if
you withdraw less than the maximum allowable amount each year under the rules
of the benefit. As discussed below, we require that you participate in our
pre-determined mathematical formula in order to participate in Highest Daily
Lifetime Five, and in Appendix G to this Prospectus, we set forth the formula
under which we make the asset transfers. Withdrawals are taken first from your
own Account Value. We are only required to begin making lifetime income
payments to you under our guarantee when and if your Account Value is reduced
to zero (unless the benefit has terminated).
118
As discussed below, a key component of Highest Daily Lifetime Five is the
Total Protected Withdrawal Value, which is an amount that is distinct from
Account Value. Because each of the Total Protected Withdrawal Value and Total
Annual Income Amount is determined in a way that is not solely related to
Account Value, it is possible for Account Value to fall to zero, even though
the Total Annual Income Amount remains. You are guaranteed to be able to
withdraw the Total Annual Income Amount for the rest of your life, provided
that you have not made "excess withdrawals." Excess withdrawals, as discussed
below, will reduce your Total Annual Income Amount. Thus, you could experience
a scenario in which your Account Value was zero, and, due to your excess
withdrawals, your Total Annual Income Amount also was reduced to zero. In that
scenario, no further amount would be payable under Highest Daily Lifetime Five.
KEY FEATURE - TOTAL PROTECTED WITHDRAWAL VALUE
The Total Protected Withdrawal Value is used to determine the amount of the
annual payments under Highest Daily Lifetime Five. The Total Protected
Withdrawal Value is equal to the greater of the Protected Withdrawal Value and
any Enhanced Protected Withdrawal Value that may exist. We describe how we
determine Enhanced Protected Withdrawal Value, and when we begin to calculate
it, below. If you do not meet the conditions described below for obtaining
Enhanced Protected Withdrawal Value then Total Protected Withdrawal Value is
simply equal to Protected Withdrawal Value.
The Protected Withdrawal Value initially is equal to the Account Value on the
date that you elect Highest Daily Lifetime Five. On each Valuation Day
thereafter, until the earlier of the first withdrawal or ten years after the
date of your election of the benefit, we recalculate the Protected Withdrawal
Value. Specifically, on each such Valuation Day (the "Current Valuation Day"),
the Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to the greater of:
.. the Protected Withdrawal Value for the immediately preceding Valuation Day
(the "Prior Valuation Day"), appreciated at the daily equivalent of 5%
annually during the calendar day(s) between the Prior Valuation Day and the
Current Valuation Day (i.e., one day for successive Valuation Days, but
more than one calendar day for Valuation Days that are separated by
weekends and/or holidays), plus the amount of any Purchase Payment
(including any associated credit) made on the Current Valuation Day; and
.. the Account Value.
If you have not made a withdrawal prior to the tenth anniversary of the date
you elected Highest Daily Lifetime Five (which we refer to as the "Tenth
Anniversary"), we will continue to calculate a Protected Withdrawal Value. On
or after the Tenth Anniversary and up until the date of the first withdrawal,
your Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to the greater of the Protected
Withdrawal Value on the Tenth Anniversary or your Account Value.
The Enhanced Protected Withdrawal Value is only calculated if you do not take
a withdrawal prior to the Tenth Anniversary. Thus, if you do take a withdrawal
prior to the Tenth Anniversary, you are not eligible to receive Enhanced
Protected Withdrawal Value. If so, then on or after the Tenth Anniversary up
until the date of the first withdrawal, the Enhanced Protected Withdrawal
Value is equal to the sum of:
(a)200% of the Account Value on the date you elected Highest Daily Lifetime
Five;
(b)200% of all purchase payments (and any associated Credits) made during the
one-year period after the date you elected Highest Daily Lifetime Five; and
(c)100% of all purchase payments (and any associated Credits) made more than
one year after the date you elected Highest Daily Lifetime Five, but prior
to the date of your first withdrawal.
We cease these daily calculations of the Protected Withdrawal Value and
Enhanced Protected Withdrawal Value (and therefore, the Total Protected
Withdrawal Value) when you make your first withdrawal. However, as discussed
below, subsequent purchase payments (and any associated Credits) will increase
the Total Annual Income Amount, while "excess" withdrawals (as described
below) may decrease the Total Annual Income Amount.
KEY FEATURE - TOTAL ANNUAL INCOME AMOUNT UNDER THE HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE
BENEFIT
The initial Total Annual Income Amount is equal to 5% of the Total Protected
Withdrawal Value. For purposes of the mathematical formula described below, we
also calculate a Highest Daily Annual Income Amount, which is initially equal
to 5% of the Protected Withdrawal Value. Under the Highest Daily Lifetime Five
benefit, if your cumulative withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or
equal to the Total Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Total
Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals
will reduce the Total Annual Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in
that Annuity Year. If your cumulative withdrawals are in excess of the Total
Annual Income Amount ("Excess Income"), your Total Annual Income Amount in
subsequent years will be reduced (except with regard to required minimum
distributions) by the result of the ratio of the Excess Income to the Account
Value immediately prior to such withdrawal (see examples of this calculation
below). Reductions include the actual amount of the withdrawal, including any
CDSC that may apply. A Purchase Payment that you make will increase the
then-existing Total Annual Income Amount and Highest Daily Annual Income
Amount by an amount equal to 5% of the Purchase Payment (including the amount
of any associated Credits).
An automatic step-up feature ("Highest Quarterly Auto Step-Up") is included as
part of this benefit. As detailed in this paragraph, the Highest Quarterly
Auto Step-Up feature can result in a larger Total Annual Income Amount if your
Account Value increases subsequent
119
to your first withdrawal. We begin examining the Account Value for purposes of
this feature starting with the anniversary of the Issue Date of the Annuity
(the "Annuity Anniversary") immediately after your first withdrawal under the
benefit. Specifically, upon the first such Annuity Anniversary, we identify
the Account Value on the Valuation Days corresponding to the end of each
quarter that (i) is based on your Annuity Year, rather than a calendar year;
(ii) is subsequent to the first withdrawal; and (iii) falls within the
immediately preceding Annuity Year. If the end of any such quarter falls on a
holiday or a weekend, we use the next Valuation Day. We multiply each of those
quarterly Account Values by 5%, adjust each such quarterly value for
subsequent withdrawals and purchase payments, and then select the highest of
those values. If the highest of those values exceeds the existing Total Annual
Income Amount, we replace the existing amount with the new, higher amount.
Otherwise, we leave the existing Total Annual Income Amount intact. In later
years, (i.e., after the first Annuity Anniversary after the first withdrawal)
we determine whether an automatic step-up should occur on each Annuity
Anniversary, by performing a similar examination of the Account Values on the
end of the four immediately preceding quarters. If, on the date that we
implement a Highest Quarterly Auto Step-Up to your Total Annual Income Amount,
the charge for Highest Daily Lifetime Five has changed for new purchasers, you
may be subject to the new charge at the time of such step-up. Prior to
increasing your charge for Highest Daily Lifetime Five upon a step-up, we
would notify you, and give you the opportunity to cancel the automatic step-up
feature. If you receive notice of a proposed step-up and accompanying fee
increase, you should carefully evaluate whether the amount of the step-up
justifies the increased fee to which you will be subject.
The Highest Daily Lifetime Five benefit does not affect your ability to make
withdrawals under your annuity, or limit your ability to request withdrawals
that exceed the Total Annual Income Amount. Under Highest Daily Lifetime Five,
if your cumulative withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to
the Total Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Total Annual Income
Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the
Total Annual Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year.
If, cumulatively, you withdraw an amount less than the Total Annual Income
Amount in any Annuity Year, you cannot carry-over the unused portion of the
Total Annual Income Amount to subsequent Annuity Years.
Examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions, and the Highest
Quarterly Auto Step-Up are set forth below. The values depicted here are
purely hypothetical, and do not reflect the charges for the Highest Daily
Lifetime Five benefit or any other fees and charges. Assume the following for
all three examples:
.. The Issue Date is December 1, 2006.
.. The Highest Daily Lifetime Five benefit is elected on March 5, 2007.
DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR REDUCTIONS
On May 2, 2007, the Total Protected Withdrawal Value is $120,000, resulting in
a Total Annual Income Amount of $6,000 (5% of $120,000). Assuming $2,500 is
withdrawn from the Annuity on this date, the remaining Total Annual Income
Amount for that Annuity Year (up to and including December 1, 2007) is $3,500.
This is the result of a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Total Annual Income
Amount - $6,000 less $2,500 = $3,500.
PROPORTIONAL REDUCTIONS
Continuing the previous example, assume an additional withdrawal of $5,000
occurs on August 6, 2007 and the Account Value at the time of this withdrawal
is $110,000. The first $3,500 of this withdrawal reduces the Total Annual
Income Amount for that Annuity Year to $0. The remaining withdrawal amount -
$1,500 - reduces the Total Annual Income Amount in future Annuity Years on a
proportional basis based on the ratio of the excess withdrawal to the Account
Value immediately prior to the excess withdrawal. (Note that if there were
other withdrawals in that Annuity Year, each would result in another
proportional reduction to the Total Annual Income Amount).
HERE IS THE CALCULATION:
Account Value before withdrawal $110,000.00
Less amount of "non" excess withdrawal $ 3,500.00
Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal of $1,500 $106,500.00
Excess withdrawal amount $ 1,500.00
Divided by Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal $106,500.00
Ratio 1.41%
Total Annual Income Amount $ 6,000.00
Less ratio of 1.41% $ 84.51
Total Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years $ 5,915.49
HIGHEST QUARTERLY AUTO STEP-UP
On each Annuity Anniversary date, the Total Annual Income Amount is stepped-up
if 5% of the highest quarterly value since your first withdrawal (or last
Annuity Anniversary in subsequent years), adjusted for withdrawals and
additional purchase payments, is higher than the Total Annual Income Amount,
adjusted for excess withdrawals and additional purchase payments (plus any
Credit with respect to XT6).
120
Continuing the same example as above, the Total Annual Income Amount for this
Annuity Year is $6,000. However, the excess withdrawal on August 6 reduces
this amount to $5,915.49 for future years (see above). For the next Annuity
Year, the Total Annual Income Amount will be stepped-up if 5% of the highest
quarterly Account Value, adjusted for withdrawals, is higher than $5,915.49.
Here are the calculations for determining the quarterly values. Only the
June 1 value is being adjusted for excess withdrawals as the September 1 and
December 1 Valuation Days occur after the excess withdrawal on August 6.
HIGHEST QUARTERLY VALUE ADJUSTED TOTAL ANNUAL
(ADJUSTED WITH WITHDRAWAL INCOME AMOUNT (5% OF THE
DATE* ACCOUNT VALUE AND PURCHASE PAYMENTS)** HIGHEST QUARTERLY VALUE)
----- ------------- ------------------------- ------------------------
June 1, 2007 $118,000.00 $118,000.00 $5,900.00
August 6, 2007 $110,000.00 $112,885.55 $5,644.28
September 1, 2007 $112,000.00 $112,885.55 $5,644.28
December 1, 2007 $119,000.00 $119,000.00 $5,950.00
* In this example, the Annuity Anniversary date is December 1. The quarterly
valuation dates are every three months thereafter - March
1, June 1, September 1, and December 1. In this example, we do not use the
March 1 date as the first withdrawal took place after March 1. The Annuity
Anniversary Date of December 1 is considered the fourth and final quarterly
valuation date for the year.
** In this example, the first quarterly value after the first withdrawal is
$118,000 on June 1, yielding an adjusted Total Annual Income Amount of
$5,900.00. This amount is adjusted on August 6 to reflect the $5,000
withdrawal. The calculations for the adjustments are:
. The Account Value of $118,000 on June 1 is first reduced
dollar-for-dollar by $3,500 ($3,500 is the remaining Total Annual Income
Amount for the Annuity Year), resulting in an adjusted Account Value of
$114,500 before the excess withdrawal.
. This amount ($114,500) is further reduced by 1.41% (this is the ratio in
the above example which is the excess withdrawal divided by the Account
Value immediately preceding the excess withdrawal) resulting in a
Highest Quarterly Value of $112,885.55.
The adjusted Total Annual Income Amount is carried forward to the next
quarterly anniversary date of September 1. At this time, we compare this
amount to 5% of the Account Value on September 1. Since the June 1 adjusted
Total Annual Income Amount of $5,644.28 is higher than $5,600.00 (5% of
$112,000), we continue to carry $5,644.28 forward to the next and final
quarterly anniversary date of December 1. The Account Value on December 1 is
$119,000 and 5% of this amount is $5,950. Since this is higher than $5,644.28,
the adjusted Total Annual Income Amount is reset to $5,950.00.
In this example, 5% of the December 1 value yields the highest amount of $
5,950.00. Since this amount is higher than the current year's Total Annual
Income Amount of $5,915.49 adjusted for excess withdrawals, the Total Annual
Income Amount for the next Annuity Year, starting on December 2, 2007 and
continuing through December 1, 2008, will be stepped-up to $5,950.00.
BENEFITS UNDER THE HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE BENEFIT
.. To the extent that your Account Value was reduced to zero as a result of
cumulative withdrawals that are equal to or less than the Total Annual
Income Amount and amounts are still payable under Highest Daily Lifetime
Five, we will make an additional payment, if any, for that Annuity Year
equal to the remaining Total Annual Income Amount for the Annuity Year.
Thus, in that scenario, the remaining Total Annual Income Amount would be
payable even though your Account Value was reduced to zero. In subsequent
Annuity Years we make payments that equal the Total Annual Income Amount as
described in this section. We will make payments until the death of the
single designated life. To the extent that cumulative withdrawals in the
current Annuity Year that reduced your Account Value to zero are more than
the Total Annual Income Amount, the Highest Daily Lifetime Five benefit
terminates, and no additional payments will be made.
.. If Annuity payments are to begin under the terms of your Annuity, or if you
decide to begin receiving Annuity payments and there is a Total Annual
Income Amount due in subsequent Annuity Years, you can elect one of the
following two options:
(1)apply your Account Value to any Annuity option available; or
(2)request that, as of the date Annuity payments are to begin, we make
Annuity payments each year equal to the Total Annual Income Amount.
We will make payments until the death of the single designated life.
We must receive your request in a form acceptable to us at our office.
.. In the absence of an election when mandatory annuity payments are to begin,
we will make annual annuity payments in the form of a single life fixed
annuity with ten payments certain, by applying the greater of the annuity
rates then currently available or the annuity rates guaranteed in your
Annuity. The amount that will be applied to provide such Annuity payments
will be the greater of:
(1)the present value of the future Total Annual Income Amount payments.
Such present value will be calculated using the greater of the single
life fixed annuity rates then currently available or the single life
fixed annuity rates guaranteed in your Annuity; and
(2)the Account Value.
.. If no withdrawal was ever taken, we will calculate the Total Annual Income
Amount as if you made your first withdrawal on the date the annuity
payments are to begin.
.. Please note that if your Annuity has a maximum Annuity Date requirement,
payments that we make under this benefit as of that date will be treated as
annuity payments.
121
OTHER IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS
.. Withdrawals under the Highest Daily Lifetime Five benefit are subject to
all of the terms and conditions of the Annuity, including any CDSC.
.. Withdrawals made while the Highest Daily Lifetime Five Benefit is in effect
will be treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals
under the Annuity. The Highest Daily Lifetime Five Benefit does not
directly affect the Account Value or surrender value, but any withdrawal
will decrease the Account Value by the amount of the withdrawal (plus any
applicable CDSC). If you surrender your Annuity you will receive the
current surrender value.
.. You can make withdrawals from your Annuity while your Account Value is
greater than zero without purchasing the Highest Daily Lifetime Five
benefit. The Highest Daily Lifetime Five benefit provides a guarantee that
if your Account Value declines due to market performance, you will be able
to receive your Total Annual Income Amount in the form of periodic
benefit payments.
.. You should carefully consider when to begin taking withdrawals. If you
begin taking withdrawals early, you may maximize the time during which you
may take withdrawals due to longer life expectancy, and you will be using
an optional benefit for which you are paying a charge. On the other hand,
you could limit the value of the benefit if you begin taking withdrawals
too soon. For example, withdrawals reduce your Account Value and may limit
the potential for increasing your Protected Withdrawal Value. You should
discuss with your Financial Professional when it may be appropriate for you
to begin taking withdrawals.
.. Upon inception of the benefit, and to maintain the benefit, 100% of your
Account Value must have been allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
However, the mathematical formula component of the benefit as described
below may transfer Account Value to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account as of
the effective date of the benefit in some circumstances.
.. You cannot allocate purchase payments or transfer Account Value to or from
a Fixed Allocation if you elect this benefit.
.. Transfers to and from the Sub-accounts and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
triggered by the formula component of the benefit will not count toward the
maximum number of free transfers allowable under an Annuity.
.. In general, you must allocate your Account Value in accordance with the
then available investment option(s) that we may prescribe in order to
maintain the Highest Daily Lifetime Five benefit. If, subsequent to your
election of the benefit, we change our requirements for how Account Value
must be allocated under the benefit, we will not compel you to re-allocate
your Account Value in accordance with our newly-adopted requirements.
Subsequent to any change in requirements, transfers of Account Value and
allocation of additional purchase payments may be subject to the new
investment limitations.
.. The charge for Highest Daily Lifetime Five is 0.60% annually, assessed
against the average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts and as a reduction
to the interest rate credited under the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. This
charge is in addition to any other fees under the annuity. You will begin
paying the charge for this benefit as of the effective date of the benefit,
even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years, or ever. We
will not refund the charges you have paid if you choose never to take any
withdrawals and/or if you never receive any lifetime income payments.
ELECTION OF AND DESIGNATIONS UNDER THE BENEFIT
Highest Daily Lifetime Five is no longer available for new elections. For
Highest Daily Lifetime Five, there must have been either a single Owner who is
the same as the Annuitant, or if the Annuity is entity-owned, there must have
been a single natural person Annuitant. In either case, the Annuitant must
have been at least 55 years old.
Any change of the Annuitant under the Annuity will result in cancellation of
Highest Daily Lifetime Five. Similarly, any change of Owner will result in
cancellation of Highest Daily Lifetime Five, except if (a) the new Owner has
the same taxpayer identification number as the previous owner (b) both the new
Owner and previous Owner are entities or (c) the previous Owner is a natural
person and the new Owner is an entity.
We no longer permit elections of Highest Daily Lifetime Five. If you wish, you
may cancel the Highest Daily Lifetime Five benefit. You may then elect any
other available living benefit on the Valuation Day after you have cancelled
the Highest Daily Lifetime Five benefit, provided the request is received in
good order (subject to state availability and any applicable age
requirements). Upon cancellation of the Highest Daily Lifetime Five benefit,
any Account Value allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account used with the
formula will be reallocated to the Permitted Sub-Accounts according to your
most recent allocation instructions or, in absence of such instructions,
pro-rata. ONCE THE HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE BENEFIT IS CANCELED YOU ARE NOT
REQUIRED TO RE-ELECT ANOTHER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT AND ANY SUBSEQUENT
BENEFIT ELECTION MAY BE MADE ON OR AFTER THE FIRST VALUATION DAY FOLLOWING THE
CANCELLATION OF THE HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE BENEFIT PROVIDED THAT THE
BENEFIT YOU ARE LOOKING TO ELECT IS AVAILABLE ON A POST-ISSUE BASIS. IF YOU
CANCEL THE BENEFIT, YOU LOSE ALL GUARANTEES UNDER THE BENEFIT, AND YOUR
GUARANTEE UNDER ANY NEW BENEFIT YOU ELECT WILL BE BASED ON YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE
AT THAT TIME. ANY SUCH NEW BENEFIT MAY BE MORE EXPENSIVE.
TERMINATION OF THE BENEFIT
You may terminate the benefit at any time by notifying us. If you terminate
the benefit, any guarantee provided by the benefit will terminate as of the
date the termination is effective, and certain restrictions on re-election
will apply as described above. The benefit terminates: (i) upon your
termination of the benefit (ii) upon your surrender of the Annuity (iii) upon
your election to begin receiving annuity payments (iv) upon the death of the
Annuitant (v) if both the Account Value and Total Annual Income Amount equal
zero or (vi) if you fail to meet our requirements for issuing the benefit. If
you terminate the benefit, you will lose the Protected Withdrawal Value,
Annual Income Amount, as well as any Enhanced Protected Withdrawal Value and
Return of Principal Guarantees.
122
Upon termination of Highest Daily Lifetime Five, we cease deducting the charge
for the benefit. With regard to your investment allocations, upon termination
we will: (i) leave intact amounts that are held in the variable investment
options, and (ii) transfer all amounts held in the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
(as defined below) to your variable investment options, based on your existing
allocation instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro
rata (i.e. in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options). Upon termination, we may limit or prohibit investment in
the Fixed Allocations.
RETURN OF PRINCIPAL GUARANTEE
If you have not made a withdrawal before the Tenth Anniversary, we will
increase your Account Value on that Tenth Anniversary (or the next Valuation
Day, if that anniversary is not a Valuation Day), if the requirements set
forth in this paragraph are met. On the Tenth Anniversary, we add:
a) your Account Value on the day that you elected Highest Daily Lifetime Five;
and
b) the sum of each Purchase Payment you made (including any Credits with
respect to XT6) during the one-year period after you elected the benefit.
If the sum of (a) and (b) is greater than your Account Value on the Tenth
Anniversary, we increase your Account Value to equal the sum of (a) and (b),
by contributing funds from our general account. If the sum of (a) and (b) is
less than or equal to your Account Value on the Tenth Anniversary, we make no
such adjustment. The amount that we add to your Account Value under this
provision will be allocated to each of our variable investment options and the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account (described below), in the same proportion that each
such investment option bears to your total Account Value, immediately prior to
the application of the amount. Any such amount will not be considered a
Purchase Payment when calculating your Total Protected Withdrawal Value, your
death benefit, or the amount of any other or optional benefit that you may
have selected, and therefore will have no direct impact on any such values at
the time we add this amount. This potential addition to Account Value is
available only if you have elected Highest Daily Lifetime Five and if you meet
the conditions set forth in this paragraph. Thus, if you take a withdrawal
prior to the Tenth Anniversary, you are not eligible to receive the Return of
Principal Guarantee.
MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE
As indicated above, we limit the sub-accounts to which you may allocate
Account Value if you have elected Highest Daily Lifetime Five. For purposes of
this benefit, we refer to those permitted sub-accounts as the "Permitted
Sub-accounts". As a requirement of participating in Highest Daily Lifetime
Five, we require that you participate in our mathematical formula under which
we may transfer Account Value between the Permitted Sub-accounts and a fixed
interest rate account that is part of our general account (the "Benefit Fixed
Rate Account"). This required formula helps us manage our financial exposure
under the benefit, by moving assets to a more stable option (i.e., the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account). We determine whether to make a transfer, and the amount
of any transfer, under a non-discretionary formula, discussed below. The
Benefit Fixed Rate Account is available only with this benefit, and thus you
may not allocate purchase payments to or transfer Account Value to or from the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The interest rate that we pay with respect to the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account is reduced by an amount that corresponds generally
to the charge that we assess against your variable Sub-accounts for Highest
Daily Lifetime Five. The Benefit Fixed Rate Account is not subject to the
Investment Company Act of 1940 or the Securities Act of 1933.
Under the formula component of Highest Daily Lifetime Five, we monitor your
Account Value daily and, if necessary, systematically transfer amounts between
the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
Any transfer would be made in accordance with the formula, which is set forth
in the schedule supplement to the endorsement for this benefit (and also
appears in Appendix G to this prospectus). Speaking generally, the formula,
which we apply each Valuation Day, operates as follows. The formula starts by
identifying your Protected Withdrawal Value for that day and then multiplies
that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical) Highest Daily
Annual Income Amount. Then, using our actuarial tables, we produce an estimate
of the total amount we would target in our allocation model, based on the
projected Highest Daily Annual Income Amount each year for the rest of your
life. In the formula, we refer to that value as the "Target Value" or "L". If
you have already made a withdrawal, your projected Annual Income Amount (and
thus your Target Value) would take into account any automatic step-up that was
scheduled to occur according to the step-up formula described above. Next, the
formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held within the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account on that day, and divides that difference by the amount held
within the Permitted Sub-accounts. That ratio, which essentially isolates the
amount of your Target Value that is not offset by amounts held within the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account, is called the "Target Ratio" or "r". If the Target
Ratio exceeds a certain percentage (currently 83%) it means essentially that
too much Target Value is not offset by assets within the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account, and therefore we will transfer an amount from your Permitted
Sub-accounts to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Conversely, if the Target
Ratio falls below a certain percentage (currently 77%), then a transfer from
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account to the Permitted Sub-accounts would occur. Note
that the formula is calculated with reference to the Highest Daily Annual
Income Amount, rather than with reference to the Annual Income Amount. If you
elect the new mathematical formula, see the discussion below regarding the 90%
cap.
As you can glean from the formula, poor investment performance of your Account
Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your variable Account Value to
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, because such poor investment performance will
tend to increase the Target Ratio. Moreover, "flat" investment returns of your
Account Value over a period of time also could result in the transfer
123
of your Account Value to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Because the amount
allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and the amount allocated to the
Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment
performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. In
deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula, which essentially seeks
to re-balance amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Benefit Fixed
Rate Account so that the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal
to 80%. Once elected, the ratios we use for Highest Daily Lifetime Five will
be fixed.
While you are not notified when the formula dictates a transfer, you will
receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion of your
Account Value either to or from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The formula is
designed primarily to mitigate the financial risks that we incur in providing
the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime Five.
Depending on the results of the formula calculation, we may, on any day:
.. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account; or
.. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account, transfer all or a portion of those amounts to the
Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation instructions or
(in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata (i.e., in the same
proportion as the current balances in your variable investment options).
Amounts taken out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account will be withdrawn for
this purpose on a last-in, first-out basis (an amount renewed into a new
guarantee period under the Benefit Fixed Rate Account will be deemed a new
investment for purposes of this last-in, first-out rule); or
.. Transfer all or a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted
Sub-accounts pro-rata to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The interest that
you earn on such transferred amount will be equal to the annual rate that
we have set for that day, and we will credit the daily equivalent of that
annual interest until the earlier of one year from the date of the transfer
or the date that such amount in the Benefit Fixed Rate Account is
transferred back to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or all of your Account Value may be
allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. If your entire Account Value is
transferred to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, then based on the way the
formula operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account to the Permitted Sub-accounts and the entire Account Value
would remain in the Benefit Rate Fixed Account. If you make additional
purchase payments to your Annuity, they will be allocated to the Sub-accounts
according to your allocation instructions. Such additional purchase payments
may or may not cause the formula to transfer money in or out of the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account. Once the purchase payments are allocated to your Annuity,
they will also be subject to the formula, which may result in immediate
transfers to or from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, if dictated by the
formula. The amounts of any such transfer will vary, as dictated by the
formula, and will depend on the factors listed below.
The amount that is transferred to and from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
pursuant to the formula depends upon a number of factors unique to your
Annuity (and is not necessarily directly correlated with the securities
markets, bond markets, or interest rates, in general) including:
.. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
.. How long you have owned Highest Daily Lifetime Five;
.. The performance of the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen;
.. The performance of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account (i.e., the amount of
interest credited to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account);
.. The amount allocated to each of the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen;
.. The amount allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account;
.. Additional purchase payments, if any, you make to your Annuity;
.. Withdrawals, if any, you take from your Annuity (withdrawals are taken pro
rata from your Account Value).
Any Account Value in the Benefit Fixed Rate Account will not be available to
participate in the investment experience of the Permitted Sub-accounts if
there is a recovery until it is moved out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
The more of your Account Value allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account
under the formula, the greater the impact of the performance of the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account (i.e., the amount of interest credited to the Benefit Fixed
Rate Account) in determining whether (and how much) of your Account Value is
transferred back to the Permitted Sub-accounts. Further, it is possible under
the formula, that if a significant portion your Account Value is allocated to
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and that Account has good performance but the
performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is negative, that the formula might
transfer your Account Value to the Permitted Sub-accounts. Thus, the converse
is true too (the more you have allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts, the
greater the impact of the performance of those Sub-accounts will have on any
transfer to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account).
ADDITIONAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
If you purchase an annuity as an investment vehicle for "qualified"
investments, including an IRA, SEP-IRA, Tax Sheltered Annuity (or 403(b)) or
employer plan under Code Section 401(a), the Required Minimum Distribution
rules under the Code provide that you begin receiving periodic amounts from
your annuity beginning after age 70 1/2. For a Tax Sheltered Annuity or a
401(a) plan for which the participant is not a greater than 5 percent owner of
the employer, this required beginning date can
124
generally be deferred to retirement, if later. Roth IRAs are not subject to
these rules during the owner's lifetime. The amount required under the Code
may exceed the Total Annual Income Amount, which will cause us to increase the
Total Annual Income Amount in any Annuity Year that Required Minimum
Distributions due from your Annuity that are greater than such amounts. In
addition, the amount and duration of payments under the annuity payment and
death benefit provisions may be adjusted so that the payments do not trigger
any penalty or excise taxes due to tax considerations such as Required Minimum
Distribution provisions under the tax law. Please note, however, that any
withdrawal you take prior to the Tenth Anniversary, even if withdrawn to
satisfy required minimum distribution rules, will cause you to lose the
ability to receive Enhanced Protected Withdrawal Value and an amount under the
Return of Principal Guarantee.
As indicated, withdrawals made while this Benefit is in effect will be
treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the
Annuity. Please see the Tax Considerations section of the prospectus for a
detailed discussion of the tax treatment of withdrawals. We do not address
each potential tax scenario that could arise with respect to this Benefit
here. However, we do note that if you participate in Highest Daily Lifetime
Five through a non-qualified annuity, and your annuity has received Enhanced
Protected Withdrawal Value and/or an additional amount under the Return of
Principal Guarantee, as with all withdrawals, once all purchase payments are
returned under the Annuity, all subsequent withdrawal amounts will be taxed as
ordinary income.
OPTIONAL 90% CAP FEATURE FOR THE FORMULA UNDER HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME FIVE
If you currently own an Annuity and have elected the Highest Daily Lifetime
Five Income Benefit, you can elect this feature which utilizes a new
mathematical formula. The new formula is described below and will (if you
elect it) replace the "Transfer Calculation" portion of the mathematical
formula currently used in connection with your benefit on a prospective basis.
There is no cost to adding this feature to your Annuity. This election may
only be made once and may not be revoked once elected. This feature is
available subject to state approval. The new formula is found in Appendix G
(page G-2). Only the election of the 90% cap will prevent all of your Account
Value from being allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. If all of your
Account Value is currently allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, it
will not transfer back to the Permitted Sub-accounts unless you elect the 90%
cap feature. If you make additional Purchase Payments, they may or may not
result in a transfer to or from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
Under the new formula, the formula will not execute a transfer to the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account that results in more than 90% of your Account Value being
allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account ("90% cap" or "90% cap rule").
Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the formula would require a transfer into the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account that would result in more than 90% of the Account
Value being allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, only the amount that
results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account will be transferred. Additionally, future transfers into
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account will not be made (regardless of the performance
of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least
until there is first a transfer out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Once
this transfer occurs out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, future amounts may
be transferred to or from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account if dictated by the
formula (subject to the 90% cap). At no time will the formula make a transfer
to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account that results in greater than 90% of your
Account Value being allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. HOWEVER, IT
IS POSSIBLE THAT, DUE TO THE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE OF YOUR ALLOCATIONS IN THE
BENEFIT FIXED RATE ACCOUNT AND YOUR ALLOCATIONS IN THE PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS
YOU HAVE SELECTED, YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE COULD BE MORE THAN 90% INVESTED IN THE
BENEFIT FIXED RATE ACCOUNT.
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is
in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional purchase
payments to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account at least until there is first a
transfer out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, regardless of how much of your
Account Value is in the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means that there could be
scenarios under which, because of the additional purchase payments you make,
less than 90% of your entire Account Value is allocated to the Benefit Fixed
Rate Account, and the formula will still not transfer any of your Account
Value to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account (at least until there is first a
transfer out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account). For example:
.. March 19, 2009 - a transfer is made to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account that
results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is allocated to the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts.
.. March 20, 2009 - you make an additional purchase payment of $10,000. No
transfers have been made from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account to the
Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on March 19, 2009.
.. As of March 20, 2009 (and at least until first a transfer is made out of
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account under the formula) - the $10,000 payment is
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and now you have 82% in the Benefit
Fixed Rate Account and 18% in the Permitted Sub-accounts (such that $20,000
is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and $90,000 is allocated to the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account).
.. Once there is a transfer out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account (of any
amount), the formula will operate as described above, meaning that the
formula could transfer amounts to or from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account if
dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap).
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into existence and
may be removed multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will
continue to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically
125
transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account as dictated by the formula. Once you elect this
feature, the new transfer formula described above will be the formula for your
Annuity.
In the event that more than ninety percent (90%) of your Account Value is
allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account and you have elected this feature,
up to ten percent (10%) of your Account Value currently allocated to the
Benefit Fixed Rate Account will be transferred to your Permitted Sub-accounts,
such that after the transfer, 90% of your Account Value on the date of the
transfer is in the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. The transfer to the Permitted
Sub-accounts will be based on your existing allocation instructions or (in the
absence of such existing instructions) pro rata (i.e., in the same proportion
as the current balances in your variable investment options). Amounts taken
out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account will be withdrawn for this purpose on a
last-in, first-out basis (an amount renewed into a new guarantee period under
the Benefit Fixed Rate Account will be deemed a new investment for purposes of
this last-in, first-out rule).
Once the 90% cap rule is met, future transfers into the Benefit Fixed Rate
Account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the Benefit Fixed
Rate Account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is a first
transfer out of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account. Once this transfer occurs out
of the Benefit Fixed Rate Account, future amounts may be transferred to or
from the Benefit Fixed Rate Account if dictated by the formula.
PLEASE BE AWARE THAT AFTER THE INITIAL TRANSFER OUT OF THE BENEFIT FIXED RATE
ACCOUNT UPON ELECTION OF THE 90% CAP, THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT FUTURE
TRANSFERS OUT WILL OCCUR, OR THE AMOUNT OF SUCH FUTURE TRANSFERS, AS A RESULT
OF THE ELECTION OF THE 90% CAP. THESE TRANSFERS WILL BE DETERMINED BY THE
MATHEMATICAL FORMULA AND DEPEND ON A NUMBER OF FACTORS UNIQUE TO YOUR ANNUITY.
IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS WHEN ELECTING THE NEW FORMULA:
.. At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value may be
allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
.. Please be aware that because of the way the new 90% cap formula operates,
it is possible that more than or less than 90% of your Account Value may be
allocated to the Benefit Fixed Rate Account.
.. Because the charge for Highest Daily Lifetime Five is assessed against the
average daily net assets of the Sub-accounts, that charge will be assessed
against all assets transferred into the Permitted Sub-accounts.
.. If this feature is elected, any Account Value transferred to the Permitted
Sub-accounts is subject to the investment performance of those
Sub-accounts. Your Account Value can go up or down depending of the
performance of the Permitted Sub-accounts you select.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN INCOME BENEFIT (HD 7)
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven is no longer available for new elections. The
income benefit under Highest Daily Lifetime Seven currently is based on a
single "designated life" who is at least 55 years old on the date that the
benefit is acquired. The Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Benefit was not
available if you elected any other optional living benefit, although you may
have elected any optional death benefit other than the Highest Daily Value
death benefit or the Plus40 Life Insurance Rider. As long as your Highest
Daily Lifetime Seven Benefit is in effect, you must allocate your Account
Value in accordance with the then permitted and available investment option(s)
with this benefit. For a more detailed description of the permitted investment
options, see the Investment options section of this prospectus. We no longer
permit new elections of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven.
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven guarantees until the death of the single
designated life the ability to withdraw an annual amount (the "Annual Income
Amount") equal to a percentage of an initial principal value (the "Protected
Withdrawal Value") regardless of the impact of market performance on the
Account Value, subject to our benefit rules regarding the timing and amount of
withdrawals. The benefit may be appropriate if you intend to make periodic
withdrawals from your Annuity, and wish to ensure that market performance will
not affect your ability to receive annual payments. You are not required to
make withdrawals as part of the benefit - the guarantees are not lost if you
withdraw less than the maximum allowable amount each year under the rules of
the benefit. As discussed below, we require that you participate in our
pre-determined mathematical formula in order to participate in Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven, and in Appendix J to this prospectus, we set forth the formula
under which we make the asset transfers. Withdrawals are taken first from your
own Account Value. We are only required to begin making lifetime income
payments to you under our guarantee when and if your Account Value is reduced
to zero (unless the benefit has terminated).
As discussed below, a key component of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven is the
Protected Withdrawal Value. Because each of the Protected Withdrawal Value and
Annual Income Amount is determined in a way that is not solely related to
Account Value, it is possible for the Account Value to fall to zero, even
though the Annual Income Amount remains. You are guaranteed to be able to
withdraw the Annual Income Amount for the rest of your life, provided that you
have not made "excess withdrawals." Excess withdrawals, as discussed below,
will reduce your Annual Income Amount. Thus, you could experience a scenario
in which your Account Value was zero, and, due to your excess withdrawals,
your Annual Income Amount also was reduced to zero. In that scenario, no
further amount would be payable under Highest Daily Lifetime Seven.
126
KEY FEATURE - PROTECTED WITHDRAWAL VALUE
The Protected Withdrawal Value is used to calculate the initial Annual Income
Amount. On the effective date of the benefit, the Protected Withdrawal Value
is equal to your Account Value. On each Valuation Day thereafter, until the
earlier of the tenth anniversary of benefit election (the "Tenth Anniversary
Date") or the date of the first withdrawal, the Protected Withdrawal Value is
equal to the "Periodic Value" described in the next paragraph.
The "Periodic Value" initially is equal to the Account Value on the effective
date of the benefit. On each Valuation Day thereafter, until the earlier of
the first withdrawal or the Tenth Anniversary Date, we recalculate the
Periodic Value. We stop determining the Periodic Value upon the earlier of
your first withdrawal after the effective date of the benefit or the Tenth
Anniversary Date. On each Valuation Day (the "Current Valuation Day"), the
Periodic Value is equal to the greater of:
(1)the Periodic Value for the immediately preceding business day (the "Prior
Valuation Day") appreciated at the daily equivalent of 7% annually during
the calendar day(s) between the Prior Valuation Day and the Current
Valuation Day (i.e., one day for successive Valuation Days, but more than
one calendar day for Valuation Days that are separated by weekends and/or
holidays), plus the amount of any adjusted Purchase Payment made on the
Current Valuation Day; and
(2)the Account Value.
If you make a withdrawal prior to the Tenth Anniversary Date, the Protected
Withdrawal Value on the date of the withdrawal is equal to the greatest of:
a) the Account Value; or
b) the Periodic Value on the date of the withdrawal.
If you have not made a withdrawal on or before the Tenth Anniversary Date,
your Protected Withdrawal Value subsequent to the Tenth Anniversary Date is
equal to the greatest of:
(1)the Account Value; or
(2)the Periodic Value on the Tenth Anniversary Date, increased for subsequent
adjusted purchase payments; or
(3)the sum of:
(a)200% of the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit;
(b)200% of all adjusted purchase payments made within one year after the
effective date of the benefit; and
(c)all adjusted purchase payments made after one year following the
effective date of the benefit up to the date of the first withdrawal.
On and after the date of your first withdrawal, your Protected Withdrawal
Value is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments, is
reduced by withdrawals, including your first withdrawal (as described below),
and is increased if you qualify for a step-up (as described below).
Irrespective of these calculations, your Protected Withdrawal Value will
always be at least equal to your Account Value.
KEY FEATURE - ANNUAL INCOME AMOUNT UNDER THE HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN
BENEFIT
The Annual Income Amount is equal to a specified percentage of the Protected
Withdrawal Value. The percentage depends on the age of the Annuitant on the
date of the first withdrawal after election of the benefit. The percentages
are: 5% for ages 74 and younger, 6% for ages 75-79, 7% for ages 80-84, and 8%
for ages 85 and older. Under the Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit, if your
cumulative withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual
Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in subsequent
Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual Income Amount
on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year. If your cumulative
withdrawals are in excess of the Annual Income Amount ("Excess Income"), your
Annual Income Amount in subsequent years will be reduced (except with regard
to required minimum distributions) by the result of the ratio of the Excess
Income to the Account Value immediately prior to such withdrawal (see examples
of this calculation below). Withdrawals of any amount up to and including the
Annual Income Amount will reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value by the amount
of the withdrawal. Withdrawals of Excess Income will reduce the Protected
Withdrawal Value by the same ratio as the reduction to the Annual Income
Amount.
A Purchase Payment that you make will (i) increase the then-existing Annual
Income Amount by an amount equal to a percentage of the Purchase Payment
(including the amount of any associated Credits) based on the age of the
Annuitant at the time of the first withdrawal (the percentages are: 5% for
ages 74 and younger, 6% for ages 75-79, 7% for ages 80-84, and 8% for ages 85
and older) and (ii) increase the Protected Withdrawal Value by the amount of
the Purchase Payment (including the amount of any associated Credits).
An automatic step-up feature ("Highest Quarterly Auto Step-Up") is included as
part of this benefit. As detailed in this paragraph, the Highest Quarterly
Auto Step-Up feature can result in a larger Annual Income Amount if your
Account Value increases subsequent to your first withdrawal. We begin
examining the Account Value for purposes of the Highest Quarterly Step-Up
starting with the anniversary of the Issue Date of the Annuity (the "Annuity
Anniversary") immediately after your first withdrawal
127
under the benefit. Specifically, upon the first such Annuity Anniversary, we
identify the Account Value on the Valuation Days corresponding to the end of
each quarter that (i) is based on your Annuity Year, rather than a calendar
year; (ii) is subsequent to the first withdrawal; and (iii) falls within the
immediately preceding Annuity Year. If the end of any such quarter falls on a
holiday or a weekend, we use the next Valuation Day. Having identified each of
those quarter-end Account Values, we then multiply each such value by a
percentage that varies based on the age of the Annuitant on the Annuity
Anniversary as of which the step-up would occur. The percentages are 5% for
ages 74 and younger, 6% for ages 75-79, 7% for ages 80-84, and 8% for ages 85
and older. Thus, we multiply each quarterly value by the applicable
percentage, adjust each such quarterly value for subsequent withdrawals and
purchase payments, and then select the highest of those values. If the highest
of those values exceeds the existing Annual Income Amount, we replace the
existing amount with the new, higher amount. Otherwise, we leave the existing
Annual Income Amount intact. In later years, (i.e., after the first Annuity
Anniversary after the first withdrawal) we determine whether an automatic
step-up should occur on each Annuity Anniversary, by performing a similar
examination of the Account Values on the end of the four immediately preceding
quarters. At the time that we increase your Annual Income Amount, we also
increase your Protected Withdrawal Value to equal the highest quarterly value
upon which your step-up was based. If, on the date that we implement a Highest
Quarterly Auto Step-Up to your Annual Income Amount, the charge for Highest
Daily Lifetime Seven has changed for new purchasers, you may be subject to the
new charge at the time of such step-up. Prior to increasing your charge for
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven upon a step-up, we would notify you, and give you
the opportunity to cancel the automatic step-up feature. If you receive notice
of a proposed step-up and accompanying fee increase, you should carefully
evaluate whether the amount of the step-up justifies the increased fee to
which you will be subject.
The Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit does not affect your ability to make
withdrawals under your Annuity, or limit your ability to request withdrawals
that exceed the Annual Income Amount. Under Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, if
your cumulative withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the
Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in
subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual
Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year.
If, cumulatively, you withdraw an amount less than the Annual Income Amount in
any Annuity Year, you cannot carry-over the unused portion of the Annual
Income Amount to subsequent Annuity Years.
Examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions, and the Highest
Quarterly Auto Step-Up are set forth below. The values depicted here are
purely hypothetical, and do not reflect the charges for the Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven benefit or any other fees and charges. Assume the following for
all three examples:
. The Issue Date is December 1, 2007
. the highest daily lifetime seven benefit is elected on march 5, 2008
. The Annuitant was 70 years old when he/she elected the Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven benefit.
DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR REDUCTIONS
On May 2, 2008, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $120,000, resulting in an
Annual Income Amount of $6,000 (since the Annuitant is younger than 75 at the
time of the 1/st/ withdrawal, the Annual Income Amount is 5% of the Protected
Withdrawal Value, in this case 5% of $120,000). Assuming $2,500 is withdrawn
from the Annuity on this date, the remaining Annual Income Amount for that
Annuity Year (up to and including December 1, 2008) is $3,500. This is the
result of a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Annual Income Amount-$6,000
less $2,500 = $3,500.
PROPORTIONAL REDUCTIONS
Continuing the previous example, assume an additional withdrawal of $5,000
occurs on August 6, 2008 and the Account Value at the time of this withdrawal
is $110,000. The first $3,500 of this withdrawal reduces the Annual Income
Amount for that Annuity Year to $0. The remaining withdrawal amount - $1,500 -
reduces the Annual Income Amount in future Annuity Years on a proportional
basis based on the ratio of the excess withdrawal to the Account Value
immediately prior to the excess withdrawal. (Note that if there were other
withdrawals in that Annuity Year, each would result in another proportional
reduction to the Annual Income Amount).
HERE IS THE CALCULATION:
Account Value before withdrawal $110,000.00
Less amount of "non" excess withdrawal $ 3,500.00
Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal of $1,500 $106,500.00
Excess withdrawal amount $ 1,500.00
Divided by Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal $106,500.00
Ratio 1.41%
Annual Income Amount $ 6,000.00
Less ratio of 1.41% $ 84.51
Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years $ 5,915.49
128
HIGHEST QUARTERLY AUTO STEP-UP
On each Annuity Anniversary date, the Annual Income Amount is stepped-up if
the appropriate percentage (based on the Annuitant's age on the Annuity
Anniversary) of the highest quarterly value since your first withdrawal (or
last Annuity Anniversary in subsequent years), adjusted for withdrawals and
additional purchase payments, is higher than the Annual Income Amount,
adjusted for excess withdrawals and additional purchase payments (plus any
Credits).
Continuing the same example as above, the Annual Income Amount for this
Annuity Year is $6,000. However, the excess withdrawal on August 6 reduces
this amount to $5,915.49 for future years (see above). For the next Annuity
Year, the Annual Income Amount will be stepped-up if 5% (since the youngest
Designated Life is younger than 75 on the date of the potential step-up) of
the highest quarterly Account Value adjusted for withdrawals, is higher than
$5,915.49. Here are the calculations for determining the quarterly values.
Only the June 1 value is being adjusted for excess withdrawals as the
September 1 and December 1 Valuation Days occur after the excess withdrawal on
August 6.
HIGHEST QUARTERLY VALUE ADJUSTED ANNUAL INCOME
(ADJUSTED WITH WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT (5% OF THE
DATE* ACCOUNT VALUE AND PURCHASE PAYMENTS)** HIGHEST QUARTERLY VALUE)
----- ------------- ------------------------- ------------------------
June 1, 2008 $118,000.00 $118,000.00 $5,900.00
August 6, 2008 $110,000.00 $112,885.55 $5,644.28
September 1, 2008 $112,000.00 $112,885.55 $5,644.28
December 1, 2008 $119,000.00 $119,000.00 $5,950.00
* In this example, the Annuity Anniversary date is December 1. The quarterly
valuation dates are every three months thereafter - March 1,
June 1, September 1, and December 1. In this example, we do not use the
March 1 date as the first withdrawal took place after March 1. The Annuity
Anniversary Date of December 1 is considered the fourth and final quarterly
valuation date for the year.
** In this example, the first quarterly value after the first withdrawal is
$118,000 on June 1, yielding an adjusted Annual Income Amount of $5,900.00.
This amount is adjusted on August 6 to reflect the $5,000 withdrawal. The
calculations for the adjustments are:
. The Account Value of $118,000 on June 1 is first reduced
dollar-for-dollar by $3,500 ($3,500 is the remaining Annual Income
Amount for the Annuity Year), resulting in an adjusted Account Value of
$114,500 before the excess withdrawal.
. This amount ($114,500) is further reduced by 1.41% (this is the ratio in
the above example which is the excess withdrawal divided by the Account
Value immediately preceding the excess withdrawal) resulting in a
Highest Quarterly Value of $112,885.55.
. The adjusted Annual Income Amount is carried forward to the next
quarterly anniversary date of September 1. At this time, we compare this
amount to 5% of the Account Value on September 1. Since the June 1
adjusted Annual Income Amount of $5,644.28 is higher than $5,600.00 (5%
of $112,000), we continue to carry $5,644.28 forward to the next and
final quarterly anniversary date of December 1. The Account Value on
December 1 is $119,000 and 5% of this amount is $5,950. Since this is
higher than $5,644.28, the adjusted Annual Income Amount is reset to
$5,950.00.
In this example, 5% of the December 1 value yields the highest amount of
$5,950.00. Since this amount is higher than the current year's Annual Income
Amount of $5,915.49 adjusted for excess withdrawals, the Annual Income Amount
for the next Annuity Year, starting on December 2, 2008 and continuing through
December 1, 2009, will be stepped-up to $5,950.00.
BENEFITS UNDER THE HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN BENEFIT
.. To the extent that your Account Value was reduced to zero as a result of
cumulative withdrawals that are equal to or less than the Annual Income
Amount or as a result of the fee that we assess for Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven, and amounts are still payable under Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, we
will make an additional payment, if any, for that Annuity Year equal to the
remaining Annual Income Amount for the Annuity Year. Thus, in that
scenario, the remaining Annual Income Amount would be payable even though
your Account Value was reduced to zero. In subsequent Annuity Years we make
payments that equal the Annual Income Amount as described in this section.
We will make payments until the death of the single designated life. To the
extent that cumulative withdrawals in the current Annuity Year that reduced
your Account Value to zero are more than the Annual Income Amount, the
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit terminates, and no additional payments
are made. However, if a withdrawal in the latter scenario was taken to meet
required minimum distribution requirements under the Annuity, then the
benefit will not terminate, and we will continue to pay the Annual Income
Amount in the form of a fixed annuity.
.. If Annuity payments are to begin under the terms of your Annuity, or if you
decide to begin receiving Annuity payments and there is a Annual Income
Amount due in subsequent Annuity Years, you can elect one of the following
two options:
1) apply your Account Value to any Annuity option available; or
2) request that, as of the date Annuity payments are to begin, we make
Annuity payments each year equal to the Annual Income Amount. We will
make payments until the death of the single designated life.
We must receive your request in a form acceptable to us at our office.
.. In the absence of an election when mandatory annuity payments are to begin,
we will make annual annuity payments in the form of a single life fixed
annuity with ten payments certain, by applying the greater of the annuity
rates then currently available or the annuity rates guaranteed in your
Annuity. The amount that will be applied to provide such Annuity payments
will be the greater of:
1) the present value of the future Annual Income Amount payments. Such
present value will be calculated using the greater of the single life
fixed annuity rates then currently available or the single life fixed
annuity rates guaranteed in your Annuity; and
2) the Account Value.
129
.. If no withdrawal was ever taken, we will calculate the Annual Income Amount
as if you made your first withdrawal on the date the annuity payments are
to begin.
.. Please note that payments that we make under this benefit after the Annuity
Anniversary coinciding with or next following the annuitant's 95/th/
birthday will be treated as annuity payments.
OTHER IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS
.. Withdrawals under the Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit are subject to
all of the terms and conditions of the Annuity, including any CDSC that may
apply. Note that if your withdrawal of the Annual Income Amount in a given
Annuity Year exceeds the applicable free withdrawal amount under the
Annuity (but is not considered Excess Income), we will not impose any CDSC
on the amount of that withdrawal. However, we may impose a CDSC on the
portion of a withdrawal that is deemed Excess Income.
.. Withdrawals made while the Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Benefit is in
effect will be treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other
withdrawals under the Annuity. The Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Benefit
does not directly affect the Account Value or surrender value, but any
withdrawal will decrease the Account Value by the amount of the withdrawal
(plus any applicable CDSC). If you surrender your Annuity you will receive
the current surrender value.
.. You can make withdrawals from your Annuity while your Account Value is
greater than zero without purchasing the Highest Daily Lifetime Seven
benefit. The Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit provides a guarantee that
if your Account Value declines due to market performance, you will be able
to receive your Annual Income Amount in the form of periodic benefit
payments.
.. You should carefully consider when to begin taking withdrawals. If you
begin taking withdrawals early, you may maximize the time during which you
may take withdrawals due to longer life expectancy, and you will be using
an optional benefit for which you are paying a charge. On the other hand,
you could limit the value of the benefit if you begin taking withdrawals
too soon. For example, withdrawals reduce your Account Value and may limit
the potential for increasing your Protected Withdrawal Value. You should
discuss with your Financial Professional when it may be appropriate for you
to begin taking withdrawals.
.. Upon inception of the benefit, and to maintain the benefit, 100% of your
Account Value must have been allocated to the permitted Sub-accounts.
.. You cannot allocate purchase payments or transfer Account Value to or from
the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account (see description below)
if you elect this benefit. A summary description of the AST Investment
Grade Bond Portfolio appears within the Prospectus section entitled "What
Are The Investment Objectives and Policies of The Portfolios?". You can
find a copy of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio prospectus by going
to www.prudentialannuities.com.
.. Transfers to and from the elected Sub-accounts and an AST Investment Grade
Bond Portfolio Sub-account triggered by the mathematical formula component
of the benefit will not count toward the maximum number of free transfers
allowable under an Annuity.
.. You must allocate your Account Value in accordance with the then available
investment option(s) that we may prescribe in order to maintain the Highest
Daily Lifetime Seven benefit. If, subsequent to your election of the
benefit, we change our requirements for how Account Value must be allocated
under the benefit, we will not compel you to re-allocate your Account Value
in accordance with our newly adopted requirements. Subject to any change in
requirements, transfer of Account Value and allocation of additional
purchase payments may be subject to new investment limitations.
.. The fee for Highest Daily Lifetime Seven is 0.60% annually of the Protected
Withdrawal Value. We deduct this fee at the end of each quarter, where each
such quarter is part of a year that begins on the effective date of the
benefit or an anniversary thereafter. Thus, on each such quarter-end (or
the next Valuation Day, if the quarter-end is not a Valuation Day), we
deduct 0.15% of the Protected Withdrawal Value at the end of the quarter.
We deduct the fee pro rata from each of your Sub-accounts including the AST
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account. Since this fee is based on the
Protected Withdrawal Value the fee for Highest Daily Lifetime Seven may be
greater than it would have been, had it been based on the Account Value
alone. If the fee to be deducted exceeds the current Account Value, we will
reduce the Account Value to zero, and continue the benefit as described
above. You will begin paying the charge for this benefit as of the
effective date of the benefit, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals
for many years, or ever. We will not refund the charges you have paid if
you choose never to take any withdrawals and/or if you never receive any
lifetime income payments.
ELECTION OF AND DESIGNATIONS UNDER THE BENEFIT
We no longer permit new elections of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven.
For Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, there must have been either a single Owner
who was the same as the Annuitant, or if the Annuity is entity owned, there
must be a single natural person Annuitant. In either case, the Annuitant must
have been at least 55 years old. Any change of the Annuitant under the Annuity
will result in cancellation of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven. Similarly, any
change of Owner will result in cancellation of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven,
except if (a) the new Owner has the same taxpayer identification number as the
previous owner (b) ownership is transferred from a custodian to the Annuitant,
or vice versa or (c) ownership is transferred from one entity to another
entity.
If you wish, you may cancel any Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit. You may
then elect any other available living benefit on the Valuation Day after you
have cancelled the Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit, provided the request
is received in good order (subject to state availability and any applicable
age requirements). Upon cancellation of any Highest Daily Lifetime Seven
benefit, any Account Value allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Portfolio Sub-account used with the formula will be reallocated to the
Permitted Sub-Accounts according to your most recent allocation instructions
or, in absence of such instructions, pro rata. You should be aware that upon
termination of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, you will lose the Protected
Withdrawal
130
Value (including the Tenth Anniversary Date Guarantee), Annual Income Amount,
and the Return of Principal Guarantee that you had accumulated under the
benefit. Thus, the initial guarantees under any newly-elected benefit will be
based on your current Account Value at the time you elect a new benefit. ONCE
THE HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN BENEFIT IS CANCELED YOU ARE NOT REQUIRED TO
RE-ELECT ANOTHER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT AND ANY SUBSEQUENT BENEFIT ELECTION
MAY BE MADE ON OR AFTER THE FIRST VALUATION DAY FOLLOWING THE CANCELLATION OF
THE HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN BENEFIT PROVIDED THAT THE BENEFIT YOU ARE
LOOKING TO ELECT IS AVAILABLE ON A POST-ISSUE BASIS. IF YOU CANCEL THE
BENEFIT, YOU LOSE ALL GUARANTEES UNDER THE BENEFIT, AND YOUR GUARANTEE UNDER
ANY NEW BENEFIT YOU ELECT WILL BE BASED ON YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AT THAT TIME.
ANY SUCH NEW BENEFIT MAY BE MORE EXPENSIVE.
RETURN OF PRINCIPAL GUARANTEE
If you have not made a withdrawal before the Tenth Anniversary, we will
increase your Account Value on that Tenth Anniversary (or the next Valuation
Day, if that anniversary is not a Valuation Day), if the requirements set
forth in this paragraph are met. On the Tenth Anniversary, we add:
a) your Account Value on the day that you elected Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven; and
b) the sum of each Purchase Payment you made (including any Credits) during
the one-year period after you elected the benefit.
If the sum of (a) and (b) is greater than your Account Value on the Tenth
Anniversary, we increase your Account Value to equal the sum of (a) and (b),
by contributing funds from our general account. If the sum of (a) and (b) is
less than or equal to your Account Value on the Tenth Anniversary, we make no
such adjustment. The amount that we add to your Account Value under this
provision will be allocated to each of your variable investment options
(including the bond Sub-account used with this benefit), in the same
proportion that each such Sub-account bears to your total Account Value,
immediately before the application of the amount. Any such amount will not be
considered a Purchase Payment when calculating your Protected Withdrawal
Value, your death benefit, or the amount of any optional benefit that you may
have selected, and therefore will have no direct impact on any such values at
the time we add this amount. This potential addition to Account Value is
available only if you have elected Highest Daily Lifetime Seven and if you
meet the conditions set forth in this paragraph. Thus, if you take a
withdrawal prior to the Tenth Anniversary, you are not eligible to receive the
Return of Principal Guarantee.
TERMINATION OF THE BENEFIT
You may terminate the benefit at any time by notifying us. If you terminate
the benefit, any guarantee provided by the benefit will terminate as of the
date the termination is effective, and certain restrictions on re-election
will apply as described above. The benefit terminates: (i) upon your
termination of the benefit (ii) upon your surrender of the Annuity (iii) upon
your election to begin receiving annuity payments (although if you have
elected to the Annual Income Amount in the form of Annuity payments, we will
continue to pay the Annual Income Amount) (iv) upon the death of the Annuitant
(v) if both the Account Value and Annual Income Amount equal zero or (vi) if
you cease to meet our requirements for issuing the benefit (see Elections and
Designations under the Benefit).
Upon termination of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven other than upon the death of
the Annuitant, we impose any accrued fee for the benefit (i.e., the fee for
the pro-rated portion of the year since the fee was last assessed), and
thereafter we cease deducting the charge for the benefit. With regard to your
investment allocations, upon termination we will: (i) leave intact amounts
that are held in the variable investment options, and (ii) transfer all
amounts held in the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account to your
variable investment options, based on your existing allocation instructions or
(in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata (i.e. in the same
proportion as the current balances in your variable investment options).
MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate
Account Value if you have elected Highest Daily Lifetime Seven. For purposes
of the benefit, we refer to those permitted Sub-accounts as the "Permitted
Sub-accounts". As a requirement of participating in Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven, we require that you participate in our mathematical formula, under
which we may transfer Account Value between the Permitted Sub-accounts and a
specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the "AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account"). We determine whether to make a transfer, and the
amount of any transfer, under a non-discretionary formula, discussed below.
The AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is available only with this benefit,
and thus you may not allocate purchase payments to the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account. Under the formula component of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven,
we monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Any transfer would be
made in accordance with a formula, which is set forth in Appendix J to this
prospectus.
Speaking generally, the formula, which we apply each Valuation Day, operates
as follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. Note that we use 5% in the formula, irrespective of the
Annuitant's attained age. Then we produce an estimate of the total amount we
would target in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and
factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as
the "Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your
projected income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account
any automatic step-up, any subsequent purchase payments, and any excess
131
withdrawals. Next, the formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held
within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account on that day, and divides that
difference by the amount held within the Permitted Sub-accounts. That ratio,
which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value that is not offset
by amounts held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, is called
the "Target Ratio" or "r". If the Target Ratio exceeds a certain percentage
(currently 83%), it means essentially that too much Target Value is not offset
by assets within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and therefore we
will transfer an amount from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account. Conversely, if the Target Ratio falls below a certain
percentage (currently 77%), then a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts would occur.
If you elect the new formula (90% Cap Rule), see discussion below.
As you can glean from the formula, poor investment performance of your Account
Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your variable Account Value to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account because such poor investment
performance will tend to increase the Target Ratio. Moreover, "flat"
investment returns of your Account Value over a period of time also could
result in the transfer of your Account Value from the Permitted Sub-accounts
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Because the amount allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the amount allocated to the
Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment
performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. In
deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula, which essentially seeks
to re-balance amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account so that the Target Ratio meets a target,
which currently is equal to 80%. Once you elect Highest Daily Lifetime Seven,
the ratios we use will be fixed. For newly-issued Annuities that elect Highest
Daily Lifetime Seven and existing Annuities that elect Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven, however, we reserve the right, subject to any required regulatory
approval, to change the ratios.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a reallocation trigger,
you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion
of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The formula by which the reallocation triggers operate is
designed primarily to mitigate the financial risks that we incur in providing
the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime Seven.
Depending on the results of the calculation relative to the reallocation
triggers, we may, on any day:
.. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or
.. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those
amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options); or
.. Transfer all or a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted
Sub-accounts pro rata to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or all of your Account Value may be
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If your entire Account
Value is transferred to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then based
on the way the formula operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts and
the entire Account Value would remain in the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity, they
will be allocated to the Sub-accounts according to your allocation
instructions. Such additional purchase payments may or may not cause the
formula to transfer money in or out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. Once the purchase payments are allocated to your Annuity, they
will also be subject to the formula, which may result in immediate transfers
to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-accounts, if dictated by the
formula. THE AMOUNTS OF ANY SUCH TRANSFERS WILL VARY (AND IN SOME INSTANCES,
COULD BE LARGE), AS DICTATED BY THE FORMULA, AND WILL DEPEND ON THE FACTORS
LISTED BELOW.
The amount that is transferred to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account pursuant to the formula depends upon a number of factors unique to
your Annuity (and is not necessarily directly correlated with the securities
markets, bond markets, or interest rates, in general) including:
.. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
.. How long you have owned Highest Daily Lifetime Seven;
.. The performance of the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen;
.. The performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
.. The amount allocated to each of the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen;
.. The amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
.. Additional purchase payments, if any, you make to your Annuity;
.. Withdrawals, if any, you take from your Annuity (withdrawals are taken pro
rata from your Account Value).
Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not be
available to participate in the investment experience of the Permitted
Sub-accounts if there is a recovery until it is moved out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
132
The more of your Account Value allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account under the formula, the greater the impact of the performance of
that Sub-account in determining whether (and how much) of your Account Value
is transferred back to the Permitted Sub-accounts. Further, it is possible
under the formula, that if a significant portion your Account Value is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account
has good performance but the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is
negative, that the formula might transfer your Account Value to the Permitted
Sub-accounts. Thus, the converse is true too (the more you have allocated to
the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater the impact of the performance of those
Sub-accounts will have on any transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account).
ADDITIONAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
If you purchase an annuity as an investment vehicle for "qualified"
investments, including an IRA, SEP-IRA, Tax Sheltered Annuity (or 403(b)) or
employer plan under Code Section 401(a), the Required Minimum Distribution
rules under the Code provide that you begin receiving periodic amounts from
your annuity beginning after age 70 1/2. For a Tax Sheltered Annuity or a
401(a) plan for which the participant is not a greater than five (5) percent
owner of the employer, this required beginning date can generally be deferred
to retirement, if later. Roth IRAs are not subject to these rules during the
owner's lifetime. The amount required under the Code may exceed the Annual
Income Amount, which will cause us to increase the Annual Income Amount in any
Annuity Year that Required Minimum Distributions due from your Annuity are
greater than such amounts. In addition, the amount and duration of payments
under the annuity payment and death benefit provisions may be adjusted so that
the payments do not trigger any penalty or excise taxes due to tax
considerations such as Required Minimum Distribution provisions under the tax
law. Please note, however, that any withdrawal you take prior to the Tenth
Anniversary, even if withdrawn to satisfy required minimum distribution rules,
will cause you to lose the ability to receive the Return of Principal
Guarantee and the guaranteed amount described above under "Key Feature -
Protected Withdrawal Value".
As indicated, withdrawals made while this Benefit is in effect will be
treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the
Annuity. Please see the Tax Considerations section of the prospectus for a
detailed discussion of the tax treatment of withdrawals. We do not address
each potential tax scenario that could arise with respect to this Benefit
here. However, we do note that if you participate in Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven through a non-qualified annuity, as with all withdrawals, once all
purchase payments are returned under the Annuity, all subsequent withdrawal
amounts will be taxed as ordinary income.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN WITH BENEFICIARY INCOME OPTION
There is an optional death benefit feature under this benefit, the amount of
which is linked to your Annual Income Amount. We refer to this optional death
benefit as the Beneficiary Income Option or ("BIO"). Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven was available without also selecting the Beneficiary Income Option death
benefit. We no longer permit elections of the Highest Daily Lifetime Seven
with Beneficiary Income Option benefit. If you terminate your Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven with BIO benefit to elect any other available living benefit,
you will lose the guarantees that you had accumulated under your Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven with BIO benefit and will begin new guarantees under the newly
elected benefit.
If you have elected this death benefit, you may not elect any other optional
benefit. You may have elected the Beneficiary Income Option death benefit so
long as the Annuitant is no older than age 75 at the time of election. For
purposes of this optional death benefit, we calculate the Annual Income Amount
and Protected Withdrawal Value in the same manner that we do under Highest
Daily Lifetime Seven itself. Because the fee for this benefit is based on the
Protected Withdrawal Value, the fee for Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with the
Beneficiary Income Option may be greater than it would have been based on the
Account Value alone.
Upon a death that triggers payment of a death benefit under the Annuity, we
identify the following amounts: (a) the amount of the basic death benefit
under the Annuity (b) the Protected Withdrawal Value and (c) the Annual Income
Amount. If there were no withdrawals prior to the date of death, then we
calculate the Protected Withdrawal Value for purposes of this death benefit as
of the date of death, and we calculate the Annual Income Amount as if there
were a withdrawal on the date of death. If there were withdrawals prior to the
date of death, then we set the Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income
Amount for purposes of this death benefit as of the date that we receive due
proof of death.
If there is one beneficiary, he/she must choose to receive either the basic
death benefit (in a lump sum or other permitted form of distribution) or the
Beneficiary Income Option death benefit (in the form of periodic payments of
the Annual Income Amount - such payments may be annual or at other intervals
that we permit). If there are multiple beneficiaries, each beneficiary is
presented with the same choice. Thus, each beneficiary can choose to take
his/her portion of either (a) the basic death benefit or (b) the Beneficiary
Income Option death benefit. In order to receive the Beneficiary Income Option
death benefit, each beneficiary's share of the death benefit proceeds must be
allocated as a percentage of the total death benefit to be paid. We allow a
beneficiary who has opted to receive the Annual Income Amount to designate
another beneficiary, who would receive any remaining payments upon the former
beneficiary's death. Note also that the final payment, exhausting the
Protected Withdrawal Value, may be less than the Annual Income Amount.
Here is an example to illustrate how the death benefit may be paid:
.. Assume that (i) the basic death benefit is $50,000, the Protected
Withdrawal Value is $100,000, and the Annual Income Amount is $5,000;
(ii) there are two beneficiaries (the first designated to receive 75% of
the death benefit and the second
133
designated to receive 25% of the death benefit); (iii) the first beneficiary
chooses to receive his/her portion of the death benefit in the form of the
Annual Income Amount, and the second beneficiary chooses to receive his/her
portion of the death benefit with reference to the basic death benefit.
.. Under those assumptions, the first beneficiary will be paid a pro-rated
portion of the Annual Income Amount for 20 years (the 20 year pay out
period is derived from the $5,000 Annual Income Amount, paid each year
until it exhausts the entire $100,000 Protected Withdrawal Value).
The pro-rated portion of the Annual Income Amount, equal to $3,750 annually
(i.e., the first beneficiary's 75% share multiplied by $5000), is then paid
each year for the 20 year period. Payment of $3,750 for 20 years results in
total payments of $75,000 (i.e., the first beneficiary's 75% share of the
$100,000 Protected Withdrawal Value).
The second beneficiary would receive 25% of the basic death benefit amount (or
$12,500).
If you elect to terminate Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Beneficiary Income
Option, both Highest Daily Lifetime Seven and that death benefit option will
be terminated. You may not terminate the death benefit option without
terminating the entire benefit. If you terminate Highest Daily Lifetime Seven
with Beneficiary Income Option, your ability to elect other optional living
benefits will be affected as indicated in the "Election and Designations under
the Benefit" section, above.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN WITH LIFETIME INCOME ACCELERATOR
There is another version of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven that we call Highest
Daily Lifetime Seven with Lifetime Income Accelerator ("Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven with LIA"). We no longer permit new elections of Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven with LIA. If you have elected this benefit, you may not elect any other
optional benefit. The income benefit under Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with
LIA currently was based on a single "designated life" who was between the ages
of 55 and 75 on the date that the benefit was elected. If you terminate your
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Benefit with LIA to elect any other available
living benefit, you will lose the guarantees that you had accumulated under
your Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit with LIA and will begin the new
guarantees under the newly elected benefit based on the account value as of
the date the new benefit becomes active.
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with LIA is not long-term care insurance and
should not be purchased as a substitute for long-term care insurance. The
income you receive through the Lifetime Income Accelerator may be used for any
purpose, and it may or may not be sufficient to address expenses you may incur
for long-term care. You should seek professional advice to determine your
financial needs for long-term care.
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with LIA guarantees, until the death of the
single designated life, the ability to withdraw an amount equal to double the
Annual Income Amount (which we refer to as the "LIA Amount") if you meet the
conditions set forth below. If you had chosen the Highest Daily Lifetime Seven
with LIA, the maximum charge is 2.00% of Protected Withdrawal Value ("PWV")
annually. We deduct the current charge (0.95% of PWV) at the end of each
quarter, where each such quarter is part of a year that begins on the
effective date of the benefit or an anniversary thereafter. Thus, on each such
quarter-end (or the next Valuation Day, if the quarter-end is not a Valuation
Day), we deduct 0.2375% of the Protected Withdrawal Value at the end of the
quarter. We deduct the fee pro rata from each of your Sub-accounts including
the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account. Since this fee is based
on the protected withdrawal value, the fee for Highest Daily Lifetime Seven
with LIA may be greater than it would have been, had it been based on the
Account Value alone. If the fee to be deducted exceeds the current Account
Value, we will reduce the Account Value to zero, and continue the benefit as
described below.
If this benefit was elected within an Annuity held as a 403 (b) plan, then in
addition to meeting the eligibility requirements listed below for the LIA
Amount you must separately qualify for distributions from the 403 (b) plan
itself.
You could have chosen Highest Daily Lifetime Seven without also electing LIA,
however you may not have elected LIA without Highest Daily Lifetime Seven. All
terms and conditions of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven apply to this version of
the benefit, except as described herein.
ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR LIA AMOUNT Both a waiting period of 36 months,
from the benefit effective date, and an elimination period of 120 days, from
the date of notification that one or both of the requirements described
immediately below have been met, apply before you can become eligible for the
LIA Amount. Assuming the 36 month waiting period has been met and we have
received the notification referenced in .the immediately preceding sentence,
the LIA amount would be available for withdrawal on the Valuation Day
immediately after the 120/th/ day. The waiting period and the elimination
period may run concurrently. In addition to satisfying the waiting and
elimination period, either or both of the following requirements ("LIA
conditions") must be met. It is not necessary to meet both conditions:
1) The designated life is confined to a qualified nursing facility. A
qualified nursing facility is a facility operated pursuant to law or any
state licensed facility providing medically necessary in-patient care which
is prescribed by a licensed physician in writing and based on physical
limitations which prohibit daily living in a non-institutional setting.
134
2) The designated life is unable to perform two or more basic abilities of
caring for oneself or "activities of daily living." We define these basic
abilities as:
i. Eating: Feeding oneself by getting food into the body from a
receptacle (such as a plate, cup or table) or by a feeding tube or
intravenously.
ii.Dressing: Putting on and taking off all items of clothing and any
necessary braces, fasteners or artificial limbs.
iii.Bathing: Washing oneself by sponge bath; or in either a tub or
shower, including the task of getting into or out of the tub or
shower.
iv.Toileting: Getting to and from the toilet, getting on and off the
toilet, and performing associated personal hygiene.
v. Transferring: Moving into or out of a bed, chair or wheelchair.
vi.Continence: Maintaining control of bowel or bladder function; or when
unable to maintain control of bowel or bladder function, the ability
to perform personal hygiene (including caring for catheter or
colostomy bag).
You must notify us when the LIA conditions have been met. If, when we receive
such notification, there are more than 120 days remaining until the end of the
waiting period described above, you will not be eligible for the LIA Amount.
If there are 120 days or less remaining until the end of the waiting period
when we receive notification that the LIA conditions are met, we will
determine eligibility for the LIA Amount through our then current
administrative process, which may include, but is not limited to,
documentation verifying the LIA conditions and/or an assessment by a third
party of our choice. Such assessment may be in person and we will assume any
costs associated with the aforementioned assessment. Once eligibility is
determined, the LIA Amount is equal to double the Annual Income Amount as
described in this prospectus under the Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Benefit.
Additionally, we will reassess your eligibility on an annual basis although
your LIA benefit for the year that immediately precedes our reassessment will
not be affected if it is determined that you are no longer eligible. Your
first reassessment may occur in the same year as your initial assessment. If
we determine you are no longer eligible to receive the LIA Amount, upon the
next Annuity Anniversary the Annual Income Amount would replace the LIA
Amount. However, if you were receiving income based on the LIA Amount and do
not take action to change your withdrawal amount to your Annual Income Amount,
any cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year that are in excess of
the Annual Income Amount will impact your Annual Income Amount in subsequent
years (except with regard to Required Minimum Distributions for this Annuity
that comply with our rules). Please note that we will not change your current
withdrawal amount unless you instruct us to do so. If you wish to establish or
make changes to your existing withdrawal program to ensure that you are not
taking Excess Income, please contact our Annuity Service Office. There is no
limit on the number of times you can become eligible for the LIA Amount,
however, each time would require the completion of the 120-day elimination
period, notification that the designated life meets the LIA conditions, and
determination, through our then current administrative process, that you are
eligible for the LIA Amount, each as described above.
You should also keep in mind that, at the time you are experiencing the LIA
conditions that would qualify you for the LIA Amount, you may also be
experiencing other disabilities that could impede your ability to conduct your
affairs. You may wish to consult with a legal advisor to determine whether you
should authorize a fiduciary who could notify us if you meet the LIA
conditions and apply for the benefit.
LIA AMOUNT AT THE FIRST WITHDRAWAL. If your first withdrawal subsequent to
election of Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with LIA occurs while you are
eligible for the LIA Amount, the available LIA Amount is equal to double the
Annual Income Amount.
LIA AMOUNT AFTER THE FIRST WITHDRAWAL. If you become eligible for the LIA
Amount after you have taken your first withdrawal, the available LIA amount
for the current and subsequent Annuity Years is equal to double the then
current Annual Income Amount, however the available LIA amount in the current
Annuity Year is reduced by any withdrawals that have been taken in the current
Annuity Year. Cumulative withdrawals in an Annuity Year which are less than or
equal to the LIA Amount (when eligible for the LIA amount) will not reduce
your LIA Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will
reduce the LIA Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year.
WITHDRAWALS IN EXCESS OF THE LIA AMOUNT. If your cumulative withdrawals in an
Annuity Year are in excess of the LIA Amount when you are eligible ("Excess
Withdrawal"), your LIA Amount in subsequent years will be reduced (except with
regard to required minimum distributions) by the result of the ratio of the
excess portion of the withdrawal to the Account Value immediately prior to the
Excess Withdrawal. Reductions include the actual amount of the withdrawal,
including any CDSC that may apply. Withdrawals of any amount up to and
including the LIA Amount will reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value by the
amount of the withdrawal. Excess Withdrawals will reduce the Protected
Withdrawal Value by the same ratio as the reduction to the LIA Amount. Any
withdrawals that are less than or equal to the LIA amount (when eligible) but
in excess of the free withdrawal amount available under this Annuity will not
incur a CDSC.
Withdrawals are not required. However, subsequent to the first withdrawal, the
LIA Amount is not increased in subsequent Annuity Years if you decide not to
take a withdrawal in an Annuity Year or take withdrawals in an Annuity Year
that in total are less than the LIA Amount.
135
PURCHASE PAYMENTS. If you are eligible for the LIA Amount as described under
"Eligibility Requirements for LIA Amount" and you make an additional Purchase
Payment, we will increase your LIA Amount by double the amount we add to your
Annual Income Amount.
STEP UPS. If your Annual Income Amount is stepped up, your LIA Amount will be
stepped up to equal double the stepped up Annual Income Amount.
GUARANTEE PAYMENTS. If your Account Value is reduced to zero as a result of
cumulative withdrawals that are equal to or less than the LIA Amount, or as a
result of the fee that we assess for Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with LIA,
and there is still a LIA Amount available, we will make an additional payment
for that Annuity Year equal to the remaining LIA Amount. Thus, in that
scenario, the remaining LIA Amount would be payable even though your Account
Value was reduced to zero. In subsequent Annuity Years we make payments that
equal the LIA Amount as described in this section. We will make payments until
the death of the single designated life. Should the designated life no longer
qualify for the LIA amount (as described under "Eligibility Requirements for
LIA Amount" above), the Annual Income Amount would continue to be available.
Subsequent eligibility for the LIA Amount would require the completion of the
120 day elimination period as well as meeting the LIA conditions listed above
under "Eligibility Requirements for LIA Amount". To the extent that cumulative
withdrawals in the current Annuity Year that reduce your Account Value to zero
are more than the LIA Amount (except in the case of required minimum
distributions), Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with LIA terminates, and no
additional payments are made.
ANNUITY OPTIONS. In addition to the Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Annuity
Options described above, after the 10/th/ benefit anniversary you may also
request that we make annuity payments each year equal to the Annual Income
Amount. In any year that you are eligible for the LIA Amount, we make annuity
payments equal to the LIA Amount. If you would receive a greater payment by
applying your Account Value to receive payments for life under your Annuity,
we will pay the greater amount. Prior to the 10/th/ benefit anniversary this
option is not available.
We will continue to make payments until the death of the Designated Life. If
this option is elected, the Annual Income Amount and LIA Amount will not
increase after annuity payments have begun.
If you elected Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with LIA, and never meet the
eligibility requirements, you will not receive any additional payments based
on the LIA Amount.
OPTIONAL 90% CAP FEATURE FOR FORMULA FOR HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN
If you currently own an Annuity and have elected the Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven Income Benefit (including Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Beneficiary
Income Option and Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Lifetime Income
Accelerator) or Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Income Benefit (including
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Beneficiary Income Option), you can
elect this feature (subject to state approval) which utilizes a new
mathematical formula. The new formula is described below and will replace the
"Transfer Calculation" portion of the mathematical formula currently used in
connection with your benefit on a prospective basis. There is no cost to
adding this feature to your Annuity. This election may only be made once and
may not be revoked once elected. The new mathematical formula is found in
Appendix J (page J-4). Only the election of the 90% Cap will prevent all of
your Account Value from being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Portfolio Sub-account. If all of your Account Value is currently allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account, it will not transfer back
to the Permitted Sub-accounts unless you elect the 90% Cap feature. If you
make additional Purchase Payments, they may or may not result in a transfer to
or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account.
Under the new formula, the formula will not execute a transfer to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in more than 90% of your
Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
("90% cap" or "90% Cap Rule"). Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the formula
would require a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that
would result in more than 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, only the amount that results in exactly 90%
of the Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the
performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the Permitted
Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or
from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula
(subject to the 90% cap). At no time will the formula make a transfer to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in greater than 90% of your
Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
HOWEVER, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT, DUE TO THE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE OF YOUR
ALLOCATIONS IN THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT AND YOUR ALLOCATIONS
IN THE PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS YOU HAVE SELECTED, YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE COULD BE
MORE THAN 90% INVESTED IN THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT.
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is
in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional purchase
payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account at least until there is
first a transfer out of the AST
136
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, regardless of how much of your Account
Value is in the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means that there could be
scenarios under which, because of the additional purchase payments you make,
less than 90% of your entire Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account, and the formula will still not transfer any of your
Account Value to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account (at least until
there is first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account).
For example,
.. March 19, 2009 - a transfer is made that results in the 90% cap being met
and now $90,000 is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
.. March 20, 2009 - you make an additional purchase payment of $10,000. No
transfers have been made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to
the Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on March 19, 2009.
.. As of March 20, 2009 (and at least until first a transfer is made out of
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account under the formula) - the $10,000
payment is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and now you have 82% in
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted
Sub-accounts (such that $20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts
and $90,000 is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account).
.. Once there is a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
(of any amount), the formula will operate as described above, meaning that
the formula could transfer amounts to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap).
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into existence and
may be removed multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will
continue to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account as dictated by the
formula. Once you elect this feature, the new transfer formula described above
and set forth in Appendix J will be the formula for your Annuity.
In the event that more than ninety percent (90%) of your Account Value is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and you have elected
this feature, up to ten percent (10%) of your Account Value currently
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be transferred to
your Permitted Sub-accounts, such that after the transfer, 90% of your Account
Value on the date of the transfer is in the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The transfer to the Permitted Sub-accounts will be based on your
existing allocation instructions or (in the absence of such existing
instructions) pro rata (i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances
in your variable investment options). It is possible that additional transfers
might occur after this initial transfer if dictated by the formula. The
amounts of such additional transfer(s) will vary. If on the date this feature
is elected 100% of your Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account, a transfer of an amount equal to 10% of your Account Value
will be made to your Permitted Sub-accounts. WHILE THERE ARE NO ASSURANCES
THAT FUTURE TRANSFERS WILL OCCUR, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT AN ADDITIONAL
TRANSFER(S) TO THE PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS COULD OCCUR FOLLOWING THE VALUATION
DAY(S), AND IN SOME INSTANCES (BASED ON THE FORMULA) THE ADDITIONAL
TRANSFER(S) COULD BE LARGE.
Once the 90% cap rule is met, future transfers into the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least
until there is first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap).
IMPORTANT CONSIDERATION WHEN ELECTING THE NEW FORMULA
.. At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value may be
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
.. Please be aware that because of the way the 90% cap formula operates, it is
possible that more than or less than 90% of your Account Value may be
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
.. If this feature is elected, any Account Value transferred to the Permitted
Sub-accounts is subject to the investment performance of those
Sub-accounts. Your Account Value can go up or down depending of the
performance of the Permitted Sub-accounts you select.
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN INCOME BENEFIT (SHD7)
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven is the spousal version of Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven. We no longer permit new elections of Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven must have been elected
based on two Designated Lives, as described below. Each Designated Life must
have been at least 59 1/2 years old when the benefit was elected. Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven was not available if you elected any other
optional living benefit or optional death benefit. As long as your Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Benefit is in effect, you must allocate your
Account Value in accordance with the then permitted and available investment
option(s) with this benefit. For a more detailed description of permitted
investment options, see the Investment options section of this prospectus.
The benefit that guarantees until the later death of two natural persons who
are each other's spouses at the time of election of the benefit and at the
first death of one of them (the "Designated Lives", and each, a "Designated
Life") the ability to withdraw an annual
137
amount (the "Annual Income Amount") equal to a percentage of an initial
principal value (the "Protected Withdrawal Value") regardless of the impact of
Sub-account performance on the Account Value, subject to our benefit rules
regarding the timing and amount of withdrawals. The benefit may be appropriate
if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your Annuity, wish to ensure
that Sub-account performance will not affect your ability to receive annual
payments, and wish either spouse to be able to continue the Spousal Highest
Daily Lifetime Seven benefit after the death of the first spouse. You are not
required to make withdrawals as part of the benefit - the guarantees are not
lost if you withdraw less than the maximum allowable amount each year under
the rules of the benefit. As discussed below, we require that you participate
in our pre-determined mathematical formula in order to participate in Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, and in Appendix J to this prospectus, we set
forth the formula under which we make the asset transfers. Withdrawals are
taken first from your own Account Value. We are only required to begin making
lifetime income payments to you under our guarantee when and if your Account
Value is reduced to zero (unless the benefit has terminated).
As discussed below, a key component of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven is
the Protected Withdrawal Value. Because each of the Protected Withdrawal Value
and Annual Income Amount is determined in a way that is not solely related to
Account Value, it is possible for the Account Value to fall to zero, even
though the Annual Income Amount remains. You are guaranteed to be able to
withdraw the Annual Income Amount until the death of the second Designated
Life, provided that there have not been "excess withdrawals." Excess
withdrawals, as discussed below, will reduce your Annual Income Amount. Thus,
you could experience a scenario in which your Account Value was zero, and, due
to your excess withdrawals, your Annual Income Amount also was reduced to
zero. In that scenario, no further amount would be payable under Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven.
KEY FEATURE - PROTECTED WITHDRAWAL VALUE
The Protected Withdrawal Value is used to calculate the initial Annual Income
Amount. On the effective date of the benefit, the Protected Withdrawal Value
is equal to your Account Value. On each Valuation Day thereafter, until the
earlier of the tenth anniversary of benefit election (the "Tenth Anniversary
Date") or the date of the first withdrawal, the Protected Withdrawal Value is
equal to the "Periodic Value" described in the next paragraph.
The "Periodic Value" initially is equal to the Account Value on the effective
date of the benefit. On each Valuation Day thereafter, until the earlier of
the first withdrawal or the Tenth Anniversary Date, we recalculate the
Periodic Value. We stop determining the Periodic Value upon the earlier of
your first withdrawal after the effective date of the benefit or the Tenth
Anniversary Date. On each Valuation Day (the "Current Valuation Day"), the
Periodic Value is equal to the greater of:
1) the Periodic Value for the immediately preceding business day (the "Prior
Valuation Day") appreciated at the daily equivalent of 7% annually during
the calendar day(s) between the Prior Valuation Day and the Current
Valuation Day (i.e., one day for successive Valuation Days, but more than
one calendar day for Valuation Days that are separated by weekends and/or
holidays), plus the amount of any adjusted Purchase Payment made on the
Current Valuation Day; and
2) the Account Value.
If you make a withdrawal prior to the Tenth Anniversary Date, the Protected
Withdrawal Value on the date of the withdrawal is equal to the greatest of:
1) the Account Value; or
2) the Periodic Value on the date of the withdrawal.
If you have not made a withdrawal on or before the Tenth Anniversary Date,
your Protected Withdrawal Value subsequent to the Tenth Anniversary Date is
equal to the greatest of:
1) the Account Value; or
2) the Periodic Value on the Tenth Anniversary Date, increased for subsequent
adjusted purchase payments; or
3) the sum of:
(a)200% of the Account Value on the effective date of the benefit.
(b)200% of all adjusted purchase payments made within one year after the
effective date of the benefit; and
(c)all adjusted purchase payments made after one year following the
effective date of the benefit up to the date of the first withdrawal.
On and after the date of your first withdrawal, your Protected Withdrawal
Value is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase payments, is
reduced by withdrawals, including your first withdrawal (as described below),
and is increased if you qualify for a step-up (as described below).
Irrespective of these calculations, your Protected Withdrawal Value will
always be at least equal to your Account Value.
KEY FEATURE - ANNUAL INCOME AMOUNT UNDER THE SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME
SEVEN BENEFIT
The Annual Income Amount is equal to a specified percentage of the Protected
Withdrawal Value. The percentage depends on the age of the youngest Designated
Life on the date of the first withdrawal after election of the benefit. The
percentages are: 5% for
138
ages 79 and younger, 6% for ages 80 to 84, 7% for ages 85 to 89, and 8% for
ages 90 and older. We use the age of the youngest Designated Life even if that
Designated Life is no longer a participant under the Annuity due to death or
divorce. Under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit, if your
cumulative withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual
Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in subsequent
Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual Income Amount
on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year. If your cumulative
withdrawals are in excess of the Annual Income Amount ("Excess Income"), your
Annual Income Amount in subsequent years will be reduced (except with regard
to required minimum distributions) by the result of the ratio of the Excess
Income to the Account Value immediately prior to such withdrawal (see examples
of this calculation below). Withdrawals of any amount up to and including the
Annual Income Amount will reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value by the amount
of the withdrawal. Withdrawals of Excess Income will reduce the Protected
Withdrawal Value by the same ratio as the reduction to the Annual Income
Amount. A Purchase Payment that you make will (i) increase the then-existing
Annual Income Amount by an amount equal to a percentage of the Purchase
Payment (including the amount of any associated Credits) based on the age of
the Annuitant at the time of the first withdrawal (the percentages are: 5% for
ages 79 and younger, 6% for ages 80-84, 7% for ages 85-89, and 8% for ages 90
and older) and (ii) increase the Protected Withdrawal Value by the amount of
the Purchase Payment (including the amount of any associated Credits).
An automatic step-up feature ("Highest Quarterly Auto Step-Up") is included as
part of this benefit. As detailed in this paragraph, the Highest Quarterly
Auto Step-Up feature can result in a larger Annual Income Amount if your
Account Value increases subsequent to your first withdrawal. We begin
examining the Account Value for purposes of the Highest Quarterly Step-Up
starting with the anniversary of the Issue Date of the Annuity (the "Annuity
Anniversary") immediately after your first withdrawal under the benefit.
Specifically, upon the first such Annuity Anniversary, we identify the Account
Value on the Valuation Days corresponding to the end of each quarter that
(i) is based on your Annuity Year, rather than a calendar year; (ii) is
subsequent to the first withdrawal; and (iii) falls within the immediately
preceding Annuity Year. If the end of any such quarter falls on a holiday or a
weekend, we use the next Valuation Day. Having identified each of those
quarter-end Account Values, we then multiply each such value by a percentage
that varies based on the age of the youngest Designated Life on the Annuity
Anniversary as of which the step-up would occur. The percentages are 5% for
ages 79 and younger, 6% for ages 80-84, 7% for ages 85-89, and 8% for ages 90
and older. Thus, we multiply each quarterly value by the applicable
percentage, adjust each such quarterly value for subsequent withdrawals and
purchase payments, and then select the highest of those values. If the highest
of those values exceeds the existing Annual Income Amount, we replace the
existing amount with the new, higher amount. Otherwise, we leave the existing
Annual Income Amount intact. In later years, (i.e., after the first Annuity
Anniversary after the first withdrawal) we determine whether an automatic
step-up should occur on each Annuity Anniversary, by performing a similar
examination of the Account Values on the end of the four immediately preceding
quarters. At the time that we increase your Annual Income Amount, we also
increase your Protected Withdrawal Value to equal the highest quarterly value
upon which your step-up was based. If, on the date that we implement a Highest
Quarterly Auto Step-Up to your Annual Income Amount, the charge for Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven has changed for new purchasers, you may be
subject to the new charge at the time of such step-up. Prior to increasing
your charge for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven upon a step-up, we would
notify you, and give you the opportunity to cancel the automatic step-up
feature. If you receive notice of a proposed step-up and accompanying fee
increase, you should carefully evaluate whether the amount of the step-up
justifies the increased fee to which you will be subject.
The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit does not affect your ability
to make withdrawals under your annuity, or limit your ability to request
withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount. Under Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven, if your cumulative withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less
than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual
Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will
reduce the Annual Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity
Year.
If, cumulatively, you withdraw an amount less than the Annual Income Amount in
any Annuity Year, you cannot carry-over the unused portion of the Annual
Income Amount to subsequent Annuity Years.
Examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions, and the Highest
Quarterly Auto Step-Up are set forth below. The values depicted here are
purely hypothetical, and do not reflect the charges for the Spousal Highest
Daily Lifetime Seven benefit or any other fees and charges. Assume the
following for all three examples:
. The Issue Date is December 1, 2007
. The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit is elected on March 5,
2008.
. The youngest Designated Life was 70 years old when he/she elected the
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit.
DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR REDUCTIONS
On May 2, 2008, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $120,000, resulting in an
Annual Income Amount of $6,000 (since the youngest Designated Life is younger
than 80 at the time of the 1/st/ withdrawal, the Annual Income Amount is 5% of
the Protected Withdrawal Value, in this case 5% of $120,000). Assuming $2,500
is withdrawn from the Annuity on this date, the remaining Annual Income Amount
for that Annuity Year (up to and including December 1, 2008) is $3,500. This
is the result of a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Annual Income Amount -
$6,000 less $2,500 = $3,500.
139
PROPORTIONAL REDUCTIONS
Continuing the previous example, assume an additional withdrawal of $5,000
occurs on August 6, 2008 and the Account Value at the time of this withdrawal
is $110,000. The first $3,500 of this withdrawal reduces the Annual Income
Amount for that Annuity Year to $0. The remaining withdrawal amount - $1,500 -
reduces the Annual Income Amount in future Annuity Years on a proportional
basis based on the ratio of the excess withdrawal to the Account Value
immediately prior to the excess withdrawal. (Note that if there were other
withdrawals in that Annuity Year, each would result in another proportional
reduction to the Annual Income Amount).
HERE IS THE CALCULATION:
Account Value before withdrawal $110,000.00
Less amount of "non" excess withdrawal $ 3,500.00
Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal of $1,500 $106,500.00
Excess withdrawal amount $ 1,500.00
Divided by Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal $106,500.00
Ratio 1.41%
Annual Income Amount $ 6,000.00
Less ratio of 1.41% $ 84.51
Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years $ 5,915.49
HIGHEST QUARTERLY AUTO STEP-UP
On each Annuity Anniversary date, the Annual Income Amount is stepped-up if
the appropriate percentage (based on the youngest Designated Life's age on the
Annuity Anniversary) of the highest quarterly value since your first
withdrawal (or last Annuity Anniversary in subsequent years), adjusted for
withdrawals and additional purchase payments, is higher than the Annual Income
Amount, adjusted for excess withdrawals and additional purchase payments (plus
any Credits).
Continuing the same example as above, the Annual Income Amount for this
Annuity Year is $6,000. However, the excess withdrawal on August 6 reduces
this amount to $5,915.49 for future years (see above). For the next Annuity
Year, the Annual Income Amount will be stepped-up if 5% (since the youngest
Designated Life is younger than 80 on the date of the potential step-up) of
the highest quarterly Account Value adjusted for withdrawals, is higher than
$5,915.49. Here are the calculations for determining the quarterly values.
Only the June 1 value is being adjusted for excess withdrawals as the
September 1 and December 1 Valuation Days occur after the excess withdrawal on
August 6.
HIGHEST QUARTERLY VALUE ADJUSTED ANNUAL INCOME
(ADJUSTED WITH WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT (5% OF THE
DATE* ACCOUNT VALUE AND PURCHASE PAYMENTS)** HIGHEST QUARTERLY VALUE)
----- ------------- ------------------------- ------------------------
June 1, 2008 $118,000.00 $118,000.00 $5,900.00
August 6, 2008 $110,000.00 $112,885.55 $5,644.28
September 1, 2008 $112,000.00 $112,885.55 $5,644.28
December 1, 2008 $119,000.00 $119,000.00 $5,950.00
* In this example, the Annuity Anniversary date is December 1. The quarterly
valuation dates are every three months thereafter - March 1,
June 1, September 1, and December 1. In this example, we do not use the
March 1 date as the first withdrawal took place after March 1. The Annuity
Anniversary Date of December 1 is considered the fourth and final quarterly
valuation date for the year.
** In this example, the first quarterly value after the first withdrawal is
$118,000 on June 1, yielding an adjusted Annual Income Amount of $5,900.00.
This amount is adjusted on August 6 to reflect the $5,000 withdrawal. The
calculations for the adjustments are:
. The Account Value of $118,000 on June 1 is first reduced
dollar-for-dollar by $3,500 ($3,500 is the remaining Total Annual Income
Amount for the Annuity Year), resulting in an adjusted Account Value of
$114,500 before the excess withdrawal.
. This amount ($114,500) is further reduced by 1.41% (this is the ratio in
the above example which is the excess withdrawal divided by the Account
Value immediately preceding the excess withdrawal) resulting in a
Highest Quarterly Value of $112,885.55.
The adjusted Annual Income Amount is carried forward to the next quarterly
anniversary date of September 1. At this time, we compare this amount to 5% of
the Account Value on September 1. Since the June 1 adjusted Annual Income
Amount of $5,644.28 is higher than $5,600.00 (5% of $112,000), we continue to
carry $5,644.28 forward to the next and final quarterly anniversary date of
December 1. The Account Value on December 1 is $119,000 and 5% of this amount
is $5,950. Since this is higher than $5,644.28, the adjusted Annual Income
Amount is reset to $5,950.00.
In this example, 5% of the December 1 value yields the highest amount of
$5,950.00. Since this amount is higher than the current year's Annual Income
Amount of $5,915.49 adjusted for excess withdrawals, the Annual Income Amount
for the next Annuity Year, starting on December 2, 2008 and continuing through
December 1, 2009, will be stepped-up to $5,950.00.
140
BENEFITS UNDER THE SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN BENEFIT
.. To the extent that your Account Value was reduced to zero as a result of
cumulative withdrawals that are equal to or less than the Annual Income
Amount or as a result of the fee that we assess for Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven, and amounts are still payable under Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven, we will make an additional payment, if any, for that
Annuity Year equal to the remaining Annual Income Amount for the Annuity
Year. Thus, in that scenario, the remaining Annual Income Amount would be
payable even though your Account Value was reduced to zero. In subsequent
Annuity Years we make payments that equal the Annual Income Amount as
described in this section. We will make payments until the death of the
first of the Designated Lives to die, and will continue to make payments
until the death of the second Designated Life as long as the Designated
Lives were spouses at the time of the first death. To the extent that
cumulative withdrawals in the current Annuity Year that reduced your
Account Value to zero are more than the Annual Income Amount, the Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit terminates, and no additional payments
will be made. However, if a withdrawal in the latter scenario was taken to
meet required minimum distribution requirements under the Annuity, then the
benefit will not terminate, and we will continue to pay the Annual Income
Amount in the form of a fixed annuity.
.. If Annuity payments are to begin under the terms of your Annuity, or if you
decide to begin receiving Annuity payments and there is a Annual Income
Amount due in subsequent Annuity Years, you can elect one of the following
two options:
1) apply your Account Value to any Annuity option available; or
2) request that, as of the date Annuity payments are to begin, we make
Annuity payments each year equal to the Annual Income Amount. We will
make payments until the first of the Designated Lives to die, and
will continue to make payments until the death of the second
Designated Life as long as the Designated Lives were spouses at the
time of the first death. If, due to death of a Designated Life or
divorce prior to annuitization, only a single Designated Life
remains, then Annuity payments will be made as a life annuity for the
lifetime of the Designated Life.
We must receive your request in a form acceptable to us at our office.
In the absence of an election when mandatory annuity payments are to begin, we
will make annual annuity payments as a joint and survivor or single (as
applicable) life fixed annuity with ten payments certain, by applying the
greater of the annuity rates then currently available or the annuity rates
guaranteed in your Annuity. The amount that will be applied to provide such
Annuity payments will be the greater of:
1) the present value of the future Annual Income Amount payments. Such
present value will be calculated using the greater of the joint and
survivor or single (as applicable) life fixed annuity rates then
currently available or the joint and survivor or single (as
applicable) life fixed annuity rates guaranteed in your Annuity; and
2) the Account Value.
.. If no withdrawal was ever taken, we will calculate the Annual Income Amount
as if you made your first withdrawal on the date the annuity payments are
to begin.
.. Please note that payments that we make under this benefit after the Annuity
Anniversary coinciding with or next following the older of the owner or
Annuitant's 95/th/ birthday, will be treated as annuity payments.
OTHER IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS
.. Withdrawals under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit are
subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Annuity, including any
CDSC that may apply. Note that if your withdrawal of the Annual Income
Amount in a given Annuity Year exceeds the applicable free withdrawal
amount under the Annuity (but is not considered Excess Income), we will not
impose any CDSC on the amount of that withdrawal. However, we may impose a
CDSC on the portion of a withdrawal that is deemed Excess Income.
.. Withdrawals made while the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven Benefit is
in effect will be treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other
withdrawals under the Annuity. The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven
Benefit does not directly affect the Account Value or surrender value, but
any withdrawal will decrease the Account Value by the amount of the
withdrawal (plus any applicable CDSC). If you surrender your Annuity you
will receive the current surrender value.
.. You can make withdrawals from your Annuity while your Account Value is
greater than zero without purchasing the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven benefit. The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit provides a
guarantee that if your Account Value declines due to Sub-account
performance, you will be able to receive your Annual Income Amount in the
form of periodic benefit payments.
.. You should carefully consider when to begin taking withdrawals. If you
begin taking withdrawals early, you may maximize the time during which you
may take withdrawals due to longer life expectancy, and you will be using
an optional benefit for which you are paying a charge. On the other hand,
you could limit the value of the benefit if you begin taking withdrawals
too soon. For example, withdrawals reduce your Account Value and may limit
the potential for increasing your Protected Withdrawal Value. You should
discuss with your Financial Professional when it may be appropriate for you
to begin taking withdrawals.
.. Upon inception of the benefit, and to maintain the benefit, 100% of your
Account Value must have been allocated to the permitted Sub-accounts.
141
.. You cannot allocate purchase payments or transfer Account Value to or from
the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account (as described below) if
you elect this benefit. A summary description of the AST Investment Grade
Bond Portfolio appears within the prospectus section entitled "What Are The
Investment Objectives and Policies of The Portfolios?". You can find a copy
of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio prospectus by going to
www.prudentialannuities.com.
.. You can make withdrawals from your Annuity without purchasing the Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit. The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven benefit provides a guarantee that if your Account Value declines due
to market performance, you will be able to receive your Annual Income
Amount in the form of periodic benefit payments.
.. Transfers to and from the elected Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade
Bond Portfolio Sub-account triggered by the mathematical formula component
of the benefit will not count toward the maximum number of free transfers
allowable under an Annuity.
.. You must allocate your Account Value in accordance with the then available
investment option(s) that we may prescribe in order to maintain the Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit. If, subsequent to your election of
the benefit, we change our requirements for how Account Value must be
allocated under the benefit, we will not compel you to re-allocate your
Account Value in accordance with our newly adopted requirements. Subject to
any change in requirements, transfers of Account Value and allocation of
Additional purchase payments may be subject to new investment limitations.
.. The fee for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven is 0.75% annually of the
Protected Withdrawal Value. We deduct this fee at the end of each quarter,
where each such quarter is part of a year that begins on the effective date
of the benefit or an anniversary thereafter. Thus, on each such quarter-end
(or the next Valuation Day, if the quarter-end is not a Valuation Day), we
deduct 0.1875% of the Protected Withdrawal Value at the end of the quarter.
We deduct the fee pro rata from each of your Sub-accounts including the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Since this fee is based on the Protected
Withdrawal Value, the fee for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven may be
greater than it would have been, had it been based on the Account Value
alone. If the fee to be deducted exceeds the current Account Value, we will
reduce the Account Value to zero, and continue the benefit as described
above. You will begin paying the charge for this benefit as of the
effective date of the benefit, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals
for many years, or ever. We will not refund the charges you have paid if
you choose never to take any withdrawals and/or if you never receive any
lifetime income payments.
ELECTION OF AND DESIGNATIONS UNDER THE BENEFIT
We no longer permit new elections of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven
.Elections of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven must have been based on two
Designated Lives. Designated Lives must be natural persons who are each
other's spouses at the time of election of the benefit and at the death of the
first of the Designated Lives to die. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven
could only be elected where the Owner, Annuitant, and Beneficiary designations
are as follows:
.. One Annuity Owner, where the Annuitant and the Owner are the same person
and the beneficiary is the Owner's spouse. The Owner/Annuitant and the
beneficiary each must be at least 59 1/2 years old at the time of election;
or
.. Co-Annuity Owners, where the Owners are each other's spouses. The
beneficiary designation must be the surviving spouse, or the spouses named
equally. One of the owners must be the Annuitant. Each Owner must each be
at least 59 1/2 years old at the time of election; or
.. One Annuity Owner, where the Owner is a custodial account established to
hold retirement assets for the benefit of the Annuitant pursuant to the
provisions of Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor
Code section thereto) ("Custodial Account"), the beneficiary is the
Custodial Account, and the spouse of the Annuitant is the Contingent
Annuitant. Both the Annuitant and the Contingent Annuitant each must be at
least 59 1/2 years old at the time of election.
We do not permit a change of Owner under this benefit, except as follows:
a) if one Owner dies and the surviving spousal Owner assumes the Annuity or
b) if the Annuity initially is co-owned, but thereafter the Owner who is not
the Annuitant is removed as Owner. We permit changes of beneficiary under
this benefit. If the Designated Lives divorce, the Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven benefit may not be divided as part of the divorce settlement
or judgment. Nor may the divorcing spouse who retains ownership of the
Annuity appoint a new Designated Life upon re-marriage.
If you wish, you may cancel any Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit.
You may then elect any other available living benefit on any Valuation Day
after you have cancelled the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit,
provided the request is received in good order (subject to state availability
and any applicable age requirements). Upon cancellation of any Spousal Highest
Daily Lifetime Seven benefit, any Account Value allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account used with the formula will be
reallocated to the Permitted Sub-Accounts according to your most recent
allocation instruction or in absence of such instruction, pro-rata. You should
be aware that upon termination of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, you
will lose the Protected Withdrawal Value (including the Tenth Anniversary Date
Guarantee), Annual Income Amount, and the Return of Principal Guarantee that
you had accumulated under the benefit. Thus, the initial guarantees under any
newly-elected benefit will be based on your current Account Value. ONCE THE
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN BENEFIT IS CANCELLED YOU ARE NOT REQUIRED
TO RE-ELECT ANOTHER OPTIONAL LIVING BENEFIT AND ANY SUBSEQUENT BENEFIT
ELECTION MAY BE MADE ON OR AFTER THE FIRST VALUATION DAY FOLLOWING THE
CANCELLATION OF THE SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN BENEFIT PROVIDED THAT
THE BENEFIT YOU ARE LOOKING TO ELECT IS AVAILABLE ON A POST-ISSUE BASIS. ANY
SUCH NEW BENEFIT MAY BE MORE EXPENSIVE.
142
RETURN OF PRINCIPAL GUARANTEE
If you have not made a withdrawal before the Tenth Anniversary, we will
increase your Account Value on that Tenth Anniversary (or the next Valuation
Day, if that anniversary is not a Valuation Day), if the requirements set
forth in this paragraph are met. On the Tenth Anniversary, we add:
a) your Account Value on the day that you elected Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven; and
b) the sum of each Purchase Payment you made (including any Credits) during
the one-year period after you elected the benefit.
If the sum of (a) and (b) is greater than your Account Value on the Tenth
Anniversary, we increase your Account Value to equal the sum of (a) and (b),
by contributing funds from our general account. If the sum of (a) and (b) is
less than or equal to your Account Value on the Tenth Anniversary, we make no
such adjustment. The amount that we add to your Account Value under this
provision will be allocated to each of your variable investment options
(including the a bond Sub-account used with this benefit), in the same
proportion that each such Sub-account bears to your total Account Value,
immediately before the application of the amount. Any such amount will not be
considered a Purchase Payment when calculating your Protected Withdrawal
Value, your death benefit, or the amount of any optional benefit that you may
have selected, and therefore will have no direct impact on any such values at
the time we add this amount. This potential addition to Account Value is
available only if you have elected Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven and if
you meet the conditions set forth in this paragraph. Thus, if you take a
withdrawal prior to the Tenth Anniversary, you are not eligible to receive the
Return of Principal Guarantee.
TERMINATION OF THE BENEFIT
You may terminate the benefit at any time by notifying us. If you terminate
the benefit, any guarantee provided by the benefit will terminate as of the
date the termination is effective, and certain restrictions on re-election
will apply as described above. The benefit terminates: (i) if upon the death
of the first Designated Life, the surviving Designated Life opts to take the
death benefit under the Annuity (thus, the benefit does not terminate solely
because of the death of the first Designated Life) (ii) upon the death of the
second Designated Life, (iii) upon your termination of the benefit (although
if you have elected to take annuity payments in the form of the Annual Income
Amount, we will continue to pay the Annual Income Amount) (iv) upon your
surrender of the Annuity (v) upon your election to begin receiving annuity
payments (vi) if both the Account Value and Annual Income Amount equal zero or
(vii) if you cease to meet our requirements for issuing the benefit (see
Election of and Designations under the Benefit).
Upon termination of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven other than upon death
of a Designated Life, we impose any accrued fee for the benefit (i.e., the fee
for the pro-rated portion of the year since the fee was last assessed), and
thereafter we cease deducting the charge for the benefit. With regard to your
investment allocations, upon termination we will: (i) leave intact amounts
that are held in the variable investment options, and (ii) transfer all
amounts held in the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account (as
defined below) to your variable investment options, based on your existing
allocation instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro
rata (i.e. in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options).
MATHEMATICAL FORMULA COMPONENT OF SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate
Account Value if you had elected Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven. For
purposes of the benefit, we refer to those permitted Sub-accounts as the
"Permitted Sub-accounts". As a requirement of participating in Spousal Highest
Daily Lifetime Seven, we require that you participate in our specialized
formula, under which we may transfer Account Value between the Permitted
Sub-accounts and a specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the
"AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account"). We determine whether to make a
transfer, and the amount of any transfer, under a non-discretionary formula,
discussed below. The AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is available only
with this benefit, and thus you may not allocate purchase payments to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Under the formula component of Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, we monitor your Account Value daily and, if
dictated by the formula, systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted
Sub-accounts you have chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
Any transfer would be made in accordance with a formula, which is set forth in
Appendix J to this prospectus.
Speaking generally, the formula, which we apply each Valuation Day, operates
as follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. Note that we use 5% in the formula, irrespective of the
Annuitant's attained age. Then we produce an estimate of the total amount we
would target in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and
factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as
the "Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your
projected income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account
any automatic step-up, any subsequent purchase payments, and any excess
withdrawals. Next, the formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held
within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account on that day, and divides that
difference by the amount held within the Permitted Sub-accounts. That ratio,
which essentially isolates the amount of your Target Value that is not offset
by amounts held within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, is called
the "Target Ratio" or "r". If the Target Ratio exceeds a certain percentage
(currently 83%), it means essentially that too much Target Value is not offset
by assets within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and therefore we
will transfer an amount from your Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account. Conversely, if the Target Ratio falls below a certain
percentage (currently 77%), then a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts would occur. If you elect the new
formula (90% Cap Rule), see the discussion below.
143
As you can glean from the formula, poor investment performance of your Account
Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your variable Account Value to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account because such poor investment
performance will tend to increase the Target Ratio. Moreover, "flat"
investment returns of your Account Value over a period of time also could
result in the transfer of your Account Value from the Permitted Sub-accounts
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Because the amount allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the amount allocated to the
Permitted Sub-accounts each is a variable in the formula, the investment
performance of each affects whether a transfer occurs for your Annuity. In
deciding how much to transfer, we use another formula, which essentially seeks
to re-balance amounts held in the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account so that the Target Ratio meets a target,
which currently is equal to 80%. Once you elect Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven, the ratios we use will be fixed. For newly-issued Annuities that elect
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven and existing Annuities that elect Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime Seven, however, we reserve the right, subject to
regulatory approval, to change the ratios.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a reallocation trigger,
you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer of a portion
of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The formula by which the reallocation trigger operates is
designed primarily to mitigate the financial risks that we incur in providing
the guarantee under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven.
Depending on the results of the calculation relative to the reallocation
triggers, we may, on any day:
.. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or
.. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those
amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options); or
.. Transfer all or a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted
Sub-accounts pro-rata to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
Therefore, at any given time, some, none, or all of your Account Value may be
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. If your entire Account
Value is transferred to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, then based
on the way the formula operates, the formula will not transfer amounts out of
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts and
the entire Account Value would remain in the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity, they
will be allocated to the Sub-accounts according to your allocation
instructions. Such additional purchase payments may or may not cause the
formula to transfer money in or out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. Once the purchase payments are allocated to your Annuity, they
will also be subject to the formula, which may result in immediate transfers
to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-accounts, if dictated by the
formula. The amount of any such transfers will vary (and in some instances
could be large) as dictated by the formula, and will depend on the factors
listed below.
The amount that is transferred to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account pursuant to the formula depends upon a number of factors unique to
your Annuity (and is not necessarily directly correlated with the securities
markets, bond markets, or interest rates, in general) including:
.. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
.. How long you have owned Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven;
.. The performance of the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen;
.. The performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
.. The amount you have allocated to each of the Permitted Sub-accounts you
have chosen;
.. The amount you have allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
.. Additional purchase payments, if any, you make to your Annuity;
.. Withdrawals, if any, you take from your Annuity (withdrawals are taken pro
rata from your Account Value).
Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not be
available to participate in the investment experience of the Permitted
Sub-accounts if there is a recovery until it is moved out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
The more of your Account Value allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account under the formula, the greater the impact of the performance of
that Sub-account in determining whether (and how much) of your Account Value
is transferred back to the Permitted Sub-accounts. Further, it is possible
under the formula, that if a significant portion your Account Value is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account
has good performance but the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is
negative, that the formula might transfer your Account Value to the Permitted
Sub-accounts. Thus, the converse is true too (the more you have allocated to
the Permitted Sub-accounts, the greater the impact of the performance of those
Sub-accounts will have on any transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account).
ADDITIONAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
If you purchase an annuity as an investment vehicle for "qualified"
investments, including an IRA, SEP-IRA, Tax Sheltered Annuity (or 403(b)) or
employer plan under Code Section 401(a), the Required Minimum Distribution
rules under the Code
144
provide that you begin receiving periodic amounts from your annuity beginning
after age 70 1/2. For a Tax Sheltered Annuity or a 401(a) plan for which the
participant is not a greater than five (5) percent owner of the employer, this
required beginning date can generally be deferred to retirement, if later.
Roth IRAs are not subject to these rules during the owner's lifetime. The
amount required under the Code may exceed the Annual Income Amount, which will
cause us to increase the Annual Income Amount in any Annuity Year that
Required Minimum Distributions due from your Annuity are greater than such
amounts. In addition, the amount and duration of payments under the annuity
payment and death benefit provisions may be adjusted so that the payments do
not trigger any penalty or excise taxes due to tax considerations such as
Required Minimum Distribution provisions under the tax law. Please note,
however, that any withdrawal you take prior to the Tenth Anniversary, even if
withdrawn to satisfy required minimum distribution rules, will cause you to
lose the ability to receive the Return of Principal Guarantee and the
guaranteed amount described above under "Key Feature - Protected Withdrawal
Value".
As indicated, withdrawals made while this benefit is in effect will be
treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the
Annuity. Please see the Tax Considerations section of the prospectus for a
detailed discussion of the tax treatment of withdrawals. We do not address
each potential tax scenario that could arise with respect to this benefit
here. However, we do note that if you participate in Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven through a non-qualified annuity, as with all withdrawals, once
all purchase payments are returned under the Annuity, all subsequent
withdrawal amounts will be taxed as ordinary income.
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN WITH BENEFICIARY INCOME OPTION There was
an optional death benefit feature under this benefit, the amount of which is
linked to your Annual Income Amount. You may have chosen Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven without also selecting the Beneficiary Income Option death
benefit ("BIO"). We no longer permit elections of Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven with BIO. If you terminate your Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven benefit with BIO to elect any other available living benefit, you will
lose all guarantees under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven benefit
with BIO, and will begin new guarantees under the newly elected benefit based
on the Account Value as of the date the new benefit becomes active.
If you elected the Beneficiary Income Option death benefit, you may not elect
any other optional benefit. You could elect the Beneficiary Income Option
death benefit so long as each Designated Life was no older than age 75 at the
time of election. This death benefit is not transferable in the event of a
divorce, nor may the benefit be split in accordance with any divorce
proceedings or similar instrument of separation. Since this fee is based on
the Protected Withdrawal Value, the fee for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime
Seven with BIO may be greater than it would have been, had it been based on
the Account Value alone.
For purposes of the Beneficiary Income Option death benefit, we calculate the
Annual Income Amount and Protected Withdrawal Value in the same manner that we
do under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven itself. Upon the first death of
a Designated Life, no amount is payable under the Beneficiary Income Option
death benefit. Upon the second death of a Designated Life, we identify the
following amounts: (a) the amount of the base death benefit under the Annuity
(b) the Protected Withdrawal Value and (c) the Annual Income Amount. If there
were no withdrawals prior to the date of death, then we calculate the
Protected Withdrawal Value for purposes of this death benefit as of the date
of death, and we calculate the Annual Income Amount as if there were a
withdrawal on the date of death. If there were withdrawals prior to the date
of death, then we set the Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount
for purposes of this death benefit as of the date that we receive due proof of
death.
If there is one beneficiary, he/she must choose to receive either the base
death benefit (in a lump sum or other permitted form of distribution) or the
Beneficiary Income Option death benefit (in the form of annual payment of the
Annual Income Amount - such payments may be annual or at other intervals that
we permit). If there are multiple beneficiaries, each beneficiary is presented
with the same choice. Thus, each beneficiary can choose to take his/her
portion of either (a) the basic death benefit or (b) the Beneficiary Income
Option death benefit. In order to receive the Beneficiary Income Option death
benefit, each beneficiary's share of the death benefit proceeds must be
allocated as a percentage of the total death benefit to be paid. We allow a
beneficiary who has opted to receive the Annual Income Amount to designate
another beneficiary, who would receive any remaining payments upon the former
beneficiary's death. Note also that the final payment, exhausting the
Protected Withdrawal Value, may be less than the Annual Income Amount.
Here is an example to illustrate how the death benefit may be paid:
.. Assume that (i) the basic death benefit is $50,000, the Protected
Withdrawal Value is $100,000, and the Annual Income Amount is $5,000;
(ii) there are two beneficiaries (the first designated to receive 75% of
the death benefit and the second designated to receive 25% of the death
benefit); (iii) the first beneficiary chooses to receive his/her portion of
the death benefit in the form of the Annual Income Amount, and the second
beneficiary chooses to receive his/her portion of the death benefit with
reference to the basic death benefit.
.. Under those assumptions, the first beneficiary will be paid a pro-rated
portion of the Annual Income Amount for 20 years (the 20 year pay out
period is derived from the $5,000 Annual Income Amount, paid each year
until it exhausts the entire $100,000 Protected Withdrawal Value).
The pro-rated portion of the Annual Income Amount equal to $3,750 (i.e., the
first beneficiary's 75% share multiplied by $5,000) is then paid each year for
the 20 year period. Payment of $3,750 for 20 years results in total payments
of $75,000 (i.e., the first beneficiary's 75% share of the $100,000 Protected
Withdrawal Value).
145
The second beneficiary would receive 25% of the basic death benefit amount (or
$12,500).
If you elect to terminate Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with
Beneficiary Income Option, both Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven and that
death benefit option will be terminated. You may not terminate the death
benefit option without terminating the entire benefit. If you terminate
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven with Beneficiary Income Option, your
ability to elect other optional living benefits will be affected as indicated
in the "Election of and Designations under the Benefit" section, above.
OPTIONAL 90% CAP FEATURE FOR SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME SEVEN
If you currently own an Annuity and have elected Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime Seven Income Benefit (including Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime Seven
with Beneficiary Income Option), you can elect this feature which utilizes a
new mathematical formula. The new formula is described below and will replace
the "Transfer Calculation" portion of the formula currently used in connection
with your benefit on a prospective basis. There is no cost to adding this
feature to your Annuity. This election may only be made once and may not be
revoked once elected. The new formula is found in Appendix J of this
prospectus (page J-4). Only the election of the 90% cap will prevent all of
your Account Value from being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Portfolio Sub-account. If all of your Account Value is currently allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account, it will not transfer back
to the Permitted Sub-accounts unless you elect the 90% Cap feature. If you
make additional Purchase Payments, they may or may not result in a transfer to
or from the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account.
Under the new formula, the formula will not execute a transfer to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in more than 90% of your
Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
("90% cap" or "90% Cap Rule"). Thus, on any Valuation Day, if the formula
would require a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that
would result in more than 90% of the Account Value being allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, only the amount that results in exactly 90%
of the Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account will be transferred. Additionally, future transfers into the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the
performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the Permitted
Sub-accounts) at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or
from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula
(subject to the 90% cap ). At no time will the formula make a transfer to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that results in greater than 90% of your
Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
HOWEVER, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT, DUE TO THE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE OF YOUR
ALLOCATIONS IN THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT AND YOUR ALLOCATIONS
IN THE PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS YOU HAVE SELECTED, YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE COULD BE
MORE THAN 90% INVESTED IN THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT.
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is
in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional purchase
payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account at least until there is
first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, regardless
of how much of your Account Value is in the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means
that there could be scenarios under which, because of the additional purchase
payments you make, less than 90% of your entire Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and the formula will still not
transfer any of your Account Value to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account (at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account). For example,
.. March 19, 2009 - a transfer is made that results in the 90% cap being met
and now $90,000 is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
and $10,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
.. March 20, 2009 - you make an additional purchase payment of $10,000. No
transfers have been made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to
the Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on March 19, 2009.
.. As of March 20, 2009 (and at least until first a transfer is made out of
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account under the formula) - the $10,000
payment is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and now you have 82% in
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and 18% in the Permitted
Sub-accounts (such that $20,000 is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts
and $90,000 is allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account).
.. Once there is a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
(of any amount), the formula will operate as described above, meaning that
the formula could transfer amounts to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap).
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into existence and
may be removed multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will
continue to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account as dictated by the
formula. Once you elect this feature, the new transfer formula described above
and set forth in appendix J will be the formula for your Annuity.
In the event that more than ninety percent (90%) of your Account Value is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and you have elected
this feature, up to ten percent (10%) of your Account Value currently
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be transferred to
your Permitted Sub-accounts, such that after the transfer, 90% of your
146
Account Value on the date of the transfer is in the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The transfer to the Permitted Sub-accounts will be based on your
existing allocation instructions or (in the absence of such existing
instructions) pro rata (i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances
in your variable investment options). It is possible that additional transfers
might occur after this initial transfer if dictated by the formula. The
amounts of such additional transfer(s) will vary. If on the date this feature
is elected 100% of your Account Value is allocated to the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account, a transfer of an amount equal to 10% of your Account Value
will be made to your Permitted Sub-accounts. WHILE THERE ARE NO ASSURANCES
THAT FUTURE TRANSFERS WILL OCCUR, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT AN ADDITIONAL
TRANSFER(S) TO THE PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS COULD OCCUR FOLLOWING THE VALUATION
DAY(S), AND IN SOME INSTANCES (BASED ON THE FORMULA) THE ADDITIONAL
TRANSFER(S) COULD BE LARGE.
Once the 90% cap rule is met, future transfers into the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account will not be made (regardless of the performance of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least
until there is first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. Once this transfer occurs out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account, future amounts may be transferred to or from the AST Investment
Grade Bond Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap).
IMPORTANT CONSIDERATION WHEN ELECTING THE NEW FORMULA:
.. At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value may be
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
.. Please be aware that because of the way the 90% cap formula operates, it is
possible that more than or less than 90% of your Account Value may be
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
.. If this feature is elected, any Account Value transferred to the Permitted
Sub-accounts is subject to the investment performance of those
Sub-accounts. Your Account Value can go up or down depending of the
performance of the Permitted Sub-accounts you select.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT (HD 7 PLUS)
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus is no longer offered for new elections. If you
elected Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus and subsequently terminate the benefit,
you may elect any available living benefit, subject to our current rules. See
"Election of and Designations under the Benefit" and "Termination of Existing
Benefits and Election of New Benefits" below for details. Please note that if
you terminate Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus and elect another available living
benefit, you lose the guarantees that you had accumulated under your existing
benefit and will begin the new guarantees under the new benefit you elect
based on your Account Value as of the date the new benefit becomes active. The
income benefit under Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus is based on a single
"designated life" who is at least 45 years old on the date that the benefit
was elected. The Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus Benefit was not available if
you elected any other optional living benefit, although you may elect any
optional death benefit other than the Plus 40 life insurance rider and Highest
Daily Value death benefit. As long as your Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus
Benefit is in effect, you must allocate your Account Value in accordance with
the then permitted and available investment option(s) with this benefit. For a
more detailed description of the permitted investment options, see the
"Investment Options" section in this prospectus.
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus guarantees until the death of the single
designated life (the Annuitant) the ability to withdraw an annual amount (the
"Annual Income Amount") equal to a percentage of an initial principal value
(the "Protected Withdrawal Value") regardless of the impact of Sub-account
performance on the Account Value, subject to our rules regarding the timing
and amount of withdrawals. You are guaranteed to be able to withdraw the
Annual Income Amount for the rest of your life ("Lifetime Withdrawals"),
provided that you have not made "excess withdrawals" that have resulted in
your Account Value being reduced to zero. We also permit you to make a
one-time Non-Lifetime Withdrawal from your Annuity prior to taking Lifetime
Withdrawals under the benefit. Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus may be
appropriate if you intend to make periodic withdrawals from your Annuity, and
wish to ensure that Sub-account performance will not affect your ability to
receive annual payments. You are not required to make withdrawals as part of
the benefit - the guarantees are not lost if you withdraw less than the
maximum allowable amount each year under the rules of the benefit. As
discussed below, we require that you participate in our pre-determined
mathematical formula in order to participate in Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus.
Withdrawals are taken first from your own Account Value. We are only required
to begin making lifetime income payments to you under our guarantee when and
if your Account Value is reduced to zero (unless the benefit has terminated).
Although you are guaranteed the ability to withdraw your Annual Income Amount
for life even if your Account Value falls to zero, if you take an excess
withdrawal that brings your Account Value to zero, it is possible that your
Annual Income Amount could also fall to zero. In that scenario, no further
amount would be payable under the Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit.
KEY FEATURE - PROTECTED WITHDRAWAL VALUE
The Protected Withdrawal Value is used to calculate the initial Annual Income
Amount. The Protected Withdrawal Value is separate from your Account Value and
not available as cash or a lump sum. On the effective date of the benefit, the
Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to your Account Value. On each Valuation
Day thereafter until the date of your first Lifetime Withdrawal (excluding any
Non-Lifetime Withdrawal discussed below), the Protected Withdrawal Value is
equal to the "Periodic Value" described in the next paragraphs.
The "Periodic Value" initially is equal to the Account Value on the effective
date of the benefit. On each Valuation Day thereafter until the first Lifetime
Withdrawal, we recalculate the Periodic Value. We stop determining the
Periodic Value upon your first
147
Lifetime Withdrawal after the effective date of the benefit. On each Valuation
Day (the "Current Valuation Day"), the Periodic Value is equal to the greater
of:
1) the Periodic Value for the immediately preceding business day (the "Prior
Valuation Day") appreciated at the daily equivalent of 7% annually during
the calendar day(s) between the Prior Valuation Day and the Current
Valuation Day (i.e., one day for successive Valuation Days, but more than
one calendar day for Valuation Days that are separated by weekends and/or
holidays), plus the amount of any adjusted Purchase Payment made on the
Current Valuation Day (the Periodic Value is proportionally reduced for any
Non-Lifetime Withdrawal); and
2) the Account Value.
If you have not made a Lifetime Withdrawal on or before the 10/th/, 20/th/, or
25/th/ Anniversary of the effective date of the benefit, your Periodic Value
on the 10/th/, 20/th/, or 25/th/ Anniversary of the benefit effective date is
equal to the greater of:
1) the Periodic Value described above or,
2) the sum of (a), (b) and (c) below (proportionally reduced for any
Non-Lifetime Withdrawals):
(a)200% (on the 10/th/ anniversary), 400% (on the 20/th/ anniversary) or
600% (on the 25/th/ anniversary) of the Account Value on the effective
date of the benefit;
(b)200% (on the 10/th/ anniversary), 400% (on the 20/th/ anniversary) or
600/% /(on the 25/th/ anniversary) of all adjusted purchase payments
made within one year following the effective date of the benefit; and
(c)all adjusted purchase payments made after one year following the
effective date of the benefit.
If you elected Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary Income Option
("BIO") (see below), we will stop determining the Periodic Value (as described
above) on the earlier of your first Lifetime Withdrawal after the effective
date of the benefit or the Tenth Anniversary of the effective date of the
benefit ("Tenth Anniversary"). This means that under the Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus with BIO benefit you will not be eligible for the guaranteed
minimum Periodic Values described above on the 20/th/ and 25/th/ Anniversary
of the Benefit Effective Date.
On and after the date of your first Lifetime Withdrawal, your Protected
Withdrawal Value is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase
payments, is reduced by withdrawals, including your first Lifetime Withdrawal
(as described below), and may be increased if you qualify for a step-up (as
described below).
RETURN OF PRINCIPAL GUARANTEE
If you have not made a Lifetime Withdrawal before the Tenth Anniversary, we
will increase your Account Value on that Tenth Anniversary (or the next
Valuation Day, if that anniversary is not a Valuation Day), if the
requirements set forth in this paragraph are met. On the Tenth Anniversary, we
add:
a) your Account Value on the day that you elected Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus proportionally reduced for any Non-Lifetime Withdrawal; and
b) the sum of each Purchase Payment proportionally reduced for any subsequent
Non-Lifetime Withdrawal (including the amount of any associated Credits)
you made during the one-year period after you elected the benefit.
If the sum of (a) and (b) is greater than your Account Value on the Tenth
Anniversary, we increase your Account Value to equal the sum of (a) and (b),
by contributing funds from our general account. If the sum of (a) and (b) is
less than or equal to your Account Value on the Tenth Anniversary, we make no
such adjustment. The amount that we add to your Account Value under this
provision will be allocated to each of your variable investment options
(including the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account), in the same proportion
that each such Sub-account bears to your total Account Value, immediately
before the application of the amount. Any such amount will not be considered a
Purchase Payment when calculating your Protected Withdrawal Value, your death
benefit, or the amount of any optional benefit that you may have selected, and
therefore will have no direct impact on any such values at the time we add
this amount. Because the amount is added to Account Value, it will also be
subject to each charge under your Annuity based on Account Value. This
potential addition to Account Value is available only if you have elected
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus and if you meet the conditions set forth in this
paragraph. Thus, if you take a withdrawal (other than a Non-Lifetime
Withdrawal) prior to the Tenth Anniversary, you are not eligible to receive
the Return of Principal Guarantee. The Return of Principal Guarantee is
referred to as the Guaranteed Minimum Account Value Credit in the benefit
rider.
KEY FEATURE - ANNUAL INCOME AMOUNT UNDER THE HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS
BENEFIT
The Annual Income Amount is equal to a specified percentage of the Protected
Withdrawal Value. The percentage initially depends on the age of the Annuitant
on the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal after election of the benefit.
The percentages are: 4% for ages 45 - less than 59 1/2, 5% for ages 59 1/2-74,
6% for ages 75-79, 7% for ages 80-84, and 8% for ages 85 and older. Under the
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit, if your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals
in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, they
will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any
such withdrawals will reduce the Annual Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar
basis in that Annuity Year. If your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an
Annuity Year are in excess of the Annual Income Amount ("Excess Income"), your
Annual Income Amount in
148
subsequent years will be reduced (except with regard to required minimum
distributions for this Annuity that comply with our rules) by the result of
the ratio of the Excess Income to the Account Value immediately prior to such
withdrawal (see examples of this calculation below). Reductions are based on
the actual amount of the withdrawal, including any CDSC that may apply.
Lifetime Withdrawals of any amount up to and including the Annual Income
Amount will reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value by the amount of the
withdrawal. Withdrawals of Excess Income will reduce the Protected Withdrawal
Value by the same ratio as the reduction to the Annual Income Amount.
Note that if your withdrawal of the Annual Income Amount in a given Annuity
Year exceeds the applicable free withdrawal amount under the Annuity (but is
not considered Excess Income), we will not impose any CDSC on the amount of
that withdrawal.
You may use the Systematic Withdrawal program to make withdrawals of the
Annual Income Amount. Any systematic withdrawal will be deemed a Lifetime
Withdrawal under this benefit.
Any Purchase Payment that you make subsequent to the election of Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus will (i) increase the then-existing Annual Income Amount by an
amount equal to a percentage of the Purchase Payment (including the amount of
any associated Credits) based on the age of the Annuitant at the time of the
first Lifetime Withdrawal (the percentages are: 4% for ages 45 - less than
59 1/2, 5% for ages 59 1/2-74, 6% for ages 75-79, 7% for ages 80-84, and 8%
for ages 85 and older) and (ii) increase the Protected Withdrawal Value by the
amount of the Purchase Payment (including the amount of any associated
Credits).
HIGHEST DAILY AUTO STEP-UP
An automatic step-up feature ("Highest Daily Auto Step-Up") is part of Highest
Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. As detailed in this paragraph, the Highest Daily Auto
Step-Up feature can result in a larger Annual Income Amount subsequent to your
first Lifetime Withdrawal. The Highest Daily Auto Step-Up starts with the
anniversary of the Issue Date of the Annuity (the "Annuity Anniversary")
immediately after your first Lifetime Withdrawal under the benefit.
Specifically, upon the first such Annuity Anniversary, we identify the Account
Value on each Valuation Day within the immediately preceding Annuity Year
after your first Lifetime Withdrawal. Having identified the highest daily
value (after all daily values have been adjusted for subsequent purchase
payments and withdrawals), we then multiply that value by a percentage that
varies based on the age of the Annuitant on the Annuity Anniversary as of
which the step-up would occur. The percentages are: 4% for ages 45 - less than
59 1/2 , 5% for ages 59 1/2-74, 6% for ages 75-79, 7% for ages 80-84, and 8%
for ages 85 and older. If that value exceeds the existing Annual Income
Amount, we replace the existing amount with the new, higher amount. Otherwise,
we leave the existing Annual Income Amount intact. The Account Value on the
Annuity Anniversary is considered the last daily step-up value of the Annuity
Year. All daily valuations and annual step-ups will only occur on a Valuation
Day. In later years (i.e., after the first Annuity Anniversary after the first
Lifetime Withdrawal), we determine whether an automatic step-up should occur
on each Annuity Anniversary, by performing a similar examination of the
Account Values that occurred on Valuation Days during the year. At the time
that we increase your Annual Income Amount, we also increase your Protected
Withdrawal Value to equal the highest daily value upon which your step-up was
based only if that results in an increase to the Protected Withdrawal Value.
Your Protected Withdrawal Value will never be decreased as a result of an
income step-up. If, on the date that we implement a Highest Daily Auto Step-Up
to your Annual Income Amount, the charge for Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus has
changed for new purchasers, you may be subject to the new charge at the time
of such step-up. Prior to increasing your charge for Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus upon a step-up, we would notify you, and give you the opportunity to
cancel the automatic step-up feature. If you receive notice of a proposed
step-up and accompanying fee increase, you should carefully evaluate whether
the amount of the step-up justifies the increased fee to which you will be
subject.
If you establish a Systematic Withdrawal program, we will not automatically
increase the withdrawal amount when there is an increase to the Annual Income
Amount.
The Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit does not affect your ability to make
withdrawals under your Annuity, or limit your ability to request withdrawals
that exceed the Annual Income Amount. Under Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, if
your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal
to the Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in
subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual
Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year.
If, cumulatively, you withdraw an amount less than the Annual Income Amount in
any Annuity Year, you cannot carry over the unused portion of the Annual
Income Amount to subsequent Annuity Years.
Because each of the Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount is
determined in a way that is not solely related to Account Value, it is
possible for the Account Value to fall to zero, even though the Annual Income
Amount remains.
Examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions, and the Highest
Daily Auto Step-Up are set forth below. The values shown here are purely
hypothetical, and do not reflect the charges for the Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus benefit or any other fees and charges. Assume the following for all three
examples:
. The Issue Date is December 1, 2008
149
. The Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit is elected on March 5, 2009
. The Annuitant was 70 years old when he/she elected the Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus benefit.
EXAMPLE OF DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR REDUCTIONS
On November 24, 2009, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $120,000, resulting in
an Annual Income Amount of $6,000 (since the Annuitant is between the ages of
59 1/2 and 74 at the time of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the Annual Income
Amount is 5% of the Protected Withdrawal Value, in this case 5% of $120,000).
Assuming $2,500 is withdrawn from the Annuity on this date, the remaining
Annual Income Amount for that Annuity Year (up to and including December 1,
2009) is $3,500. This is the result of a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the
Annual Income Amount ($6,000 less $2,500 = $3,500).
EXAMPLE OF PROPORTIONAL REDUCTIONS
Continuing the previous example, assume an additional withdrawal of $5,000
occurs on November 27, 2009 and the Account Value at the time and immediately
prior to this withdrawal is $118,000. The first $3,500 of this withdrawal
reduces the Annual Income Amount for that Annuity Year to $0. The remaining
withdrawal amount of $1,500 - reduces the Annual Income Amount in future
Annuity Years on a proportional basis based on the ratio of the excess
withdrawal to the Account Value immediately prior to the excess withdrawal.
(Note that if there are other future withdrawals in that Annuity Year, each
would result in another proportional reduction to the Annual Income Amount).
HERE IS THE CALCULATION:
Account Value before Lifetime Withdrawal $118,000.00
Less amount of "non" excess withdrawal $ 3,500.00
Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal of $1,500 $114,500.00
Excess withdrawal amount $ 1,500.00
Divided by Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal $114,500.00
Ratio 1.31%
Annual Income Amount $ 6,000.00
Less ratio of 1.31% $ 78.60
Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years $ 5,921.40
EXAMPLE OF HIGHEST DAILY AUTO STEP-UP
On each Annuity Anniversary date, the Annual Income Amount is stepped-up if
the appropriate percentage (based on the Annuitant's age on the Annuity
Anniversary) of the highest daily value since your first Lifetime Withdrawal
(or last Annuity Anniversary in subsequent years), adjusted for withdrawals
and additional purchase payments, is higher than the Annual Income Amount,
adjusted for excess withdrawals and additional purchase payments (including
the amount of any associated Credits).
Continuing the same example as above, the Annual Income Amount for this
Annuity Year is $6,000. However, the excess withdrawal on November 27 reduces
the amount to $5,921.40 for future years (see above). For the next Annuity
Year, the Annual Income Amount will be stepped up if 5% (since the designated
life is between 59 1/2 and 74 on the date of the potential step-up) of the
highest daily Account Value adjusted for withdrawals and purchase payments
(including the amount of any associated Credits), is higher than $5,921.40.
Here are the calculations for determining the daily values. Only the
November 25 value is being adjusted for excess withdrawals as the November 30
and December 1 Valuation Days occur after the excess withdrawal on November 27.
HIGHEST DAILY VALUE ADJUSTED ANNUAL INCOME
(ADJUSTED WITH WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT (5% OF THE
DATE* ACCOUNT VALUE AND PURCHASE PAYMENTS)** HIGHEST DAILY VALUE)
----- ------------- ------------------------- ----------------------
November 25, 2009 $119,000.00 $ 119,000.00 $5,950.00
November 26, 2009 Thanksgiving Day
November 27, 2009 $113,000.00 $ 113,986.95 $5,699.35
November 30, 2009 $113,000.00 $ 113,986.95 $5,699.35
December 01, 2009 $119,000.00 $ 119,000.00 $5,950.00
* In this example, the Annuity Anniversary date is December 1. The Valuation
Dates are every day following the first Lifetime Withdrawal. In subsequent
Annuity Years Valuation Dates will be every day following the Annuity
Anniversary. The Annuity Anniversary Date of December 1 is considered the
final Valuation Date for the Annuity Year.
** In this example, the first daily value after the first Lifetime Withdrawal
is $119,000 on November 25, resulting in an adjusted Annual Income Amount
of $5,950.00. This amount is adjusted on November 27 to reflect the $5,000
withdrawal. The calculations for the adjustments are:
. The Account Value of $119,000 on November 25 is first reduced
dollar-for-dollar by $3,500 ($3,500 is the remaining Annual Income
Amount for the Annuity Year), resulting in an adjusted Account Value of
$115,500 before the excess withdrawal.
. This amount ($115,500) is further reduced by 1.31% (this is the ratio in
the above example which is the excess withdrawal divided by the Account
Value immediately preceding the excess withdrawal) resulting in a
Highest Daily Value of $113,986.95.
. The adjusted Annual Income Amount is carried forward to the next
Valuation Date of November 30. At this time, we compare this amount to
5% of the Account Value on November 30. Since the November 27 adjusted
Annual Income Amount of $5,699.35 is higher than $5,650.00 (5% of
$113,000), we continue to carry $5,699.35 forward to the next and final
Valuation Date of December 1. The Account Value on December 1 is
$119,000 and 5% of this amount is $5,950. Since this is higher than
$5,699.35, the adjusted Annual Income Amount is reset to $5,950.00.
150
In this example, 5% of the December 1 value results in the highest amount of
$5,950.00. Since this amount is higher than the current year's Annual Income
Amount of $5,921.40 adjusted for excess withdrawals, the Annual Income Amount
for the next Annuity Year, starting on December 2, 2009 and continuing through
December 1, 2010, will be stepped-up to $5,950.00.
NON-LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL FEATURE
You may take a one-time non-lifetime withdrawal ("Non-Lifetime Withdrawal")
under Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. It is an optional feature of the benefit
that you can only elect at the time of your first withdrawal. The amount of
the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal cannot be more than the amount that would cause
the Annuity to be taken below the minimum Surrender Value after a withdrawal
for your Annuity. This Non-Lifetime Withdrawal will not establish your initial
Annual Income Amount and the Periodic Value described above will continue to
be calculated. However, the total amount of the withdrawal will proportionally
reduce all guarantees associated with the Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus
benefit. You must tell us if your withdrawal is intended to be the
Non-Lifetime Withdrawal and not the first Lifetime Withdrawal under the
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit. If you don't elect the Non-Lifetime
Withdrawal, the first withdrawal you make will be the first Lifetime
Withdrawal that establishes your Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income
Amount. Once you elect to take the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal or Lifetime
Withdrawals, no additional Non-Lifetime Withdrawals may be taken.
The Non-Lifetime Withdrawal will proportionally reduce the Protected
Withdrawal Value, the Return of Principal guarantee, and the Periodic Value
guarantees on the tenth, twentieth and twenty-fifth anniversaries of the
benefit effective date, described above, by the percentage the total
withdrawal amount (including any applicable CDSC) represents of the then
current Account Value immediately prior to the withdrawal.
If you are participating in a Systematic Withdrawal program, the first
withdrawal under the program cannot be classified as the Non-Lifetime
Withdrawal. The first partial withdrawal in payment of any third party
investment advisory service from your Annuity also cannot be classified as the
Non-Lifetime Withdrawal.
EXAMPLE - NON-LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL (PROPORTIONAL REDUCTION)
This example is purely hypothetical and does not reflect the charges for the
benefit or any other fees and charges. It is intended to illustrate the
proportional reduction of the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal under this benefit.
Assume the following:
.. The Issue Date is December 1, 2008
.. The Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit is elected on March 5, 2009
.. The Account Value at benefit election was $105,000
.. The Annuitant was 70 years old when he/she elected the Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus benefit.
.. No previous withdrawals have been taken under the Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus benefit.
On May 2, 2009, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $125,000, the 10th benefit
year minimum Periodic Value guarantee is $210,000, the 10th benefit year
Return of Principal guarantee is $105,000, the 20th benefit year minimum
Periodic Value guarantee is $420,000, the 25/th/ benefit year minimum Periodic
Value guarantee is $630,000 and the Account Value is $120,000. Assuming
$15,000 is withdrawn from the Annuity on May 2, 2009 and is designated as a
Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, all guarantees associated with the Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus benefit will be reduced by the ratio the total withdrawal
amount represents of the Account Value just prior to the withdrawal being
taken.
HERE IS THE CALCULATION:
Withdrawal Amount divided by $ 15,000
Account Value before withdrawal $120,000
Equals ratio 12.5%
All guarantees will be reduced by the above ratio (12.5%)
Protected Withdrawal Value $109,375
10/th/ benefit year Return of Principal $ 91,875
10/th/ benefit year Minimum Periodic Value $183,750
20/th/ benefit year Minimum Periodic Value $367,500
25/th/ benefit year Minimum Periodic Value $551,250
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
Withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount, but which you are required
to take as a required minimum distribution for this annuity, will not reduce
the Annual Income Amount for future years. No additional Annual Income Amount
will be available in an Annuity Year due to required minimum distributions
unless the required minimum distribution is greater than the Annual Income
Amount. Any withdrawal you take that exceeds the Annual Income Amount in
Annuity Years that your required minimum distribution amount is not greater
than the Annual Income Amount will be treated as an Excess Withdrawal under
the benefit. If
151
your required minimum distribution (as calculated by us for your Annuity and
not previously withdrawn in the current calendar year) is greater than the
Annual Income Amount, an amount equal to the remaining Annual Income Amount
plus the difference between the required minimum distribution amount not
previously withdrawn in the current calendar year and the Annual Income Amount
will be available in the current Annuity Year without it being considered an
excess withdrawal. In the event that a required minimum distribution is
calculated in a calendar year that crosses more than one Annuity Year and you
choose to satisfy the entire required minimum distribution for that calendar
year in the next Annuity Year, the distribution taken in the next Annuity Year
will reduce your Annual Income Amount in that Annuity Year on a dollar by
dollar basis. If the required minimum distribution not taken in the prior
Annuity Year is greater than the Annual Income Amount as guaranteed by the
benefit in the current Annuity Year, the total required minimum distribution
amount may be taken without being treated as an excess withdrawal.
EXAMPLE - REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
The following example is purely hypothetical and is intended to illustrate a
scenario in which the required minimum distribution amount in a given Annuity
Year is greater than the Annual Income Amount.
ANNUAL INCOME AMOUNT = $5,000
REMAINING ANNUAL INCOME AMOUNT = $3,000
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION = $6,000
The amount you may withdraw in the current Annuity Year without it being
treated as an Excess Withdrawal is $4,000. ($3,000 + ($6,000 - $5,000) =
$4,000).
If the $4,000 withdrawal is taken, the remaining Annual Income Amount will be
zero and the remaining required minimum distribution amount of $2,000 may be
taken in the subsequent Annuity Year (when your Annual Income Amount is reset
to $5,000) without proportionally reducing all of the guarantees associated
with the Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit as described above. The amount
you may withdraw in the subsequent Annuity Year if you choose not to satisfy
the required minimum distribution in the current Annuity Year (assuming the
Annual Income Amount in the subsequent Annuity Year is $5,000), without being
treated as an Excess Withdrawal is $6,000. This withdrawal must comply with
all IRS guidelines in order to satisfy the required minimum distribution for
the current calendar year.
BENEFITS UNDER HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS
.. To the extent that your Account Value was reduced to zero as a result of
cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year that are less than or
equal to the Annual Income Amount or as a result of the fee that we assess
for Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, and amounts are still payable under
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, we will make an additional payment, if any,
for that Annuity Year equal to the remaining Annual Income Amount for the
Annuity Year. If you have not begun taking Lifetime Withdrawals and your
Account Value is reduced to zero as a result of the fee we assess for
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, we will calculate the Annual Income Amount
as if you made your first Lifetime Withdrawal on the date the Account Value
was reduced to zero and Lifetime Withdrawals will begin on the next Annuity
anniversary. If this were to occur, you are not permitted to make
additional purchase payments to your Annuity. Thus, in these scenarios, the
remaining Annual Income Amount would be payable even though your Account
Value was reduced to zero. In subsequent Annuity Years we make payments
that equal the Annual Income Amount as described in this section. We will
make payments until the death of the single designated life. To the extent
that cumulative withdrawals in the Annuity Year that reduced your Account
Value to zero are more than the Annual Income Amount, the Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus benefit terminates, and no additional payments are made.
However, if a withdrawal in the latter scenario was taken to satisfy a
required minimum distribution under the Annuity, then the benefit will not
terminate, and we will continue to pay the Annual Income Amount in
subsequent Annuity Years until the death of the Designated Life.
.. If Annuity payments are to begin under the terms of your Annuity, or if you
decide to begin receiving Annuity payments and there is an Annual Income
Amount due in subsequent Annuity Years, you can elect one of the following
two options:
(1)apply your Account Value to any Annuity option available; or
(2)request that, as of the date Annuity payments are to begin, we make
Annuity payments each year equal to the Annual Income Amount. If this
option is elected, the Annual Income Amount will not increase after
annuity payments have begun. We will make payments until the death of
the single Designated Life. We must receive your request in a form
acceptable to us at our office.
.. In the absence of an election when mandatory annuity payments are to begin,
we will make annual annuity payments in the form of a single life fixed
annuity with ten payments certain, by applying the greater of the annuity
rates then currently available or the annuity rates guaranteed in your
Annuity. The amount that will be applied to provide such Annuity payments
will be the greater of:
(1)the present value of the future Annual Income Amount payments. Such
present value will be calculated using the greater of the single life
fixed annuity rates then currently available or the single life fixed
annuity rates guaranteed in your Annuity; and
(2)the Account Value.
152
.. If no Lifetime Withdrawal was ever taken, we will calculate the Annual
Income Amount as if you made your first Lifetime Withdrawal on the date the
annuity payments are to begin.
.. Please note that payments that we make under this benefit after the Annuity
Anniversary coinciding with or next following the annuitant's 95/th/
birthday will be treated as annuity payments.
OTHER IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS
.. Withdrawals under the Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit are subject to
all of the terms and conditions of the Annuity, including any applicable
CDSC for the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal as well as withdrawals that exceed the
Annual Income Amount.
.. Withdrawals made while the Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus Benefit is in
effect will be treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other
withdrawals under the Annuity. Any withdrawals made under the benefit will
be taken pro-rata from the Sub-accounts (including the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account) and the DCA Fixed Rate Options (if you are participating
in the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program). Withdrawals from the DCA Fixed Rate
Options will be taken on a last-in, first-out basis.
.. You can make withdrawals from your Annuity while your Account Value is
greater than zero without purchasing the Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus
benefit. The Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit provides a guarantee
that if your Account Value is reduced to zero (subject to our rules
regarding time and amount of withdrawals), you will be able to receive your
Annual Income Amount in the form of periodic benefit payments.
.. You should carefully consider when to begin taking withdrawals. If you
begin taking withdrawals early, you may maximize the time during which you
may take withdrawals due to longer life expectancy, and you will be using
an optional benefit for which you are paying a charge. On the other hand,
you could limit the value of the benefit if you begin taking withdrawals
too soon. For example, withdrawals reduce your Account Value and may limit
the potential for increasing your Protected Withdrawal Value. You should
discuss with your Financial Professional when it may be appropriate for you
to begin taking withdrawals.
.. Upon inception of the benefit, and to maintain the benefit, 100% of your
Account Value must have been allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
.. You cannot allocate purchase payments or transfer Account Value to or from
the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account (see description below)
if you elect this benefit. A summary description of the AST Investment
Grade Bond Portfolio appears within the prospectus section entitled "What
Are The Investment Objectives and Policies of The Portfolios?". You can
find a copy of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio prospectus by going
to www.prudentialannuities.com.
.. Transfers to and from the elected Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade
Bond Portfolio Sub-account triggered by the Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus
mathematical formula will not count toward the maximum number of free
transfers allowable under an Annuity.
.. You must allocate your Account Value in accordance with the then available
investment option(s) that we may prescribe in order to maintain the Highest
Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit. If, subsequent to your election of the
benefit, we change our requirements for how Account Value must be allocated
under the benefit, we will not compel you to re-allocate your Account Value
in accordance with our newly adopted requirements. Subject to any change in
requirements, transfer of Account Value and allocation of additional
purchase payments may be subject to new investment limitations.
.. The maximum charge for Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus is 1.50% annually of
the greater of Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal Value (PWV). The
current charge is 0.75% annually of the greater of Account Value and the
Protected Withdrawal Value. We deduct this fee on each quarterly
anniversary of the benefit effective date. Thus, on each such quarterly
anniversary (or the next Valuation Day, if the quarterly anniversary is not
a Valuation Day), we deduct 0.1875% of the greater of the prior day's
Account Value or the prior day's Protected Withdrawal Value at the end of
the quarter. We deduct the fee pro rata from each of the Sub-accounts
including the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account and from the
DCA Fixed Rate Option (if applicable). Since this fee is based on the
greater of the Account Value or the Protected Withdrawal Value, the fee for
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus may be greater than it would have been, had
it been based on the Account Value alone. If the fee to be deducted exceeds
the Account Value at the benefit quarter, we will charge the remainder of
the Account Value for the benefit and continue the benefit as described
above. You will begin paying the charge for this benefit as of the
effective date of the benefit, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals
for many years, or ever. We will not refund the charges you have paid if
you choose never to take any withdrawals and/or if you never receive any
lifetime income payments.
ELECTION OF AND DESIGNATIONS UNDER THE BENEFIT
We no longer permit new elections of Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. For
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, there must have been either a single Owner who
is the same as the Annuitant, or if the Annuity is entity owned, there must
have been a single natural person Annuitant. In either case, the Annuitant
must have been at least 45 years old.
Any change of the Annuitant under the Annuity will result in cancellation of
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. Similarly, any change of Owner will result in
cancellation of Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, except if (a) the new Owner has
the same taxpayer identification number as the previous owner, (b) ownership
is transferred from a custodian to the Annuitant, or vice versa or
(c) ownership is transferred from one entity to another entity that is
satisfactory to us.
PLEASE NOTE THAT IF YOU TERMINATE A LIVING BENEFIT SUCH AS HIGHEST DAILY
LIFETIME 7 PLUS AND ELECT A NEW LIVING BENEFIT, YOU LOSE THE GUARANTEES THAT
YOU HAD ACCUMULATED UNDER YOUR EXISTING BENEFIT AND WILL BEGIN THE NEW
GUARANTEES UNDER THE NEW BENEFIT YOU ELECT BASED ON YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AS OF
THE DATE THE NEW BENEFIT BECOMES ACTIVE. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO WAIVE, CHANGE
AND/OR FURTHER LIMIT THE ELECTION FREQUENCY IN THE FUTURE.
153
TERMINATION OF THE BENEFIT
You may terminate Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus at any time by notifying us.
If you terminate the benefit, any guarantee provided by the benefit will
terminate as of the date the termination is effective, and certain
restrictions on re-election may apply. The benefit automatically terminates:
(i) upon your termination of the benefit, (ii) upon your surrender of the
Annuity, (iii) upon your election to begin receiving annuity payments
(although if you have elected to receive the Annual Income Amount in the form
of Annuity payments, we will continue to pay the Annual Income Amount),
(iv) upon our receipt of due proof of the death of the Annuitant, (v) if both
the Account Value and Annual Income Amount equal zero, or (vi) if you cease to
meet our requirements as described in "Election of and Designations under the
Benefit".
Upon termination of Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus other than upon the death of
the Annuitant, we impose any accrued fee for the benefit (i.e., the fee for
the pro-rated portion of the year since the fee was last assessed), and
thereafter we cease deducting the charge for the benefit. With regard to your
investment allocations, upon termination we will: (i) leave intact amounts
that are held in the variable investment options, and (ii) transfer all
amounts held in the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account to your
variable investment options, based on your existing allocation instructions or
(in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata (i.e. in the same
proportion as the current balances in your variable investment options).
If a surviving spouse elects to continue the Annuity, the Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus benefit terminates. The spouse may elect the benefit subject
to the restrictions discussed above.
HOW HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR
PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT
As indicated above, we limit the Sub-accounts to which you may allocate
Account Value if you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. For purposes of this
benefit, we refer to those permitted investment options as the "Permitted
Sub-accounts". If your annuity was issued on or after May 1, 2009 (subject to
regulatory approval), you may also choose to allocate purchase payments while
this program is in effect to DCA Fixed Rate Options utilized with our 6 or 12
Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program ("6 or 12 Month DCA Program"). If you are
participating in Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus and also are participating in
the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program, and the formula under the benefit dictates a
transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account, then the amount to be transferred will be taken entirely from the
Sub-accounts, provided there is sufficient Account Value in those Sub-accounts
to meet the required transfer amount. Only if there is insufficient Account
Value in those Sub-accounts will an amount be withdrawn from the DCA Fixed
Rate Options. Amounts withdrawn from the DCA Fixed Rate Options under the
formula will be taken on a last-in, first-out basis. For purposes of the
discussion below concerning transfers from the Permitted Sub-accounts to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, amounts held within the DCA Fixed Rate
Options are included within the term "Permitted Sub-Accounts". Thus, amounts
may be transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options in the circumstances
described above and in the section of this prospectus entitled 6 or 12 Month
Dollar Cost Averaging Program. Any transfer dictated by the formula out of the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be transferred to the Permitted
Sub-accounts, not including the DCA Fixed Rate Options.
An integral part of Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus is the pre-determined
mathematical formula used to transfer Account Value between the Permitted
Sub-Accounts and a specified bond fund within the Advanced Series Trust (the
"AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-Account"). The AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account is available only with this benefit, and thus you may not allocate
purchase payments to or make transfers to or from the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account. The formula monitors your Account Value daily and, if
dictated by the formula, systematically transfers amounts between the
Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account. The formula is set forth in Appendix K.
Speaking generally, the formula, which is applied each Valuation Day, operates
as follows. The formula starts by identifying an income basis for that day and
then multiplies that figure by 5%, to produce a projected (i.e., hypothetical)
income amount. Note that 5% is used in the formula, irrespective of the
Annuitant's attained age. Then it produces an estimate of the total amount
targeted in our allocation model, based on the projected income amount and
factors set forth in the formula. In the formula, we refer to that value as
the "Target Value" or "L". If you have already made a withdrawal, your
projected income amount (and thus your Target Value) would take into account
any automatic step-up, any subsequent purchase payments, and any excess
withdrawals. Next, the formula subtracts from the Target Value the amount held
within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account on that day, and divides that
difference by the amount held within the Permitted Sub-accounts including any
amounts allocated to DCA Fixed Rate Options. That ratio, which essentially
isolates the amount of your Target Value that is not offset by amounts held
within the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, is called the "Target Ratio"
or "r". If, on each of three consecutive Valuation Days, the Target Ratio is
greater than 83% but less than or equal to 84.5%, the formula will, on such
third Valuation Day, make a transfer from the Permitted Sub-accounts in which
you are invested (subject to the 90% cap discussed below) to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. As discussed above, if all or a portion of
your Account Value is allocated to one or more DCA Fixed Rate Options at the
time a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account is required under
the formula, we will first look to process the transfer from the Permitted
Sub-accounts, other than the DCA Fixed Rate Options. If the amount allocated
to the Permitted Sub-accounts is insufficient to satisfy the transfer, then
any remaining amounts will be transferred from the DCA Fixed Rate Options on a
"last-in, first-out" basis. Once a transfer is made, the three consecutive
Valuation Days begin again. If, however, on any Valuation Day, the Target
Ratio is above 84.5%, it will make a transfer from the
154
Permitted Sub-accounts (subject to the 90% cap) to the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account (as described above). If the Target Ratio falls below 78% on
any Valuation Day, then a transfer from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account to the Permitted Sub-accounts will occur.
The formula will not execute a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account that results in more than 90% of your Account Value being
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account ("90% cap"). Thus, on
any Valuation Day, if the formula would require a transfer to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account that would result in more than 90% of the
Account Value being allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account,
only the amount that results in exactly 90% of the Account Value being
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will be transferred.
Additionally, future transfers into the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
will not be made (regardless of the performance of the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account and the Permitted Sub-accounts) at least until there is first
a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. Once this
transfer occurs out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, future
amounts may be transferred to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap). At no time
will the formula make a transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
that results in greater than 90% of your Account Value being allocated to the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account. HOWEVER, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT, DUE TO
THE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE OF YOUR ALLOCATIONS IN THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE
BOND SUB-ACCOUNT AND YOUR ALLOCATIONS IN THE PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS YOU HAVE
SELECTED, YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE COULD BE MORE THAN 90% INVESTED IN THE AST
INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT.
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity while the 90% cap is
in effect, the formula will not transfer any of such additional purchase
payments to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account at least until there is
first a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, regardless
of how much of your Account Value is in the Permitted Sub-accounts. This means
that there could be scenarios under which, because of the additional purchase
payments you make, less than 90% of your entire Account Value is allocated to
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, and the formula will still not
transfer any of your Account Value to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account (at least until there is first a transfer out of the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account). For example,
.. March 19, 2009 - a transfer is made to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account that results in the 90% cap being met and now $90,000 is
allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and $10,000 is
allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
.. March 20, 2009 - you make an additional purchase payment of $10,000. No
transfers have been made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to
the Permitted Sub-accounts since the cap went into effect on March 19, 2009.
.. On March 20, 2009 - (and at least until first a transfer is made out of the
AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account under the formula) - the $10,000
payment is allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts and on this date you
have 82% in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and 18% in the
Permitted Sub-accounts (such that $20,000 is allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts and $90,000 to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account).
.. Once there is a transfer out of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
(of any amount), the formula will operate as described above, meaning that
the formula could transfer amounts to or from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account if dictated by the formula (subject to the 90% cap).
Under the operation of the formula, the 90% cap may come into existence and be
removed multiple times while you participate in the benefit. We will continue
to monitor your Account Value daily and, if dictated by the formula,
systematically transfer amounts between the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account as dictated by the
formula.
As you can glean from the formula, poor or flat investment performance of your
Account Value may result in a transfer of a portion of your Account Value in
the Permitted Sub-accounts to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account
because such poor investment performance will tend to increase the Target
Ratio. Because the amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account and the amount allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts each is a
variable in the formula, the investment performance of each affects whether a
transfer occurs for your Annuity. In deciding how much to transfer, we use
another formula, which essentially seeks to re-balance amounts held in the
Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account so that
the Target Ratio meets a target, which currently is equal to 80%. Once you
elect Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, the values we use to compare to the
Target Ratio will be fixed.
Additionally, on each monthly Annuity Anniversary (if the monthly Annuity
Anniversary does not fall on a Valuation Day, the next Valuation Day will be
used), following all of the above described daily calculations, a transfer may
be made from the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account to the Permitted
Sub-accounts. Any such transfer will be based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata (i.e.
in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable investment
options). This transfer will automatically occur provided that the Target
Ratio, as described above, would be less than 83% after the transfer. The
formula will not execute a transfer if the Target Ratio after this transfer
would occur would be greater than or equal to 83%.
155
The amount of the transfer will be equal to the lesser of:
a) The total value of all your Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account, or
b) An amount equal to 5% of your total Account Value.
While you are not notified when your Annuity reaches a transfer trigger under
the formula, you will receive a confirmation statement indicating the transfer
of a portion of your Account Value either to or from the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account. The formula by which the transfer operates is designed
primarily to mitigate some of the financial risks that we incur in providing
the guarantee under Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. Depending on the results of
the calculations of the formula, we may, on any Valuation Day:
. Not make any transfer between the Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account; or
. If a portion of your Account Value was previously allocated to the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, transfer all or a portion of those
amounts to the Permitted Sub-accounts, based on your existing allocation
instructions or (in the absence of such existing instructions) pro rata
(i.e., in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options). ; or
. Transfer a portion of your Account Value in the Permitted Sub-accounts
pro rata to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account.
The amount and timing of transfers to and from the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account pursuant to the formula depends upon a number of factors unique to
your Annuity (and is not necessarily directly correlated with the securities
markets, bond markets, or interest rates, in general) including:
. The difference between your Account Value and your Protected Withdrawal
Value;
. How long you have owned Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus or Spousal Highest
Daily Lifetime 7 Plus;
. The performance of the Permitted Sub-accounts you have chosen;
. The performance of the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
. The amount allocated to each of the Permitted Sub-accounts you have
chosen;
. The amount allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account;
. Additional purchase payments, if any, you make to your Annuity; and
. Withdrawals, if any, you take from your Annuity (withdrawals are taken
pro rata from your Account Value).
At any given time, some, most or none of your Account Value will be allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account, as dictated by the formula.
The more of your Account Value allocated to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account under the formula, the greater the impact of the performance of
that Sub-account in determining whether (and how much) your Account Value is
transferred back to the Permitted Sub-accounts. Further, it is possible under
the formula that, if a significant portion of your Account Value is allocated
to the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and that Sub-account has good
performance but the performance of your Permitted Sub-accounts is negative,
that the formula might transfer your Account Value to the Permitted
Sub-accounts. Similarly, the more you have allocated to the Permitted
Sub-accounts, the greater the impact of the performance of those Permitted
Sub-accounts will have on any transfer to the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
If you make additional purchase payments to your Annuity, they will be
allocated according to your allocation instructions. Once they are allocated
to your Annuity, they will also be subject to the formula described above and
therefore may be transferred to the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio, if
dictated by the formula.
Any Account Value in the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account will not be
available to participate in the investment experience of the Permitted
Sub-accounts regardless of whether there is a subsequent Sub-account decline
or recovery until it is transferred out of the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account.
ADDITIONAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
If you purchase an annuity as an investment vehicle for "qualified"
investments, including an IRA, SEP-IRA, Tax Sheltered Annuity (or 403(b)) or
employer plan under Code Section 401(a), the required minimum distribution
rules under the Code provide that you begin receiving periodic amounts from
your annuity beginning after age 70 1/2. For a Tax Sheltered Annuity or a
401(a) plan for which the participant is not a greater than five (5) percent
owner of the employer, this required beginning date can generally be deferred
to retirement, if later. Roth IRAs are not subject to these rules during the
owner's lifetime. The amount required under the Code may exceed the Annual
Income Amount, which will cause us to increase the Annual Income Amount in any
Annuity Year that required minimum distributions due from your Annuity are
greater than such amounts. In addition, the amount and duration of payments
under the annuity payment and death benefit provisions may be adjusted so that
the payments do not trigger any penalty or excise taxes due to tax
considerations such as required minimum distribution provisions under the tax
law. Please note, however, that any withdrawal (except the Non-Lifetime
Withdrawal) you take prior to the Tenth Anniversary, even if withdrawn to
satisfy required minimum distribution rules, will cause you to lose the
ability to receive the Return of Principal Guarantee and the guaranteed amount
described above under "Key Feature - Protected Withdrawal Value".
156
As indicated, withdrawals made while this benefit is in effect will be
treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the
Annuity. Please see the Tax Considerations section of the prospectus for a
detailed discussion of the tax treatment of withdrawals. We do not address
each potential tax scenario that could arise with respect to this benefit
here. However, we do note that if you participate in Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus through a non-qualified annuity, as with all withdrawals, once all
purchase payments are returned under the Annuity, all subsequent withdrawal
amounts will be taxed as ordinary income.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS WITH BENEFICIARY INCOME OPTION
We previously offered an optional death benefit feature under Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus, the amount of which is linked to your Annual Income Amount.
We refer to this optional death benefit as the Beneficiary Income Option or
BIO. Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with BIO is no longer available for new
elections. Please note that if you terminate Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus
with BIO and elect any other available living benefit you lose the guarantees
that you had accumulated under your existing benefit and will begin the new
guarantees under the new benefit you elect based on your Account Value as of
the date the new benefit becomes active. As long as your Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary Income Option is in effect, you must allocate
your Account Value in accordance with the then permitted and available
investment option(s) with this benefit. This benefit could be elected,
provided that all owners and beneficiaries are natural persons or an agent
acting for a natural person.
If you elected this death benefit, you could not elect any other optional
benefit. You could have elected the Beneficiary Income Option death benefit so
long as the Annuitant is no older than age 75 at the time of election and meet
the Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus age requirements. For purposes of this
optional death benefit, we calculate the Annual Income Amount and Protected
Withdrawal Value in the same manner that we do under Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus itself. However, we will stop determining the Periodic Value (as
described above) on the earlier of your first Lifetime Withdrawal after the
effective date of the benefit or the Tenth Anniversary Date. This means that
under the Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with BIO benefit you will not be
eligible for the guaranteed minimum Periodic Values described above on the
20/th/ and 25/th/ Anniversary of the Benefit Effective Date. If you choose the
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with BIO, the maximum charge is 2.00% of the
greater of Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal Value ("PWV") annually.
The current charge is 1.10% annually of the greater of the Account Value and
the PWV. We deduct this charge on each quarterly anniversary of the benefit
effective date. Thus, on each such quarterly anniversary (or the next
Valuation Day, if the quarterly anniversary is not a Valuation Day), we deduct
0.275% of the greater of the prior day's Account Value or the prior day's
Protected Withdrawal Value at the end of the quarter. We deduct the fee pro
rata from each of the Sub-accounts including the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account and from the DCA Fixed Rate Option (if applicable). Because the
fee for this benefit is based on the greater of the Account Value or the
Protected Withdrawal Value, the fee for Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with the
Beneficiary Income Option may be greater than it would have been based on the
Account Value alone. If the fee to be deducted exceeds the current Account
Value, we will reduce the Account Value to zero and, continue the benefit as
described below.
Upon a death that triggers payment of a death benefit under the Annuity, we
identify the following amounts: (a) the amount of the basic death benefit
under the Annuity, (b) the Protected Withdrawal Value, and (c) the Annual
Income Amount. If there were no Lifetime Withdrawals prior to the date of
death, then we calculate the Protected Withdrawal Value for purposes of this
death benefit as of the date of death, and we calculate the Annual Income
Amount as if there were a withdrawal on the date of death. If there were
Lifetime Withdrawals prior to the date of death, then we set the Protected
Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount for purposes of this death benefit
as of the date that we receive due proof of death.
If there is one beneficiary, he/she must choose to receive either the basic
death benefit (in a lump sum or other permitted form of distribution) or the
Beneficiary Income Option death benefit (in the form of periodic payments of
the Annual Income Amount - such payments may be annual or at other intervals
that we permit). If there are multiple beneficiaries, each beneficiary is
presented with the same choice. Each beneficiary can choose to take his/her
portion of either (a) the basic death benefit, or (b) the Beneficiary Income
Option death benefit. In order to receive the Beneficiary Income Option death
benefit, each beneficiary's share of the death benefit proceeds must be
allocated as a percentage of the total death benefit to be paid. We allow a
beneficiary who has opted to receive the Annual Income Amount to designate
another beneficiary, who would receive any remaining payments upon the former
beneficiary's death. Note also that the final payment, exhausting the
Protected Withdrawal Value, may be less than the Annual Income Amount.
Here is an example to illustrate how the death benefit may be paid:
.. Assume that (i) the basic death benefit is $50,000, the Protected
Withdrawal Value is $100,000, and the Annual Income Amount is $5,000;
(ii) there are two beneficiaries (the first designated to receive 75% of
the death benefit and the second designated to receive 25% of the death
benefit); (iii) the first beneficiary chooses to receive his/her portion of
the death benefit in the form of the Annual Income Amount, and the second
beneficiary chooses to receive his/her portion of the death benefit with
reference to the basic death benefit.
.. Under those assumptions, the first beneficiary will be paid a pro-rated
portion of the Annual Income Amount for 20 years (the 20 year pay out
period is derived from the $5,000 Annual Income Amount, paid each year
until it exhausts the entire $100,000 Protected Withdrawal Value). The
pro-rated portion of the Annual Income Amount, equal to $3,750 annually
(i.e., the first beneficiary's 75% share multiplied by $5,000), is then
paid each year for the 20 year period. Payment of $3,750 for 20 years
results in total payments of $75,000 (i.e., the first beneficiary's 75%
share of the $100,000 Protected Withdrawal Value). The second beneficiary
would receive 25% of the basic death benefit amount (or $12,500).
157
If you elect to terminate Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary
Income Option, both Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus and that death benefit
option will be terminated. You may not terminate the death benefit option
without terminating the entire benefit. If you terminate Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary Income Option, your ability to elect other
optional living benefits will be affected as indicated in the "Election of and
Designations under the Benefit" section above.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS WITH LIFETIME INCOME ACCELERATOR/SM/
In the past, we offered a version of Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus called
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Lifetime Income Accelerator ("Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus with LIA"). You could choose Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus
with or without also electing LIA, however you could not elect LIA without
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus and you could elect the LIA benefit at the time
you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. Please note that if you terminate
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with LIA and elect any other available living
benefit you lose the guarantees that you had accumulated under your existing
benefit and will begin the new guarantees under the new benefit you elect
based on your Account Value as of the date the new benefit becomes active. If
you elected this benefit, you may not have elected any other optional benefit.
As long as your Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with LIA benefit is in effect,
you must allocate your Account Value in accordance with the then permitted and
available investment option(s) with this benefit. The income benefit under
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with LIA was based on a single "designated life"
who was between the ages of 45 and 75 on the date that the benefit is elected.
All terms and conditions of Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus apply to this
version of the benefit, except as described herein.
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with LIA is not long-term care insurance and
should not be purchased as a substitute for long-term care insurance. The
income you receive through the Lifetime Income Accelerator may be used for any
purpose, and it may or may not be sufficient to address expenses you may incur
for long-term care. You should seek professional advice to determine your
financial needs for long-term care.
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with LIA guarantees, until the death of the
single designated life, the ability to withdraw an amount equal to double the
Annual Income Amount (which we refer to as the "LIA Amount") if you meet the
conditions set forth below. If you choose the Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus
with LIA, the maximum charge is 2.00% of the greater of Account Value and the
Protected Withdrawal Value ("PWV") annually. The current charge is 1.10%
annually of the greater of Account Value and the PWV. We deduct this charge on
each quarterly anniversary of the benefit effective date. Thus, on each such
quarterly anniversary (or the next Valuation Day, if the quarterly anniversary
is not a Valuation Day), we deduct 0.275% of the greater of the prior day's
Account Value, or the prior day's Protected Withdrawal Value at the end of the
quarter. We deduct the fee pro rata from each of the Sub-accounts including
the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account and the DCA Fixed Rate Option (if
applicable). Since this fee is based on the greater of Account Value or the
Protected Withdrawal Value, the fee for Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with LIA
may be greater than it would have been, had it been based on the Account Value
alone. If the fee to be deducted exceeds the current Account Value, we will
reduce the Account Value to zero, and continue the benefit as described below.
If this benefit is being elected on an Annuity held as a 403(b) plan, then in
addition to meeting the eligibility requirements listed below for the LIA
Amount you must separately qualify for distributions from the 403(b) plan
itself.
ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR LIA AMOUNT. Both a waiting period of 36 months
from the benefit effective date, and an elimination period of 120 days from
the date of notification that one or both of the requirements described
immediately below have been met, apply before you can become eligible for the
LIA Amount. Assuming the 36 month waiting period has been met and we have
received the notification referenced in the immediately preceding sentence,
the LIA amount would be available for withdrawal on the Valuation Day
immediately after the 120/th/ day. The waiting period and the elimination
period may run concurrently. In addition to satisfying the waiting and
elimination period, at least one of the following requirements ("LIA
conditions") must be met.
(1)The designated life is confined to a qualified nursing facility. A
qualified nursing facility is a facility operated pursuant to law or any
state licensed facility providing medically necessary in-patient care which
is prescribed by a licensed physician in writing and based on physical
limitations which prohibit daily living in a non-institutional setting.
(2)The designated life is unable to perform two or more basic abilities of
caring for oneself or "activities of daily living." We define these basic
abilities as:
i. Eating: Feeding oneself by getting food into the body from a receptacle
(such as a plate, cup or table) or by a feeding tube or intravenously.
ii.Dressing: Putting on and taking off all items of clothing and any
necessary braces, fasteners or artificial limbs.
iii.Bathing: Washing oneself by sponge bath; or in either a tub or shower,
including the task of getting into or out of the tub or shower.
iv.Toileting: Getting to and from the toilet, getting on and off the
toilet, and performing associated personal hygiene.
v. Transferring: Moving into or out of a bed, chair or wheelchair.
vi.Continence: Maintaining control of bowel or bladder function; or when
unable to maintain control of bowel or bladder function, the ability to
perform personal hygiene (including caring for catheter or colostomy
bag).
158
You must notify us when the LIA conditions have been met. If, when we receive
such notification, there are more than 120 days remaining until the end of the
waiting period described above, you will not be eligible for the LIA Amount.
If there are 120 days or less remaining until the end of the waiting period
when we receive notification that the LIA conditions are met, we will
determine eligibility for the LIA Amount through our then current
administrative process, which may include, but is not limited to,
documentation verifying the LIA conditions and/or an assessment by a third
party of our choice. Such assessment may be in person and we will assume any
costs associated with the aforementioned assessment. Once eligibility is
determined, the LIA Amount is equal to double the Annual Income Amount as
described above under the Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit.
Additionally, once eligibility is determined, we will reassess your
eligibility on an annual basis although your LIA benefit for the year that
immediately precedes our reassessment will not be affected if it is determined
that you are no longer eligible. Your first reassessment may occur in the same
year as your initial assessment. If we determine that you are no longer
eligible to receive the LIA Amount, upon the next Annuity Anniversary the
Annual Income Amount would replace the LIA Amount. However, if you were
receiving income based on the LIA Amount and do not take action to change your
withdrawal amount to your Annual Income Amount, any cumulative Lifetime
Withdrawals in an Annuity Year that are in excess of the Annual Income Amount
will impact your Annual Income Amount in subsequent years (except with regard
to Required Minimum Distributions for this Annuity that comply with our
rules). Please note that we will not change your current withdrawal amount
unless you instruct us to do so. If you wish to establish or make changes to
your existing withdrawal program to ensure that you are not taking Excess
Income, please contact our Annuity Service Office. There is no limit on the
number of times you can become eligible for the LIA Amount, however, each time
would require the completion of the 120-day elimination period, notification
that the designated life meets the LIA conditions, and determination, through
our then current administrative process, that you are eligible for the LIA
Amount, each as described above.
LIA AMOUNT AT THE FIRST LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL.
If your first Lifetime Withdrawal subsequent to election of Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus with LIA occurs while you are eligible for the LIA Amount, the
available LIA Amount is equal to double the Annual Income Amount.
LIA AMOUNT AFTER THE FIRST LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL.
If you become eligible for the LIA Amount after you have taken your first
Lifetime Withdrawal, the available LIA amount for the current and subsequent
Annuity Years is equal to double the then current Annual Income Amount,
however the available LIA amount in the current Annuity Year is reduced by any
Lifetime Withdrawals that have been taken in the current Annuity Year.
Cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year which are less than or
equal to the LIA Amount (when eligible for the LIA amount) will not reduce
your LIA Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will
reduce the LIA Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year.
WITHDRAWALS IN EXCESS OF THE LIA AMOUNT.
If your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are in excess of
the LIA Amount when you are eligible ("Excess Withdrawal"), your LIA Amount in
subsequent years will be reduced (except with regard to required minimum
distributions) by the result of the ratio of the excess portion of the
withdrawal to the Account Value immediately prior to the Excess Withdrawal.
Reductions include the actual amount of the withdrawal, including any CDSC
that may apply. Withdrawals of any amount (excluding the Non-Lifetime
Withdrawal) up to and including the LIA Amount will reduce the Protected
Withdrawal Value by the amount of the withdrawal. Excess Withdrawals will
reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value by the same ratio as the reduction to
the LIA Amount. Any withdrawals that are less than or equal to the LIA amount
(when eligible) but in excess of the free withdrawal amount available under
this Annuity will not incur a CDSC.
Withdrawals are not required. However, subsequent to the first Lifetime
Withdrawal, the LIA Amount is not increased in subsequent Annuity Years if you
decide not to take a withdrawal in an Annuity Year or take withdrawals in an
Annuity Year that in total are less than the LIA Amount.
PURCHASE PAYMENTS. If you are eligible for the LIA Amount as described under
"Eligibility Requirements for LIA Amount" and you make an additional Purchase
Payment, we will increase your LIA Amount by double the amount we add to your
Annual Income Amount.
STEP UPS. If your Annual Income Amount is stepped up, your LIA Amount will be
stepped up to equal double the stepped up Annual Income Amount.
GUARANTEE PAYMENTS. If your Account Value is reduced to zero as a result of
cumulative withdrawals that are equal to or less than the LIA Amount when you
are eligible, or as a result of the fee that we assess for Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus with LIA, and there is still a LIA Amount available, we will
make an additional payment for that Annuity Year equal to the remaining LIA
Amount. If you have not begun taking Lifetime Withdrawals and your Account
Value is reduced to zero as a result of the fee we assess for Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus with LIA, we will calculate the Annual Income Amount and any
LIA amount if you are eligible, as if you made your first Lifetime Withdrawal
on the date the Account Value was reduced to zero and Lifetime
159
Withdrawals will begin on the next Annuity Anniversary. If this were to occur,
you are not permitted to make additional purchase payments to your Annuity.
Thus, in these scenarios, the remaining LIA Amount would be payable even
though your Account Value was reduced to zero. In subsequent Annuity Years we
make payments that equal the LIA Amount as described in this section. We will
make payments until the death of the single designated life. Should the
designated life no longer qualify for the LIA amount (as described under
"Eligibility Requirements for LIA Amount" above), the Annual Income Amount
would continue to be available. Subsequent eligibility for the LIA Amount
would require the completion of the 120 day elimination period as well as
meeting the LIA conditions listed above under "Eligibility Requirements for
LIA Amount". To the extent that cumulative withdrawals in the current Annuity
Year that reduce your Account Value to zero are more than the LIA Amount
(except in the case of required minimum distributions), Highest Daily Lifetime
7 Plus with LIA terminates, and no additional payments are made.
ANNUITY OPTIONS. In addition to the Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus Annuity
Options described above, after the Tenth Anniversary you may also request that
we make annuity payments each year equal to the Annual Income Amount. In any
year that you are eligible for the LIA Amount, we make annuity payments equal
to the LIA Amount. If you would receive a greater payment by applying your
Account Value to receive payments for life under your Annuity, we will pay the
greater amount. Annuitization prior to the Tenth Anniversary will forfeit any
present or future LIA amounts. We will continue to make payments until the
death of the Designated Life. If this option is elected, the Annual Income
Amount and LIA Amount will not increase after annuity payments have begun.
If you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with LIA, and never meet the
eligibility requirements you will not receive any additional payments based on
the LIA Amount.
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT (SHD7 PLUS)
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus is the spousal version of Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus. We no longer offer Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. If
you elected Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus and subsequently terminate
the benefit, you may elect another available living benefit, subject to our
current rules. See "Termination of Existing Benefits and Election New
Benefits". Please note that if you terminate Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus and elect another benefit, you lose the guarantees that you had
accumulated under your existing benefit and will begin the new guarantees
under the new benefit you elect based on your Account Value as of the date the
new benefit becomes active. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus could have
been elected based on two Designated Lives, as described below. The youngest
Designated Life must have been at least 50 years old and the oldest Designated
Life must have been at least 55 years old when the benefit was elected.
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus is not available if you elected any
other optional benefit. As long as your Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus
Benefit is in effect, you must allocate your Account Value in accordance with
the then permitted and available investment option(s) with this benefit. For a
more detailed description of permitted investment options, see the "Investment
Options" section in this prospectus.
We previously offered a benefit that guarantees until the later death of two
natural persons who are each other's spouses at the time of election of the
benefit and at the first death of one of them (the "Designated Lives", and
each, a "Designated Life") the ability to withdraw an annual amount (the
"Annual Income Amount") equal to a percentage of an initial principal value
(the "Protected Withdrawal Value") regardless of the impact of Sub-account
performance on the Account Value, subject to our rules regarding the timing
and amount of withdrawals. You are guaranteed to be able to withdraw the
Annual Income Amount for the lives of the Designated Lives ("Lifetime
Withdrawals") provided you have not made "excess withdrawals" that have
resulted in your Account Value being reduced to zero. We also permit a
one-time Non-Lifetime Withdrawal from your Annuity prior to taking Lifetime
Withdrawals under the benefit. The benefit may be appropriate if you intend to
make periodic withdrawals from your Annuity, wish to ensure that Sub-account
performance will not affect your ability to receive annual payments, and wish
either spouse to be able to continue the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus
benefit after the death of the first spouse. You are not required to make
withdrawals as part of the benefit - the guarantees are not lost if you
withdraw less than the maximum allowable amount each year under the rules of
the benefit. As discussed below, we require that you participate in our
pre-determined mathematical formula in order to participate in Spousal Highest
Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. Withdrawals are taken first from your own Account
Value. We are only required to begin making lifetime income payments to you
under our guarantee when and if your Account Value is reduced to zero (unless
the benefit has terminated).
Although you are guaranteed the ability to withdraw your Annual Income Amount
for life even if your Account Value falls to zero, if you take an excess
withdrawal that brings your Account Value to zero, it is possible that your
Annual Income Amount could also fall to zero. In that scenario, no further
amount would be payable under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus.
KEY FEATURE - PROTECTED WITHDRAWAL VALUE
The Protected Withdrawal Value is used to calculate the initial Annual Income
Amount. The Protected Withdrawal Value is separate from your Account Value and
not available as cash or a lump sum. On the effective date of the benefit, the
Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to your Account Value. On each Valuation
Day thereafter until the date of your first Lifetime Withdrawal (excluding any
Non-Lifetime Withdrawal discussed below), the Protected Withdrawal Value is
equal to the "Periodic Value" described in the next paragraph.
160
The "Periodic Value" initially is equal to the Account Value on the effective
date of the benefit. On each Valuation Day thereafter until the first Lifetime
Withdrawal, we recalculate the Periodic Value. We stop determining the
Periodic Value upon your first Lifetime Withdrawal after the effective date of
the benefit. On each Valuation Day (the "Current Valuation Day"), the Periodic
Value is equal to the greater of:
(1)the Periodic Value for the immediately preceding business day (the "Prior
Valuation Day") appreciated at the daily equivalent of 7% annually during
the calendar day(s) between the Prior Valuation Day and the Current
Valuation Day (i.e., one day for successive Valuation Days, but more than
one calendar day for Valuation Days that are separated by weekends and/or
holidays), plus the amount of any adjusted Purchase Payment made on the
Current Valuation Day (the Periodic Value is proportionally reduced for any
Non-Lifetime Withdrawal); and
(2)the Account Value.
If you have not made a Lifetime Withdrawal on or before the 10/th/, 20/th/, or
25/th/ Anniversary of the effective date of the benefit, your Periodic Value
on the 10/th/, 20/th/, or 25/th/ Anniversary of the benefit effective date is
equal to the greater of:
(1)the Periodic Value described above or,
(2)the sum of (a), (b) and (c) (proportionally reduced for any Non-Lifetime
Withdrawal):
(a)200% (on the 10/th/ anniversary), 400% (on the 20/th/ anniversary) or
600% (on the 25/th/ anniversary) of the Account Value on the effective
date of the benefit;
(b)200% (on the 10/th/ anniversary), 400% (on the 20/th/ anniversary) or
600% (on the 25/th/ anniversary) of all adjusted purchase payments made
within one year following the effective date of the benefit; and
(c)All adjusted purchase payments made after one year following the
effective date of the benefit.
If you elect Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary Income
Option ("BIO") (see below), we will stop determining the Periodic Value (as
described above) on the earlier of your first Lifetime Withdrawal after the
effective date of the benefit or the Tenth Anniversary of the effective date
of the benefit ("Tenth Anniversary"). This means that under the Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with BIO benefit you will not be eligible for
the guaranteed minimum Periodic Values described above on the 20/th/ and
25/th/ Anniversary of the Benefit Effective Date.
On and after the date of your first Lifetime Withdrawal, your Protected
Withdrawal Value is increased by the amount of any subsequent purchase
payments, is reduced by withdrawals, including your first Lifetime Withdrawal
(as described below), and may be increased if you qualify for a step-up (as
described below).
RETURN OF PRINCIPAL GUARANTEE
If you have not made a Lifetime Withdrawal before the Tenth Anniversary, we
will increase your Account Value on that Tenth Anniversary (or the next
Valuation Day, if that anniversary is not a Valuation Day), if the
requirements set forth in this paragraph are met. On the Tenth Anniversary, we
add:
a) your Account Value on the day that you elected Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus proportionally reduced for any Non-Lifetime Withdrawal; and
b) the sum of each Purchase Payment proportionally reduced for any subsequent
Non-Lifetime Withdrawal (including the amount of any associated Credits)
you made during the one-year period after you elected the benefit.
If the sum of (a) and (b) is greater than your Account Value on the Tenth
Anniversary, we increase your Account Value to equal the sum of (a) and (b),
by contributing funds from our general account. If the sum of (a) and (b) is
less than or equal to your Account Value on the Tenth Anniversary, we make no
such adjustment. The amount that we add to your Account Value under this
provision will be allocated to each of your variable investment options
(including the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account used with this benefit),
in the same proportion that each such Sub-account bears to your total Account
Value, immediately before the application of the amount. Any such amount will
not be considered a Purchase Payment when calculating your Protected
Withdrawal Value, your death benefit, or the amount of any optional benefit
that you may have selected, and therefore will have no direct impact on any
such values at the time we add this amount. Because the amount is added to
your Account Value, it will also be subject to each charge under your Annuity
based on Account Value. This potential addition to Account Value is available
only if you have elected Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus and if you meet
the conditions set forth in this paragraph. Thus, if you take a withdrawal,
including a required minimum distribution, (other than a Non-Lifetime
Withdrawal) prior to the Tenth Anniversary, you are not eligible to receive
the Return of Principal Guarantee. The Return of Principal Guarantee is
referred to as the Guaranteed Minimum Account Value Credit in the benefit
rider.
KEY FEATURE - ANNUAL INCOME AMOUNT UNDER THE SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7
PLUS BENEFIT
The Annual Income Amount is equal to a specified percentage of the Protected
Withdrawal Value. The percentage initially depends on the age of the youngest
Designated Life on the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal after election of
the benefit. The
161
percentages are: 4% for ages 50 - less than 59 1/2, 5% for ages 59 1/2-79, 6%
for ages 80 to 84, 7% for ages 85 to 89, and 8% for ages 90 and older. We use
the age of the youngest Designated Life even if that Designated Life is no
longer a participant under the Annuity due to death or divorce. Under the
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit, if your cumulative Lifetime
Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to the Annual Income
Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity
Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual Income Amount on a
dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year. If your cumulative Lifetime
Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are in excess of the Annual Income Amount for
any Annuity Year ("Excess Income"), your Annual Income Amount in subsequent
years will be reduced (except with regard to required minimum distributions
for this Annuity that comply with our rules) by the result of the ratio of the
Excess Income to the Account Value immediately prior to such withdrawal (see
examples of this calculation below). Reductions are based on the actual amount
of the withdrawal, including any CDSC that may apply. Lifetime Withdrawals of
any amount up to and including the Annual Income Amount will reduce the
Protected Withdrawal Value by the amount of the withdrawal. Withdrawals of
Excess Income will reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value by the same ratio as
the reduction to the Annual Income Amount.
Note that if your withdrawal of the Annual Income Amount in a given Annuity
Year exceeds the applicable free withdrawal amount under the Annuity (but is
not considered Excess Income), we will not impose any CDSC on the amount of
that withdrawal.
You may use the Systematic Withdrawal program to make withdrawals of the
Annual Income Amount. Any systematic withdrawal will be deemed a Lifetime
Withdrawal under this benefit.
Any Purchase Payment that you make subsequent to the election of Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus will (i) increase the then-existing Annual
Income Amount by an amount equal to a percentage of the Purchase Payment
(including the amount of any associated Credit) based on the age of the
younger Annuitant at the time of the first Lifetime Withdrawal (the
percentages are: 4% for ages 50 - less than 59 1/2, 5% for ages 59 1/2-79, 6%
for ages 80-84, 7% for ages 85-89, and 8% for ages 90 and older), and
(ii) increase the Protected Withdrawal Value by the amount of the Purchase
Payment (including the amount of any associated Credit).
HIGHEST DAILY AUTO STEP-UP
An automatic step-up feature ("Highest Daily Auto Step-Up") is part of this
benefit. As detailed in this paragraph, the Highest Daily Auto Step-Up feature
can result in a larger Annual Income Amount subsequent to your first Lifetime
Withdrawal. The Highest Daily Step-Up starts with the anniversary of the Issue
Date of the Annuity (the "Annuity Anniversary") immediately after your first
Lifetime Withdrawal under the benefit. Specifically, upon the first such
Annuity Anniversary, we identify the Account Value on each Valuation Day
within the immediately preceding Annuity Year after your first Lifetime
Withdrawal. Having identified the highest daily value (after all daily values
have been adjusted for subsequent purchase payments and withdrawals), we then
multiply that value by a percentage that varies based on the age of the
youngest Designated Life on the Annuity Anniversary as of which the step-up
would occur. The percentages are 4% for ages 50 - less than 59 1/2, 5% for
ages 59 1/2-79, 6% for ages 80-84, 7% for ages 85-89, and 8% for ages 90 and
older. If that value exceeds the existing Annual Income Amount, we replace the
existing amount with the new, higher amount. Otherwise, we leave the existing
Annual Income Amount intact. The Account Value on the Annuity Anniversary is
considered the last daily step-up value of the Annuity Year. In later years
(i.e., after the first Annuity Anniversary after the first Lifetime
Withdrawal), we determine whether an automatic step-up should occur on each
Annuity Anniversary by performing a similar examination of the Account Values
that occurred on Valuation Days during the year. At the time that we increase
your Annual Income Amount, we also increase your Protected Withdrawal Value to
equal the highest daily value upon which your step-up was based only if that
results in an increase to the Protected Withdrawal Value. Your Protected
Withdrawal Value will never be decreased as a result of an income step-up. If,
on the date that we implement a Highest Daily Auto Step-Up to your Annual
Income Amount, the charge for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus has
changed for new purchasers, you may be subject to the new charge at the time
of such step-up. Prior to increasing your charge for Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus upon a step-up, we would notify you, and give you the
opportunity to cancel the automatic step-up feature. If you receive notice of
a proposed step-up and accompanying fee increase, you should carefully
evaluate whether the amount of the step-up justifies the increased fee to
which you will be subject.
If you establish a Systematic Withdrawal program, we will not automatically
increase the withdrawal amount when there is an increase to the Annual Income
Amount.
The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit does not affect your ability
to make withdrawals under your Annuity, or limit your ability to request
withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount. Under Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus, if your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year
are less than or equal to the Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your
Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals
will reduce the Annual Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that
Annuity Year.
If, cumulatively, you withdraw an amount less than the Annual Income Amount in
any Annuity Year, you cannot carry-over the unused portion of the Annual
Income Amount to subsequent Annuity Years.
Because each of the Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount is
determined in a way that is not solely related to Account Value, it is
possible for the Account Value to fall to zero, even though the Annual Income
Amount remains.
162
Examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions, and the Highest
Daily Auto Step-Up are set forth below. The values shown here are purely
hypothetical, and do not reflect the charges for the Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus benefit or any other fees and charges. Assume the following
for all three examples:
.. The Issue Date is December 1, 2008
.. The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit is elected on March 5,
2009
.. The younger Designated Life was 70 years old when he/she elected the
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit.
EXAMPLE OF DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR REDUCTIONS
On November 24, 2009, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $120,000, resulting in
an Annual Income Amount of $6,000 (since the youngest designated life is
between the ages of 59 1/2 and 79 at the time of the first Lifetime
Withdrawal, the Annual Income Amount is 5% of the Protected Withdrawal Value,
in this case 5% of $120,000). Assuming $2,500 is withdrawn from the Annuity on
this date, the remaining Annual Income Amount for that Annuity Year (up to and
including December 1, 2009) is $3,500. This is the result of a
dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Annual Income Amount ($6,000 less $2,500 =
$3,500).
EXAMPLE OF PROPORTIONAL REDUCTIONS
Continuing the previous example, assume an additional withdrawal of $5,000
occurs on November 27, 2009 and the Account Value at the time and immediately
prior to this withdrawal is $118,000. The first $3,500 of this withdrawal
reduces the Annual Income Amount for that Annuity Year to $0. The remaining
withdrawal amount of $1,500 - reduces the Annual Income Amount in future
Annuity Years on a proportional basis based on the ratio of the excess
withdrawal to the Account Value immediately prior to the excess withdrawal.
(Note that if there were other withdrawals in that Annuity Year, each would
result in another proportional reduction to the Annual Income Amount).
HERE IS THE CALCULATION:
Account Value before Lifetime Withdrawal $118,000.00
Less amount of "non" excess withdrawal $ 3,500.00
Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal of $1,500 $114,500.00
Excess withdrawal amount $ 1,500.00
Divided by Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal $114,500.00
Ratio 1.31%
Annual Income Amount $ 6,000.00
Less ratio of 1.31% $ 78.60
Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years $ 5,921.40
EXAMPLE OF HIGHEST DAILY AUTO STEP-UP
On each Annuity Anniversary date, the Annual Income Amount is stepped-up if
the appropriate percentage (based on the youngest Designated Life's age on the
Annuity Anniversary) of the highest daily value since your first Lifetime
Withdrawal (or last Annuity Anniversary in subsequent years), adjusted for
withdrawals and additional purchase payments, is higher than the Annual Income
Amount, adjusted for excess withdrawals and additional purchase payments
(including the amount of any associated Credits).
Continuing the same example as above, the Annual Income Amount for this
Annuity Year is $6,000. However, the excess withdrawal on November 27 reduces
the amount to $5,921.40 for future years (see above). For the next Annuity
Year, the Annual Income Amount will be stepped up if 5% (since the youngest
Designated Life is between 59 1/2 and 79 on the date of the potential step-up)
of the highest daily Account Value adjusted for withdrawals and purchase
payments (including credits), is higher than $5921.40. Here are the
calculations for determining the daily values. Only the November 25 value is
being adjusted for excess withdrawals as the November 30 and December 1
Valuation Days occur after the excess withdrawal on November 27.
HIGHEST DAILY VALUE ADJUSTED ANNUAL
(ADJUSTED WITH WITHDRAWAL INCOME AMOUNT (5% OF THE
DATE* ACCOUNT VALUE AND PURCHASE PAYMENTS)** HIGHEST DAILY VALUE)
----- ------------- ------------------------- ------------------------
November 25, 2009 $119,000.00 $119,000.00 $5,950.00
November 26, 2009 Thanksgiving Day
November 27, 2009 $113,000.00 $113,986.95 $5,699.35
November 30, 2009 $113,000.00 $113,986.95 $5,699.35
December 01, 2009 $119,000.00 $119,000.00 $5,950.00
* In this example, the Annuity Anniversary date is December 1. The Valuation
Dates are every day following the first Lifetime Withdrawal. In subsequent
Annuity Years Valuation Dates will be every day following the Annuity
Anniversary. The Annuity Anniversary Date of December 1 is considered the
final Valuation Date for the Annuity Year.
** In this example, the first daily value after the first Lifetime Withdrawal
is $119,000 on November 25, resulting in an adjusted Annual Income Amount
of $5,950.00. This amount is adjusted on November 27 to reflect the $5,000
withdrawal. The calculations for the adjustments are:
. The Account Value of $119,000 on November 25 is first reduced
dollar-for-dollar by $3,500 ($3,500 is the remaining Annual Income
Amount for the Annuity Year), resulting in an adjusted Account Value of
$115,500 before the excess withdrawal.
. This amount ($115,500) is further reduced by 1.31% (this is the ratio in
the above example which is the excess withdrawal divided by the Account
Value immediately preceding the excess withdrawal) resulting in a
Highest Daily Value of $113,986.95.
. The adjusted Annual Income Amount is carried forward to the next
Valuation Date of November 30. At this time, we compare this amount to
5% of the Account Value on November 30. Since the November 27 adjusted
Annual Income Amount of $5,699.35 is higher than $5,650.00 (5% of
$113,000), we continue to carry $5,699.35 forward to the next and final
Valuation Date of December 1. The Account Value on December 1 is
$119,000 and 5% of this amount is $5,950. Since this is higher than
$5,699.35, the adjusted Annual Income Amount is reset to $5,950.00.
163
In this example, 5% of the December 1 value results in the highest amount of
$5,950.00. Since this amount is higher than the current year's Annual Income
Amount of $5,921.40 adjusted for excess withdrawals, the Annual Income Amount
for the next Annuity Year, starting on December 2, 2009 and continuing through
December 1, 2010, will be stepped-up to $5,950.00.
NON-LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL FEATURE
You may take a one-time non-lifetime withdrawal ("Non-Lifetime Withdrawal")
under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus. It is an optional feature of the
benefit that you can only elect at the time of your first withdrawal. The
amount of the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal cannot be more than the amount that
would cause the Annuity to be taken below the minimum Surrender Value after a
withdrawal for your Annuity. This Non-Lifetime Withdrawal will not establish
our initial Annual Income Amount and the Periodic Value above will continue to
be calculated. However, the total amount of the withdrawal will proportionally
reduce all guarantees associated with the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus benefit. You must tell us if your withdrawal is intended to be the
Non-Lifetime Withdrawal and not the first Lifetime Withdrawal under the
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit. If you don't elect the
Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, the first withdrawal you make will be the first
Lifetime Withdrawal that establishes your Protected Withdrawal Value and
Annual Income Amount. Once you elect the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal or Lifetime
Withdrawals, no additional Non-Lifetime withdrawals may be taken.
The Non-Lifetime Withdrawal will proportionally reduce the Protected
Withdrawal Value, the Return of Principal guarantee and the Periodic Value
guarantees on the tenth, twentieth and twenty-fifth anniversaries of the
benefit effective date, described above, by the percentage the total
withdrawal amount (including any applicable CDSC) represents of the then
current Account Value immediately prior to the time of the withdrawal.
If you are participating in a Systematic Withdrawal program, the first
withdrawal under the program cannot be classified as the Non-Lifetime
Withdrawal. The first partial withdrawal in payment of any third party
investment advisory service from your Annuity also cannot be classified as the
Non-Lifetime Withdrawal.
EXAMPLE - NON-LIFETIME WITHDRAWAL (PROPORTIONAL REDUCTION)
This example is purely hypothetical and does not reflect the charges for the
benefit or any other fees and charges. It is intended to illustrate the
proportional reduction of the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal under this benefit.
Assume the following:
. The Issue Date is December 1, 2008
. The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit is elected on March 5,
2009
. The Account Value at benefit election was $105,000
. The younger Designated Life was 70 years old when he/she elected the
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit
. No previous withdrawals have been taken under the Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus benefit
On May 2, 2009, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $125,000, the 10/th/ benefit
year minimum Periodic Value guarantee is $210,000, the 10/th/ benefit year
Return of Principal guarantee is $105,000, the 20/th/ benefit year minimum
Periodic Value guarantee is $420,000, the 25/th/ benefit year minimum Periodic
Value guarantee is $630,000 and the Account Value is $120,000. Assuming
$15,000 is withdrawn from the Annuity on May 2, 2009 and is designated as a
Non-Lifetime Withdrawal, all guarantees associated with the Spousal Highest
Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit will be reduced by the ratio the total
withdrawal amount represents of the Account Value just prior to the withdrawal
being taken.
HERE IS THE CALCULATION:
Withdrawal Amount divided by $ 15,000
Account Value before withdrawal $120,000
Equals ratio 12.5%
All guarantees will be reduced by the above ratio (12.5%)
Protected Withdrawal Value $109,375
10/th/ benefit year Return of Principal $ 91,875
10/th/ benefit year Minimum Periodic Value $183,750
20/th/ benefit year Minimum Periodic Value $367,500
25/th/ benefit year Minimum Periodic Value $551,250
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
Withdrawals that exceed the Annual Income Amount, but which you are required
to take as a required minimum distribution for this Annuity, will not reduce
the Annual Income Amount for future years. No additional Annual Income Amounts
will be available in an Annuity Year due to required minimum distributions
unless the required minimum distribution amount is greater than the Annual
Income Amount. Any withdrawal you take that exceeds the Annual Income Amount
in Annuity Years that your required minimum distribution amount is not greater
than the Annual Income Amount will be treated as an Excess Withdrawal under the
164
benefit. If the required minimum distribution (as calculated by us for your
Annuity and not previously withdrawn in the current calendar year) is greater
than the Annual Income Amount, an amount equal to the remaining Annual Income
Amount plus the difference between the required minimum distribution amount
not previously withdrawn in the current calendar year and the Annual Income
Amount will be available in the current Annuity Year without it being
considered an excess withdrawal. In the event that a required minimum
distribution is calculated in a calendar year that crosses more than one
Annuity Year and you choose to satisfy the entire required minimum
distribution for that calendar year in the next Annuity Year, the distribution
taken in the next Annuity Year will reduce your Annual Income Amount in that
Annuity Year on a dollar for dollar basis. If the required minimum
distribution not taken in the prior Annuity Year is greater than the Annual
Income Amount as guaranteed by the benefit in the current Annuity Year, the
total required minimum distribution amount may be taken without being treated
as an excess withdrawal.
EXAMPLE - REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
The following example is purely hypothetical and is intended to illustrate a
scenario in which the required minimum distribution amount in a given Annuity
Year is greater than the Annual Income Amount.
Annual Income Amount = $5,000
Remaining Annual Income Amount = $3,000
Required Minimum Distribution = $6,000
The amount you may withdraw in the current Annuity Year without it being
treated as an Excess Withdrawal is $4,000. ($3,000 + ($6,000 - $5,000) =
$4,000).
If the $4,000 withdrawal is taken, the remaining Annual Income Amount will be
zero and the remaining required minimum distribution amount of $2,000 may be
taken in the subsequent Annuity Year (when your Annual Income Amount is reset
to $5,000) without proportionally reducing all guarantees associated with the
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit as described above. The amount
you may withdraw in the subsequent Annuity Year if you choose not to satisfy
the required minimum distribution in the current Annuity Year (assuming the
Annual Income Amount in the subsequent Annuity Year is $5,000) without being
treated as an Excess Withdrawal is $6,000. This withdrawal must comply with
all IRS guidelines in order to satisfy the required minimum distribution for
the current calendar year.
BENEFITS UNDER SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS
.. To the extent that your Account Value was reduced to zero as a result of
cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year that are equal to or
less than the Annual Income Amount or as a result of the fee that we assess
for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, and amounts are still payable
under Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, we will make an additional
payment, if any, for that Annuity Year equal to the remaining Annual Income
Amount for the Annuity Year. If you have not begun taking Lifetime
Withdrawals and your Account Value is reduced to zero as a result of the
fee we assess for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, we will calculate
the Annual Income Amount as if you made your first Lifetime Withdrawal on
the date the Account Value was reduced to zero and Lifetime Withdrawals
will begin on the next Annuity Anniversary. If this were to occur, you are
not permitted to make additional purchase payments to your Annuity. Thus,
in these scenarios, the remaining Annual Income Amount would be payable
even though your Account Value was reduced to zero. In subsequent Annuity
Years we make payments that equal the Annual Income Amount as described in
this section. We will make payments until the death of the first of the
Designated Lives to die, and will continue to make payments until the death
of the second Designated Life as long as the Designated Lives were spouses
at the time of the first death. To the extent that cumulative withdrawals
in the Annuity Year that reduced your Account Value to zero are more than
the Annual Income Amount, the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit
terminates, and no additional payments will be made. However, if a
withdrawal in the latter scenario was taken to satisfy a required minimum
distribution under the Annuity the benefit will not terminate, and we will
continue to pay the Annual Income Amount in subsequent Annuity Years until
the death of the second Designated Life provided the Designated lives were
spouses at the death of the first Designated Life.
.. If Annuity payments are to begin under the terms of your Annuity, or if you
decide to begin receiving Annuity payments and there is an Annual Income
Amount due in subsequent Annuity Years, you can elect one of the following
two options:
(1)apply your Account Value to any Annuity option available; or
(2)request that, as of the date Annuity payments are to begin, we make
Annuity payments each year equal to the Annual Income Amount. We will
make payments until the first of the Designated Lives to die, and
will continue to make payments until the death of the second
Designated Life as long as the Designated Lives were spouses at the
time of the first death. If, due to death of a Designated Life or
divorce prior to annuitization, only a single Designated Life
remains, then Annuity payments will be made as a life annuity for the
lifetime of the Designated Life. We must receive your request in a
form acceptable to us at our office.
165
.. In the absence of an election when mandatory annuity payments are to begin,
we will make annual annuity payments as a joint and survivor or single (as
applicable) life fixed annuity with ten payments certain, by applying the
greater of the annuity rates then currently available or the annuity rates
guaranteed in your Annuity. The amount that will be applied to provide such
Annuity payments will be the greater of:
(1)the present value of the future Annual Income Amount payments. Such
present value will be calculated using the greater of the joint and
survivor or single (as applicable) life fixed annuity rates then
currently available or the joint and survivor or single (as
applicable) life fixed annuity rates guaranteed in your Annuity; and
(2)the Account Value.
.. If no Lifetime Withdrawal was ever taken, we will calculate the Annual
Income Amount as if you made your first Lifetime Withdrawal on the date the
annuity payments are to begin.
.. Please note that payments that we make under this benefit after the Annuity
Anniversary coinciding with or next following the older of the owner or
Annuitant's 95/ th/ birthday will be treated as annuity payments.
OTHER IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS
.. Withdrawals under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit are
subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Annuity, including any
applicable CDSC for the Non-Lifetime Withdrawal as well as withdrawals that
exceed the Annual Income Amount.
.. Withdrawals made while the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit is
in effect will be treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other
withdrawals under the Annuity. Any withdrawals made under the benefit will
be taken pro-rata from the Sub-accounts (including the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account) and the DCA Fixed Rate Options (if you are participating
in the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program). Withdrawals from the DCA Fixed Rate
Options will be taken on a last-in, first-out basis.
.. You can make withdrawals from your Annuity while your Account Value is
greater than zero without purchasing the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus benefit. The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit provides a
guarantee that if your Account Value is reduced to zero (subject to program
rules regarding the timing and amount of withdrawals), you will be able to
receive your Annual Income Amount in the form of periodic benefit payments.
.. You should carefully consider when to begin taking withdrawals. If you
begin taking withdrawals early, you may maximize the time during which you
may take withdrawals due to longer life expectancy, and you will be using
an optional benefit for which you are paying a charge. On the other hand,
you could limit the value of the benefit if you begin taking withdrawals
too soon. For example, withdrawals reduce your Account Value and may limit
the potential for increasing your Protected Withdrawal Value. You should
discuss with your Financial Professional when it may be appropriate for you
to begin taking withdrawals.
.. Upon inception of the benefit, and to maintain the benefit, 100% of your
Account Value must have been allocated to the Permitted Sub-accounts.
.. You cannot allocate purchase payments or transfer Account Value to or from
the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio Sub-account (as described below) if
you elected this benefit. A summary description of the AST Investment Grade
Bond Portfolio appears in the prospectus section entitled "What Are The
Investment Objectives and Policies of The Portfolios?". You can find a copy
of the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio prospectus by going to
www.prudentialannuities.com.
.. You can make withdrawals from your Annuity without purchasing the Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit. The Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus benefit provides a guarantee that if your Account Value declines due
to Sub-account performance, you will be able to receive your Annual Income
Amount in the form of periodic benefit payments.
.. Transfers to and from the elected Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade
Bond Portfolio Sub-account triggered by the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime
7 Plus pre-determined mathematical formula will not count toward the
maximum number of free transfers allowable under an Annuity.
.. You must allocate your Account Value in accordance with the then available
investment option(s) that we may prescribe in order to maintain the Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus benefit. If, subsequent to your election of
the benefit, we change our requirements for how Account Value must be
allocated under the benefit, we will not compel you to re-allocate your
Account Value in accordance with our newly adopted requirements. Subject to
any change in requirements, transfers of Account Value and allocation of
Additional purchase payments may be subject to new investment limitations.
.. The maximum fee for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus is 1.50% annually
of the greater of Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal Value. The
current fee for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus is 0.90% annually of
the greater of Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal Value. We deduct
this fee on each quarterly anniversary of the benefit effective date. Thus,
on each such quarterly anniversary (or the next Valuation Day, if the
quarterly anniversary is not a Valuation Day), we deduct 0.225% of the
greater of the prior day's Account Value, or the prior day's Protected
Withdrawal Value at the end of the quarter. We deduct the fee pro rata from
each of the Sub-accounts including the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account and from the DCA Fixed Rate Option (if applicable). Since this
fee is based on the greater of the Account Value and the Protected
Withdrawal Value, the fee for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus may be
greater than it would have been, had it been based on the Account Value
alone. If the fee to be deducted exceeds the Account Value, we will reduce
the Account Value to zero, and continue the benefit as described above. You
will begin paying the charge for this benefit as of the effective date of
the benefit, even if you do not begin taking withdrawals for many years, or
ever. We will not refund the charges you have paid if you choose never to
take any withdrawals and/or if you never receive any lifetime income
payments.
166
ELECTION OF AND DESIGNATIONS UNDER THE BENEFIT
We no longer permit new elections of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus.
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus could only be elected based on two
Designated Lives. Designated Lives must be natural persons who are each
other's spouses at the time of election of the benefit and at the death of the
first of the Designated Lives to die. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus
only could be elected where the Owner, Annuitant, and Beneficiary designations
are as follows:
.. One Annuity Owner, where the Annuitant and the Owner are the same person
and the beneficiary is the Owner's spouse. The youngest Owner/Annuitant and
the beneficiary must be at least 50 years old and the oldest must be at
least 55 years old at the time of election; or
.. Co-Annuity Owners, where the Owners are each other's spouses. The
beneficiary designation must be the surviving spouse, or the spouses named
equally. One of the owners must be the Annuitant. The youngest Owner must
be at least 50 years old and the oldest owner must be at least 55 years old
at the time of election; or
.. One Annuity Owner, where the Owner is a custodial account established to
hold retirement assets for the benefit of the Annuitant pursuant to the
provisions of Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor
Code section thereto) ("Custodial Account"), the beneficiary is the
Custodial Account, and the spouse of the Annuitant is the Contingent
Annuitant. The youngest of the Annuitant and the Contingent Annuitant must
be at least 50 years old and the oldest must be at least 55 years old at
the time of election.
We do not permit a change of Owner under this benefit, except as follows:
(a) if one Owner dies and the surviving spousal Owner assumes the Annuity, or
(b) if the Annuity initially is co-owned, but thereafter the Owner who is not
the Annuitant is removed as Owner. We permit changes of beneficiary under this
benefit. If the Designated Lives divorce, the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus benefit may not be divided as part of the divorce settlement or judgment.
Nor may the divorcing spouse who retains ownership of the Annuity appoint a
new Designated Life upon re-marriage.
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus could have been elected at the time that
you purchased your Annuity or after the Issue Date, subject to our eligibility
rules and restrictions. See "Termination of Existing Benefits and Election of
New Benefits" below for information pertaining to elections, termination and
re-election of benefits. PLEASE NOTE THAT IF YOU TERMINATE A LIVING BENEFIT
AND ELECT A NEW LIVING BENEFIT, YOU LOSE THE GUARANTEES THAT YOU HAD
ACCUMULATED UNDER YOUR EXISTING BENEFIT AND WILL BEGIN THE NEW GUARANTEES
UNDER THE NEW BENEFIT YOU ELECTED BASED ON YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE AS OF THE DATE
THE NEW BENEFIT BECOMES ACTIVE. WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO WAIVE, CHANGE AND/OR
FURTHER LIMIT THE ELECTION FREQUENCY IN THE FUTURE.
TERMINATION OF THE BENEFIT
You may terminate the benefit at any time by notifying us. If you terminate
the benefit, any guarantee provided by the benefit will terminate as of the
date the termination is effective, and certain restrictions on re-election may
apply. The benefit automatically terminates: (i) if upon the death of the
first Designated Life, the surviving Designated Life opts to take the death
benefit under the Annuity (thus, the benefit does not terminate solely because
of the death of the first Designated Life), (ii) upon the death of the second
Designated Life, (iii) upon your termination of the benefit, (iv) upon your
surrender of the Annuity, (v) upon your election to begin receiving annuity
payments (although if you have elected to take annuity payments in the form of
the Annual Income Amount, we will continue to pay the Annual Income
Amount),(vi) if both the Account Value and Annual Income Amount equal zero, or
(vii) if you cease to meet our requirements as described in "Election of and
Designations under the Benefit".
Upon termination of Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus other than upon
death of a Designated Life, we impose any accrued fee for the benefit (i.e.,
the fee for the pro-rated portion of the year since the fee was last
assessed), and thereafter we cease deducting the charge for the benefit. With
regard to your investment allocations, upon termination we will: (i) leave
intact amounts that are held in the variable investment options, and
(ii) transfer all amounts held in the AST Investment Grade Bond Portfolio
Sub-account (as defined below) to your variable investment options based on
your existing allocation instructions or (in the absence of such instruction)
pro rata (i.e. in the same proportion as the current balances in your variable
investment options).
HOW SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS TRANSFERS ACCOUNT VALUE BETWEEN YOUR
PERMITTED SUB-ACCOUNTS AND THE AST INVESTMENT GRADE BOND SUB-ACCOUNT
See "How Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus Transfers Account Value Between Your
Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST Investment Grade Bond Sub-account" in this
Prospectus for information regarding this component of the benefit.
ADDITIONAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
If you purchase an annuity as an investment vehicle for "qualified"
investments, including an IRA, SEP-IRA, Tax Sheltered Annuity (or 403(b)) or
employer plan under Code Section 401(a), the required minimum distribution
rules under the Code provide that you begin receiving periodic amounts from
your annuity beginning after age 70 1/2 . For a Tax Sheltered Annuity or a
401(a) plan for which the participant is not a greater than five (5) percent
owner of the employer, this required beginning date can generally be deferred
to retirement, if later. Roth IRAs are not subject to these rules during the
owner's lifetime. The amount required under the Code may exceed the Annual
Income Amount, which will cause us to increase the Annual Income Amount in any
Annuity Year that required minimum distributions due from your Annuity are
greater than such amounts. In addition, the amount and duration of payments
under the annuity payment and death benefit provisions may be adjusted so that
the payments do not trigger any penalty or excise taxes due to tax
considerations such as required minimum distribution provisions under the tax
law. Please note, however, that any withdrawal (except the Non-Lifetime
Withdrawal) you take prior to the Tenth Anniversary,
167
even if withdrawn to satisfy required minimum distribution rules, will cause
you to lose the ability to receive the Return of Principal Guarantee and the
guaranteed amount described above under "Key Feature - Protected Withdrawal
Value".
As indicated, withdrawals made while this benefit is in effect will be
treated, for tax purposes, in the same way as any other withdrawals under the
Annuity. Please see the Tax Considerations section of the prospectus for a
detailed discussion of the tax treatment of withdrawals. We do not address
each potential tax scenario that could arise with respect to this benefit
here. However, we do note that if you participate in Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus through a non-qualified annuity, as with all withdrawals, once
all purchase payments are returned under the Annuity, all subsequent
withdrawal amounts will be taxed as ordinary income.
SPOUSAL HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 7 PLUS WITH BENEFICIARY INCOME OPTION
We previously offered an optional death benefit feature under Spousal Highest
Daily Lifetime 7 Plus, the amount of which is linked to your Annual Income
Amount. We refer to this optional death benefit as the Beneficiary Income
Option or BIO. Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with BIO is no longer
available for new elections. You could choose Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus with or without also selecting the Beneficiary Income Option death
benefit. However, you could not elect the Beneficiary Income Option without
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus and you could elect the Beneficiary
Income Option death benefit at the time you elect Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus. Please note that if you terminate Spousal Highest Daily
Lifetime 7 Plus with BIO and elect any available living benefit you lose the
guarantees that you had accumulated under your existing benefit and will begin
the new guarantees under the new benefit you elect based on your Account Value
as of the date the new benefit becomes active. As long as your Spousal Highest
Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary Income Option is in effect, you must
allocate your Account Value in accordance with the then permitted and
available investment option(s) with this benefit.
If you elected the Beneficiary Income Option death benefit, you could not
elect any other optional benefit. You could elect the Beneficiary Income
Option death benefit so long as each Designated Life is no older than age 75
at the time of election and the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus age
requirements are met. This death benefit is not transferable in the event of a
divorce, nor may the benefit be split in accordance with any divorce
proceedings or similar instrument of separation. If you choose the Spousal
Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with BIO, the maximum charge is 2.00% of the
greater of Account Value and the Protected Withdrawal Value ("PWV") annually.
The current charge is 1.10% annually of the greater of Account Value and the
PWV. We deduct this charge on each quarterly anniversary of the benefit
effective date. Thus, on each such quarterly anniversary (or the next
Valuation Day, if the quarterly anniversary is not a Valuation Day), we deduct
0.275% of the greater of the prior day's Account Value or the prior day's
Protected Withdrawal Value at the end of the quarter. We deduct the fee pro
rata from each of the Sub-accounts, including the AST Investment Grade Bond
Sub-account and from the DCA Fixed Rate Option (if applicable). Because the
fee for this benefit is based on the greater of the Account Value or the
Protected Withdrawal Value, the fee for Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus
with the Beneficiary Income Option may be greater than it would have been
based on the Account Value alone. If the fee to be deducted exceeds the
current Account Value, we will reduce the Account Value to zero, and continue
the benefit as described below.
For purposes of this optional death benefit, we calculate the Annual Income
Amount and Protected Withdrawal Value in the same manner that we do under
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus itself. However, we will stop
determining the Periodic Value (as described above) on the earlier of your
first Lifetime Withdrawal after the effective date of the benefit or the Tenth
Anniversary Date. This means that under the Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7
Plus with BIO benefit you will not be eligible for the guaranteed minimum
Periodic Values described above on the 20/th/ and 25/th/ Anniversary of the
Benefit Effective Date. Upon the first death of a Designated Life, no amount
is payable under the Beneficiary Income Option death benefit. Upon the second
death of a Designated Life, we identify the following amounts: (a) the amount
of the basic death benefit under the Annuity, (b) the Protected Withdrawal
Value (less any credits associated with purchase payments applied within 12
months prior to the date of death), and (c) the Annual Income Amount. If there
were no Lifetime Withdrawals prior to the date of death of the second
Designated Life, then we calculate the Protected Withdrawal Value for purposes
of this death benefit as of the date of death of the second Designated Life,
and we calculate the Annual Income Amount as if there were a Lifetime
Withdrawal on the date of death of the second Designated Life. If there were
Lifetime Withdrawals prior to the date of death of the second Designated Life,
then we set the Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount for
purposes of this death benefit as of the date that we receive due proof of
death.
If there is one beneficiary, he/she must choose to receive either the basic
death benefit (in a lump sum or other permitted form of distribution) or the
Beneficiary Income Option death benefit (in the form of annual payments of the
Annual Income Amount - such payments may be annual or at other intervals that
we permit). If there are multiple beneficiaries, each beneficiary is presented
with the same choice. Thus, each beneficiary can choose to take his/her
portion of either (a) the basic Death Benefit, or (b) the Beneficiary Income
Option death benefit. In order to receive the Beneficiary Income Option Death
Benefit, each beneficiary's share of the death benefit proceeds must be
allocated as a percentage of the total death benefit to be paid. We allow a
beneficiary who has opted to receive the Annual Income Amount to designate
another beneficiary, who would receive any remaining payments upon the former
beneficiary's death. Note also that the final payment, exhausting the
Protected Withdrawal Value, may be less than the Annual Income Amount.
168
Here is an example to illustrate how the death benefit may be paid:
.. Assume that (i) the basic death benefit is $50,000, the Protected
Withdrawal Value is $100,000, and the Annual Income Amount is $5,000;
(ii) there are two beneficiaries (the first designated to receive 75% of
the death benefit and the second designated to receive 25% of the death
benefit); (iii) the first beneficiary chooses to receive his/her portion of
the death benefit in the form of the Annual Income Amount, and the second
beneficiary chooses to receive his/her portion of the death benefit with
reference to the basic death benefit.
.. Under those assumptions, the first beneficiary will be paid a pro-rated
portion of the Annual Income Amount for 20 years (the 20 year pay out
period is derived from the $5,000 Annual Income Amount, paid each year
until it exhausts the entire $100,000 Protected Withdrawal Value). The
pro-rated portion of the Annual Income Amount equal to $3,750 (i.e., the
first beneficiary's 75% share multiplied by $5,000) is then paid each year
for the 20 year period. Payment of $3,750 for 20 years results in total
payments of $75,000 (i.e., the first beneficiary's 75% share of the
$100,000 Protected Withdrawal Value). The second beneficiary would receive
25% of the basic death benefit amount (or $12,500).
If you elect to terminate Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with
Beneficiary Income Option, both Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus and that
death benefit option will be terminated. You may not terminate the death
benefit option without terminating the entire benefit. If you terminate
Spousal Highest Daily Lifetime 7 Plus with Beneficiary Income Option, your
ability to elect other optional living benefits will be affected as indicated
in the "Election of and Designations under the Benefit" section.
HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS INCOME BENEFIT (HD 6 PLUS)
We offer a benefit that guarantees until the death of the single designated
life (the Annuitant) the ability to withdraw an annual amount (the "Annual
Income Amount") equal to a percentage of an initial value (the "Protected
Withdrawal Value") regardless of the impact of Sub-account performance on the
Account Value, subject to our rules regarding the timing and amount of
withdrawals. You are guaranteed to be able to withdraw the Annual Income
Amount for the rest of your life ("Lifetime Withdrawals"), provided that you
have not made withdrawals of excess income that have resulted in your Account
Value being reduced to zero. We also permit you to make a one-time
Non-Lifetime Withdrawal from your Annuity prior to taking Lifetime Withdrawals
under the benefit. Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus may be appropriate if you
intend to make periodic withdrawals from your Annuity, and wish to ensure that
Sub-account performance will not affect your ability to receive annual
payments. You are not required to take withdrawals as part of the benefit -
the guarantees are not lost if you withdraw less than the maximum allowable
amount each year under the rules of the benefit. An integral component of
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus is the mathematical formula we employ that may
periodically transfer your Account Value to and from the AST Investment Grade
Bond Sub-account. See the section below entitled "How Highest Daily Lifetime 6
Plus Transfers Account Value Between Your Permitted Sub-accounts and the AST
Investment Grade Bond Sub-account." Withdrawals are taken first from your own
Account Value. We are only required to begin making lifetime income payments
to you under our guarantee when and if your Account Value is reduced to zero
(unless the benefit has terminated).
The income benefit under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus currently is based on a
single "designated life" who is at least 45 years old on the date that the
benefit is acquired. The Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Benefit is not
available if you elect any other optional living benefit or the Plus 40 life
insurance rider or the Highest Daily Value death benefit. As long as your
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus Benefit is in effect, you must allocate your
Account Value in accordance with the permitted Sub-accounts and other
investment option(s) available with this benefit. For a more detailed
description of the permitted investment options, see the "Investment Options"
section.
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus also provides for a Death Benefit generally
equal to three times your Annual Income Amount. The Death Benefit is not
payable if your Account Value is reduced to zero as a result of withdrawals or
if annuity payments are being made at the time of the decedent's death. See
Death Benefit Component of Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, below.
ALTHOUGH YOU ARE GUARANTEED THE ABILITY TO WITHDRAW YOUR ANNUAL INCOME AMOUNT
FOR LIFE EVEN IF YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE FALLS TO ZERO, IF YOU TAKE WITHDRAWALS OF
EXCESS INCOME THAT BRING YOUR ACCOUNT VALUE TO ZERO, YOUR ANNUAL INCOME AMOUNT
WOULD ALSO FALL TO ZERO, AND THE BENEFIT WOULD TERMINATE. IN THAT SCENARIO, NO
FURTHER AMOUNT, INCLUDING THE DEATH BENEFIT DESCRIBED BELOW, WOULD BE PAYABLE
UNDER THE HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS BENEFIT.
You may also participate in the 6 or 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Program if
you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus for Annuities issued on or after
May 1, 2009, subject to the 6 or 12 Month DCA Program's rules, and subject to
State approvals. The 6 or 12 Month DCA Program is not available in certain
states.
Currently, if you elect Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and subsequently
terminate the benefit, you may elect another living benefit, subject to our
current rules. See "Election of and Designations under the Benefit" below and
"Termination of Existing Benefits and Election of New Benefits" for details.
Please note that if you terminate Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus and elect
another living benefit, you lose the guarantees that you had accumulated under
your existing benefit and will begin the new guarantees under the new benefit
you elect based on your Account Value as of the date the new benefit becomes
active.
169
KEY FEATURE - PROTECTED WITHDRAWAL VALUE
The Protected Withdrawal Value is used to calculate the initial Annual Income
Amount. The Protected Withdrawal Value is separate from your Account Value and
not available as cash or a lump sum. On the effective date of the benefit, the
Protected Withdrawal Value is equal to your Account Value. On each Valuation
Day thereafter, until the date of your first Lifetime Withdrawal (excluding
any Non-Lifetime Withdrawal discussed below), the Protected Withdrawal Value
is equal to the "Periodic Value" described in the next paragraphs.
The "Periodic Value" initially is equal to the Account Value on the effective
date of the benefit. On each Valuation Day thereafter until the first Lifetime
Withdrawal, we recalculate the Periodic Value. We stop determining the
Periodic Value upon your first Lifetime Withdrawal after the effective date of
the benefit. On each Valuation Day (the "Current Valuation Day"), the Periodic
Value is equal to the greater of:
(1)the Periodic Value for the immediately preceding business day (the "Prior
Valuation Day") appreciated at the daily equivalent of 6% annually during
the calendar day(s) between the Prior Valuation Day and the Current
Valuation Day (i.e., one day for successive Valuation Days, but more than
one calendar day for Valuation Days that are separated by weekends and/or
holidays), plus the amount of any purchase payment (including any
associated purchase Credits) made on the Current Valuation Day (the
Periodic Value is proportionally reduced for any Non-Lifetime Withdrawal);
and
(2)the Account Value on the current Valuation Day.
If you have not made a Lifetime Withdrawal on or before the 10th or 20th
Anniversary of the effective date of the benefit, your Periodic Value on the
10th or 20th Anniversary of the benefit effective date is equal to the greater
of:
(1)the Periodic Value described above or,
(2)the sum of (a), (b) and (c) below (proportionally reduced for any
Non-Lifetime Withdrawals):
(a)200% (on the 10th anniversary) or 400% (on the 20th anniversary) of the
Account Value on the effective date of the benefit including any
purchase payments (including any associated purchase Credits) made on
that day;
(b)200% (on the 10th anniversary) or 400% (on the 20th anniversary) of all
purchase payments (including any associated purchase Credits) made
within one year following the effective date of the benefit; and
(c)all purchase payments (including any associated purchase Credits) made
after one year following the effective date of the benefit.
Once the first Lifetime Withdrawal is made, the Protected Withdrawal Value at
any time is equal to the greater of (i) the Protected Withdrawal Value on the
date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, increased for subsequent purchase
payments (including any associated purchase Credits) and reduced for
subsequent Lifetime Withdrawals, and (ii) the highest daily Account Value upon
any step-up, increased for subsequent purchase payments (including any
associated purchase Credits) and reduced for subsequent Lifetime Withdrawals
(see below).
KEY FEATURE - ANNUAL INCOME AMOUNT UNDER THE HIGHEST DAILY LIFETIME 6 PLUS
BENEFIT
The Annual Income Amount is equal to a specified percentage of the Protected
Withdrawal Value. The percentage initially depends on the age of the Annuitant
on the date of the first Lifetime Withdrawal after election of the benefit.
The percentages are: 4% for ages 45 - less than 59 1/2; 5% for ages 59 1/2-79,
and 6% for ages 80 or older. Under the Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit,
if your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or
equal to the Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income
Amount in subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the
Annual Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year. If
your cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are in excess of the
Annual Income Amount ("Excess Income"), your Annual Income Amount in
subsequent years will be reduced (except with regard to required minimum
distributions for this Annuity that comply with our rules) by the result of
the ratio of the Excess Income to the Account Value immediately prior to such
withdrawal (see examples of this calculation below). If you take withdrawals
of Excess Income, only the portion of the Lifetime Withdrawal that exceeds the
remaining Annual Income Amount will proportionally reduce your Protected
Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount in future years. Reductions are
based on the actual amount of the withdrawal, including any Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge (CDSC) that may apply. Lifetime Withdrawals of any
amount up to and including the Annual Income Amount will reduce the Protected
Withdrawal Value by the amount of the withdrawal. Withdrawals of Excess Income
will reduce the Protected Withdrawal Value by the same ratio as the reduction
to the Annual Income Amount.
Note that if your withdrawal of the Annual Income Amount in a given Annuity
Year exceeds the applicable free withdrawal amount under the Annuity (but is
not considered Excess Income), we will not impose any CDSC on the amount of
that withdrawal.
You may use the Systematic Withdrawal program to make withdrawals of the
Annual Income Amount. Any systematic withdrawal will be deemed a Lifetime
Withdrawal under this benefit.
170
Any purchase payment that you make subsequent to the election of Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus and subsequent to the first Lifetime Withdrawal will
(i) increase the then-existing Annual Income Amount by an amount equal to a
percentage of the purchase payment (including any associated purchase Credits)
based on the age of the Annuitant at the time of the first Lifetime Withdrawal
(the percentages are: 4% for ages 45 - less than 59 1/2; 5% for ages 59 1/2-79
and 6% for ages 80 and older) and (ii) increase the Protected Withdrawal Value
by the amount of the Purchase Payment (including any associated purchase
Credits).
If your Annuity permits additional purchase payments, we may limit any
additional purchase payment(s) if we determine that as a result of the timing
and amounts of your additional purchase payments and withdrawals, the Annual
Income Amount is being increased in an unintended fashion. Among the factors
we will use in making a determination as to whether an action is designed to
increase the Annual Income Amount in an unintended fashion is the relative
size of additional purchase payment(s). We reserve the right to not accept
additional purchase payments if we are not then offering this benefit for new
elections. We will exercise such reservation of right for all annuity
purchasers in the same class in a nondiscriminatory manner.
HIGHEST DAILY AUTO STEP-UP
An automatic step-up feature ("Highest Daily Auto Step-Up") is part of Highest
Daily Lifetime 6 Plus. As detailed in this paragraph, the Highest Daily Auto
Step-Up feature can result in a larger Annual Income Amount subsequent to your
first Lifetime Withdrawal. The Highest Daily Auto Step-Up starts with the
anniversary of the Issue Date of the Annuity (the "Annuity Anniversary")
immediately after your first Lifetime Withdrawal under the benefit.
Specifically, upon the first such Annuity Anniversary, we identify the Account
Value on each Valuation Day within the immediately preceding Annuity Year
after your first Lifetime Withdrawal. Having identified the highest daily
value (after all daily values have been adjusted for subsequent purchase
payments and withdrawals), we then multiply that value by a percentage that
varies based on the age of the Annuitant on the Annuity Anniversary as of
which the step-up would occur. The percentages are: 4% for ages 45 - less than
59 1/2; 5% for ages 59 1/2-79, and 6% for ages 80 and older. If that value
exceeds the existing Annual Income Amount, we replace the existing amount with
the new, higher amount. Otherwise, we leave the existing Annual Income Amount
intact. The Account Value on the Annuity Anniversary is considered the last
daily step-up value of the Annuity Year. All daily valuations and annual
step-ups will only occur on a Valuation Day. In later years (i.e., after the
first Annuity Anniversary after the first Lifetime Withdrawal), we determine
whether an automatic step-up should occur on each Annuity Anniversary, by
performing a similar examination of the Account Values that occurred on
Valuation Days during the year. Taking Lifetime Withdrawals could produce a
greater difference between your Protected Withdrawal Value and your Account
Value, which may make a Highest Daily Auto Step-up less likely to occur. At
the time that we increase your Annual Income Amount, we also increase your
Protected Withdrawal Value to equal the highest daily value upon which your
step-up was based only if that results in an increase to the Protected
Withdrawal Value. Your Protected Withdrawal Value will never be decreased as a
result of an income step-up. If, on the date that we implement a Highest Daily
Auto Step-Up to your Annual Income Amount, the charge for Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus has changed for new purchasers, you may be subject to the new
charge at the time of such step-up. Prior to increasing your charge for
Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus upon a step-up, we would notify you, and give
you the opportunity to cancel the automatic step-up feature. If you receive
notice of a proposed step-up and accompanying fee increase, you should
carefully evaluate whether the amount of the step-up justifies the increased
fee to which you will be subject.
If you are engaged in a Systematic Withdrawal program, we will not
automatically increase the withdrawal amount when there is an increase to the
Annual Income Amount.
The Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit does not affect your ability to take
withdrawals under your Annuity, or limit your ability to take withdrawals that
exceed the Annual Income Amount. Under Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus, if your
cumulative Lifetime Withdrawals in an Annuity Year are less than or equal to
the Annual Income Amount, they will not reduce your Annual Income Amount in
subsequent Annuity Years, but any such withdrawals will reduce the Annual
Income Amount on a dollar-for-dollar basis in that Annuity Year. If,
cumulatively, you withdraw an amount less than the Annual Income Amount in any
Annuity Year, you cannot carry over the unused portion of the Annual Income
Amount to subsequent Annuity Years.
Because each of the Protected Withdrawal Value and Annual Income Amount is
determined in a way that is not solely related to Account Value, it is
possible for the Account Value to fall to zero, even though the Annual Income
Amount remains.
Examples of dollar-for-dollar and proportional reductions, and the Highest
Daily Auto Step-Up are set forth below. The values shown here are purely
hypothetical, and do not reflect the charges for the Highest Daily Lifetime 6
Plus benefit or any other fees and charges under the Annuity. Assume the
following for all three examples:
. The Issue Date is December 1, 2008
. The Highest Daily Lifetime 6 Plus benefit is elected on September 1, 2009
. The Annuitant was 70 years old when he/she elected the Highest Daily
Lifetime 6 Plus benefit.
EXAMPLE OF DOLLAR-FOR-DOLLAR REDUCTIONS
On November 24, 2009, the Protected Withdrawal Value is $120,000, resulting in
an Annual Income Amount of $6,000 (since the designated life is between the
ages of 59 1/2 and 79 at the time of the first Lifetime Withdrawal, the Annual
Income Amount is 5%
171
of the Protected Withdrawal Value, in this case 5% of $120,000). Assuming
$2,500 is withdrawn from the Annuity on this date, the remaining Annual Income
Amount for that Annuity Year (up to and including December 1, 2009) is $3,500.
This is the result of a dollar-for-dollar reduction of the Annual Income
Amount ($6,000 less $2,500 = $3,500).
EXAMPLE OF PROPORTIONAL REDUCTIONS
Continuing the previous example, assume an additional withdrawal of $5,000
occurs on November 27, 2009 and the Account Value at the time and immediately
prior to this withdrawal is $118,000. The first $3,500 of this withdrawal
reduces the Annual Income Amount for that Annuity Year to $0. The remaining
withdrawal amount of $1,500 - reduces the Annual Income Amount in future
Annuity Years on a proportional basis based on the ratio of the excess
withdrawal to the Account Value immediately prior to the excess withdrawal.
(Note that if there are other future withdrawals in that Annuity Year, each
would result in another proportional reduction to the Annual Income Amount).
HERE IS THE CALCULATION:
Account Value before Lifetime Withdrawal $118,000.00
Less amount of "non" excess withdrawal $ 3,500.00
Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal of $1,500 $114,500.00
Excess withdrawal amount $ 1,500.00
Divided by Account Value immediately before excess withdrawal $114,500.00
Ratio 1.31%
Annual Income Amount $ 6,000.00
Less ratio of 1.31% $ 78.60
Annual Income Amount for future Annuity Years $ 5,921.40
EXAMPLE OF HIGHEST DAILY AUTO STEP-UP
On each Annuity Anniversary date, the Annual Income Amount is stepped-up if
the appropriate percentage (based on the Annuitant's age on the Annuity
Anniversary) of the highest daily value since your first Lifetime Withdrawal
(or last Annuity Anniversary in subsequent years), adjusted for withdrawals
and additional purchase payments, is higher than the Annual Income Amount,
adjusted for excess withdrawals and additional purchase payments (including
any associated purchase Credits).
Continuing the same example as above, the Annual Income Amount for this
Annuity Year is $6,000. However, the excess withdrawal on November 27 reduces
the amount to $5,921.40 for future years (see above). For the next Annuity
Year, the Annual Income Amount will be stepped up if 5% (since the designated
life is between 59 1/2 and 79 on the date of the potential step-up) of the
highest daily Account Value adjusted for withdrawals and purchase payments
(including any associated purchase Credits), is higher than $5,921.40. Here
are the calculations for determining the daily values. Only the November 25
value is being adjusted for excess withdrawals as the November 30 and
December 1 Valuation Days occur after the excess withdrawal on November 27.
HIGHEST DAILY VALUE ADJUSTED ANNUAL INCOME
(ADJUSTED WITH WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT (5% OF THE
DATE* ACCOUNT VALUE AND PURCHASE PAYMENTS)** HIGHEST QUARTERLY VALUE)
----- ------------- ------------------------- ------------------------